Bayan ees eos ee se ne AE ota nN LO, rm z = 4 : : — EET me = = x Sena — ae = : iy : : at rane - ee a (- ¢ — - : q = . ; . . : Z ; = J : * = » * : a Fe = al . ~ - = 4 P a =a 3 et Co a = J E me . : : : eS eel + 30 y 4 ° © a 0 32 - ° CRADOCK ao SUcresreal eo ‘ i a Po a OAL ’ Aa COAL MEASURES i QD \ eiaree 4 = (4 oe > CAPE TOWN ‘ALGOA BAY 4 84 —~+ PORT ELIZABETH Cape of Good Hope z Ev) a y 1 \ 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 E.J.DUNN, TH! DWYKA COAL MEASURES @ West, Newman lith. ra FA ta i ip é - - ‘3 PAS othe wf oe oes ih meme a ‘ ¢ oe me TRANSACTIONS OF THI SOUTH AFRICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. NOTES ON THE MODE OF GROWTH OF TUBICINELLA TRACHEALIS, THE BARNACLE OF THE SOUTHERN RIGHT WHALE. By Dr. R. Marnorts. (Read September 29, 1898.) At the meeting of this Society held on the 28th of July, 1897, Dr. F. Purcell exhibited specimens of two kinds of barnacles found on whales captured in the neighbourhood, viz., Coronula Diadema, the coronet barnacle, from a humpback whale (Megaptera boops), and Tubicinella trachealis from a Southern right whale (Balena australis). In the discussion of the exhibits and of the mode of life of ‘Nase parasites, the question was raised by what means these parasites were able to penetrate into the epidermis of the whale, seeing that their base was quite unarmed, their mouth being turned outwards towards the water. It occurred to me at the time that there might be some chemical process at work, but such a surmise was not of much value .unless it could be proved experimentally. I had no opportunity of doing this last year, but when this year, in May, a right whale was captured in False Bay, I secured a piece of its skin with a number of Tubicinellas in it, and conducted a series of experiments in order to test the theory. Before stating the results of these experiments, I think it de- sirable to explain the mode of life and growth of the parasites as far as known at present. 2 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. The most comprehensive work on the Cirripedia is from Charles Darwin,* who published a monograph of the class in 1854. From his book most of the following details are taken. Many members of the order are common on the rocks of the coast, on floating timber and ships’ bottoms, being known under various names, accord- ing to their shape and colour. Owing to the fixed condition of their shells and their external resemblance these animals were believed to be molluses until 1850 Vaughan Thompson recognised their crustacean nature by discovering their metamorphosis. The young larve when leaving the egg exhibit their true relation- ship very well. They move about freely until they find a suitable resting-place, where they attach themselves by means of their TUBICINELLA TRACHEALIS IN A PIECE OF WHALE SKIN, THE FRONT PORTION OF THE PIECE FOLDED BACK (natural size). 1. Sheath of hardened epidermis, projecting beyond the surface. 2. Outer surface. 3. Vertical section through epidermis. 4. Corium. antenne, or rather organs corresponding to the antenne of the crawfish, but assuming quite a different function. The larva changes at first into a kind of pupa, and finally into the complete cirripede. When this takes place they are still very small, only gradually reaching their final size. In order to attach themselves to suitable objects the cirripedes possess a so-called cementing apparatus. By means of a certain secretion they fix themselves on their. support. * “Charles Darwin.’ A monograph on theisub-class Cirripedia, with figures of all the species, the Balanide. London, 1854. ; The Mode of Growth of Tubicinella Trachealis. 3 Darwin does not say by what means the young cirripede forces itself into the epidermis of its host, but he describes in a detailed way the mode of growth of the parasite settled in the skin, By a comparison of specimens of different size, he came to the conclusion that the tubular shell grows at its base downwards and in a tangential direction, producing in this way the lengthening as well as the widening of the shell. As, according to Darwin, the shell is sradually pushed out of the skin, its outer edge must soon project beyond the level of the skin, and as it is very brittle it continually breaks away at the outer edge. If the whole growth of such a shell from its infancy, when it is hardly one-fiftieth of an inch in diameter, PIECE OF WHALE SKIN WITH SIX TUBICINELLAS (half natural size). 1. Surface of epidermis. 2. Vertical section through epidermis. 3. Corium. until it is of full size, 2.c., about 1 inch in diameter, could be preserved and put together, it would form a conical tube at least 6 inches long. How much longer the cylindrical tube would be which one would obtain by putting together the fragments of shells breaking away during the life of the adult animal, is, of course, impossible to say, as one does not know how long these cirripedes live and at what rate the longitudinal growth continues. In all its stages the shell is provided with circular ridges which make it impossible for it to slip out of the skin. If one assumes , that-each ridge remains surrounded by, and in contact with, those . 4 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. layers of the epidermis in which it was formed originally, one should either find that the base of the shell had penetrated into the skin to that extent, viz., 44 inches below the epidermis, or, as this is not the case, ‘‘ that the epidermis of the whale had ceased being formed under these specumens, whilst it had gone on being formed around and between them, to the thickness of four or five inches, and that it had subsequently disintegrated to this same thickness on its outer side, which processes would account for the summit of the shell being still on nearly a level with the surface of the whale.’ Darwin adds that he cannot believe this to have taken place, and continues: “‘The view which seems to me most probable is, that the rapid downward growth of the shell, besides indenting the whale’s skin, at the same time slowly pushes the whole shell out of the skin, and thus continually exposes the summit to the wear and breakage which seems to be necessary for its existence. On this view, the very peculiar form of T'wbicinella, which is retained during life, namely, the slightly greater width at top than at bottom is beauti- fully explained, viz., for the sake of facilitating the protrusion of the shell; for the ordinary conical shape of senile cirripedes, with the | apex upwards, would have rendered the pushing out of an imbedded shell almost impossible ; on the other hand, we can see that the likewise very peculiar, concentric, prominent belts may be necessary to prevent too easy protrusion.” If one remembers that the tubular shell rests with its lower edge on the soft inner skin, the corium, and that its basal surface is not closed with any hard substance, but simply with a membranous diaphragm, while the sides of the shell are provided with such prominent ridges it is difficult to imagine that it could be pushed out of the epidermis in this way. In fact, having removed a number of living specimens from the skin in which they were imbedded, I consider this pushing out as impossible. The skin around each shell is quite indurated, the ridges of the shell have their upper edge slightly turned upwards, and the shells adhere so firmly to the skin that one has to use considerable force in order to break them out even after splitting the surrounding body of skin lengthways. The observation, however, which I have made, enables us to understand the actual process. We saw that the larve of the cirripedes attach themselves to their permanent support by means of a cementing apparatus. Such a cementing arrangement appears quite sufficient for those species which live on rocks, shells, wood, or any other dead material, but it is evidently quite insufficient to account for their permanent adherence to the live skin of an animal. Supposing even they succeeded in attaching themselves, they would The Mode of Growth of Tubicinella Trachealis. D soon be thrown off as the outer layers of the epidermis became deteriorated and worn away. But the Twbicinella has not only to attach itself, but also to penetrate into the epidermis to a depth of one inch and a half, and that although its base is formed by a delicate membrane. Seeing this, it occurred to me that the animal possibly secreted some fluid which possesses the power of dissolving the epidermis. Such secretions, which contain peptonising ferments, e.g., pepsine or pepsine-like bodies, and which are capable of rendering soluble the albuminous matter of animal bodies are well known in the vegetable kingdom as well as among animals. The sundew, and many other so-called insectivorous plants digest the albuminous matter of insects and other animals in this way, and the same is done by many arachnids and insects with their prey. In order to test this theory, I removed some living Twbicinellas from the skin of the whale, placed their lower side in direct contact with pieces of boiled albumen (white of an egg), and poured sea-water into the vessels until the base of the shell was immersed.* After some time, varying from half an hour to twenty-four hours, I analysed the liquids. The soluble albuminoids were removed by saturating each liquid with sulphate of zine, allowing it to stand for twenty-four hours, and filtering it. The filtrates were treated with hydrate of potash and sulphate of copper, and in each case I obtained positive reactions for the presence of peptones. This proved that a pepto- nising ferment diffuses through the basal membrane of the animal, and this fact explains the peculiar structure of the animal as well as that of the skin of the whale at the infested parts of its head. The young Twbicinella simply dissolves the epidermis with which it is in contact, absorbing the peptonised liquid. As it continually grows at its lower end it gradually descends in this way into the epidermis, the digesting of the epidermal layers taking place at the same rate as the downward growth. When the parasite has reached its maturity, its shell is just as long as the epidermis is thick, viz., about one inch and a half, a thin layer of epidermis, about one-tenth of an inch in thickness remaining underneath each parasite between its base and the corium of the skin. The presence of the peptonising ferment having been proved, it is not necessary any more to assume that the epidermis stops growing underneath each parasite. On the contrary, its uniform growth would produce exactly the structure of the epidermis as we find it. If the parasite did not secrete such a ferment, the layer of epidermis * The Tubicinellas remained alive for two or even three days. 6 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. underneath it would gradually increase in thickness. At the same time the epidermis is permanently wearing off at its outer side, as is well demonstrated by its rough or rather torn and’ lacerated surface. The result of both processes would be that the parasite would be gradually but completely removed from the skin. And this actually takes place with the shells of the dead parasites, their place being afterwards indicated by a smooth depression in the epidermis. The living Tubicinella, however, cannot.be got rid of in this way, for as it dissolves that part of the epidermis with which its base is in contact, at the same rate at which new epidermal tissue is being formed underneath it, the layer of epidermis which separates it from the corium remains of the same thickness, and the parasite retains its place, its shell disintegrating at its outer end at the rate at which it grows at its base. Do the Mining Operations affect the Climate of Kimberley? 7 DO THE MINING OPERATIONS AFFECT THE CLIMATE OF KIMBERLEY ? By J. R. Sutton. (Read October 27, 1898.) In essentials diamond-mining differs little from any other enterprise whose object is to obtain possession of minerals lying at any depth beneath the surface of the earth. Shafts have to be sunk, and tunnels driven, and the diamond-bearing rock (‘‘ Kimberlite’’ or ‘‘blue-ground’”’) has to be excavated and hauled to the surface for treatment before its wealth can be proved, in much the same way as though the quest were gold or iron. But diamond-mining differs from most other extensive mining operations in this: that Kimberlite being for the most part easily pulverable by ordinary atmospheric influences continued long enough, is more advantageously and cheaply treated by spreading it, as soon as it leaves the mine, over the ground, where sun and rain can act freely upon it and disintegrate it, than it would be by crushing, or by any other process having the same objects. The depositing sites for blue-ground fresh from the mines are known as Floors. The floors belonging to the De Beers and Kimberley Mines extend, practically without interrup- tion, some four miles east and west, and from one to two miles north and south; and in order that they shall be as convenient as possible they are cleared of every trace of vegetation—trees, bushes, and grass all being sacrificed. The blue-ground is spread upon the floors to an average depth of about 10 inches, and remains there for a period which may run into many months until it is sufficiently disintegrated to be ready for washing and sorting. It is seldom that any floor is clear of blue-ground for many consecutive days; for the tipping of fresh material follows closely upon the removal of the old. Thus the floors-area, so far as vegetation is concerned, may be regarded as a small desert of blue-earth and rock, with here and there large mounds of the waste material from which the diamonds have been extracted. Kimberley extends along the southern boundary of this desert, and the village of Kenilworth (Griqualand West) touches it on its northern edge. Surrounding the whole is the virgin veldt of the country, consisting of thorn-bushes at intervals, 8 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. and a coarse, starved-looking grass, with the red sand upon which it grows in evidence everywhere. Now although the veldt is at best scarcely more than half-covered with vegetation, and the climate therefore as much influenced by the soil as by the vegetation upon it, yet it seemed d@ priori likely that the climate might be affected by the drastic clearance of such vegetation as there was, and also by the substitution of blue-ground for red over the floors. Such is the problem, and a solution of some of its leading aspects is attempted in this paper. Relative Thermal Properties of Kimberlite and Red Sand. The thermal properties of blue-ground as compared with red sand have first to be considered. Two small patches, each about 30 inches square, were laid out side by side in the most exposed spot available, one of weathered, decomposed, virgin blue-ground, the other of red sand. These were made as level and smooth as possible. The depth of the deposit of blue-ground was about 3 inches, the space beneath and surrounding it being red sand. A mercurial Board of Trade thermometer was placed in the midst of the blue patch, the centre of its spherical bulb being almost exactly 1 inch beneath the surface, and another exactly similar and similarly situated in the centre of the red patch. These thermometers were both inclined at an angle of about 30° from the vertical for convenience in reading, and kept in place by a thin wooden prop behind. A thin wooden lath also covered each column and scale as a protection against possible hail and missiles. The readings were taken at VIII., XIV., and xx. civil time. A spirit radiation thermometer of the ordinary pattern was also placed in a horizontal position over each patch, and supported by the thinnest wooden forks strong enough to carry it, the centre of the spherical bulbs being almost exactly three-quarters of an inch above the surface. These were also read at VIII., XIV., and xx., and readings of the minimum were also taken as well. The experiment lasted from July 4th con- tinuously till September 30, 1898, and may be regarded as including more or less all types of Kimberley weather. These were the best arrangements I was able to make for the purpose. There is no doubt, of course, that if larger patches could have been laid out, say each of 30 feet square, or better still, if simultaneous observations could have been taken, one set on the open veldt and the other in the midst of a depositing floor, better results must have been obtained. However, the figures given in Table I. will show the general tendency of the climatic effects of the two soils. ' Do the Mining Operations affect the Climate of Kimberley? 9 Ai eesb Ja RELATIVE THERMAL PROPERTIES OF BuiuE-GROUND AND RED Sanp. MEAN VALUES. A.—RaDIATION TEMPERATURES AT 3 INCH ABOVE SURFACE. 1898. MINIMUM. VIII. XIV. | XX. Blue. | Red. Blue. | Red. Blue. | Red. Blue. | Red. July 4th-31st........ 2350) 22;9) 29:9) 1) 29-5) | 6G:9 | Ga-7. | esol eo4:2 HNMUI AUS Gise wcities so ea) ot si 32°7 | 30:2 | 42°6 | 40°8 | 84:9 | 83:1 | 461 | 48-2 September Ist-17th ..| 35°3 | 32:1 | 47°8 | 46:0 | 89:2 | 85:7 | 50°5 | 47°3 September18th-30th..| 39°5 | 37:1 | 60°5 | 61-2 | 93°8 | 91.4 | 54:8 | 51°5 July 4th—Sept.17th ..| 30:3 | 28:0 | 39:2 | 379 | 79-4 | 774 | 43:0 | 408 | VIII. XIV. 39K, Blue. | Red. Blue. | Red. Blue. | Red. ° a Oo oO fe} 1e} BrutllyrA Gln ONG Gees it oi tees ece as 6 Sie leh Soyer 33:0 | 31:8 | -63°1° | 65°3 | 42°4 | 40°6 JETOFER DIS Gs. naive 9 ie ies Eye ee eee 44-3 | 43:5 | 81-7 | 83°7 | 55:9 | 53°38 September ASG lad ieee ate av siaiera oreve cok 50°4 49°5 90°71 91'8 61:9 591 September 18th-30th .............. 60°8 | 62:2 |100°0 |101°3 | 69°8 | 66°3 July 4th-September Mebane eek eee oor 41°6 40-7 767 788 522 499 C.—CoMPARATIVE KLEMENTS OF INFLUENCE. July. August. September. Hours. Hours. Hours. Amount of Cloud (0-10)* ........ 0-6 IIT ~ Aeg Duration of Sunshine +... ...... 2984 = 92% 297 =86% 3013 = 84% Mean Maximum Air Temperature 65°6° 72°5° 78°0° Mean Minimum do. reves 32°7° 38°5° 422° * From observations taken at VIII., XIV., and xx. civil time. The mean amount of cloud for the year is about 2°5. At Cordoba it is 4°5, and at Adelaide 4:8. t+ As recorded by the Jordan Photographic recorder. According to a paper recently published in the Quarterly Journal of the Royal Meteorological Society by Mr. R. Curtis, describing some comparative observations made in England between the sunshine recorded by this type of instrument and that by the standard Campbell-Stokes burning recorder, it is claimed that the latter records the greater amount. With a sky in which cumulus prevails this would always be the case, because the record of the burning recorder is not a series of points, but a succession of large overlapping images—isolated clouds thus not receiving their true and sufficient angular dimensions on the trace. The record of the photographic recorder, on the other hand, is a series of narrow transverse lines. 10 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Previously to September 18th neither of the experimental patches had emerged from the morning shadow cast by some adjacent gum- trees at vii. From that time until the end of the month the red patch was either in partial shadow or full sunshine at vili., while the blue was in shadow or partial shadow at the same time. For this reason the vii. observations after that date are not to be taken in the comparisons, the rest of the observations being nevertheless quite trustworthy. The general conclusions to be drawn from Table I. are :— 1. The air is always warmer above the surface of the blue-ground than it is above the red sand. 2. Beneath the surface the blue-ground is always warmer by night and cooler by day than the red sand. 3. Finally, blue-ground is the better reflector and therefore the worse absorber: heat passes less readily, in or out, across the bounding surfaces of its particles. The uniformly greater tempe- rature of the air just above its surface is a reflection effect by day, and an effect of actual warming by contact and conduction during the night. The soil of many of the gardens in and about Kimberley is little besides blue-ground taken from the waste material of the heaps of tailings. That they should often be so flourishing may be partly due to the more equable thermal properties of blue-ground. Of humus they have obviously not a trace to begin with. Fruit-trees generally blossom much earlier in the spring in Kimberley, which is built almost entirely on débris from the mines, than they do in Kenil- worth, where there is not any of this material; and a certain succulent plant known locally as the wild tobacco develops more luxuriantly upon the tailing-heaps than it ever does upon the native sand. A mixture of red sand and blue-ground seems also to make a good soil for a garden. Liffects on Climate. The great differences in the thermal properties of blue-ground and encroaching very little into the spaces which should be left blank by clouds. It follows as a necessary consequence that the maximum amount of sunshine in the diurnal range is displaced too near to noon by the Campbell-Stokes instrument. Clouds being relatively rare at Kimberley, it is doubtful if a Campbell-Stokes recorder of the very best construction could record more sunshine than the Jordan instrument. And here it may not be out of place to add that Kimberley is perhaps one of the most sunny places in the world. The mean sunshine for the year is about 76 per cent. of the greatest amount possible, Allahabad (India) having perhaps 70 per cent., Cordoba (S. America) 62 per cent., Adelaide (S. Australia) 60 per cent., and St. Aubin’s (Jersey) 39 per cent. Do the Mining Operations affect the Climate of Kimberley? 11 red sand would make it almost certain that the climate of the vicinity must be materially affected by the considerable area of blue-ground exposed on the depositing floors. To test this I have compared the daily maximum temperatures of Kimberley and Kenilworth for the years 1894, 1895, and 1896, making use of 1,075 pairs of observations for the purpose. The Kimberley observations were kindly placed at my disposal by Mr. G. J. Lee,* F.R.Met.S., F.R.M.S.; the Kenilworth observations were taken by myself. Table II. shows the mean differences of maximum temperatures, Kimberley minus Kenilworth, month by month for the three years. A plus sign indicates that the Kimberley temperature was the greater, a minus sign that it was less. Massa) WUE Mean DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE Maximum AIR TEMPERATURES oF KIMBERLEY AND KENILWORTH. 1894. 1895. 1896. | Mean. SV AMUUEEY, ie.s elo a cle lsiticr os +27 +2:9 +58 | +3°8 WGDEWANY 206% 0. 5s +1:1 +1°6 alee | +2'5 VERON Ms anes sete, 3 +0°6 +0:1 sre eel PATHE ales Prasat ata 1:7 =1-9 Oi ee alah TUE STO he eae eee =22 —3-0 =O) | = IES Jte Cin Re hy —2:7 - —3:0 —0°8 —2°2 Sith 5 6 acts 5 es Sena =o —2'3 =I = 18) mest) ysnic acne conn: i) —14 05 "2 |) = 058 SEPbOMMDeT sais evs .sere. +0°6 +0°2 +270). | +0°9 October Mies won hk. +0°6 +4'8 +51 | +3'5 November 1.2 4e6 soos oes +3°8 +64 +69 | ond WeCEUMIET. siege ciccoccsera es +2°4 +5:0 +6'8 | TET Some of the monthly differences are doubtless due to faults of exposure at both places. In September, 1895, the Kenilworth thermometers were transferred to a new, large, louvred screen, which, as tested by a slung thermometer, gave much more accurate results ; the effects of radiation from the ground being largely, if not altogether, eliminated. The greater differences since that time are due to this alteration. The Kimberley thermometers were in the same position throughout the period. They were mounted under a somewhat modified Glaisher stand. * Mr. Lee died in May last. Though not in any broad sense a meteorologist, yet he had taken regular climatological observations at his own second-order station for many years. Few men have had greater opportunities than he of amassing wealth, but the sordid pursuit of riches had for him no attractions. Living without ostentation, an earnest lover and devout worshipper of nature. Kimberley society scarcely knew of his existence; and Kimberley newspapers, characteristically, reported his death in grudging lines as that of a ‘local astronomer and weather-prophet” ! 12 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. It is curious that the monthly differences in both December, 1894 and 1895, should be less than the November before and the January after, and in all probability the same thing would show in the mean results had there been no change of exposure at Kenilworth. The numbers in the table would appear to indicate that the Kim- berley days are warmer in summer and cooler in winter than those of Kenilworth. The great number of trees about Kenilworth may, perhaps, contribute something to this result; but it seems more likely to be due to an inherent defect in the Glaisher stand, however it may be modified : z.e., to the utter lack of protection which it can afford against the effects of radiation from the ground in such a climate as ours. How effective radiation may prove as a source of error in temperature observations, unless properly guarded against, will be seen from Table III., wherein a comparison is made between the approximate maximum surface-soil temperature at a depth of 1 inch and the maximum temperature of the air. TABLE III. Mran Montuty Maximum TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR AT KENIL- WORTH COMPARED WITH THE MEAN SURFACE-SOIL TEMPERA- TURE AT 2 P.M.* Soil Temperature Monthly Maximum at 1 inch beneath Temperature of the Differences. Surface. Air. . Mean at Greatest 1897. XIV. observed Mean Absolute Ss Ss’ T ae S-T S’-T’ January .. O87. 8) lass 84°9 94°7 So 13i38} ES) 11 February ais AMO GS 91°3 99°8 +19°4 +18:0 Miameln ast: Sica 112°8 83° 92°8 +14:0 + 20:0 Aprile Sine 95:0 104°9 83°4 92°2 +11°6 +127 WWE ale te 76°2 86°2 72°5 SLs) + 3°7 + 4°7 Chae seals 63°3 69°0 65°2 T2°7 — 19 — 3°7 rule alee 66°7 76°5 67°6 shor — 0°99 + 1°4 August .. 80:9 | 88°2 73°0 83°3 + 6:1 + 49 September . 92:0 104°8 Those lb 91:2 +13°9 +13°6 October .. 104°2 119°3 85°3 96°6 +18°9 +22°7 November | 110°3 LOST, 86°4 100°6 + 93°9 S808 )211 December | 112°4 126°8 Ler Sige +20:°7 +29°3 Means .. 923° 80°2° +11°9° Extremes . 2 GEse 100°6° + 26:2° * In October, 1898, it was ascertained that the depth of the bulb of the ther- mometer with which these observations were made had increased from 1 inch ° to nearly 2 inches beneath the surface. This may be accounted for partly by an actual sinking of the thermometer, and partly by a possible accumulation of drift sand upon the site. Do the Mining Operations affect the Climate of Kimberley? 18 The tendency of these numbers is to show that the lower the tem- perature of the air the nearer does it approach the temperature of the ground. And doubtless if the temperature of the mathematical surface of the ground could be ascertained the effect would be still more marked. It is obvious that if we wish to get a true idea of the relative tem- peratures of Kimberley and Kenilworth sources of error due to faults of exposure must, as far as possible, be allowed for. The method adopted after sundry trials was to consider the mean monthly error at both places to be a constant throughout any. assigned month. And thus the mean difference d between the Kimberley and Kenil- worth maximum temperatures for that month shall be a constant quantity, which, if applied with its proper sign to the Kenilworth maximum on any day in that month, will give the true relative difference for the same day between the maxima of the two places. The method answers equally well for the months before or after the change in the exposure of the Kenilworth thermometers. The pro- cess will be best understood by the annexed Table IV., representing a specimen month of readings in full. In this table— Column 1. Contains the dates. ,, &. The direction of the wind at 2 p.m. 3. The maximum air temperatures of Kimberley (K). , 4. The maximum air temperatures of Kenilworth (K’). }. The differences between the maxima of Kimberley and Kenilworth (K-—K’) + or — according as KS |sceo= | 120-- | OO | ILO | 190— | 260-1 10.05 = ecO baa: O00) cca vV-0— TT-O+ OF-O+ G8-T— O9 se Gv-G— OT-0— ¢L:0— 93:05 98-0 — T6:0— 6P-0— €9'02 1G = GL-O+ 1v-0—- €6-0— Té-0+ 66-0 + 66-0T 0€:0— 9T-O+ Té-04 6G-0T 30-05 SF-0+ eT-O+ | T quvapend SUBOTL 00d “AON *19qQ0100 ‘gdog ‘qSnSNY “ANE ‘oun ‘ACIN ‘Trady ‘yoreyy =| Atenaqo,q | Arenuee ‘SINVUCVAY OL DNIGUOOOV CHDNVUUV VWIXV] fO SHONGUMMAIG AALOAMNO ATHINOW NVA TA WIdEVai 66-0+ LV-T+ FT-0— Lv-O+ 0¢-0+ 0€-0+ 9T-O+ Vé:0—- 6E-0+ 9F-0+ 8P-O+ 61-0 — GF-O+ NM’ NN 06-0 + 86-0 + Pr-O GPF-O+ 0¢-T + IT-O+ 61-0— 6:0 — 00-0 60-0+ 6G-O+ ea 60:0 — “MN 60:0 — 8F-0+ L6-04+ KO) LF-O4 60-01 66-0 — ile eta c6-0— 66:0 — Clie GO-0+ 9¢-0+ “AC NOM TT-O+ Gg-0+ &T-0— 80:0+ LG-0— 60-0 — IT-O+ 6T-O+ 70-04 6L-0—- TG-O+ 6¢:0+ IT-O+ “MM 97:0 —- 86.0— SO) STO) 64:0 — 66:0 — TL-0- vE-O+ cT-O- 66-0 Alo = QoL = 06-0— $6-0 — “MSM Gé-0— Lv-0— 69-0+ 0€-0—- OL) = OS: TT GL-O+ €€-0+ 86:0 — 8T:0— G8-0— a OT-6 — “MS 80-0+ ee 6¢-:0— vE-O+ FO: T — 0¢-0— GO-0+ 9T-O+ 08-0+ G9-0— GO-T + 0S-0— 06-0+ N’S'S 60-T — G6:0— O€-T — OSES Ota 00-T — 86:0 — 69:0—- t8-:0—- 8L-0- 06-6 — Va 8h — $ LG-0— 09-0+ OF-0— G8-T— ss = G6:0—- 00-T — 06-6 — 08-0+ Gé-T + GL-T 06-6 — HSs’s 96:0 — 09:0— 0G-T+ ie : 0¢-§ + ae 66:0 — ee OF-7 — 06° t Ss see “HS 12-0 — OF-0— 5.0 55 20 06 20 ae 00 O06 08.0— 06-3— TSO OF-0—- 66:0 + 06-1 + es 09: = GV-G— 00-6 — 19:0 —- 69-:0— bV:0— Siltalias cO0-0+ GT-O+ TH 97-0 — OF-G— 06-0 — Jan Lol a ee 06-:0— OL-0+ G8-0— 0G-:0+ OF-0+ OL-:0— GO-T — “HN W Gé-0— LG-T — Si] | Dae OT-T+ CT-0— OT-O+ OF-T— 66:0— LG-O0+ 6:0 O€-T — 00-0 OF-0— “HON vL-O+ 06-0+ 69-0 — 80-0 — ST-0— GP-O+ 0G-0+ LG-O+ 63-0 + 0G-T + GT-O+ 6F-T + igo “HA NON T§-0+ 97:0— 80-0 + 68-04 8F-0O+ €6-0+ 06-0 — 06:0 + 8F-O+ 86-04 LT-O+ | 63-04 CO ota "N "SUBOTAL ‘00d “AON "1940400 ‘ydag ‘qsnsny “ANG ‘oun “AVITAL Thdy ‘yoreyy «| Aarenaqoy | ‘Arenuese ‘dNIM, SBHL FO NOILOGYIG AHL OL ONIGUODOV GHONVUUV VNIXV]{ JO SHONHUAHAICT GCaLOGAUOD) ATHINOJ, NVAT ‘A ATaVi 16 TABLE VII. Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Mran Montuty CoRRECTED DIFFERENCES OF MAXIMA ARRANGED QUARTERLY IN QUADRANTS. First QUARTER. | SECOND QUARTER. | THIRD QUARTER. | FOURTH QUARTER. a 8 sg g = 8 = 2 3 § ag 35 as 3S ad o> qe Epc bea | Se | se ee | ge e8 ane ar ane ar ape ar ape ar io) ras e) ras o) las oe) ra Quad. 1\) 93 {| =-0-16 85 | +0:24 59 | +016 61 —0°16 ta ee 32 —0°58 18 — 0:40 8 —1:06 19 — 0°04 et) 39 —0°72 53 —0°37 62 — 0°38 61 —0:47 oy a ELOO +0:26 109 +0:00 145 +014 131 +0:°19 264 265 274 |. 272 Table VIII. gives a yet more condensed grouping, arrived at by drawing an Kast and West line, and calling all winds which cross it with increasing latitude northerly (N.), and all which cross it with decreasing latitude southerly (S.), west winds being classed with the former and east with the latter. In other words, all winds of Quad- rants 1 and 4 are N., and all of Quadrants 2 and 8 are S. TABLE VIII. Mran MontTuHuy CORRECTED DIFFERENCES OF MAXIMA ARRANGED (JUARTERLY ACCORDING TO THE WIND’S INCREASE OR DECREASE oF LATITUDE. FIRST SECOND THIRD FouURTH Toray QUARTER. QUARTER. QUARTER. QUARTER. = g d i < g = g = fs oe as oe fe Moe | pag Goll eee oY es Fs | $2 | Be] 82 | 3) 82 | Be) $2 | BS) Bs o) la e) la oe) la) fo) A fo) ra fo) {o) a fo} ° fo} INE |. 293 +0:21 | 194 +0°10 | 204 | +0°14 | 192 | +0:08 | 783 | +0°14 S. Tel — 0:66 ea —0°38 70 | —0-46 80 | —0°36 | 292 | —0-49 The evident interpretation of Tables V., VI., VII., and VIII. is that northerly winds raise the temperature of Kimberley above the normal, whereas southerly winds do the same for that of Kenil- Do the Mining Operations affect the Climate of Kimberley ? 17 worth. It must not be inferred, however, that the numbers given in these tables show absolutely by how much the maximum tem- peratures are modified by particular winds; that could only be determined if we knew what would be the temperatures if the floors did not exist. Not only that, but the iron roofs of the houses are much more liberally distributed in Kimberley than they are in Kenilworth, and this must also exert some influence. Yet consider- ing how largely secondary influences enter into and disturb normal meteorological phenomena, it is perhaps surprising that the final results should develop with so much regularity. (19) NOTES ON A JOURNEY IN GERMAN SOUTH-WEST AFRICA. By J. C. WATERMEYVER. (Read January 26, 1899.) The object of the journey was an inquiry into the agricultural and pastoral prospects of the country. - The German Protectorate on the west coast of South Africa is bounded by Angola on the north, and the Kalahari Desert and Cape Colony on the east and south. It is a territory of about 320,000 square miles in extent. The northern portion is occupied by the Ovambos; Damaraland is inhabited by two classes, the Hereros or Beestdamaras, the wealthy class, and the Bergdamaras, a poorer class, looked down upon by the Hereros, and treated by them as slaves; Great Namaqualand is inhabited by several tribes of Hottentots, Bushmen, and Bastards. The Witbooi tribe has proved the most powerful, and Hendrik Witbooi, their chief, was, even after the German occupation, looked upon as their great general, for offensive and defensive purposes. Six days after sailing from Cape Town, we reached and dis- embarked at the mercantile settlement at the mouth of the Tsoachaub River, about 18 miles north of Walfish Bay. From the Orange River northwards a barren, sandy waste reaches inland from the coast for a distance of from about 6 to 40 miles. A belt of shifting sandhills a few miles in width is a prominent feature of this sandy tract, and at the mouth of the Tsoachaub River, where the strip of sand is at its narrowest, the shifting sand- hills terminate. From the Tsoachaub mouth we started on our journey into the interior, our means of transport being an ox-waggon. The first six or eight miles of our journey took us across the sandy waste, and we now proceeded in the vicinity of the river over a no less barren, though less sandy, region, until we finally crossed the river about 20 miles from its mouth. Up to this point we had been making gradual ascent, and now had to descend into the bed of the river, which is here skirted by rocky declivities, the rocks being composed 20 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. of mica-schist intersected by veins of dolerite and crystalline lime- stone. The Tsoachaub River, like most South African rivers, only flows in the rainy season, 7.e., during the summer months, but although the river-bed is dry for the rest of the year, water may generally be found by digging into the sand to a depth of a few feet. The vegetation on the banks of the river is fairly luxuriant. Amongst the herbage were noticeable grasses of various kinds, saltbush, and mesembriaces, whilst amongst the trees and shrubs the most prominent were the kameeldoorn, mimosa, and tamarisk. Having ascended the mountain on the north side of the river, a height of somewhat over 1,000 feet, we proceeded in a north-easterly direction towards Omaruru, over a bare plateau on the north-west side of the Kau River, which flows in a south-westerly direction and joins the Tsoachaub River. The geological features of this plateau are mica- schist and limestone, passing over into sandstone, interspersed with granite. At a place called Aukas, we crossed the Kau River for the first time. Here we saw, together with other varieties of acacias, one variety known as the Ana-tree, the pods of which are largely used as cattle food in very dry seasons. In the limestone which exists. here, forming a substratum, as in other parts of the country, water is found at a depth of 10 feet and less. Usually where an outcrop of this limestone occurs on the surface, shallow wells have been sunk into it, and a sufficient supply of water has been obtained. After a journey of thirteen days we reached Omaruru, a distance of 144 miles from the Tsoachaub mouth, and about 3,600 feet above sea-level. This was formerly a mission and trading station; now, in addition to this, a detachment of troops is stationed there. The mission and trading stations are situated on the north side of the Omaruru River, the military camp has been built on the south side. Here the efforts of the missionaries have shown what can be done in the way of cultivation, with energy and care. In the missionary’s garden and other gardens were to be seen vegetables of various descriptions in promising condition, together with grape-vines, orange-trees, pomegranates, and date-palms. The officer in charge of the military station had also laid out a large extent of garden ground on the opposite side of the river, upon which much attention was being bestowed. After the rainy season, when the river has ceased to flow, the river-bed is made use of for the cultivation of cereal crops; the results are usually very good, but occasionally an unexpected rainfall brings the river down before the crops are matured, and the harvest prospects are ruined. The natives in the Notes on a Journey in German South-West Africa. 21 vicinity also do some cultivation on the river banks, growing principally maize and pumpkins, which, with the milk from their cattle, form their principal food. The northernmost point of our journey was Omburo, a mission station about 18 miles north of Omaruru, about 4,000 feet above sea-level. The geological formation here, as in the vicinity of Omaruru, is still granitic, and I was told that the granite extends into Ovamboland. At Omburo a hot spring occurs in the river-bed on the upper side of a doleritic dyke which passes across the river. The temperature of the water we found to be 765°C. After returning to Omaruru we continued our journey in a south-east direction, towards Wind- hoek. About 15 miles from Omaruru we passed a hot spring, in limestone, at Omapyu. The temperature of the water is stated by Dr. Schinz to be 61°C. We had no opportunity of measuring it. Proceeding towards Okahaudja, a mission station 76 miles south-east of Omaruru and 4,000 feet above sea-level, the granite gradually disappears, giving place to mica-schist. Between Omaruru and Okahaudja some beautiful scenery is met with, hilly country alternating with level plain, and the winding river-bed not far off, with its extensive alluvial banks, in some parts overgrown and in other parts only scantily covered with beautiful forest trees. Here also several Herero encampments exist, with their small plantations of pumpkins, maize, corn, and tobacco. At Okahaudja the gardens were well cultivated, stocked with fruit and vegetables. Lucerne and cereals were found to be successfully grown here, and the grape-vine and fig-tree grew luxuriantly. Between Okahaudja and Windhoek the granite is completely lost sight of, mica-schist, quartz, and sandstone composing the principal rocks in this vicinity. Windhoek was reached ten days after leaving Omaruru, the distance covered being about 120 miles. This is the principal settlement in the country, being the seat of government and the largest commercial centre. The white population, excluding the military stationed here, did not exceed a couple of hundred at the time of our visit, but by immigration the number is rapidly increasing. The total white population in the Protectorate at the time of our visit was estimated at about 3,000. Windhoek lies about 5,000 feet above sea-level. It is situated in a narrow valley amongst hills of mica-schist. In the hills on the north side of the village there are five hot springs issuing from limestone. Relatively to each other these springs lie approximately in a straight line, at about the same height, and at intervals of a few 22. Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. hundred yards. It is most probable that these springs are all from the same source, but the peculiarity is that their temperatures vary considerably. Taken in order from east to west, the temperatures, all measured within an hour, were found to be 52°C., 78°C., 69°C., 69°C., and 63°C. Assuming that they are from the same source, it is evident that the water has, in its passage upwards, been differently influenced as to temperature, at the different points, by the geological formation through which it has passed. This water was found to contain 63 grains of solid substances per gallon, mineral matter consisting of alkaline carbonates and sulphates, a trace of chlorides, and a little lime, probably in the form of sulphate. Being hot springs, and sulphate of lime being less soluble in hot than in cold water, the water was not so hard as would have been the case had it issued from the limestone in the cold state. Below the springs there is a deposit of crystalline sulphate of lime on the surface of the soil, which must be taken to have been deposited from solution. The water of these springs is used for domestic supply, and, when cold, for irrigating the few gardens. Cold springs also exist in the limestone which crops out in the valley below the hot springs. Beyond the range of hills north of Windhoek, and within half an hour’s walk, lies a small pastoral settlement in a valley considerably larger than the one in which Windhoek is situated. This settle- ment is known as Klein Windhoek. The vegetables and fruit grown here, as also the milk, butter, and eggs produced, find a ready sale in Windhoek. At Klein Windhoek there are several springs, mostly cold, but some of them tepid. The deep alluvial soil of the valley is well suited for gardening purposes, but the supply of water available does not allow of very extensive cultivation. The streams which drain the valleys of Windhoek and Klein Windhoek carry an immense amount of water during the rainy season ; these two streams unite at a distance of about two miles west of Windhoek, and it has been estimated that during an average rainy season about 494,000,000 cubic feet of water are carried down into the Tsoachaub River by them. We had an opportunity of observing the rainfall at Windhoek during the month of January, and found it to be 4 inches. The total rainfall for the summer months of January, February, March, and April, 1897, amounted to 15:5 inches. Considering that Windhoek is not a specially favoured portion of Damaraland as regards rainfall, and allowing for the rain falling during the months of November and December, it will be seen that Damaraland is not badly off. The rainfall of the period in question was not considered to be unusually high. The greatest Notes on a Journey mm German South-West Africa. 23 rainfall for one day hitherto measured in Damaraland is recorded to be 21 inches, measured at Omaruru. We experienced a fall of half an inch in fifteen minutes, and again 1:4 inches in an hour and forty minutes, in Windhoek. This shows the heaviness of the downpour, the showers from the thunder-clouds being generally of short duration, but sharp. From Windhoek we visited Otjimbinque, a mission station 87 miles west of Windhoek, lying about 3,000 feet above sea-level. The geological formation at and around Otjimbinque is granitic, the mica-schist begins to disappear at Otjiseva, 22 miles west of Wind- hoek, giving place to sandstone. Near Otjiseva, in mica-schist, there is a considerable deposit of staurolite crystals. Granite begins to appear at Barmen, and becomes more noticeable as Otjimbinque is approached. A peculiarity of the granitic hills about Otjimbinque is that they are capped by a deposit of white crystalline limestone, presenting a remarkable appearance, for the line of contact is very distinct, and noticeable at a considerable distance. At Barmen, 42 miles from Windhoek, there are hot springs issuing from quartzite, one having a temperature of 65°C. and one a temperature of 48:°5C. At Klein Barmen, 7 miles further on, there is a hot spring with a temperature of 61°C. The village of Otjimbinque hes on the north of the Tsoachaub River, and is divided into two portions by the Omnsema River, which, coming from the north, here joins the Tsoachaub River. The place has been much neglected as regards cultivation of the soil, the old garden of the mission station has been practically given up, and the place and surroundings present a very bare appearance, having of late years been to a great extent denuded of the natural growth of trees and shrubs. We found Otjimbinque a very hot place, notwithstanding the fact that we had some cooling showers of rain whilst there. It has the reputation of being the warmest portion of Damaraland, and we experienced a temperature of 38°C. (100° F.) in the shade. I may here remark that the humidity of the air in Damaraland in summer is very low, a difference between dry and wet bulb of 15°C. (27° F.) being nothing unusual; in fact we measured a difference of 19:9°C. (36° F.) at 3 p.m. one day at Otjimbinque, when the dry bulb showed 34:6°C. (94° F.) and the wet bulb 14-7°C. (58° F.). Measurements of the temperature of the sand on hot days were found very interesting ; the highest temperature of sand measured by us was 60°C. (108° F.), the temperature of the air in the shade being 30°7°C. (87° F.). Between Otjimbinque and Okahaudja the country is very hilly, yer nee 24 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvety. but it also contains a considerable extent of well-wooded alluvial soil, suitable for cultivation. The distance between Otjimbinque and Okahaudja is 73 miles, and in this distance, passing from the eranite to mica-schist, there were noticeable sandstone, BA -slate, dolerite, and limestone. After returning to Windhoek from Otjimbinque we proceeded from there eastwards to Gobabis, a military station near the eastern boundary of the Protectorate. Having travelled about 15 miles, continually ascending, from Windhoek, to a height of about 5,500 feet, we passed away from the mica-schist and entered upon sand- stone formation, with lme-tufa and crystalline limestone. Then commenced a gradual descent to Gobabis, which les 4,400 feet above sea-level. For the next few miles the country is somewhat undulating, then a huge grassy plain is entered upon, later on giving place to stony bushveld, and then again becoming open and grassy. In these parts the natives possess large herds of cattle, but few sheep. As we approached the White Nosob River our way lay along a sandy flat, with very extensive alluvial soil, to some extent cultivated by the natives. Between 50 and 100 miles from Windhoek the soil not immediately along the river is at first sandy, with a subsoil of lime-tufa, sometimes marly, then crossed by veins of dolerite, then a gravelly karoo soil covered with gannabush, which is one of the principal sheep-fodder bushes in this Colony, and then it becomes hilly and stony and sandy again. At Witvley, about 100 miles from Windhoek, the limestone tufa is very much in evidence, and a considerable extent of country is low-lying andmarshy. For the next thirty miles, as far as Gobabis, which les on the Black Nosob River, the way is very sandy and heavy for transport, as all the eastern portion bordering on the Kalahari is; the underlying limestone frequently shows itself, and is pierced for water-supply. Here veins of sandstone and quartz conglomerate were very noticeable, crossing the flats as well as traversing the hills. At Gobabis the water-supply is obtained from wells, 10 feet in depth, in the sandstone. The distance from Windhoek to Gobabis is about 135 miles; the time occupied in covering it was ten days. From Gobabis we proceeded south-west to Rehoboth, and at distances of 12 and 18 miles we passed two watering-places, in lime- stone which crops out of the sand. About twenty-eight miles from Gobabis, on the White Nosob River, a few miles north of its junction with the Black Nosob River, lies Kaukarus, a settlement of Bechuanas. The people had just been very unfortunate here; most of them were Notes on a Journey iv German South-West Africas 25 or had been suffering from malaria fever, and their gardens had been partly carried away by the flood of the river, what remained being destroyed by cattle which had obtained access through the rents in the fences caused by the flood. In addition to the usual pumpkins, melons, and maize, these natives also cultivated Kaffir corn and sugar-cane. After leaving this place we traversed some very good grass country, but about 70 miles from Gobabis the aspect is very bare. Here there is a large pan on a bed of limestone, which was dry when we reached it, but water was found in holes made in the limestone bed. From here, for the next 25 miles, until we reached Hatsamas, on the Schaap River, we passed over a huge grassy plain, sparsely covered with kameeldoorn. Just before reaching Hatsamas the plain narrows and passes into a valley between sandstone hills. The soil in this valley is a good sandy loam, in parts marly, and fairly rich in humus. | On arrival at Hatsamas we had to undergo a period of quarantine of fourteen days, owing to the suspected and afterwards confirmed presence of rinderpest on a farm higher up the river. Whilst here we had ample opportunity of becoming acquainted with this locality. In a narrow defile between the hills, through which the river runs, there is a good site for making a masonry dam, which would cover a large area with water and serve for the irrigation of a very extensive tract of arable land. ; In this locality, in addition to the quartzite and sandstone, there are also occurrences of limestone, granite, and clay-slate. Here we experienced some very heavy rain: during nine days we had a rain- fall of 4:7 inches, in the month of April. Before going further, as the journey from Hatsamas to Rehoboth really introduces us to the southern portion of the Protectorate, I may just pause to review shortly and sum up with a réswmé of what I had seen so far, describing the general geological characteristics of Damaraland in a few words. To the north and west of Wind- hoek the rocks are for the most part granitic or mica-schists, it is only south and eastward that quartz and sandstone actually preponderate. Dolerite is of occasional occurrence, and limestone occurs everywhere, either crystalline or tufaceous; where the hot springs are met with it occurs as travertive. The alluvial soil along the river-sides is very suitable for agricultural purposes, but water for irrigation must be provided, by means of dam-making. Large tracts of country, especially north and eastward, are well wooded with kameeldoorn and other acacias, or otherwise we have splendid 26 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. grass country very suitable as cattle pasture; but here again the water difficulty presents itself, for there are miles upon miles of erass-veld which is useless as grazing ground because of its being too far away from water for stock. Here by water-boring and. well- | sinking a great deal could be done. Damaraland is not very suitable for sheep-rearing for wool, because of the thorny shrubs, and also because of the seed of the klitzgras, which, getting into the wool, knots it and causes much trouble, depreciating its value. As regards precious minerals, gold has been discovered in the Omaruru district, and copper in the districts of Omaruru and Otjim- binque, but, probably owing to expense of working, no development to speak of has taken place. After our fortnight’s quarantine at Hatsamas we continued our journey to Rehoboth. The first part of the way lay over sandstone formation, of a hilly nature, then we reached a large sandy and erassy plain, well wooded with kameeldoorn and _ hakjesdoorn. About 30 miles from Hatsamas the soil becomes gradually clayey, and after crossing the Usib River, 35 miles from Hatsamas we came upon a hard clay soil covered with low karoo bushes, principally the gannabush. This part of the country strongly resembles our north-western Karoo. Rehoboth is a mission station, chiefly occupied by the Bastards, who gain a livelihood by cattle and sheep rearing and transport riding. It is situated about 4,600 feet above sea-level. Below the sandstone and shale of this vicinity the limestone evidently still exists, for there is an extensive outcrop of it in the village of Reho- both, and out of this rises the water-supply of the village, in the form of hot springs, the temperature of which is 52°C. The journey from Gobabis to Rehoboth, a distance of 140 miles, occupied nine days. From Rehoboth we travelled south-eastwards, skirting the Oanob River for some distance, until we crossed the Usib River just before it joins the Oanob, and passing through good alluvial sandy loam for about 12 miles. After leaving the river we passed on to a sandy soil covered with grass and trees. At Lekkerwater, about 37 miles from Rehoboth, the soil is again of a very clayey nature. After leaving Lekkerwater we crossed seven sandy plateaus, separated by seven ranges of sandhills. These sandy plateaus are poor in vegetation, the most plentiful growth being that of the tsammas, a small melon, which in the absence of water forms a useful substitute, and is very much in requisition, both for man and beast. Having crossed this sandy tract we came upon a formation principally composed of limestone tufa, and at a distance of 70 Notes on a Journey in German South-West Africa. 27 miles from Rehoboth we reached Bitterwater, a natural pan on a bed of limestone, which was dry at the time. The water in the pits is quite useless; it is briny and bitter, probably containing a considerable amount of magnesia salts in solution. From here to the mission station Hoachanas, about 5 miles further on, we passed over a bare patch of clay and sandstone rock débris, sparsely srown with karoo bushes. The missionary stationed here has done a great deal for the conservation of water, which is obtained from springs in plentiful supply. His garden is very carefully tended, and his vines, fig-trees, mulberries, and date-palms, together with his vegetable garden, combine to form a beauty-spot in an otherwise unpicturesque landscape. As he has found the proportion of hme in the marl of his garden ground too great, he has gone to the trouble of carting humus, from a distance of about 7 miles, to mix with the marl. The Hottentots under his charge do not take example by his industry, for although maize and cereals grow well here, they are too indolent to go in for extensive cultivation. From Hoachanas as far as Witvley, about 40 miles, we travelled over limestone, clay-slate, and sandstone, with a good deal of dolerite, with poor grazing for cattle, but sufficient for the maintenance of sheep and goats. Near Witvley the soil is more sandy, and good grass again appears. Here, in a narrow valley, there is good alluvial clay soil, somewhat marly, and the surface on either side of the valley consists of lime tufa. After leaving Witvley we again crossed several sandy plateaus similar to those north-west of Hoachanas, and after passing these we left the last plateau by a sudden descent of about 30 feet, and found ourselves at Rietmond, occupied by Hendrik Witbooi’s people. In this descent it is notice- able that under the sand the limestone occurs, and below this there is a ferruginous sandstone rock. It may therefore be reasonably assumed that the limestone underlies the whole of these sandy plateaus, which are looked upon as perfectly waterless. At Riet- mond water issues in springs from the ferruginous sandstone. From Rietmond to Gibeon the descent is gradual, over sandstone. The country here has for the most part a barren appearance, but in parts the grazing for sheep is good, gannabush and saltbush being plentiful. We reached Gibeon, 175 miles from Rehoboth, in ten days. Gibeon is a mission and military station. It lies at an elevation of some 3,300 feet above sea-level, on the banks of the Fish River—the largest river in Great Namaqualand—which usually carries water all the year round, and runs southwards, emptying itself into the Orange River. Gibeon is at present the home of Hendrik Witbooi, whose 28 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. tribe, in spite of all the trouble given to the Germans when fighting for supremacy in their country, has been, since his surrender, looked upon as the most loyal of all the Hottentot tribes. . Near Gibeon there is an occurrence of blue-ground, but no diamonds have as yet been found there. From Gibeon, after crossing the sandstone hills, a sandy flat is traversed until the river is reached again. After crossing the river we passed over sandstone and clay-slate, with occasional dolerite, as far as the Klein Broekkaross or Little Geitsigubib Hill, about 28 miles south of Gibeon. The hill is about 420 feet high, is com- posed of clay-slate and dolerite, and has a capping of sandstone. Wherever the bed-rock was exposed at the riverside it was found to be composed of large slabs of ferruginous clay-slate, externally oxidised to the state of red ferric oxide, whilst internally the colour was blue, the iron being in the lower stage of oxidation, as ferrous oxide. From here to Ganikobis, 30 miles, the soil is mostly a brackish clay soil, with here and there patches of sand or marl, dotted with pebbles of quartz, sandstone, and ironstone. Ganikobis is a Hottentot location on the banks of the Fish River; it was at one time in the occupation of Hendrik Witbooi. Here, in limestone conglomerate in the river embankment, there is a hot spring, with a temperature of 43°5° C. Between this spring and the running water of the river there is a cold spring. From Ganikobis to Berseba the formation is everywhere the same karoo veld, with much bush and little grass. Near Berseba we made a halt for the purpose of ascending the Great Broekkaross Mountain, the Geitsigubib proper. The top of the mountain is about 5,000 feet above sea-level, but as the plateau below rises to 3,000 feet, the ascent pre- sented no great difficulty. We ascended by way of a ravine, which is apparently the only outlet for the drainage of a large plateau, which we found to be at a height of about 600 feet. This plateau is surrounded by a circular mountain chain of approximately uniform height, which gives it the appearance as of the crater of a huge extinct volcano. The rocks of this plateau are to a great extent basaltic. On this mountain we found several fine specimens of the koker-tree (Aloe dichotoma). From here we proceeded to Berseba, a small mission station. Here also the water occurs in a limestone bed. Quite recently a discovery of blue-ground has been made in this vicinity. The first stage of the journey from Berseba to Keetmanshoop lies over a bare stony karoo, as far as the point at which the Fish River is crossed, 12 miles from Berseba. Here the configuration of Notes on a Journey im German South-West Africa. ONG, the country suddenly changes, but as we passed over this part by night I cannot say much about it, though it appeared to me that the part reached early next morning was similar to that traversed during the night. When daylight broke we found ourselves on a very brack clay soil, covered with a crisp layer of efflorescent salt, apparently alum. The hills round about were mostly low and conical, com- posed of blue shale, which rapidly falls to pieces on exposure to air. Closer examination of these hills showed that the shale was very pyritic, and also was much intersected by veins of dolerite. The vegetation was very scant, nothing but very hardy bushes and a coarse, woody grass, unfit for fodder, growing here. We reached the first grazing ground at a distance of 14 miles from the place where we crossed the river, and the first water at Huninodis, about 7 miles further on. At this place the water is obtained from wells in clay beds, at a depth of 9 to 12 feet. This water has a strong taste of alum. From here to Keetmanshoop we waededt over a level plateau dotted with dolerite hills, and lost sight of the shale formation almost com- pletely. The soil is more or less sandy, and at intervals single dolerite boulders make their appearance above the ground. We reached Keetmanshoop after a journey of ten days from Gibeon, the distance covered being 125 miles. The village lies on decom- posed basaltic rock, principally dolerite, traversed by veins of clay- slate. It is situated in a depression on the north-west side of a low range of dolerite hills. Through an opening between these hills there is a passage, or ‘‘ poort,” at the lowest point of this depression. On this side of the poort the Gwartmodder spring appears, the underground water of the north-west drainage area evidently being blocked by the impermeability of the rock composing this range of hills, and being forced to the surface here. Wells have been sunk in the veins of clay-slate above the spring, and water is found at the same level. [ had to remain at Keetmanshoop whilst my companion pro- ceeded southwards to the Orange River, and on his return we left here for Bethanien, which les about 85 miles north-west. We did not, however, go direct thither, but made a couple of deviations southwards, in order to visit some farms. The first of these was. Seeheim, on the Fish River, about 30 miles south-west of Keetman- shoop. For the first 23 miles the formation is the same as that. of Keetmanshoop. Hereabouts we came upon a perfect forest of Aloe dichotoma, some very large specimens among them. At Slangkop clay-slate and shale predominate. Slangkop is a high peak, the lower part being composed of shale and the upper part of 30 =6Transactions of the South African Philosoplical Society. sandstone. Here there are a number of springs issuing from a low hill composed of shale, which is partially hidden by loose, wind-blown sand. The water is very brack, evidently containing much common: salt and alum. From Slangkop to Seeheim the formation is clay- stone, with some lime-tufa and blue crystalline dolomite. From Seeheim we visited de Naauwte, a spot on the Leeuw River, 12 miles south-east of Seeheim. Here, where the river passes through a poort in a range of dolerite hills, there is a good place for a masonry dam. There is a considerable extent of irrigable land below the site of the dam, but it is rather sandy and much exposed to wind, which blows with considerable force here. From de Naauwte we returned to Seeheim, and then journeyed to Inachab, a farm on the Koinkiep River, 43 miles west of Seeheim. For the first part of the journey the way lies over red sandstone, very rough and stony ground, across undulating country. In the vicinity of Inachab the soil is more sandy, and good grass veld is met with. The farm Inachab is situated in a wide valley, between sand- stone hills; the soil is a good marl, but somewhat brack in patches. Beneath the sandstone, by the sinking of wells, shale has been found to exist, and, making an excursion down the bed of the river for some miles, we were able to notice the formation more clearly, shale existing below, then red sandstone, and above this a capping of dolomite. | From Inachab to Bethanien, a distance of 47 miles northwards, we continued travelling over sandstone formation, strewn with fragments of dolomite, sometimes passing over tracts where the dolomite predominated, in the form of large slabs, then again over very sandy ground. In the neighbourhood of the Bethanien the grass was splendid, and the sheep-fodder bushes surpassed in luxuriance any I have ever seen. Bethanien, a mission station, is situated in a valley bordering on the Koinkiep River. The alluvial soil is a sandy loam. ‘The occurrence of dolomite is extensive here, and a plentiful water- supply is obtained from springs issuing from limestone conglomerate underlying the dolomite. This water-supply suffices for the domestic requirements of the inhabitants, and also for the irrigation of a large extent of arable land which was under cultivation at the time of our visit. Bethanien is one of the oldest mission stations in Great Namaqua- land. It lies 2,800 feet above sea-level. The journey from Keetmanshoop, including detention at the places we visited, occupied fourteen days, the distance travelled being 125 miles. From Bethanien we journeyed northwards to Grootfontein, the Notes on a Journey in German South-West Africa. dl first 26 miles of the journey, as far as Aussis, being along the Koinkiep River. The soil for the most part was either sandy, with substratum of limestone, or hard limestone conglomerate. To a considerable extent the country is very grassy, and affords excellent pasture for sheep and cattle. Along the river there are numerous Hottentot settlements, and the Hottentots appear to live a very easy and contented life, rearing sheep, goats, cattle, and horses. The absence of agriculture, as compared with similar Herero settlements in Damaraland, was very noticeable. At Aussis we again came upon granitic formation, which extends northwards to a little beyond Kujas, and westwards is traceable through the sand-belt to the coast. Kujas lies 25 miles from Aussis, and the journey thither took us through beautiful grassveld. Lime- stone was not entirely absent, but not of frequent occurrence here. Journeying northwards from Kujas the granite diminishes, and at a distance of 12 miles it has quite disappeared. The grassveld still continues, until we reach a sudden ascent of about 120 feet from the lowlying country along the river, up to a vast plateau, upon which Grootfontein lies. The surface rock at the top of this ascent is dolomite, which is traceable all along the way to Grootfontein, a distance of 42 miles from here. Where the dolomite is not so plentiful the sandstone again appears, with substratum of clay. Grass is scanty along this part, but sheep-bushes abound. The last 27 miles of the journey to Grootfontein is over hard and stony karoo, the only vegetation being sheep-bushes. Water is obtained by digging through the clay stratum into limestone beneath. At Grootfontein clay-slate predominates, but there is also much lime- stone. Water is there found in wells in the clay-slate. It contains much alum in solution. Sheep-rearing is the chief industry of the Bastards, who are the occupants of Grootfontein. This place lies about 4,200 feet above sea-level. It is 114 mules distant from Bethanien. The time occupied by our journey was seven days. From Grootfontein we visited Namseb, 14 miles further north. This is all good sheep country of karoo formation. A few miles west of Grootfontein we also visited a farm where there is an extremely strong spring issuing from limestone. This spring is sufficient for the irrigation of a large extent of good humus soil, overlying limestone conglomerate. ‘The farmer living here could show no results as yet, as he had been there not quite a year, during which he had had to build his house, open up the spring, and make a dam. From Grootfontein we returned to Kuyas, and from there started 32 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. for the coast, to embark for home at Angra Pequena. We accom- plished the distance of 200 miles in thirteen days. From Kuyas to Kubub, a distance of 63 miles, the formation is. granitic, with beautiful grass-veld, but little water. Kubub is the last place along the route from Keetmanshoop to the coast at which good grazing and good water are obtainable. A little grazing is still procurable further on, but of indifferent quality. At a distance of 42 miles from Kubub, westwards, in the sandbelt of the coast, which is between 30 and 40 miles in extent here, a well has been dug at. a place called Ukama, and this is the last water obtainable before reaching Angra Pequena. The distance from Ukama to Angra Pequena is 31 miles, and travelling through the heavy sand is so difficult that this journey occupies two and a half days. Shortly before Ukama is reached the belt of sand is entered upon, and this extends right down to within a couple of miles of the coast, where solid rock predominates. A few granitic ridges and boulders appear at intervals above the sand on the journey through this desert, but where the drifting, wind-blown sand begin such ridges are covered by the sand, forming apparent sandhills, which are seemingly not always in the same position, the explanation being that these rocks and ridges are alternately uncovered and re-covered, one day some and the next day others being overwhelmed and hidden by the ever-moving sand. There is no grazing to be had here, so transport riders have to bring loads of grass to feed their oxen in the sandbelt, depositing some of it along the route for the return journey. At Angra Pequena there is no fresh water; until lately the settlers there were dependent for their supply on what was obtainable monthly upon arrival of the steamer from Cape Town, or on condensers consisting of glass frames placed slanting over shallow tanks containing sea-water, from which the condensed moisture was collected drop by drop. Now a steam condenser has been erected, and water is obtainable even for the draught cattle, which formerly had to accomplish a five days’ journey from Ukama and back without water. Angra Pequena is a very small mercantile settlement. A few individuals have to reside there, as it is the port of Great Namaqua- land, but those whose lot is cast there have a dreary existence. We were very pleased, in spite of the hospitality of the few inhabitants, when the steamer which was to carry us away from here was sighted. As regards the general characteristics of Great Tatars Hales ke it is not so well watered nor so well wooded as Damaraland, but it Notes on a Journey in German South-West Africa. 33 is to a very considerable extent good grassy country, well suited for cattle and sheep, and in parts for horses. In many places it greatly resembles our Karoo. It appears that the growth of sheep-bushes is much more luxuriant than in our Karoo; but it may be that this is merely because hitherto they have not been taxed, as pasture, to the same extent as in our parts. As regards the geological features, as far as I was able to ascertain by personal observation, sandstone preponderates, and Karoo shales are widely distributed. ‘The sandstone in the north-east and south- east carries limestone beneath it, whilst dolerite is frequent chiefly in the south-east. Granite appears to exist only in the western portion, covering a large area, and the occurrence of mountain limestone, also westwards, and traceable for such a distance, is interesting. (35 ) DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF THE COLEOPTERA OF SOUTH AFRICA. EpITtED By L. PERINGUEY. (Read January 96, 1899.) Famity LATHRIDIID/4. By Rev. Fatuer M. J. Breton, Member Entom. Soc. of France, &c. Very little is known of the Lathridude of the South African fauna. Thirty years ago Motschulsky (Bullet. Soc. d. Natur. d. Moscou, 1866, iii., and 1867, i.) described from this part of South Africa seven species which are partly synonymous with or local varieties of cosmopolitan species, and which he implies are natives of the Cape of Good Hope. Of these seven species two belong to the genus Hicmus, four to the genus Corticaria, and one is a Melar- ophthalma. Thanks to the courtesy and generosity of Mons. A. Ratftfray, Consul-General for France at the Cape, and Mr. L. Péringuey, Assistant Director of the South African Museum of Natural History of Cape Town, I have been able to examine some examples of the South African species of this interesting but too much neglected family of Coleoptera, and, at the expressed desire of Mr. Péringuey, I now venture to give the result of my investigations, in the hope that this, perforce, incomplete descriptive catalogue of the family Lathridude may induce collectors in South Africa to devote special attention to the discovery of new forms. Thus far seven genera and eighteen species are known to occur in South Africa. Only one species is recorded from Natal; the others— ten of which, however, may be considered as peculiar to the South African region—have been captured in a few places in the Cape Colony, mostly in or near Cape Town. Several of the insects included in this family are either myrme- cophilous, or live in ants’ nests; the greater part, however, dwell under stones, especially in slightly moist places, under bark of trees, or in decaying vegetation or vegetable refuse and dead leaves. 36 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Famity LATHRIDIID A, General facies variable, usually oblong or ovate; maxillx bi- lobate ; labial palpi two or three-jointed, maxillary palpi four-jointed, last joint large, more or less rounded or conical; antennz with eight or eleven joints, first and second joints thicker than the third, the three, two or ultimate ones enlarged and forming a club varying in shape; frontal part with a distinct clypeal suture; labrum short, covering the mandibles, which are short and not prominent; elytra covering the abdominal segments; abdomen with five or six free seements, the first of which is usually longer than the others, while the second, third, and fourth are short ; anterior coxa more or less globose or conical, separated or contiguous ; intermediate ones sepa- rated, rounded, posterior ones transverse, widely separated ; tarsi three-jointed, third joint usually equal in length to the other two, and provided with simple claws. The family Lathridude is differentiated from among the Coleoptera clavicormia mainly by the structure of the tarsi. It has not the abbreviate elytra characteristic of the Pselaphide or of the trimerous group of Staphyluude. It cannot be mistaken for Coccinellide, which are also trimerous, because the Lathridiidous beetles have neither the last joint of palpi securiform, nor the second joint of tarsi bi-lobate. The family is distributed over all parts of the world. It is divided into three tribes containing about twenty-seven genera, but the fol- lowing synopsis includes only those represented in South Africa :— Synopsis of Tribes and Genera. A. Anterior coxze more or less separated by the prosternum. In the genus Holoparamecus they are very little divided); frontal part even, smooth, or hardly punctulate, separated from the clypeus by a single arcuate line; abdomen with five segments only in both sexes. MEROPHYSIINI. Antenne nine to eleven-jointed, club distinctly bi-articulate; elytra without longitudinal punctate striz, and having only a fine juxta-sutural stria on each SHAG). iors Sie viel) aed dole) Deeteey Pessuaadert: (eciee Mines Rie isles Mn RBI OLODILGCIUCELUS. B. Anterior coxe more or less separated by the prosternum; forehead uneven, sculptured in sundry ways, punctate, often furrowed and tuberculate, and divided from the clypeus by a transverse depression; abdomen five-segmented in both sexes. LATHRIDIINI. a. Prothorax with median dorsal costs entire or interrupted. b. Antenne ten-jointed; scutellum indistinct; elytra fused together ; upper and under sides covered with a white chalk-like substance Metophthalnus. Descriptive Catalogue of the Coleoptera of South Africa. 37 b'. Antenne eae scutellum transverse and very distinct; elytra TECON | ase ee aoe heer au Ra. at, Prothorax even, more or ieee Aone senna, ater sulcate or foveolate in the middle of the disk, and without longitudinal coste. c. Antenne inserted near the eyes, which are moe ; scutellum transverse and ats GiStineiie se) Air Phil Soc. Vol. Xl, Pearse. 1. ind-Frequency Components, | West, Newman photo. Sool ON Tie WINDS OF KIMBERLEY, ji Trans. S.Afr. Phil. Soc. Vol. AI. Dite Ve | | | | a shi9o tao 386 : 4 Wind-Frequency Resultants, | | West,Newman photo. JR.SUTTON, THE WINDS OF KIMBERLEY. | Trans. 5. Afr. Phil Soc. Vol, Xl. , “i Piate VI. Pig. 5 Vaviation of Wind Velocrty ftom the Nora Curve , West, Newman photo. J.R.SUTTON, THE WINDS OF KIMBERLEY. ha ae “Stay eS Aen) Soe Val MT. | ieee Vil. scala 3 =" 3686 | | | | | ! | | | : | | E. Comp. , ee ee # 2 as ese Ls | (ee “Ny N X\wi g { | — el fu - iL Ta | | | | i N. Comp, | | | | ee —_— a | a aE OS Ten eS st BTU Bel nw ala bie a [eee cre een eae POG. - bigl sige | | | Wand - Movement Components. | | : | | \ ; | | | | | | | | | | | — — 3000 West, Newman photo. eRe S lime ON, | ei WiINIDioe OR: KenNTa a Run ey Trans. S.Afr. Phil. Soc. Vol. XI. Plate VIII. WIND VAR, +o +30 200 E .ComP. VAR. Hi —— ar vat He aN ; / | is if | . | y / | 0 M Nace / Vat. | ‘St 0 > a : + N.Comp, VAR. | | i — | | Pig. 7 | 1,00, — Mad: heiation Component ts. | | | West, Newman photo. J.R.SUTTON, THH WINDS OF KIMBERLEY Plate IX. Teams. ©. Atr. Pal. Soc. Vol XI. Wind. Scheme . Fig. 8, West, Newman photo. JR SUTTON, THE WINDS OF KIMBERLEY, THE WINDS OF KIMBERLEY. By J. R. Sutton, B.A., Cantab. (Plates II-IX.) INTRODUCTION. Hourly observations of wind direction were commenced at Kenil- worth (Kimberley) in February, 1896, and the object of the present paper is to attempt a preliminary sketch of the results obtained. between that time and the end of February, 1899. It is true that as a general rule three years is all too short a period from which final conclusions can be drawn as to the true mean values of the principal meteorological elements. There are, however, weighty reasons for the course here adopted. | First, that continuous observations of the winds have not hitherto, so far as I know, been attempted at any place on the great South African plateau; and indeed few of any importance in the whole country. This most unfortunate fact makes it almost imperative that a first approximation, at the least, to the position we occupy in the general wind-circulation of the globe should be made public as early as may be. | Secondly, that the vicinity of Kimberley is perhaps the site, par excellence, in the whole world upon which land winds can be most easily and advantageously studied in their physical relationships. In the majority of cases something more than the fitness of the site determines the position of a meteorological observatory. Considered, quite erroneously of course, as a science of minor importance, meteor- ology is as a rule attached in a subordinate capacity to the routine of institutions intended primarily for the study of astronomy, and so must be conducted in places chosen with reference not to its own requirements, but in accordance with those of a study differing abso- lutely from itself both in kind and in degree. Thus it comes to pass that the nearest approach to meteorological observations of the first class yet made in South Africa have been those of the astronomical observatories of Cape Town and Durban. The qualifications of the 76 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. former may be dismissed in a very few words; saving for the study of local details its geographical position, meteorologically speaking, is the worst possible. A very much smaller mass than Table Mountain close by would be fatal to the general utility of its wind registers. Durban I have not seen, although from maps and descriptions it would appear .to be as good a site as one could expect for a coast station, for all meteorological observations saving those of the winds. A perusal of the most excellent Annual Report of the Government Astronomer to the Colony of Natal establishes this very clearly. But I have attempted the construction of wind-roses from the data of the Natal Reports with most indifferent success. The drawback seems to be that Durban is screened almost completely from winds having a westerly component by hills at the back. Granting that every place has both an annual and a diurnal wind circulation peculiar to itself, either or both may be obliterated or masked by perturbations set up in consequence of geographical con- ditions. Thus, on a coast, land- and sea-breezes may intervene ; in the interior of continents mountain masses may deflect the wind currents and even reverse them altogether, or smaller perturbations may be introduced by the vicinity of lakes and large rivers. Kimberley possesses none of these drawbacks: it is very nearly on the central line of the continent; the land is gently undulating and little culti- vated ; there are neither large rivers nor lakes anywhere near, and neither hills nor mountains of any importance for hundreds of miles. It is to be expected, then, that the train of causes operating on the movements of the atmosphere over Kimberley should be the simplest conceivable, and that it would not be necessary (as in the case of India, for example) to make a number of more or less approximate assumptions as to the precise weight to be attached to numerous and widely varying perturbations, before laying bare such a train of causes in its rudimentary aspects. Lastly, the Kenilworth observatory has no guarantee of permanent existence: it may come to an end at any time, and the chance never occur to me or to any one else of discussing the observations. Such a possible fate is to be deplored, but it has to be reckoned with, and for that reason this sketch has been attempted with what may be accounted a minimum of material. INSTRUMENTS, Etc. Kenilworth is situated about three miles N.N.E. of Kimberley in — approximate H. long. 24° 40’, §. lat. 28° 40’, at an altitude of some- The Winds of Kimberley. 17 thing less than 4,000 feet above sea-level. It lies on one of the gentle slopes characteristic of the undulating veld of Griqualand West, and is rather lower than the crest upon which the greater part of Kimberley is built. Though thickly wooded, the trees do not yet offer any impediment of importance to the free circulation of the air at a moderate height. Observations of wind directions are derived from the automatic records of an Osler anemometer mounted with its vane about 36 feet above the ground. It has had a fair exposure hitherto, albeit this advantage is not likely to last very much longer unless it can be raised considerably higher. The friction of the various parts is con- siderable, though not greater, apparently, than that of other instru- ments of the same class. It is indeed less than that of a small, and very much lighter, vane mounted close by. Of the wind-pressure records from the same instrument little need be said, more especially since they are not used here. The motion of the vane is communi- cated by means of a rack and pinion to an aniline pencil beneath, which writes the directions continuously upon a moving band of paper controlled by clockwork. In the lighter winds of less than, say, five miles per hour the vane remains fairly steady approximately parallel to the direction, the pencil record being then a clear, if crooked, line ; but with higher velocities the vane may swing rapidly and continuously as much as 40° on either side of its mean position, making the pencil-record a broad shaded band. In the latter case the medial line of this band is taken as the true direction of the wind. The charts are changed every twenty-four hours, as punctually as possible at 10 p.m. As originally constructed the instrument only allowed a transverse motion of the pencil equal to a range of 675° for the vane, and in consequence the pencil was sometimes pushed out of gear, portions of the record being thereby lost. To guard against this, charts and pencil-rack were both altered to admit a range of 1260° in the vane, with satisfactory results. In general the portions of the record lost as above were interpolated in either of two ways, according as the vane carried the pencil gradually and slowly, or by one swing across the chart out of gear. In the former case it was assumed that the changes were also gradual for the hours of lost record; in the latter case that the vane had swung at once to the point at which it stood when the accident was discovered. Observations of wind velocity are derived from the records of a Robinson anemometer of the standard Kew pattern, mounted on a post at a height of 40 feet. At first the velocity was only registered on dials, no hourly record being taken. In March, 1897, however, Mr. Henderson, of the De Beers Crushing Mill, constructed a count- 78 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. ing apparatus for me by means of which an automatic record could be written with a pen upon a Richard drum.- This very ingenious contrivance admits of a wide range of speed multiplication ; as used, and found most convenient, the pen rises once for each two and a half miles of wind, falling to zero and rising again, and so on. It has worked uniformly well, the only break in the records occurring for a few hours when a screw of the shaft connecting the cups with the dials had worked-loose. Until the repairs were completed the velo- cities were interpolated from as many interim readings as could be made. The charts can run for twenty-four hours, but for a portion of the time the pen would be running over the brass strap binding the chart to the drum. For some considerable time the charts were changed at the same hour as the Osler charts, the mileage to be added for the time during which the pen was on the brass strap being taken from the readings of the dials. This was found, however, to give not quite correct values, and latterly, in consequence, the charts are changed an hour or so earlier each day, ei@ht being used in a week. A small correction is sometimes necessary to the registered hourly velocities because the hour-lines are not quite truly centred. There seems to be very little friction in this instrument. | The barometric records are taken with a Beckley Photo-barograph (by Messrs. Negretti and Zambra), the ordinates being converted into true hourly air-pressures by comparison with three readings per diem of a large station standard mercurial barometer. The temperatures of the air and of evaporation are read directly from the hourly registrations of a set of Negretti and Zambra’s reversing thermometers, supplemented in a subordinate capacity by the indications of a Thermograph and a Hygrograph, both by MM. Richard, of Paris.* Winp DIRECTION. The first circumstance to be investigated is the relative frequency of the winds, referred to the sixteen principal directions, for each month and for each hour. For this purpose the mean direction of the wind during each whole hour was determined as nearly as possible, and entered in its proper column in the summary. Only those hours are excluded in which the vacillation of the vane made * For a fuller description of the various instruments see the introduction to the Kenilworth observations, published, by permission of the directors of the De Beers Consolidated Mines, Ltd., in the annual report of the Meteorological Commission of the Cape Colony for 1898. The site is not a very good one for temperature observations. The Winds of Kimberley. | 19 this mere guesswork. Calms, which are comparatively rare, are included equally with the others. Some difficulty was experienced in assigning’ the direction in those cases where the mean hourly direction fell very nearly between two of the sixteen directions, and there seems to be no doubt that a certain amount of bias displayed itself from time to time favouring some of the points in question at the expense of those adjacent. It might be expected that such a bias, not being deliberate, would rectify itself in time, but the gradual accumulation of the numbers to the final totals did not completely bear out the expectation. At the same time it may be claimed that no error large enough to materially alter the true monthly or hourly ‘resultants was introduced in this way. Table 1 gives the number of hours of wind, irrespective of velocity, for each of the sixteen principal compass points during each month from the three years’ observations. Fig. 1 is a graphical representa- tion of what may be called the resultant wind-direction calculated for each month, and for*the whole year, from the numbers of Table 1. It is formed by drawing rectangular axes NOS, HOW, through the origin O, and projecting the number of hours of each wind upon them. Thus each direction multiplied by its numerical coefficient will have two components, one upon the axis NOS, and the other upon HOW. All components falling along HOW in the direction OE are conventionally plus, and all in the direction OW minus. Also ON and O§S are in the same way conventionally plus or minus respectively. The final resultant is formed from the components by the principles of the parallelogram of velocities. Consider, for example, the wind numbers for January, and let N, E, S, W, repre- sent the respective components measured along ON, OH, OS, OW; R being the final resultant. Then we have— N = 185 + (227 + 144) cos 223° + (149 + 161) sin 45° + (107 -+ 195) sin 223° E = 97+ (195 + 130) co ope 4 (161 + 93) sin 45° + (144 + 110) sin 223° s= i + (173 + 110) cos 223° + (141 + 93) sin 45° + (138 + 180) sin 2230 W = 59 + (107 + 138) co cos 223° + (149 + 141) sim 45° -— (227 + 173) sin 223° _N—S =228°1 E—W = 30°6 Whence es Jy (Ozer e cae 6)? | —930°14 And tan es DOK The components for each month found in this way are given in Table 2. But it must be noted that neither the components, nor their resultants, of themselves are to be interpreted as necessarily 80 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvety. revealing the prevailing directions of the wind.. Such a conclusion can only be drawn when the tabular numbers from which they are derived show also a distinct and overwhelming majority for one direction over each of the others. Should there be, say, two directions, each containing preponderating numbers, then the resultant will lie between them, and may (almost certainly will, in the case of valley winds, or of land- and sea-breezes) lie along a direction from which relatively few of the winds come. Referring again to Table 1, it will be seen that although certain directions do prevail at the expense of the others month by month in a moderate degree, yet any preponderance for the whole year is comparatively insignificant. Month by month, then, we may take it as a rule that the prevailing direction is approximately that of the resultant, and such that (see Fig. 1) it blows from the denomination of the month to the origin of the figure with a frequency and proximity propor- tional to the space described, whereas for the year it is not so. Table 3 gives Table 1 in a condensed form, the wind numbers being arranged in quadrants. It both smooths and emphasises the. monthly variations of Table 1. Apparently, however, Table 4, in which the numbers of Table 1 are arranged in periods of four months —a, condensation suggested by Fig. 1—is more advantageous. From this we conclude that the prevailing directions are north-north- westerly from January to April, easterly from May to August, . south-westerly from September to December. Fig. 2 is a graphical — representation of this feature, and Table 5 the components. It appears to be extremely likely that if sufficient observations can be taken it will be found that the wind in the course of the year backs with uniform angular velocity clockwise round the compass. Of the 25,898 hours of wind analysed throughout the three years the final resultant contains the small components of only 50 hours to the north, and 100 hours to the west, being exceeded in magnitude by those of every separate month with the exception of July. The resultant of each of the three years, also, is much greater than that of the final resultant of the three together; moreover, neither bears the least resemblance to either of the others. They are :— March—Dec., 1896, and | N. E. Jan, Hepealego) wiaenene ( +255°4—1273°3 TBST DSRS nah ice Cnt ame —500°3— 244°6 UB9S tps beens eae + 995:24- 1417-7 AMS ai in bu. sis atei be eee + 168— 33:4 * January and February, 1899, are added, to complete a year, to the ten months March—December, 1896, and so as to avoid breaking up the full years 1897, 1898. The Winds of Kimberley. Tales cens 1) ON The total lack of resemblance between these four pairs of com- ponents is further illustrated in Table 6, in which the hourly wind frequency for each year is shown separately. It may be observed that an extra week of anticyclone weather would have been sufficient to transfer the final resultant of the combined three years beay into- the opposite quadrant. There is apparently no escape ion the jamelasin that while sometimes. one and sometimes another direction may preponderate from ‘year to year, there is nothing to definitely establish the exist- ence of a prevailing wind at Kimberley. On the face of it there is nothing remarkable in this fact, if it only be remembered that the place is in the great southern anticyclone belt, midway between the trades and the brave west winds of the southern ocean. Apart from that it is completely at variance not only with the popular idea, but also with every account touching upon the subject (the Challenger Report included) yet published. Universal opinion for many years past has assigned us an overwhelming excess of northerly winds, some extreme views asserting there is nothing else. Theories even have been propounded explaining why the wind is so very northerly : - wherein we learn that the trades being deflected from the ocean by the excessive heat of the African interior curve round and run south- ward along the centre of the southern table-land, for want, it seems, -of elsewhere to go! Fortunately we shall be in a position later on to see how it is that the idea of a prevailing north wind arose, and why it has no foundation in fact. Assuming then that no prevailing direction exists, we may eee to investigate the salient features of the winds of Kimberley as a local phenomonon unperturbed by outside influences. We will con- sider first whether the diurnal changes are more clearly defined than the annual. Table 7 shows at once that they are. Evidently the tendency of each wind is to blow with its maximum frequency an hour or two later than the wind tabled next it, and the consequent inference must be that the undisturbed yane makes one complete, counter-clockwise rotation per diem. There is a slight departure from, and exaggeration of, the rule in the case of east and east-south- east winds, but the directions on each side fall into line precisely as if the maxima were perfectly regular throughout. Furthermore, perceptible, though relatively EADS 2H, maxima do occur in both these directions near the required times. Standing out very clearly is the lack of southerly winds during the morning, and of northerly winds during the evening,—the almost entire absence of easterly winds by day and of westerly winds by night. With the object of :making the daily changes clearer, and of eliminating the influence of the 6 ———— SS —— 82 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. irregularities in the totals at the foot of the columns, each number has been reduced to proportional parts of a thousand in Table 8. Here we elicit the remarkable fact, to be further touched upon when the velocities come to be considered, that the highest percentages at the times of maximum frequency occur in the case of those winds whose maxima are at, or near, noon. Indeed only these run into three figures. It is partly a result of this that the lowest percentages at the times of minimum frequency occur at midday to those winds whose maxima are at or near midnight. There is, however, a con- siderable contrast between the curves for the two classes : the former having a long-drawn-out minimum with a rapid rise to and fall from maximum ; the latter an equally long-drawn-out maximum with a rapid fall to and rise from minimum. The hourly components of wind-frequency are shown in Table 9. They are calculated from Table 7 in the same way as Table 2 is calculated from Table 1. Their interpretation may be best illustrated by an example: For the hour ending at noon the components in Table 9 are: N = +344:2; KE = —378:1. This means that for that hour during three years the northerly components exceeded the southerly by 344:2 hours, and the westerly exceeded the easterly by 378-1 hours. The results are shown graphically in Figs. 3 and 4. In Fig. 3 the heavy line is the north component curve ; the other is the east component curve. The portions of both curves are conventionally positive above the zero line (upon which the hours are marked), and negative below. Thus for all portions of the curves above the line the directions prevailing are northerly and easterly, but southerly and westerly for all portions below. We see, according to the figure, that the east component reaches its greatest positive and negative excursion at the respective hours ending 6 a.m, and 3 p.m.—say at mean times 5.30 a.m. and 2.30 p.m.—these hours, as it happens, being the times of the mean minimum and maximum temperatures of the day. In other words, the vane is swinging from east to west with a rising temperature, and vice versd. The dotted line in the figure is the diurnal temperature variation verted. That is, it represents the consecutive hourly values of M—t where M is the mean daily temperature, and t the temperature at any hour. By suitably choosing the scales of hours and degrees, the curves can be made to look very much alike. That the east and west swing of the vane is a direct effect of the temperature is scarcely to be doubted. The barometric curve (see Table 12 and Fig. 7) follows the east component curve by some two hours so far as the portion included in the daylight hours is. concerned, but the night maximum of the former has no corresponding feature on the other. The north com- ~The Winds of Kimberley. 83. ponent curve, on the other hand, passes through its maximum and minimum points shortly after the two hours of mean temperature ; but apart from this there is no obvious connection between it and. either the temperature or the pressure curve. The long-drawn-out maximum of the winds prevailing at night, and the shorter but sharper maximum of the day winds, previously alluded to, here receive at least a partial explanation from the fact that the diurnal temperature is below its mean value for a longer period than it is above. | Rie Fig. 4 displays in one curve, and on the same scale, the resultants of the component curves of Fig. 3. In this figure northerly com- ponents are measured vertically upwards or downwards, according as they are positive or negative, easterly components being measured, horizontally to the right or left in the same way. The resultant wind for any hour is supposed to be moving inwards from the number denoting the hour to the origin of the co-ordinates. Thus, during the hour ending 9 a.m, the mean resultant direction of motion is almost due south, 7.c., the resultant wind is northerly. The curve is very nearly an ellipse, having its major axis on the line joining the hours ending at noon and midnight. It is a curious and possibly significant fact that if the times of maximum, minimum, and mean temperature be marked upon the curve, the line joining the times of maximum and minimum will intersect the line joming the times of mean temperature almost at the origin.* The angular velocity of the resultant varies considerably, being greatest for an hour or two after sunrise, and for about the same interval after sunset. For each quarter of a day the mean angle described is approximately—_ Brom midmieit to Gants.) .cclo ue) | OOF ee OF OEM GOUMOOM syst yer ocaataacaueetoe descr: 140° ee MOOI) Ould es wae Mea ilsckaca casas 70° Py On De tl yhOrUAIGINO WG: ce cress cet ea naa. 114° the east and west vibration showing itself by far the more influential. This point may be investigated in a rougher, if not less interesting way by tabulating the mean actual movement of the vane direct from the automatic registers for each quarter of a day. The method followed here was to consider the exact points (as nearly as they could be ascertained) at which the pencil crossed the respective * To prevent confusion, these lines are not drawn. Should the reader wish to insert them, it must be remembered that the horary numbers marked round the curve stand for the hour ending at the time indicated. Thus, 8.30 a.m., for example, should be taken as the mean time of the point IX. 84 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. hour-lines of midnight, 6 a.m., noon, and 6 p.m. as the points .of- departure and arrival, the total angular deviation of the pencil:.in: each interval being entered in its proper column. ‘The results show-' ing the mean movement for each day, and each quarter of a day,. during each month, are shown in Table 10. If it be distinctly borne in mind that an instantaneous reading of wind direction. cannot. be: trusted to give information equally trustworthy with that of a mean- hourly reading, the agreement between Table 10 and the more formal values of Table 9 will be sufficiently satisfactory. It is evident that: the angular velocity of the vane is much greater in summer than: in winter, the diurnal mean for the year being rather less than one-third that of the sun. The remaining two-thirds, due to perturbations—; ¢é.g., storms—and partly no doubt to instrumental faults, have no: appreciable effect upon the velocity of the resultant, although they must considerably reduce its length throughout the day. Instances in which the vane travels backwards are probably more common: after noon than before. They seem to occur either when the vane has advanced more rapidly than usual for a few hours previously, or: when, upon the dying away of some disturbance deflecting the air current, the vane takes the shortest cut to its normal position. That there is not, however, any material difference between summer and winter in the diurnal frequency-curves of the different wind directions is demonstrated by Table 11, in which the numbers are ratios per. thousand arranged in quadrants; the months of December and: January for three years providing the summer values, June and July thé winter. The greatest differences are in Quadrant 4 (including all, winds from west, west-north-west, north-west, and north-north-west) the summer curve here being appreciably flatter. Any other months: give just the same sort of information. Perturbations are seldom of long duration, the longest ‘‘ set-in”? wind on record not perhaps lasting three days; and even when they occur their effect is con- fined almost exclusively to the addition of a practically constant number to each hour for the set-in direction. Whence it is that the frequency-curves retain their shape unaltered. : WInD VELOCITIES. Hitherto we have dealt only with the simple directions of the wind irrespective of the corresponding velocities. It is usually the custom to discuss the two together, ignoring the directions as oh separate factor, especially in dealing with the rectangular com- ponents, although it is not easy to see why. Table 12 will demon- strate that there is some advantage in making a distinction between. the two. It is constructed from two years’ observation of -velocity The Winds of Kimberley. 85 and direction together—for, as we have seen, hourly observations of welocity were not commenced until March, 1897. There are seven- teen columns:— | | 1. The hours of the dag. 2. The mean hourly velocity. _ 3,4, 5,6. The mean hourly velocity for each quadrant of daeetions. -7,8,.9, 10. The hourly departure, Q,—M, from the mean velocity M of the same hour (where Q is a quadrami: and 12 its nae ‘smoothed in threes by Bloxam’s process... 11, 12, 18, 14. Numbers such as those of Table 7, but for ao years instead of three, also arranged in, quadrants. 15. The hourly values of the humidity of the air for the see 1898. 16. The mean hourly rate of evaporation from a free water surface. 1%. The hourly values of the mean barometric pressure of the air. It is to. be understood, of course, that every particular value in the ‘table is, with the exception of those in the humidity and pressure -columns, for the hour ending at the time indicated on the same row ‘by the first column. In the humidity and pressure columns the values apply to the hour. : The diurnal curve of wind velocity contains two maxima at 2 pe. m. ‘and 10.45 p.m.),* and two minima (at 5 a.m. and 7.30 p.m.). The ‘second maximum is.of more than ordinary interest. It is strongly smarked in the winds of the second and third quadrants, but is not so conspicuous in those of the first and fourth. In the diurnal .curve of evaporation from a free water surface there are also, as 1t happens, ‘two maxima in the hourly rates fallmg at the same hours as those iof the wind velocity.. The first is obviously due to the high, wind ‘velocity and low humidity during the warm hours of the day. Now the humidity curve rises rapidly, particularly during the winter amonths; from:just before sunset until about 8.30 p.m., after which, for three hours or so, the rate of increase.is not large. The second maximum in the rate of evaporation is not, therefore, difficult to see ay This matter, however, is merely mentioned in passing, Columns 11-14 give essentially the same rule as Table 7. But the chief interest of Table 12 is to be looked for in columns 7-10. The numbers they contain are in remarkably regular sequence, and would doubtless be even more so in a more extended series, They discover in a most decided fashion the important fact that for any hour of the day the mean velocity of the wind from any quarter decreases relatively to mean diurnal curve, with the deviation of the «The actual value of the second maximum is only'approximate in consequence of the uncertainty introduced by the SSG om ne the record of the ese strap between the hours XXI. and XXII. 7 86 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. vane from its normal position. The inference seems to be that over and above instrumental faults which may contribute something to the result, storms, and other disturbances occurring here, are, on the whole, little else than exaggerations of normal conditions. The curves illustrating columns 7-10 are shown in Fig. 5. The fact-will now be readily appreciated that because the winds which prevail during the middle of the day come from between north-east and north-west, and also because the velocities are greater when the directions are normal, these, if only through the dust they raise, will attract the most attention from the ‘‘ man in the street,’ who as a rule only notices what is forced upon him. The published accounts owe their inspiration in the main to the observations taken for the Meteorological Commission of the Cape Colony by amateur observers. Now the hour of observation is 8 or 9 a.m., and a glance at Table 7 will be sufficient to prove that either of those hours will return a great preponderance of winds lying between north and north-east. Thus we see how it comes about that both scientific and unscientific observation have independently evolved the same totally incorrect conclusion.* The number of miles of wind recorded from each divedtions irre- spective of the duration, for each hour during two years is given in Table 18. It will be seen that the highest values occur about midday—as might be expected from Table 12—and that on the whole the columns containing the highest numbers also contain the lowest. The components of Table 14 are calculated from Table 13 exactly as those of Table 9 from Table 7. Fig. 6 is a graphical representation of the results of Table 14. So far as its critical points are concerned it is substantially a reproduction of Fig. 3, each component possessing only one pair of simple maximum and minimum points, temperature affinities being equally apparent in the east component curve, and barometric affinities, so it seems, equally lacking in both curves. By dividing the directions into quadrants we get the following total mileages in two years :— Quad. 1. hile ese pees Cemecnee eee 32,674 miles UR PA eS obo o5csachcaosoon: 25,122 __,, PE ee eee n dnbachosuecboe 31,325 ,, WM ETP ees cogtoanatsor 29,960) 3) Motaleccecc: FO GIE * Dr. Buchan gives the following yearly totals for Kimberley derived from observations made at 8 a.m. and 8 p.m.: N., 87; N.E., 72; E., 57; S.E., 15; S,, 51; S.W., 24;. W., 28; N.W., 20. . The inference would be a prevalence of northerly winds. The observations are evidently quite honest, but they are insufficient. The Winds of Kinberley. 7 87 These numbers show, even more convincingly than Table 14, how small is the total unbalanced excess of air passing over Kimberley. Small even as it is, only amounting to about five miles per day on an average throughout the two years, it would no doubt have been very much less in the three years comprised in the investigation of - directions. At this stage we may look at Figs. 3 and 6 in a different light : we may assume the former to represent a system in which the air is moving with any constant velocity ; the latter as a system formed from the second by the intrusion of air-currents of variable strength from whatever cause arising. Table 15 is constructed from Tables 9 and 14 for the purpose of comparing the effects. Here column 1 contains the hours, columns 2 and 5 the mean hourly component movements for a year, columns 3 and 6 the mean relative component frequencies—or, which comes to the same thing, the mean movement at a constant velocity of 6°6 miles per hour,—columns 4 and 7 are the departures of the variable velocities observed from the constant velocities assumed, column 8 is the resultant departure, being equal to the square root of the sum of the squares of corresponding numbers in columns 4 and 7 (decimal places being omitted through- out). The actual magnitudes of the numbers, regardless of sign, in columns 2 and 5, are in almost all cases greater than those of columns 3 and 6, as might be expected from the fact mentioned in reference to the values of columns 7-10 of Table 12.* Fig. 7 gives a graphical representation of the values V— OC, v-c, found in Table 15, the curve of barometric variation being also inserted. Some of the minor irregularities might possibly disappear in a greater number of years of observation. But as it stands 16 places the north component variation in as uninfluential a position as the north components of frequency and movement. The east component curve, on the contrary, is of remarkable interest. If its asperities be not smoothed by future research, then it undoubtedly contains three pairs of maxima and minima. The three maxima precede by respectively lengthening intervals, the first (lesser) baro- metric minimum, and the two barometric maxima, the most pro- nounced minimum of the east component variation being also in advance of the most pronounced barometric minimum; whereas the north component variation seems to follow, with a curious exception at 8 p.m., the diurnal pressure tides. Now we have seen that the east and west swing of the vane coincides with the variations of tem- * Recollect that the component frequencies are derived from the registers of three years, the component movements from only two. For the purposes of this comparison the former are accounted standard forms for any year, 88 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. perature. . Judging by the diagram is it not highly probable that the secret underlying the double diurnal oscillation of the barometer is to be looked for behind the complicated variations introduced as. east components of wind-frequency and air-movement by the, simple application of the sun’s heat? At any rate this aspect of the’ pro- blem is worth further inquiry.* The greatest excess variation from the east is followed by the greatest excess variation from the west ; and, as it were, in response, the barometer also executes its greatest vibration. If it be not cause and effect, the coincidence is remark- able. However this may be, the diurnal northing and southing of the air, at any rate, both in duration and amount, is quite a secondary effect, indicating no more, perhaps, than an attempt to restore the equilibrium disturbed by the east and west exchanges. , From Tables 7 and 8 it is evident that the normal wind of Kim- berley, moves inwards, at any time, from a moving radiant. always situated some 30° or 40° in front of the point where a vertical circle through the sun cuts the horizon; the only departure being, as already noted, in the case of easterly winds, which, so far as the observations go, have one maximum somewhat earlier, and ‘thus contribute to the third maximum of the east component variation. These consecutive directions may all be included in the scheme of Fig. 8, wherein each instantaneous direction is tangential to a spiral circling outwards from the area of highest temperature and. inwards to the lowest. The simplest conception of the diagram is to imagine it, together with the hour numbers, an appendage of the sun encasing the earth (which rotates inside it), S and 8’ overlapping. H ‘is the area of greatest. heat nearly facing the sun, C that of greatest cold, KK’ the path described by Kimberley through the system with a velocity approaching 1,000 miles per hour. The arrow-heads show the direction of wind motion. The hypothesis demands that the diurnal wind system shall be an anti-convection current; but since the text-books frequently state that wind must blow from cold to warm areas this seems at first sight an impossibility. While it is easy to draw a similar spiral of opposite curvature which shall equally represent the hourly motions, and yet shall be, in a sense, a convection current, the one mechanical consideration fatal to such a construction is that a current running in to H, say from the south (H being south of the equator), must first curve to the left, and then gyrate clockwise round H. Now it is quite certain that if the sun could remain vertically over:one spot true convection currents must eventually be established, but it is not * See, howaver, Mr. H. EF. Blanford’s paper ‘‘On the Winds of Caleutta” j in the Indian Meteorological Memoirs, vol. i. p. 18. The Winds of Kimberley... 2. gis... +; 89 necessarily so under existing conditions. For consider what goes on in the vicinity of the sub-solar point.. The air here near the ground is being heated with great rapidity and is expanding in all directions outwards and upwards. Before the process, however, has gone sufficiently far to allow the lower air to expand enough to set up an outflow overhead and a convection current, below, the sub-solar poimt has shifted to the west, the motive power is on the decline, and hence only the beginnings of the establishment of convection currents are ever manifested. The pushing-out process may be expected to make itself felt right up to the borders of the great circle of which H is the pole; and it is worthy of note that the greater, maximum of the barometric tide shows itself on the western edge of the same circle, the lesser maximum falling some 30° behind the eastern edge. Throughout the space containing H, lying between these two tidal crests, the wind variations are in perfectly regular sequence. In the cold hemisphere we have, to start with, an opposite state of things. At the cold spot C the air is contracting inwards and. down- wards, but with far less intensity than the expansion near H. By first intention, then, the expanded air will tend to move into the cold hemisphere. The contraction increases the pressure at the cold spot, being aided, perhaps, by the greater barometric crest: lying some 40° away. The greatest effect of the contraction will therefore make itself felt not at C, and still less towards 8’, but further to the west. In sympathy with this the lesser crest which might. have remained on the border of the warm hemisphere moves eastward until the gradients on each side of the lesser minimum are equalised. It must not be thought that I am trying to manufacture a satisfactory explanation of the cause of the barometric tides; the important fact to be insisted upon is that the circulation, ered about H is developed well into the cold hemisphere by the asymmetry ‘of the barometric maxima and by the contraction in front of C. Once there the directions will shift normally as in a clockwise, circulation in consequence of the tendency to an indraught about the depleted space. The deflecting force is no doubt small, but on the other hand the winds are light, and hence the more easily turned. With stronger currents the right-handed gyration about C would be much less pronounced—always supposing the motion imparted from the outside—and this it seems explains why, when at 11 p.m. the wind velocity attains its second maximum, the wind directions tend to fly off centrifugally from the right-handed gyration. The straight arrow in the figure is an attempt to represent this. It stands for the’ intru- sion of the abnormal maximum frequency. of easterly winds, about 11 pm. The actual depletion to the west of C will. depend. more 90 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvety. upon the rate of fall of temperature than upon its actual degree. The space over which it extends will be much larger and much less clearly defined than the corresponding space about H, the wind- frequency maxima being less pronounced accordingly. It must not be imagined for a moment that Fig. 8 represents the path of any particle of air. Such an idea would imply velocities of upwards of a thousand miles an hour, which are, fortunately, out of the question. We are simply asked to understand that as Kimberley describes its diurnal rotation, its mobile air covering takes up succes- sively the directions of motion of those portions of the imaginary vortex-system through which it may be passing. Hach particle will tend to describe a spiral it is true, but in no individual case will the actual path accurately resemble that of the diagram, although the mean path of all the particles may do so in general shape. — It seems to follow that the diurnal wind system of Kimberley must be exceedingly shallow, not extending many thousand feet above the earth’s surface, and this is supported by the motion of the clouds which, with few exceptions, travel along paths radiating from some- where between north and west, irrespective of the wind directions below. If the wind system of Fig. 8 is a correct interpretation of the Kimberley winds, it must be of universal application; and should, when allowances have been made for latitude (north or south), for prevailing winds, land- and sea-breezes, &c., apply to every place lying within 45° of the equator, if not beyond. The winds of Adelaide certainly seem to come within its scope, and possibly also those of Cordoba, although these latter have not yet been fully ested.* Meanwhile it may not be out of place to remark that a strong prevailing wind blowing, say, from the north, would increase the northerly winds both in frequency and strength, deflecting the east and west winds to the south, and probably cut off southerly winds altogether. WIND-ROSEsS. The remainder of this inquiry deals superficially with the varia- tions in the four elements of barometric pressure, air temperature, * Cordoba lies in the deep valley of the Rio Primero. A few miles to the west are some considerable ranges of hills, and 300 miles further are the mammoth peaks of the Andes. See ‘‘ Frequencia Relativa Media Annual de los Vientos”’ in the Anales de la Oficina Meteordlogica Argentina, vol. ix. p. 353. Few nations equal Argentina either in the quality of its meteorological observations, or in the sumptuous volumes in which they are published. . The Winds of Kimberley. ) 91 moisture, and cloud, corresponding to the various deviations from the normal wind directions. The first three of these are for the hours 2 and 8 (a.m. and p.m.), but there are no observations of cloud at 2a.m. In the present section the instantaneous wind directions at the hours named are used. 1. PressurE.—The method of reduction first attempted was the very simple one of adding together every pressure under assigned wind directions, and taking the mean for the whole three years. The resulting curves, however, were extremely irregular. The reason was not at first obvious, but a second examination of the work showed that certain directions happened to prevail say in a winter month with its customary high mean pressures, and other directions, say in a summer month with its customary low mean. To avoid this element of confusion, the process was adopted of drawing separate curves for each of the four hours of every month, and then reducing each curve by the simple addition or subtraction of a number, constant for that particular curve, to the mean pressure of the three years, the assumption being made, and supported to some extent by the monthly results, that each monthly curve resembled every other in shape. In this manner the effect of a greater or less number of directions from any assigned compass-point was elimi- nated. Finally the results were ‘bloxamed”’ in sets of three. Table 16 gives both smoothed and unsmoothed values. The mean pressures of the day have a primary maximum with winds from the south-east, and a secondary maximum with those from the north-west; a primary minimum with winds from the west-south-west, and a secondary minimum with those from. the north-north-west. There appears to be, as well, a tendency for the wind accompanying the highest pressure to radiate from a point which vibrates to and fro along a small are of the horizon in the course of the day. 2. TEMPERATURE.—Table 17 gives the temperature results calcu- lated in the same way as the last. The mean temperatures exhibit one maximum with winds slightly to the north of north-north-west, and one minimum nearly south-south-east. But while the minimum temperature seems to accompany the wind of greatest air-pressure, the maximum travels with the sun (see the smoothed values), through pretty well a right angle. If future inquiry prove this to be a general law the passage of the warm point back to the north-north- east between 8 p.m. and 2 a.m. must be very rapid, and its hourly rate well worth study. 3. Dew-pornts.—The dampest point is nearly midway between north-east and north-north-east, the driest point being exactly 92 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. opposite.“ Both have. a tendency to shift against the sun before noon: and with the sun afterwards. It is curious that there is a wider range in the amount of moisture carried by the winds at night than there is by day. The reverse holds with the temperatures, in which the greatest ranges are by day, followmg in this respect the same law as the pressures. : If a line be drawn N.N.E.-S.S.W., all winds from the east side come with an average pressure above the mean, and all from the west with an average pressure below. This has a further bearing on the facts revealed in Fig. 7. The mean temperature line is nearly E.—W., and the line of mean dew-points E.S:E.-W.N.W. 4, Choup.—Only the cloudiness of the sky with reference to particular winds is. here considered, no account being taken of the sort of cloud. Table 19 gives the average amount of cloud accom- panying each wind at 8 a.m., 2 p.m., and 8 p.m., together with the mean of the three hours; also smoothed values of each with their smoothed mean, which last, plotted to scale, might be called the normal curve. The last three lines give the departures from the normal. Northerly winds are accompanied by the most cloud, and southerly winds by the least. This feature is contributed to in two ways: firstly, because in the diurnal range the cloudiness is greater at 2 p.m. (when northerly winds are prevalent) than at 8 a.m. or 8 p.m.; and secondly, because the ruling directions of cloud motion have a very large northerly component. The set-in south-easterly winds, when they occur, moreover, are in the main anticyclonic, with clear skies. But over and above this we have the most signifi- cant result that, relatively to the normal curve, the cloudiness of the ‘sky increases with the deviation of the vane from its normal position. In conelusion, it should be said that the whole of the: material of this paper has been worked up in spare time, and chiefly by: lamp- light ; so that, while every effort has been made to ensure accuracy, if a few numerical errors have crept in, ib 1s no more perhaps than might be expected. Some eminent professional meteorologist in the future will, I trust, be able to make a fuller discussion of the winds of Kimberley, and with a lighter handicap, ‘The wind-roses alone will repay the most elaborate treatment, and particularly, I believe, * The behaviour of the dew-point at 6 p.m. is very anomalous. The prevailing winds at this time are south-westerly, which, for the hours included in Table 18, are shown to be the driest. But the dew-point curve attains its second maximum about 6 p.m.! It would seem, then, that the law of Table 18 does not apply to the sunset hours, Certainly the circumstance calls aloud for investigation. I hope to discuss this, together with some other points of interest not included here, later on. It is somewhat of a mystery where the increase of moisture at sunset comes from. } 7 | »:Ehe Winds of Kimberley. re ha 93 for the hours of 6 p.m. and 11 p.m. In view of the fact that time has prevented the inclusion of these in this general sketch, all minor, even if USER details have had, a fortiori, to be severely left alone. Oe Aes APPENDIX. The general outline of this paper was complete before I had the good fortune to consult a remarkable paper by Mr. F. Chambers “On the Diurnal Variations of the Wind and Barometric Pressure at Bombay.” * Much of the argument therein contained seems to ‘want further proof; but there is no doubt that the plea for anti- convection currents is most ably maintained. As opposed to this we have the theoretical opinions of W. von Siemens some seventeen years later.t| The latter compares the atmosphere to a number of adjacent chimneys in which heated air rises with great rapidity, and although these are described as having elastic walls, yet in no place, apparently, has this property been brought into requisition. For “disturbances are balanced by means of ascending currents,” and, moreover, ‘¢if the heating of the lower strata of air takes place within a limited area, a local outflow” [wpflow seems to be meant] ‘occurs, reaching to the uppermost regions of the air.’”’ While there is no difficulty at all in understanding that the heated air of the whole torrid zone must rise and flow off polewards, even if obser- vation had not confirmed it, it does not seem so clear that the same result must ‘follow from local and limited heating. Observational confirmation,’ at any rate, is quite wanting. Still less is there any solid foundation for the further statement that “the maximum and minimum air-pressures are effects of the temperature and velocity of currents of airin the higher strata of the atmosphere.” It is much more antecedently probable that the latter will be eventually explained by the principles of the Wave Theory than by causes. so remote and changeable. | However that may be, it is quite certain is Ep otennical - ‘Transactions, vol. 163, pp. 1-18. Read before the Royal Society, June 19, 1873. See also Proceedings a the Royal Society, vol. xxv. pp. 402-411. . | + ‘*On the General System of Winds on the Wari ”. Phil. Mag., Dec., 1890. t Vide ‘On the Vibrations of an Atmosphere Periodically Heated,” by Max. Margules, translated from the Sitzungsberichte der Kinig. Akad. der Wissensch. zu Wien, 1890; in Prof. Cleveland Abbe’s Mechanics of the Earth’s Atmosphere. Also-a paper by Lord Rayleigh, translated (from Hnglish into puterien) from the Phil. Mag., Feb., (1890, in the same volume. » : . 94 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. that, if the chimneys are to stand, the diurnal changes of wind-direc- tion cannot be due to an outflow beneath of air from a heated region and inflow to a cold. The following simple calculation (which may or may not be new) has some bearing on the problem :— Suppose the climatic and geographical conditions peculiar to Kimberley to prevail for the same latitude in a narrow zone com- pletely round the world; that is, let the temperatures and pressures throughout have the same maxima and mmima and the same daily variations. At any instant mark the twenty-four points at which the times are whole hours, and on each point imagine a cube of air, whose volume at 32° F. is 1,000 (in any small units), to be situated. By virtue of the expansions—supposed equal in all directions—due to the mean temperature at each point for the hour, the cubes will have expanded from the volumes at 32° F. to the volumes shown by column 2 in Table 20. For all temperatures below the mean these volumes may be regarded as contractions from the mean volume at mean temperature, and for all temperatures above the mean as corresponding expansions. Suppose the temperature and pressure to change, hour by hour, per sali, so that, for 74 degrees of arc on each side of the hour points, the temperatures and pressures are the same as that at the hours. Also let 2 of the cubes, at mean tem- perature, placed end to end, occupy each of the areas whose centre is at any hour. Column 3 shows the length of each base for the times indicated in column 1, column 4 the departure from the mean length, column 5 the base areas, and column 6 the departure from the mean area. Now, taking only statical conditions into account, of the total length of the bases (equal to 2x 244-8 units), 2 °*360 units will be pushed by expansion westward from the hot hemisphere into the cold; * and 2x ‘278 units eastward. The bases will cover 2 x 1255:1 square units in the hot hemisphere, and 2x 1242-0 square units in the cold. Whence by comparing the whole pressures, in respect of the cubes of air in question, upon the bases in each hemisphere we have the mean pressures in the hot and cold hemispheres in the respective ratio of 1:00 to 1:02. But the mean barometric pressure in the hot hemisphere is 26°1337 inches, and in the cold hemisphere it is 26°153 inches, 7.e., in the ratio of 1:000 to 1:001. The result seems to show that in the given zone the hypothesis that the expan- sion is equal in all directions would require the transfer of more air into the cold hemisphere than barometric observations warrant. * Agreeing with the fact that the air-temperature begins to rise before sunrise. The most energetic expansion is in the direction of the primary barometric maximum, the least energetic expansion being towards the secondary maximum. The Winds of Kimberley. 95 ‘The answer is simple. If the units be yards the mean height of each cube would be 10-2 yards, and there would be a measurable difference between the pressure at this height and that at the bottom.. Hence the expansion by heating would be easier upwards than outwards. On the other hand, the contraction by cooling would be more energetic inwards near the ground than downwards, resulting in an indraught throughout the whole cool hemisphere, and thereby assisting to some extent the outward expansion opposite. It seems scarcely likely that the excess of upward over outward expansion can extend to the highest limits of the atmosphere, but it is not unlikely that much of it intermixes with the constant north- westerly current above, in the cloud strata, and is thus drawn off as an outflow. If, however, expansion be wholly upwards, and con- traction wholly downwards, the base of each cube will at first remain unaltered in size and shape, together with the pressure upon it, the tops of the cubes rising by different amounts, but also remain- ing in a surface of equal pressure ; and no transfer of air can ensue, either above or below, until the high crest of the expanded air falls away from its altitude. Curiously enough, von Siemens maintains that in a surface of equal pressure, such as that in which our expanded and contracted cubes are supposed to lie, there can be no sliding away down the slope of equal pressure by the higher portions. The statement is doubtless only statically true, for it leaves out of account the fact that a free particle on an expanding surface is by the mere acquisition of motion projected by the earth’s rotation into an elliptical orbit with a focus at the earth’s centre of gravity. Con- sequently the atmospheric chimney must tend to bend over at the top in the direction of the equator, giving relief to the pressure at its base. The total effect is probably not great, yet it may partially explain the differences in the two calculated results above. On the whole, the case for an actual spiral outflow near the ground, from the hot to the cold hemisphere, seems to be not only possible, but very probable. Transactions of the South African. Philosophical Society. 96 OL8G | TPT | FFT | GFOT | LOST ~geg | ost ott | ugt | ePt | 291 sa 66 SIT GPL | GOL | SBI | SIT | SFB | IPG | 46 | 8ST | SOT Gal 7h | vil | ue | SPS | 1664 L6G: TST | 96r SLT | OBL | GBI | POT | POT | 90G) GOS | SIT | OTZ G0G'| AIT | 18 | #8 | 18 | 69 | SOT | 86 | 9ST G6L | 9IL | OFT | T9 | 9OL | AAT | AoE | TOT | POT ert | 98 | GOL | 88. | SOT | 246 | SPT-| ZOT | 492 gst | 4e1 | POL | 49 | 99 | GEE | SST | Boz | OFT $eB.| LOT | €9T | 68 | 66 |-GOT | FST | GEL | BST 086 | 891 | SPE | G4 | GPT | OST | LTT | TOT | GOT oT SII O3E | #8 | 99 |-AIL | 88 | BIT | est *186-| GPT | Lot | 6¢. |:set | Ter | eat | Gor | OTT ea oie in emis ‘wes) 3 [ass ‘a's | $a 606T 99 8¢ 69 T8 E81 88 ELT FeT GO0GG | 99GT 6ET | 66T 80T | G6 “STIVLOT, ATHLINOJY :-SHNOF NI AONHNOGUY GNIAA AL WIL Vib @scorterererereen 1aq Ul800q Pobdesea: "** TAG WIIAO NI one “++ 79q0]00 Poomenae reveieneit le | cc eee isnsny Gans sriaaisene ss Ani | elevatetaletatts ereeresoce oun {’ J cuse a amar es Avy [(otekerslerajelers\slelsiletals Yodel teeeeeeeeees AIVNAQO iT eeervetee eevee Arenur ‘HINOJ The Winds of Kimberley. oi TABLE 2. Montuty CoMPONENTS OF WIND FREQUENCY. MontTH. N. E. OUMUAGY eeces noe sea nne 5 + 228-1 + 30:6 JOGIOTAUIEN EN) S88 a aaeene anne + 101:1 + 220:9 IV Clatee easiest e es AG Sie — 87:0 JAF DST Se Be cidig eee Eee eer + 190°4 — 44-7 Meee ce yee yisiocie oo + 63:9 + 216-1 ol) TUNES eee a ee eR =e ile + 308°5 CU Berne aia Ne SNPS SOD + 80°8 JSTUVERTIN WA ern SOR MBM + 324°3 + 404-6 Sepremben. ees esas lsc te — 2753 | —178:5 Oclioberine eee has = 60871. 4 — 373°0 INOWemilbet i.cersatsced: — 274°6 — 441-9 December: s24.c sw esesek: se OBS) — 236:°6 Minne We ansiiwyt wean cna: + 90°3 SOO TABLE 3. WIND FREQUENCY IN HOURS ARRANGED IN QUADRANTS : Monruiy Torats. | N.—E.N.E. | E.-—S.S.E. S.—W.S.W. W.-N.N.W. MontH. | a as Quadrant 1. Quadrant 2, Quadrant 3. Quadrant 4. MMU Moser fates. do tahoe bSay) i 430) aor 542 ES TSU WEN eee Neier ee ike 586 JOO, i dea 7 Al 483 VAC IMMER fost ls Kioau aes cc vuees 6395 400 923 608 PANE Rete oe oo o/s tie vc bret oS nies O49 S52 Aone a Goe A etiygereeeter st settle ss care ares 6795 459 084 |; 491 ALUN Pee Reyre eta Oke acta oe Seino 472 769 455 419 SUI tet dence ssosael: OOO 444 601 518 PAU OUI Renan ei cielinstials ise ae oss 801 O73 301 484 P(e] OANS00) O/T Aree ay Bega 392 dal) 690 524 Ociowerar ae Axcks ccs essees 319 461 | 1008 407 INOVEMMDET fos. h.seo ect ss cass. Bi a SLT 911 490 December cjed lo tatoia nes. 600 364 560 680 6785 9736 1079 6298 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. 98 187 | SPE | 989 | 49 | G99 | BEE | OTO | BEF | Sr | GOF | PEL | BE | SEP | TG Po ea LGL | PIG 169 | 688 | €1€ | GGG | GOS | 16S | LTO | VHP | GOD | GOG | GBG | EEO | S9OT) 999 | ToS | POG | * 868T O0OL | PFS | QLP | OTE | STE | LGL | GPL | GGG | STL | 6OG | HGF | OEE | VEO | 87 | I87 | PLHP aS OBIE eoeoee 6681 “qa €18 | FI9 | €S9 | POG | LoL | FOO | 6G9 | GEG | GZS | COE | 8ZE | OFS | GOG | GLP | LLY | OOG ay pue “968T | ‘raquieseq—yore MUNN | “MCN |°MC NAA) CAN “ACSA “MES! | AACS'S 3) “HSS “HS HSH | “HON | “HON | “GoNoN “N ‘doldad ‘SIVLO], ATUVHX :Sunoy NI xosaadann CGNIAA 8) GIO ydh 0-081 — 8-816 — jtequreseq — tequreydeg OUI Pee, snony—Avyyl 8-61. + SIZO) +e ee judy—Arenue p sic 'N “ELV ‘SINUNOdNOQ CNT A\ KIMLNOT-1L00,q : G WIaVi €0L | S47 | VLY | TSP | G6L | 106 | L¥6 | 9GG | TE9 | GIP | ETE | L9G | LOG | HSE | CE COV | a ‘oaq—ydog Commo acer ie4ee | 196 G97 | 07S | 619 col | wiv | ES | Sho "6865\988o | S75 | 94h = ysnony—Aryq hve .cUS Gee 208 | Icy | 919 | OS | OSra rer | Orr | OCS | 196 | CEA | V6) GIS | 009) [dy—Arenur p “M°NN | “MTN [MN TM “M “ACS MY] CMS | AACS S 5 ‘a's's ‘HS WS a “Oo “HN | “HON “oN “N “dora d ‘SGOINTG ATHLNOP-YNO, :SUNOFNI AONTNOAUT ANIM y WITaVii OLGS | LPST | SFFL| SPOT | LOOT | GBBT | S661 | G6ET | LFBT 9TET | POET | 60GT | GOGE 99S |6L7T | 88ST | [RIO], (@pP) = —_ ee | ae at) | oe ee a =| = 5 | eee | ees | Soe eet oe eee or cr) ee Ge. | C6 OGE | 98 | vo | See Sern | 10s Gye aye * WYStUpIyy Sole en on | OF ek) Cin con | 90) €8 | 86 76) | Eel | 92. ce sles 5 0) TESS em foes con rycen | on on 96 | 7) 4) TOE 66 Viel) COR | Ores Lt ie Hes eee eeleceeeliere | (67. 1) Col | cen | con | G6 | eGe | 6. | 98. COL | OSa 1) 16 7 ee es Geel eop laze |e | col | pre ton es | 9G =| 0L | 06 | Eel |G 07 20. es HOG mecmenoe Woe (| o7n GL | co 89 | te ltr | 2G (aot: | Gr | oy (ecy es a eecies Teenie pete cir | eri iyi | if |7¢ 106 | ve | 66 | Sh 0G | Si 5is0y 4 ies Gon eee ie OGr | Zen | Ger | 6G |e | 1% | 16 | 66 196 | os | Or | 82 anes Pee nL poe: OS | cop | 08 ve | re | el OT | 6* 66. (0G. \(Gy \2195 ee eeeienee S Set | OST | GBT | 80T | GFT | 88 Me Gp Ie Me ie | Si Pn ee pe Bae IK O Perera cr | 06 |coi 89 | 0S | yr | ce | Gt | BL | 8 Ce Oe Sie e UMD eeiom rt) 9c | 2 | Gil | 2G | Oy 76 | 96 oo | EE is Cyl IRS OS Ga) ULI ieeices 9c | Gel | 09 | 68 ey 9S | 0G |se | ee | ok | Ol | Ab | Te |e QOL |; =] ween e006 | OI | 28 | Or | VO | by | oy | Le | GY Pate Sie (ie | Sa USE IS Mee ees 119 | 6 6a | ty er 9G ey | ee Or sal Oe | Go |OL aly ea ‘X eee | 8) yy Ge. | Gh | Gr | 08 Mie |ee 1 OG ie PCE eo | oe | Ee v ae Eee S Gemepen Ge 66 | WE Co 1 0G IG co os eer P@ier | Sel Oe OWE IU crmeoGce 196 | Ge 96 |) co 196 cor | GL (O.) 109 Lie cen te oe) TE Pee ee ec ic | eo | co | eo (err | oh | ek | | est err) Oe | Oe | meroomerce co | 2e | 6e | 6S | 2¢ | OL) | Jon | 7) | G8 | 6) | eel | e0r 69 4 GF BO ee aa op |e ie | ig eS te Wp 1 te) | Or ee ee) | AO se ee eek Cee iG ite | ce | 8c | 18 |e), cor |e 68 | Ge) ron | 08 | eo re ae TL reebec sca 6 | fe | 69 | 7h (78 | 6b 16 | 68 |-82 | vel | cB | SG | te | lal iaeocmece 0G ee | 29 | 06 | 8h Gol 68 | Ger | cS rl 2G) 79) ee 2 pel “MNUN | CAN [AANA TAA AAS) OMS eS | ‘Ss RODS [aC ge Le a wx ee ale > Pea a ‘NOLLVINVA 'IVNUOIG : AONHNOANY ANI AA ‘1 WIV Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. 100 000T | OOOT | OOO OOOT OOOT Coenen iG ir igor Fe, Gz TP Meerer (e126 | OF cle ce | iio hoe ae Go ae |e | 981-49 So Or qe oe | en iy TO OG al a) Oe ey a |e) Ci iio. 666 1 69 re | te. | €or | ee. | Lr e9 [Go| Ge | ob | oe G6 | 801 | 69 | OL | 0g Werera LG age ez Sot, | 07 cs Vomeiee: ee | ce pom ne ce | 96. 1-66 Ego (eo ikon | 66 (ip (Cle tecrence 0c (6 Gr | le 15r | ee ce | hr | ee |e ans Samo os | yo de Vo 6 “0G. ce. |e Boal ieulao. ec. ole Gamecieiicl | 16 -\ oe “AS*M “MACS QOOT | OOOL OOOT ODOT ODOT OO0T | OOOT | ODOT OOOT | OOOT *°***’ [PI07, Ci eG 169 2 -CG 1569 | OURS CGE sIe6e Ce gre eae {YSIUpIy] Gr Gms Go| eo. GO. 2a) Ger Gre ace sae mess IlIxx TOO 6G OC os it ECG Ge ac =e eee xx VOM EOG =| 1G Spy. | 69.) i) ei. ee OG sic gee ae eee TX (ole SG) a Gare eG ae te es | en eg | Gg pec oc neee bo SOX OE A18G lelG 2G Ge (Ni 16 Ge aes iG seh. te eee Babe Weiser 66 sGN = |<66. |-1G. GG | oes 6G ace a ae = TAX GO Slee = \-eo ON -\26) |G 1. sO 66 wie ec ee TEAS Or 17S Sl \7E | ok (Ol |-Sk 4) 6 see c0re eee eens, 8 Be Og Nee bas Sr ss CG 166. hayek es VEN NN Ge | C6 (Oe Waar FOL | 2, G OG 566° af ee mee Gis. 6 |e | ee ee 7 i OG 4 | pO aCe eee ‘THX 6 | BL | CIE are | Ee - ES 8 OG i GO ee 2251 WOO NE C6 (Se 1 86 |e 1 BL 6 jE We SiGe Ga eh SIE eerecebons [ae VOD IECG |OGesG 1266.) Giant aiee CC RQ yi sete |e =m eeem “x CG 56) iPS =| She 2e 9 OCe. 6Gr GbE NOG. ee tera Ce ds US | GS SS ae Oe | Oi ee oe) EN OG CS = CT 09m 1G 0G 1G 5 ap er Seon ay ele ecee se TA LG AeGE 169 (BGC CS eCC ROR Fale Come ears aN GGe 1G WSC. TOC a tGO ms OGM eet Omer iC rele aaa an Ke Oi OS) ee) OO SO, 4 8G | Gee Pore oa Ne 7 Gee. OG eo I ee eh Re Se em ig ec AE) TTD MOS SG Sym S| OC] a) IGS) eee | gyda eee cbc es ail Gy Gr. 1402) 5260s 660s 89 20. 1.06 Gy IG | aaa ai “M'S’S ‘Ss “a's's ‘A'S | aso ck | HN | HN T° NON | N perce ‘NOILVINVA IVNUQIQ :AONHNOGUA GNIAA AAILVIEIY 8 WIAVi The Winds of Kimberley. 101 TABLE 9. Hourty WInD-FREQUENCY COMPONENTS. Hour ENDING N. Tig Ae ee ene voi aca — 172-9 + 974°-4 HOI Re rere. Hl Ay -4 + 272:0 AN See on ig — 107-4 + 294:6 NB rt ik, ee) — 69:0 + 303°2 ‘Migs He eae A Se — 45°6 sb Bylo VEE AOS ae ar Oe — yell + 3341 AVN ON sabia ua 46:2 Bee Oh AVEISTEL Re ete IL LTS) + 231°6 AD errr ee OZ Oh + 32°95 Dee ete Due ok sb eT 25 eer PXS gy wie stat die oh Slows — 269-0 IN OOM A ee Pcs eee + 344:2 = Bor! DROIT ai set lars + 282-2 — 456°5 OTN pe eed ie he tlie + 208°3 — 462°0 DOM RN as Hook eat a eaialiiice — 467:0 DKON) Ui ae ss cht a ee — 448-9 DCA UB ae eee ae me ae Aca == Bishor Il oa Vl ll El Dien anne Ie = seo = USS PROT es ace Ayo oul OA: = LOO DON nn = 26078 sh Zh5)40) ROT se dln 271°8 sis IB D586) 1 ERR ea — 9595:9 4+- 222°5 ee cnn 2 = Yatorll peo: I iGhamedati, Seon s see = O24: + 260:°2 Motaless ik + 50°3 — 100-2 TABLE 10. Mean AnaunAR MovEMENT OF THE VANE IN Six-Hour PeErtops. MontTH. O.-VI. VI.-NOON. | NOON-XVIII.| XVIII.—XXIV.| O.—XXIV. January ...... +358 + 59°7 + 22°4 + 30°6 + 148°5 February...... 16:1 89-2 + 27°6 39'8 168:7 Marche)... 23°6 44°3 + 39°59 28-7 136°1 JV OTR sclycaneae 29-5 52°7 + 8:2 Neel 103-5 IMEI he ccs 20°6 42°79 + 14:3 ue) 85°5 WMG. ieee 2-6 51:3 pd 18-3 66:8 SIRT A reer aaa 1:5 45:8 + 1:0 13-2 61:5 EO OUI Wackoeeen: 20°1 61:0 + 11°4 15:8 108°3 September ... 11:5 o4:1 | -— 07 26°5 91-4 October ...... 41:6 03°3 + 9:4 21°6 125°6 November ... 27°8 aad Jy I Le) 29-1 105:°8 December ... 28°6 34:6 + 40°6 19:3 193°1 VCRT ene ai + 21°6 + 52:2 + 14-9 + 21:7 + 110-4 102. Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society TAB i eile A COMPARISON OF THE SUMMER AND WINTER VALUES OF THE DIURNAL VARIATION IN RELATIVE WIND FREQUENCY. (JUADRANTS. N-E.N.E. E.—-S.S.E. S.—W.S.W. W.—-N.N.W. For THE | QUADRANT 1. QUADRANT 2. QUADRANT 3. QUADRANT 4. Hour HNDING Summer.) Winter. |Summer.| Winter. |Summer.| Winter. |Summer.| Winter. Biers er 46 43 64 66 BT9) 34 ol 16 ES Pca O2 46 66 508 28 36 29 17 TT eee ol 56 73 ol 23 40 29 15 Ne ee Ov O38 66 50 24 AQ 26 18 Nee was 08 58 66 51 23 36 25 16 ee aes 62-1 62 | 159150. | 92. 4) om 8 Mogm taie Wal Bape 66 58 Of 59 23 29 25 20 WAGE aa) acy 62 44 50 22 ol 33 20 eae 50 64 ol 30 22 Sil 55) 39 XG iwesancs 49 58 25 23 21 33 64 06 b.0) Bane: Oo” 43 15 18 24 34 79 77 INoomims|aean 28 ills 16 30 37 86 on Xe eat 25 8 14 38 36 So) LOE SCI ieee Deo) abel 16 45 39 75 | 100 ea eee IM ho a |e | oe DOV eae 28 14 15 63 o9 61 16 OVA EAL: 29 18 19 13 64 o2 63 OWA Ue At 34 25 22 78 66 30 46 XG ee 8) 36 30 Al 78 o9 24 28 DS So peer oll 30) aael9 61 73 50 18 22 DONS. s.| \ 30 28 60 67 64 46 7, 20 OI). 39 30 63 67 56 42 1g 18 ROCINT |) A 39 og 69 ol 38 16 16 Midnight} 48 3}y) 63 68 39 36 23 17 103 The Winds of Kimberley. OFL-92 | 9E8-GL | &- ES | LEP | GOFF | VSPV | FL0G | G-O+F | GOT POPE) GO | Gey) Tos SS Pee) Gia aie Awa LVT-96 | LOT-G G-G9 | 8G 6LT 666 LOL C= | OO | eae | SO | Se | Oo, | BO | Oe | GO) peer JY SUply 671-96 | L6E-G G:6G | 8G Jor 9LG C6L 16 =| Oa | Gar | iO | ei? |) Ook, |) S29) | ee | ss) Po IMD LVL:9G | S9L-G 6:LG | &G VIG 996 VoL [eo | C0 Ga 70 | Geiz FSS) | GG) | are | Oe) ITXX GVI-9G6 | GIL-G G-9¢ | LY VVG GIG GC8I OGe 120m | 10 7-0 S65 G- 9S S09 aS (OR Gr oeamne gah oe) EICYE 61:96 | L0G-G 9-6¢ | 89 696 GGG v9T oO Ol 0 | Or? | EO) SoG | Gee EG ae a ie Ka 6IT-9G | V86-G 0-1¢ | 96 606 991 IIE HO Gar | ee | B= rie | AS) |) GG | Soe CoG po geen. Cil>.€ GOT-96 | L80-& G:GP | SSI VOE OL IGT E05 a G:0c5 6: 26-0) | S-9e ele Galea Oe ain mes IITAX L460:96 | 608-7 1-86 | [0G L6G 06 GéT V0 8:0 | 9° TS | 6 = = | GC IeG- Os eo EG e ecg Oona meee sels AEXS 660-96 | 806-S 6:S§ | 696 99G 9) Tel (ae | eae | oh tSoik—= It (etsy | ets} | | QO) Gos) UA 860:96 | §G2L-9 9-66 | V6G LEG OL OGI rar || Sar yolk Gok = | GAS | feels} | GeS) |) aod, ore Milpese es ROM 80T-96 | 80L-G Liv | tSss | Goll V9 961 L-O+ | 0:0 ECGs 1 20> =|) 16639-8566: 9s ¢-8 AE INTE 861-96 | ESE-G 8:-P& | PSE DSN LG LET O10 S20 1 G-Gia SO = GON OOO mle yas Cie ames 0) SEX 671-96 | ELL-7 VLE | GSE CVT L9 61 Vas | G0 | eso ear | OR | Sok | ies) | tees) G:6 eo ee OCI 691-96 | 860-7 v:OV | VOE GL BL VIG GOt | 90- | 66- | FOF | 9-8 | GL | 8G) G8 ES | 22a ie O8T:96 | OLE-§ 6-GP | 0&6 LUT 90T 696 Oat = eG Oa eS Gel | eG | Ses Gili | anos V8T:96 | €0L-G L-6G | 8&T SOT érL 666 1-05— | GO= 18h = | S:0ar*6:97156-9 S-Gai- 0:38 Top oo aan O8T-96 | 069:-G T-6¢ | €2 GLT LOT 97§& LO= 10:0 €-T- |8OT | §9 | G:-9 | 8-7 | TL Boe pe BELA OLT-96 | 9GT-G 8-69 | 67 VII 9EG 96 lei 1 Ose Bei | eae || GS | Gee siz 1 6c) (A Cs PEC P/\ 6S1:96 | TL0-G eG Liv GIT LGG aes lS Oa | on | Sr | BS | oe | OG | vee eG ee = ala LVL-96 | GB6-T 6:11 | OG Gol TLG O8Z Pi e0 5 20-0 €-O+ | §-7 | VG | GG | PG Ge Gill eee eater NS OFE-96 | GGO-G 1-89 | 9G 661 9LG VIG Qo | Ga | Lae | Gar | AS | OG | Gas | Oe Va ae ee NI LE1T:96 | TL0-G &-89 | Gg GTI G8G EVG Gol | Sar | Oar | UO | tS | Deel Cele i Gee EG SS ea 6E1:96 | SII-G JERS) || ASS) OST T66 VG6G OG6= | GO | Oar | OHO (coca jum x Ja es Soe ey 7 OG ae ee ena SVI-96 | 99T-G ue 09 BCT 666 91G EG] | 8:05) 8G-0F= G0] 1 S-€ | GS-9 | 8:G0 Gg LG Se ieee ‘soyouy | ‘seyout | ‘s68st | "OD © © OREO) INO) | NSO Ne) OI) FO), 7) een ane ae ae Surpugq ae Ut | yo syeqoy, | eata ‘SINOF] Ul SLOGUINN UOIOMT | ¢ ‘SONnTBA PoTOOUTY UT AFTOoTO A ‘Imoy tod sept INOFT oY} Oy Oleg Apawox | -eoyy [MOY uvoyy oy} wtorzz sorngaedoq Ul SoryOOTe A ATINOF weep mee NL uveyy | UveTY | | ‘NOILVIUVA ‘IVNUOIGQ, : SHILIOOTHA CGNIA\ ‘GL WIGViL 104 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. LOLIT 6609 9I8F SFEE 6FL9| GZFOT) G98 EFS) Less] 9EGS| OFS ESS¢) BFEOT) 6094) FBL9\ EeGL!-* TeIOG, 86 | 19 | 6€ | &T | LET | 66E | TOF | 208 | 66 | ATF | GzP | 00G | BOO | FFG | EET | BOT °° suStupr_ Ler | 99 | 6T | & | G9 | SB | 99 | ODE | E0G | AFE | LOF ] TSF | LTO | 74B) LOT | SBT fo TITXX SIE | ie | 4e | 8h | SOL | GLE | 909 | Bar | TSF | TOF | 998 | EFF | 9G | EGz | OST | 99 |e TIXX GL | TF | 96 [61 | 99T | 997 | E92 | Ts | 969 | 00% | 6Ge | OSF | 98F | ITB | ABT | AGT fee XX C8 | §9 | HB | GF | OST | O&G | 66g | GEE | OTF | TST | F6B | 09 | 098 | BBB) GAT | BBE fe XK THE | OGT | S&L | OL | O86 | 909 | 689 | ECE | SIE | FST | BOT | SEB | E4- | HEB) T6T | OOT fo XTX LEE | SIG | L1G | TES | 8T9 | GAL | GEO | 9EE | 096 | 08 | FST | FEL | 00% | LEB) 69T | 9TB Po TITAX 987 | GES | O6E | GFF | BZO | 8F6 | ZE9 | 896 | FET | OTT | LOT | 48 | TOG | BEL | 00% | 98% fo TIAX 169 | 909 | O6F | FI | 0G9 | TOT | GOF | BE | FET | TST | 89 | OFT | SBT | SOT | ABT | STE po TAX 908 | 0G4 | 969 | 8E9 | FEL | G94 | TEE | 003 | GAT | BB | 46 | FIT | 98 | LOT | GEL | BER fo “AX OVIT | B84 | POL | PE | OL9 | BFS | OFZ | O6T | E6T | 96 | OL | AF | O08 | 90GB | 09% | PEF fr “AIX VOET | 716 | 989 | GOS | G9 | OOF. | LET | 2ZL | PAL | TIT | OF | 8G | GOL | FAT | PEE | OTS po eet OS9T | 864 | 447 | L1G | SOF | GIG | 09G | LET | BEL | OT | wo | 9 | 94 | GBB | HOE | T99 Pom uooN T8ST | GO9 | 98G | SST | 068 | G8 | GGG | FET | BBL | 9FT | 8B | OF | SST | Bes | PLT | 696 [ 1X LOVE | 996 | PHL | OTT | OTS | BIS | OZ | SET | 00G | LAT | FST | GL | BOT | OLE | BBO] BOT X 89 | 901 | G6 | OL | LET | 966 | 09% | POT | F9G | Ges | Les | 4e | STS | G09 | ¥eB | BEG me XJ GoG | 8G | 08 | 8h | GOT | T6G | E9T | GOT | Tes | 96 | EET | BEL | GAG | FZL | EB9 | 9BE fo TILA 68/96 | iy |e | 68 | ofc | SFT | Cel | T6€ | Teg | Go | 10S | #82 | 980 | Bee | Gee jo TIA co ye eee toe | eG | 790 | vel | Shr | Lee | Gos | Geo. 68 | Oey SIG OG | = a= TA 98 | 29 | 48 | 86 | 68 | 00G | 08% | F9T | 99% | GOS | Sez | BEE | GTS | Bar | G6T | BO foo he 18 | OF | 8E | BG | EB | 986 | LGG | BST | 88h | SBE | OBE | STE | TEL | TOF | 806 | 9A frm “AT Poieed | 08) | 9 ee ee) | Cle el | oly cor ole eee (ek | oe | esl) a) ee TE Pees | OS 1°65 | Ge" | S66] e9e | ec | ere | cr | tee | 096 | 7s0 | eee | GOL) ep IT GOL. | 6h | &F | 8 | G8 | Pes | HE | GED | GES | 298 | OF | LEE | 899 | ETS | BIG | 86 for i hen ee ee eee =e eeerall | = A; Seen ee ONIGNG AVUN'N | “AMUN a Ae a) As oss |e "a'S'S | “a's a's‘ “a jose | oon |aws| ox | saon fee ‘SHTIJY NI LNUNAAOTL GNIAA ATHAOPT ‘6l WIlaVib The Winds of Kinberley. TABLE 14, Hovurzty WIND-MovEMENT COMPONENTS. Hour ENDING | OO Ses tre cee: OU AY des. se nf n, — 903-1 + 1493-4 = Tees + 1512°6 — 633-3 + 1672°6 = desley + 1705:8 — 309-8 + 1685:5 = 3050 + 1696'8 + 985:3 + 1658:9 + 1050-0 + 1357°6 + 1952-1 + 6535 + 25990 340:7 4 2656'6 _ 19996 + 2432°3 — 1926-6 + 2084:1 — 94999 + 1405:8 _ 9564-9 + 683:8 — 2686-4 + 31:2 — 9494-4 — 546-0 ~ 1969:8 — 920-2 — 1243-0 _ 1148-3 _ 9978 — 1273-5 + 5042 — 1344-4 + 9542 ~ 13185 + 1271-6 ~ 1213-0 + 1409:4 — 1135-7 4+ 1473-9 Teese | aq 106 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. TABLE 15. COMPONENT VARIATIONS FROM A WIND-SYSTEM OF CONSTANT NORTH. Constant Difference. FoR THE HOUR | Variable ENDING |\f{ovement.| Velocity. v-C Vv c Tee rere 6 — 452 | —379 1B Ne cro — 388 | —324 CB eee hse — 317 | —236 Va eee - 226 | —142 IN etna ate — 155 | —101 AVE ISSR = ek oa!) 98 WO Barer. + 148 | +102 Vill + 625 | +383 ON Sere + 976 +717 DAA +1300 | +842 0 RR en +1328 | +844 Noon +1216 | +757 XII +1042 | +621 Os + 703 | +458 OVS eae + 342 | +208 NeW al + 16) + dl AVIT — 273 | -—163 anal — 460 -—307 XTX. — 574 | —489 DEX te — 637 | —585 peal — 672 | —598 XXIT. — 659 | —562 XXII — 607 | —524 Midnight] — 568 | — 462 VELOCITY. Fast. Variable Constant Diierence Movement.| Velocity. : Vv C VvV-—C + 747 | + 604 | +148 + 756 | + 598 | +158 + 836 | + 648 | +188 + 853 | + 667 | +186 + 843 | + 707 | +186 + 848 | + 735 | +113 + 829 | + 677 | +152 + 679 | + 510} +169 + 327 | + 72 | +256 = 170 | = 303) 451338 = Ol} = S92) = 19 = 93 |) = 9832 5) = Sil SA = 1004s 20 — 1282 | —1016 | — 266 —1343 | —1027 | —316 —1247 | — 988} — 259 — 985 | — 849 | —136 — 621 | — 607; — 14 — 189 | — 241 | —102 + 252 | + 106 | +146 + 477 | + 302 | +175 + 6386 | + 490 | +146 + 705.| + 553 | +152 + 737 | + 572 | +165 Resultant. awe Vy YVIttVo vw SR UTIUUOT AZO flv £90: | STT-96 820- | SGT-9¢ PL0- | HET-9G v90- | 8TT-9¢ ‘ADNVY SE1-96 IIT-96 860-96 | VIT-96 GGI-9G SIT-96 ‘sotouy | ‘soyouy "NV@JT | ‘ANN 6Z1-92 OST-96 O€T-96 LGT-96 *Soyouy “AN TET-96 | | LTT-96 GOT-98 , PEL-9G IGI-9Z | CIT-96 860-96 901-98 GCI-96 | 860-92 SIT-96 §S1-96 ES1-96 E9I-96 CET-96 GOL-9Z GLI-9Z OLT-9Z 660-96 (IGT-96 | §ST-96 | LOT-96 | OLT-9B G9T-9% 661-96 86T-9% GLI-9G | 89T-9G | | 8CT-9G | GET-9G 061-96 | LLT-9G LGT-96 | 6VT-9G GIT-9G GOT-9Z OOL-9% | S0T-9% GIL STL-9Z 911-96 90T-92 | | 8IT-96 SZI-9G GOT-9 | GOT-9% QTT-96. *‘soqouy GOT-9G ‘soqouy LOT-96 G60-96 OZT-96 610-96 IOL-9¢ | ‘seqouy VIT-96 EEC 8ET-9G S0T-9¢ 860-96 ‘sotTpouyl “MAS NOAA “M “MS "AA “MS | PST-9G “@PT-93 8CT-92 “sanjDA payzooUsg CET-9¢ LET-96 | 9LT-93 60T-9G 611-96 “SolOUT CCI1L9G | GGI-96 VIT-9G VGI-9G 81-96 ‘soyouy 69T-9G 8L1-96 I8T-96 ELT-9G LGT-9G ‘soqoUy E9T-9G GC LOT-9G 906-96 ELT-96 89T-9G ‘soyouy “a'S'’S T'S VOT-9G GLI-9G | 69T-9G GOT-9G VIG-9G 89T-96 VOT-9G ‘soqouy Sa GCT-96 | LPT-96 | 91-96 E9T-9G GBI-9G LGT-96 O9T-9G "soyouy 6PT-96 GVI-9G O8T-96 OGT-9¢ LVI-9G "SoTOUy BEL-9G 81-9 6IT-96 YOT-9G ECT-93 O&T-9% | 681-96 I&T-9% | 991-92 OFT-92 GVT-9G VET-9G PLT-96 9VT-96 GET-96 “‘soyouy 961-96 OVT-9G 960-96 EST-9G OGT-96 LGT-9G "SoqoOUT “ANA ‘SaNIDA paeyJoowWsuUyQ ‘T ‘HUASSHUT JO SOILSIMALOVUVHD) ANIAA WE (Glake wilh LIT-98 SGL-9G GTI-96 OFT-96 VEIL-9G 660-96 ‘soqouy °N UBITT XX NIDS FERIE “undoy 108 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. &-G9 | &-79 | €-79 Goo yo 1-69 &-V9 | 1-69 | F-09 VV 1 G-G91¢-G9 | 1-79 | G-E9 | T-E9 9-F | 6-9 | T-99 TL 0°99 0-99 €-9 1.99 9.99 “TONVY 1-€9 F-99 | 9-9 ¥-99 | T-99 7-99 | 8-G9 €.99 | G-G9 €.99 1-9 "NVATN [ANN | AUN (249 0-49 | 6-29 | | | | 6-G9 | T-79 | 8-&9 L-99 | 7-09 | G-E9 9-79 | [-G9 | 9-09 V9 1-79) 0:69 oO Oo 10) | | | | }TAU NTA] TAN ANSP AL] AAS } i G69 | G-G9 | G-T9 | 8-19 | 6-69 | 0-79 | 9-F9 | 0-9 9:69 | 0-69 | 6-89 | 6-6¢ | T-09 | 6-09 | €-Z9 | ¢-89 G:09 | §-09 | 6-6¢ | 4-09 | ¢-T9 | ¢-89 | F-F9 | T-S9 6-69 | V-19 | &-19 | 8-19 | 0-€9 | 9-49 | F-E9 1 1-9 ‘saNyVA payj,ooWs °s G69 | L-09 | 4-09 | 0-19 | ¢-69 | 4-9 | 0-9 | 0-E9 1-89 | 4-19 | 7-19 | G-T9 | 9-69 | T-F9 | €-G9 | ¢-F9 G-89 | 9-89 | 7-09 | G-LG | G-T9 | 6-09 | 9-09 | I-79 L-€9 | 1-69 | 6-69 | 2-09 | 8-19 | 9-9 | 8-49 | 8-79 T-69 | G-T9 | 6:09 | 4-19 | 0-€9 | F-79 | L-E9 | T-99 “M'S*S | ‘S H°S°S “H's ws a acl | a Na | aN 0-99 9-49 L-G9 L-G9 "SONJVA Pey,ooUsUgQ *T GLOLVaHd NAT, AO SOILSTUALOVUVHY) ANIMA “LT WTA 109 The Winds of Kimberley. E9 | L9F F-9F | 0-9F | GEF | OTF | 6-0F 8-0F |9-1F | GBF) Seb | FF GFF SSF COP | LLP) FORT OXY 3 | LH (OFF | O-FP | LEP | FOF | L-Gh | 8-TF | OTF | 6-TP | 0-GF | FEF | 8-FF | F-9F | 9-9F | 8-9F | 9-9F | EGF PAT €-G | O-GP | L-FF | B-SF | F-LP | 9-0F | B-OF | B-OF | G-0F | F-0F | G-TF | 8-3F BFP PSP GSP | G.GP | BGR Po TEU LQ | LGh 69h 1 oF 9-67 | L-3F 18-07 19-06 | 6.06! 1-06 | IF | 0-87 10-97 0-97 6-97 O-LF LOR be cH as “SONJVA payj,OOWs °G G-EP | OG | L-bY | 9-8) | L-Bh 8-1h | 6-0F | 9-0F | T-Th | €-TF | €-1F | 8-8F | S-EF | 8-47 | 3-97 | ¢-9F | 8-GP [tee | Bee oa ee : | Oh | LLP 9-CF | LPP LTP) 8-0 | 6-0F 8IF Ler L3r 8-PF GFF T-Sh |O-Lb | 6-9F 8-9 0 KX LSP | Gh LSb | e-Oh LT GBP| OTF OTF CEP GTP OG FOP FLP/6GP L-OF LSP CATX | | | | | | DY | SPP | 0-GF | 9-TF | T-OF | 1-07 | €-0F | €-0F | L-0F G-OF SSF | L-bh 9-GF | FSP | FSP | OCF IEE O-GF | OFF FSF | O-8F | O-8F | 0-1 | 9-68 | B-TF | 0-0F | O-1F 8-GF | F-OF | 0-97 | 1-97 | GAP | OwP fT ° fo) fo) | fo) oO | fo) fo) fo} fo) oO | fo) | fo) fe) | fe) fo) fe) ° | | | Fe hae | “NVATAL| ANN | CAN [TAA NCUA) “AA ANTS AS AS) Ses) as ‘Ess | ‘a's | “a°S "at a |*a°N ‘HN | HNN] °N ‘aNOH Pees? | ce | “SON]D A PAYyJOOWSUT) °T ‘(INIOG MYC) ANALSIOW ao SOILSIMHLOVUVHD) ANT AA ‘St WIEViL G-0-|L-0+ L-0+)0-1+ 0-T+ | a = | : ) OT+/TO+/¢ 10-(g.0+|L0+|T0- #0 0-0-0 g.0+leotf cc YX = ¢.0+/¢-0+!/6-0+/1-0- &-0- 1-0- 30+ 9.0+ F-0+ 0.0 eae a ee oe iNT PO OIC OS SOSIT0 501051604100 180-180-170 60= C0 1S0= |e 0 sh pa = TILA ” “JDULLONT OY] Wott UOYMIAEGT “| 3 = be | 9€ | oe | Be Gol OG (eu | 06 | 61 | Te | oo | 66/06 | G6 |e] ke ss Teemon 2 | | | | | = ry ley | Sv |r 0/16/61 | 61/12 | on 1 Fo | oe | ee | oe | BF | oR fo ex eS (OF | SE | FE 163/85 83/651 FS | 61 166/88 6F | 6 | HP | OF | OF PT ATX 2 Pevoeewoe ame vee | ee leu toc | or | ei lie /9s | eo lao lec oe ame 3 ‘sanjDA PayJOOUWS °G = Peon ele | os) 658s | 08 | 61 | 1s | 9 | oe | ee | 6e | Se | ee | te fo weet = | | | | A %b6|9F |9E | 67 | BS | FE | BS | GT 108 | 8S | 03 | 7319-5 | FS | OF | LS | Ae Po OX mers | 0r (07 Sh ee Go 1 Ge Te lis | £11 Go| Pe | 9¢ | 1@|6e | te \ee | 7 Ane S LB | 0-8 08 OME | GIRS || EE Taig ee se tell ae IES ets | ea | ad | (ete IIIA ee. | ; sae oe, = “NVOJAL “ANN | “AATND |TAA NU AA) TAA MAS AA] AAS “M'S'S “S | “H's's ‘HS | H°S*a | Hf A NO aN a NON N | dno ‘S ; i (See | - | | ie 2 | < “SANnJVA pay,oOWUsUy ‘“T > ‘dNOT) dO SOLLSIMMLOVYVHS) ANIMA © i 6l WTAE The Winds of Kunberiey. TABLE 20. VARIATIONS OF CUBIC VOLUMES oF AIR WITH TEMPERATURE. TIME. Vou. |BasE LENGTH.| VAR Bask AREA. VAR. 1, 6 eee 1044 10-145 | --055 | 10291 | -1-:18 To ee ee 1042 (oss | = 062 dioo gee | 2-30 Re. 1040 10:13) | 068) | alootea) (P2144 i 1038 10-195 | -—-075 | 10259 | -1-57 ve 1036 10-119 | --081 | 109-39 | —1-70 mene ince 1037 10-122 | --078 | 102-46 | —1-63 Vie ee 1041 10-135 | --065- | 109-71 | —1:38 VREe to eos: 10-174 —-026 | 10350 | —0-59 mere 1065 10-212 | +-012 | 10429 | +0-20 ee deta 1073 10-238 | +-088 | 104-81 | +0-72 eee 1080 10-260 | +-060 -| 105-27 | +118 NOON Wictessé: 1085 10-276 + 076 105-59 + 1°50 aig ae 1089 10-988 | +-088 | 10584 | +1-79 no A eee 1090 10-291 +4:091 | 105-91 | +182 i eee 1090 | 10-291 | 4-091 | 105-91 | +1°82 re 1088 | 10-285 = +085 | 10578 +1-69 OV a... 1082 10-266 4-066 | 10539 41:30 VME 1072 10-234 | +-034 | 10474 | 40°65 nt, ee 1064 10-209 | +-009 | 10428 | +013 OG eee 1059 10.198 | --007 | 10390 | -0-19 Oe ae 1055 | 10-180 | --020 | 10364 | -0-45 SOULE ee 1052 | 10170 | —-030 | 103-44 | _0-65 ONC Bhi: 1050 101640) =-Occnimais st) = 076 Midnight ...... 1047 Wei6e | ae | ieean | ohne Wena fea 1062 10-200 104-09 112 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. | PLATES iy LO ake Prats Il. Fic. 1. Monthly Wind-Frequency Resultants. ap PELE: » 2. Wind-Frequency. nt oe ,, 93 Wind-Frequency Components. Vv. ,, 4. Wind-Frequency Resultants. » VWI. ,, 5. Variation of Wind Velocity from the Normal Curve. » VII. ,, 6. Wind-Movement Components. » VIll. ., 7. Wind-Variation Components. a EX a 8. Wand: Schenre® PLA xe View of the cliff on the east side of the ravine two miles west of Prieska village. Surface soil on the top lying on the glacial till, the upper part of which is much lighter in colour, owing to weathering, than the lower. Trans. 8. Afr. Phil. Soc. Vol. XI. | Plate X. West, Newman collotyp. cal 'Z, — < aw © | = | a i A Hl) 5 | S ! our S om il ea dill Se i = Pa ee | ‘@) | 7 \} e 0 © < il S an 3) ND ROGERS AND PLATE XI. A part of the cliff shown in Plate X., showing the distribution of pebbles in the matrix. The surface of the pebble on which the hammer-head rests is well striated. Plate XI. Trans. 8. Afr. Phil. Soc. Vol. XI. “dkyo[[oo UBUIMEN 489.4 ‘HNIVUOW AGNNOWD YaATH AONVYO -ZYVMHAOS ANV SYHDOU PLATE XII. A part of the cliff on the western side of the ravine two miles west of Prieska. The granite boulder on which the hammer-head rests is the largest one in the cliff. Plate XII. Trans. 8. Afr. Phil. Soc. Vol. XI. “ANIVHUON GQNNOYUD- HHATY HONVYO + ZHUVMHOS ANV SYHHDOY “dAjoT[oo UBUIMAN ‘989A PLATE XIII. View of quartzite hill on Jackal’s Water, rising from under the glacial conglomerate, which gives rise to the boulder-covered surface seen in the foreground. The ‘‘ roche moutonnée”’ form of the quartzite is seen in the lower part of the hill, and the upper portion has the rough surface usually met with where compact rocks are exposed to great diurnal variation in tem- perature. ‘d Plate XIIT. ‘Trans. 8. Afr. Phil. Soc. Vol. XI. dA£jo[Joo UBMUIMON ‘9 ™. PLATE XIV. StRiaTED surface of one of the Jackal’s Water ‘‘roches moutonnées.” The cracks which cross the surface from the left side of the picture to the bottom are along the bedding planes of the rock. The other cracks are joints. Plate XIV. ‘Trans. 8. Afr. Phil. Soe. Vol. XI. ‘dAjo[[00 UBUIMO ‘ N ‘389.0 es ‘AINIVUON GNOOWUD UAAIN AONVHO :ZUVMHOS AUNV SdavOd 2 oh “f wi 2 i A pale a Sy ELT | bis PLATE XY. Ourcrop of felsite at Vilet’s Kuil, showing rounded and striated surfaces of small hummocks rising from boulder- and pebble-covered ground (glacial conglomerate). On the small hummock on the left of the picture the lee-side can he seen. “ANIVUON GNOOWO-MHAIN ADNVYO °ZUVAMHOS ANV SWADO “dAjOT[OO UBUIMON “480 AQ Mee ORT Ne Plate XV. =i tt oe 2 wh Trans. 8. Afr. Phil. Soe. Vol. XI. ETS.) THE ORANGE RIVER GROUND MORAINE. By. A. W. Roaers, M.A. (Canvas), F.G.8. anp HE. H. L. ScuowaRz, A.R.C.S. (Read November 29, 1900.) (ilies BG MOLp MOOG, NOONE OA EG) Covering a very wide area in the divisions of Prieska and Hope Town is a peculiar conglomerate. The first geologist whose notice it attracted was Wyley, who mentioned it in 1859.* He refers to a trap conglomerate near Hope Town, and his doing so shows that he recognised a resemblance between it and the rock he called trap conglomerate in the south of the Karroo. After the publication in 1868 of Dr. Sutherland’s observations in Natal,+ and his clearly drawn inference that the conglomerate there found at the bottom of the coal-bearing rocks had an origin like that of the glacial drifts in the northern hemisphere, the same idea was applied to the similar rocks of Cape Colony. Stow in 1872} described striated pebbles from Pniel, and also rounded and polished rock surfaces which he attributed to ice-action. In 1874 § he extended his observations of the polished rock surfaces over a large part of Griqualand West, and at the same time fixed the true position of certain boulder beds underlying the group of ‘‘olive shales.’’ He was of opinion, however, that the phenomena which he had already described as glacial belonged to a recent or at least a post-Karroo stage of denudation. Hibner || in 1871 doubtfully referred the conglomerate near Bloemhof (O.F.S.) to the claystone porphyry of Bain. Mr. E. J. Dunn {| pub- lished an account of the glacial conglomerate of Hope Town in 1873, but did not at that time recognise its true position, and in the first two editions of his map, published in 1873 and 1875, he separates the Hope Town conglomerate from the trap conglomerate of the * ‘Notes of a Journey in two directions across the Colony.” Cape Town, 1859. + “On the Geology of Natal.” A paper read before the Nat. Hist. Assoc. of Natal; Durban, 1868. See also Q. J. G. S., xxvi., 1870, p. 514. + “On the Diamond Gravels of the Vaal River.” Q.J.G.8., xxviii., 1872, pp. 3-22. § ‘Geological Notes on Griqualand West.” Q.J.G.S. xxx., 1874, pp. 581-670. || ‘‘ Geognostische Skizze von den Siid-Afrikanischen Diamanten-Distrikten.”’ Petermann’s Mittheilungen, 17 Band, 1871, iii., p. 85. { ‘‘On a Gold Prospecting Expedition, 1872.”’ Cape Town, 1873. 8 114 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. south. In 1886,* in his report on the sub-Karroo coal, he called attention to the fact that the outcrops of the two types of con- glomerate—the undisturbed on the north, and disturbed on the south— are continuous along the western part of the Colony. Mr. Dunn inferred from this, and the occurrence of certain black shales, that the conglomerates were contemporaneously formed in the north and south; but up to the present time the evidence is not sufficient to prove this, and they may well have been still forming in the north while the Ecca beds were being deposited in the south. In the same report Mr. Dunn described the occurrence of a scratched floor below the conglomerate near the junction of the Orange and Vaal Rivers, and attributed the scratches to the action of floating ice driven over the floor of a lake. After 1886 there was nothing of importance published about the Dwyka conglomerate until last year, when Dr. Molengraaff + found and described some glaciated rocks in the Vrijheid district of the Transvaal; he concluded that the phe- nomena were only to be explained by supposing that land-ice traversed the district. The relationship between the Prieska glacial conglomerate and that known as the Dwyka conglomerate of the southern Karroo is still un- certain, and although we have no doubt that their outcrops are con- tinuous, the discussion of the question must be left until further evidence has been obtained. It is chiefly from Mr. Dunn’s use of the term ‘‘ Dwyka conglomerate ”’ that it has been applied to any conglomerate lying‘at the base of the Hcca beds or rocks supposed to represent them, but the evidence for the correlation of the beds in different parts of South Africa has not yet been sufficiently dealt with. In this paper we shall not use the name Dwyka conglomerate in reference to the Prieska rock where our own observations are con- cerned, but it is retained when the observations of others, who do so employ it, are mentioned. The object of the present paper is to describe certain sections of the conglomerate, and the appearances seen on the lower slopes of the hills rising from below it in Prieska and Hope Town. We must first note that the conglomerate passes under the so-called Kimberley shales, or under the lowest sheets of dolerite at the bottom of the shales. The best localities for seeing this are at Uitdraai, about twelve miles east of Prieska Village, Groot Fourie’s Kolk, and Springbok Poortje, in the south of Prieska, and at many places in the north of Britstown. We have found no evidence in * “Ona Supposed Extensive Deposit of Coal,” &c. Cape Town, 1886. + ‘The Glacial Origin of the Dwyka Conglomerate.” Trans. Geol. Soc. S.A. Johannesburg, iv., p. 103, 1898. The Orange River Grownd Moraine. 115 favour of Green’s idea* that the Kimberley shales rest upon the denuded surfaces of Dwyka conglomerate and Ecca beds. There appears to be only one important unconformity in these districts, namely, that at the base of the conglomerate, but still, as will appear later, if our view of the evidence is correct, the shales over- lying the conglomerate must also be to some extent unconformable, however slight the gap may be. About two miles from Prieska village the main road to the west crosses a dry ravine cut by storm-water running off the Doorn Bergen to the Orange River. A few yards below the point where the road crosses there is a cliff about 25 feet high on the western side of the ravine, and lower down there is a similar cliff on the eastern side. (Plate X.). The lower 20 feet of the sections show a blue mudstone, generally rather friable, but sometimes as hard as the matrix of the well-known Dwyka conglomerate of the southern Karroo. The mud- stone contains numerous small fragments of various rocks and minerals, but on the whole it is a fine-grained hard mud with pebbles and boulders of various sizes (up to 24 feet in diameter) imbedded in it. The inclusions are scattered through the rock without any definite arrangement in beds—in fact, in these two sections the rock shows no signs of bedding (Plates XI. and XII). In shape the pebbles are angular, sub-angular, and rounded, the edges of the larger boulders are always more or less rounded. A large proportion of the pebbles and boulders are scratched, and flattened on one or more sides. They differ entirely from ordinary water-worn pebbles, and bear the closest resemblance to boulders found in the glacial tills and moraines, which are forming at the present day. The rocks which form the pebbles are very various Perhaps the most numerous in this locality are quartzites and hard jaspery rocks, but granite, gneiss, amygdaloidal melaphyre, diabase and dolomitic limestone are also abundantly represented. These are all known to exist im sitw in the Prieska district west of the Doorn Bergen, but the pebbles in this section have very probably come from the country north of the Orange River, where, from Stow’s account + and map, we know that they occupy large areas. An important point concerning the boulders of the conglomerate in the whole district is that they do not include any fragments of the post-Karroo dolerite, which is so frequently met with in the form of dykes and sheets in the districts south of the Orange River. In the upper 5 feet or so of the sections the rock becomes softer and yellow in colour owing to the oxidation of the iron com- pounds in the originally blue clay. * Q. J. G.S., xliv., 1888, p. 262. TQ) J. iGws.; max. 1874, 116 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Above the road, in the same ravine, is a smaller section showing horizontally bedded shales. These shales are soft, friable, dark blue shales weathering white, similar to the beds usually found overlying the conglomerate in the Prieska and Hope Town divisions. From their present position it is probable that they were deposited in a hollow in the conglomerate, for they are at about the level of the middle portion of the sections below the road, and there is no evidence of a fault which might have dropped them down. The occurrence of sands and muds in depressions in glacial tills is frequently described in modern or recently glaciated areas of the northern hemisphere. From the character of the conglomerate just described it is a legitimate inference that it is a true till formed by land-ice, and was not deposited on the floor of a lake or sea. A very similar but less exposed section is seen near the Brak River, where it enters the Orange River some 15 miles north-east of Prieska village. North-west and west of Prieska village there are several outliers of the conglomerate lying undisturbed in depressions in the ancient rocks forming the Doorn Bergen. These are of great interest in proving that the main contours of that range were in existence at the time of the deposition of the conglomerate. Many of the smaller ravines have been cut through both the conglomerate and older rocks quite irrespectively of the surface features which existed before the deposition of the conglomerate. But in the large valleys of the range, such as that on Nauw Gekneld and T’Dyzega on the north-east, and the Uitspansberg valley on the west, the position and form of the out- liers proves that the recent valleys have been re-excavated along the lines of old ones which were filled with conglomerate. The conglomerate is seen on the surface over a very wide area in the southern part of the Prieska division, and between Beer Vlei and Hope Town, but owing to the absence of river channels natural sections are never seen. ‘The presence of the conglomerate is always indicated by the numerous weathered-out boulders scattered over the veld, often so abundantly that one cannot put a foot down without touching one or more of them. Very many of these boulders show numerous striae, especially on their flat sides, but the scratches are not so fresh on them as on the stones taken directly from the conglomerate, owing to the action of the weather. Some of the boulders lying on the veld must weigh several hundred pounds. In spite of the absence of natural sections, the character of the conglomerate is to be seen in the water-furrows dug by the farmers. The best sections we saw were on the western side of the Groot Modder Fontein pan (Doorn Fontein), and on Jonker Water. Unfor- The Orange River Ground Moraine. 117 tunately they only extend some 8 feet from the surface. At both these localities the boulders are enclosed in a shaly matrix, which is distinctly bedded, as if they had been dropped into their positions by ice floating in water covering a muddy bottom. The northern- most of the two localities is about 30 miles south of the till west of Prieska. It is impossible at present to state the maximum thickness of the conglomerate, but we think it must be some hundreds of feet. If certain patches of shale at Groot Modder Fontein were never covered by another band of conglomerate, at that particular locality the thickness is small, probably under 30 feet. In view of the fact that shales containing few boulders were found at Roode Poort and Holgat’s Fontein, some 10 miles from and at a higher level than the nearest outcrop of old rocks on Omdraai Vlei and T’Kuip, it is unsafe to conclude that the isolated patches of shales, which show no boulders in the limited portion seen, are really lying at the top of the conglomerate. In other words, the shale may have originally lain between two bands of conglomerate. We have now to consider the evidence of glaciation offered by the rock surfaces underlying the conglomerate. At Jackal’s Water, in Prieska division, an outlier of conglomerate is underlain by granite and quartzite. On the west is a long range of low hills made up of quartzite and quartz schist. The quartzite is generally a very hard, massive rock, and at places where this rises from under the conglomerate its surface is smooth, rounded, and covered with scratches (Plate XIII.). The individual striz are some- times 2 feet in length, and cross each other at low angles, but their general trend is N.N.H.-S.S.W. (Plate XIV.). From the fact that the southern sides of the mounds, which are strictly comparable with the ‘‘roches moutonnées’”’ of Huropean geologists, are rough and unscratched, while the northern slopes are more gently inclined and are smoothed and striated, it is evident that the direction in which the ice travelled was from N.N.H.-S.S.W. One such ‘‘roche moutonnée ’’ rises about 10 feet from the veld, and its long northern slope is about 60 feet in length. Plate XIII. shows a group of ‘‘roches moutonnées”’ with the boulder-covered ground at its foot. These boulders indicate the presence of the conglomerate, but the rock itself is not seen in section, although a few small outcrops of it are to be met with a few hundred yards off in the same outlier. Isolated boulders of rocks foreign to the locality are found scattered over the quartzite hills, and prove that the whole area was once covered with the conglomerate. 118 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. In the case of one rock at Jackal’s Water, an almost perpendicular face about 8 feet high lies in the direction of the average trend of the striz on the other rocks, and this face is well scored. Towards the upper part of this wall the scored and polished surface passes round the edge of the rock and is continuous with the polished top of it (Fig. 1). A similar feature has been observed in other more recently glaciated regions, notably Vancouver Island.* It is particularly noticeable that the lower parts of the hills alone show the striations. The upper portions have long since lost all trace of them owing to the action of the weather, and have the very rough surface characteristic of the hard rocks of this district which are exposed to the great variations in temperature and are unprotected by vegetation. A NS Conglomerate Oz GS Gas ee ~~ KK Fic. 1.—SECTION THROUGH THE VERTICAL STRIATED FACE OF QUARTZITE, JACKAL’S WATER. AAA, SCRATCHED SURFACE. At Klein Modder Fontein, some 15 miles to the 8.S.E. of Jackal’s Water the same range of quartzite hills passes under the large area of conglomerate in the south of Prieska. The same phenomena are seen here as at Jackal’s Water, but less well displayed. The direction of the striae and smooth slopes here also indicates that the ice moved towards a point a few degrees west of south. * G. W. Lamplugh: On ice-grooved rock surfaces near Victoria, Vancouver Is. Yorksh. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., vol. ix., pl. 6. The Orange River Ground Morame. 119 At Vilet’s Kuil near Beer Vlei, in the division of Hope Town, is a mass of amygdaloidal felsites and breccias rising above the general level of the neighbourhood as a range of low hills. The surrounding low ground is occupied by the glacial conglomerate, which is a part of the large conglomerate area of the south of Prieska and Hope Town. The surface of the felsite where it emerges from the conglomerate is hummocky, and the northern slopes of the hummocks are smoothed and striated, while the southern are much steeper and rough (Plate XV.). As in the case of the Jackal’s Water hills, the lower portions of the felsite where it emerges from the conglomerate alone retain their glaciated surface, and the striz become less distinct the further one goes from the conglomerate outcrop. It is unusual to find the striz preserved at a greater distance than 200 feet from the conglomerate. One cannot doubt, however, that the whole surface was once covered with them. At Vilet’s Kuil the striae run, on the average, about 10° east of south, and the lee side of the hummocks is on the south. It is important to note that the only rocks we have met with which show the scratches are the quartzite and the compact felsite. The conglomerate outcrop touches other rocks, such as the magnetic jasper series of Doorn Berg (Griqua Town series of Stow), granite, gneiss, melaphyre and crystalline limestone. So far as our observa- tions go none of these show striated surfaces, although on T’Kuip inliers of granite have the exact form of ‘‘ roches moutonnées.”’ The absence of striz is certainly due to the comparatively rapid weather- ing of these rocks. The Griqua Town series resist the weather well on the whole, but their outcrops are always jagged and sharp, owing to the unequal resistance offered by the thin alternating beds. The eranite, gneiss, and melaphyre have always a more or less deeply weathered crust, and the limestone has the peculiar rough surface produced by the solvent action of rain water. In 1889, Stapff* published a critical account of what had been written up to that time on the Dwyka conglomerate, and came to the conclusion that the evidence for a glacial origin was not sufficient. Amongst other things, he remarked that the scratched surfaces could be explained in other ways than by glacial agency. We have shown above that the positions of the striated surfaces observed in Prieska and Hope Town are just where they should be if they extend under the conglomerate, viz., on that part of the older rock most recently exposed by denudation. * “Das ‘glaziale’ Dwykakonglomerat Stidafrikas.” ‘‘ Naturwissenschaft- liche Wochenschrift,” 1889, Berlin, 120 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. The plates accompanying this paper afford, we hope, sufficient evidence of the real nature of the striae and hummocks, and will prevent any reference of the phenomena to subsequent move- ment of the rock-masses and resulting slickensiding. The low angles at which the striae are inclined, and the absence of evidence of any considerable movement or disturbance in the con- glomerate and horizontally overlying shales are alone sufficient to put such an explanation out of court: for many of the surfaces are inclined at an angle of less than 20°, and some are horizontal. From the nature of the case it is extremely improbable that the rocks have been so displaced as to bring highly inclined fault surfaces into a nearly horizontal position, so if these are slickensides the forces which gave rise to the faults must have been tangential thrusts of considerable magnitude, but it is impossible to admit that soft rocks of the nature of the conglomerate and shale of the moe have been subjected to any disturbance of this sort. It is sometimes suggested that the abrading action of wind-borne sand will account for such surfaces as we have described, but our experiences of sand-worn rocks does not at all bear out the sugges- tion. Wind-borne sand polishes rocks and eats out the softer parts more rapidly than the harder, whether these are in patches, as in granite, or in lamin, as in some of the Doorn Berg rocks, but long, clearly marked scratches, sometimes 45 inch deep, such as we are dealing with, are not, in our experience, produced in this way. Sand-worn rocks are frequently met with in the Colony, but are easily distinguishable from glaciated ones by any one who has seen both. The appearances seen in the three localities, Jackal’s Water, Klein Modder Fontein and Vilet’s Kuil, at considerable distances apart, can be satisfactorily explained only on the supposition that the country was traversed by land-ice; and the presence of the till-like variety of the conglomerate in the same district, probably about the same localities, confirms that explanation. Unfortunately, as we mentioned before, the exact nature of the conglomerate at the three localities is unknown, that is, whether it is a true till or whether it is a stratified rock with glaciated pebbles. We only know that the rock contains numerous scratched pebbles and boulders ; but this is a small point and does not affect the confirmation. It is evident that the country was depressed under water after the forma- tion of the till of Prieska, and it is quite possible that sedimentary rocks were deposited on a floor consisting partly of till and partly of the floor from which the soft till had been removed, or on which no accumulation had taken place. Plate XVI. et ee ca a eee ts eee ee Sy en a =o be West, Newman ith. J DP GwmemRIST: THE GENUS PARAPLYSIA . Paraplysta Low. } i) 7 eee —. ae ae ( 121 ) THE GENUS PARAPLYSIA WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES. By J. D. F. Gincurist, M.A., B.Sc., Pa.D. (Read November 29, 1899.) | (Plate XVI) The classification of the Tectibranchiata is at present in a very unsatisfactory state as compared with many other groups of the Mollusca. This is the more to be regretted as this group of animals is one that shows an altogether peculiar aspect of the question of adaption, not only to external environment but particularly to changes of organisation brought about by new factors arising within the animal itself. I have elsewhere described some of these changes and attempted to assign them to their causes, but much yet remains to be done in the mere collection of facts before any final generalisa- tion can be made. The mollusc now under our notice contributes something towards this end, and is therefore valuable not only as one more new species, but as a new factor to be considered in view of a much wider question. Genus Paraplysia. Mr. Smith has described a mollusc, from Thursday Island, Torres Straits, which he regards as belonging to the genus Aplysia, giving it the specific name piperata (Zool. Coll. Alert, p. 89). Subsequently another somewhat similar form from Siam was found in the collection of the British Museum (Natural History), which I described as Aplysia Mouhott (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), xv., May, 1895, p. 404). While assigning the animal to this genus I pointed out that these two species had several characters which marked them off from the other Aplysida@, and might entitle them to be placed in a new group. Mr. Pilsbry (Man. Conch. xv., p. 64) adopted this suggestion, and gave the generic name Paraplysia to this group. While this may be accepted provisionally, it will be seen, after examination of the specimens to be described, that some of the characters assigned to the group must be reconsidered. The features common to the two 9 122 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. species (A. mouwhote and A. piperata) were: (1) The pleuropodia in both cases start from about the first third of the body and run backwards within a few millimetres of the end of the foot, being quite separate throughout their entire length; (2) In both, the mantle, shell, and visceral mass are much more posteriorly situated than in, e.g., A. limacina, and, in co-ordination with this, the genital opening is peculiar in being located somewhat anteriorly to the mantle cavity. (3) The most striking point is the position of the rhinophora, which are situated close together between the anterior ends of the pleuropodia. The genus Paraplysia was established and put on a level with that of Aplysia, Dolabrifera, Notarchus, &c., by Pilsbry, as possess- ing the following characteristics : General form oval; buccal tentacles rather large, widely separated and pointed ; rhinophores small, conic, close together, situated between the anterior ends of the pleuropodial lobes. Pleuropodia arising at the anterior third of the animal’s length, well separated at their origin and throughout, only uniting at their union with the foot very near to its posterior extremity. Mantle large, posterior exposed, with posterior excurrent siphon, and apparently covering the gills; the genital pore slightly in front of its anterior edge, not covered. Shell about a third of the body, concave, subquadrate. The remarkable features of this type are: The position—unique in the Anaspidea—of the rhinophores between the anterior ends of the pleuropodial lobes, the latter being completely free; the posterior situation of the mantle and the short, oval form of the body. The posterior end of the foot is free from the viscal mass, which over- hangs it. Paraplysia Low, n. sp. Turning now to the features of the animal to be described, it will be seen that these generic characters may require to be some- what modified. External Features (Pl. XVI. Figs. 1 and 2).—The general outline of the body (in the contracted condition after preservation in 2 per cent. formalin), while resembling the oval form of P. piperata and P. Mowhoti, approaches that of the more elongated form of the true Aplysia (Tethys of Pilsbry). The pleuropodia also resemble those of, ¢.g., Aplysia depilans, being as well developed vertically and longitudinally and free from each © other throughout their entire length, but being, relatively to the total length of the body, somewhat longer. Their height is about one third of their length. They begin at the anterior fourth of the body and end at a point near the posterior extremity. The Genus *‘ Paraplysia”’ with Description of a New Species. 123 At their anterior extremity they are separated from each other by a somewhat narrow space and at their posterior extremity by a space of about the same extent. In the former space lie the two rhinophora, and in the latter is the siphonal prolongation of the mantle. This latter space is much more marked than in A. depilans, and shows no indication whatever of any continuity between the ends of the pleuropodia. The anterior tentacles are well developed and ear-shaped, being widely separated and situated at the ends of the broad frontal region. The posterior tentacles or rhinophora are small, conical in shape, and situated directly between the anterior ends of the pleuropodia. The bases of the tentacles are in contact with each other and that of the left tentacle with the left pleuropodial extremity. The right tentacle is only separated from the right pleuropodial by the genital furrow. The colouration of the tentacles is that of the body generally, with the exception of the extreme tips, which are of a yellow colour. The genital opening (PI. XVI. Fig. 3, g. 0.)is situated a little posterior to the middle point of the body, and is just covered by the mantle (Pl. XVI. Fig. 3, m.) under the anterior free edge of which it lies. The mantle itself, which can be completely covered by the pleuropodia, is thus situated in the posterior half of the body, and occupies about half of this region (excluding that part which is prolonged as a siphon). In the centre of the mantle appears a minute shell aperture. The siphon is well marked, being about half of the length of the mantle proper, but does not extending to the posterior extremity of the foot. The gill (Pl. XVI. Fig. 3, g.) is completely covered by the mantle (Pl. XVI. Fig. 3, m.), in which is embedded a shell completely devoid of any carbonate of lime (Fig. 4). The osphradium is not readily distinguished externally, and lies under the anterior extremity of the gill where it joins the body. The opaline gland (Fig. 3, o. gl.) is multiple and well developed, lying in the angle between the right pleuropodia and the body and extending from a point a little posterior to the genital opening to the free extremity of the gill. The visceral mass is not distinctly separated from the foot pos- teriorly, but forms a sharp angle with it. The anus, however, being situated at some distance from the base of the siphon, at about a quarter of its length, a part of the rectum may be regarded as separated from the body—an approach to the condition so charac- teristic of P. Mowhott. Colowration.—The body generally is of a dark olive-green, scattered irregularly in large angular patches, which are separated by fine 124 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. reticulations of the same colour. The disposal of the patches are some- what similar on each side of the body, and this similarity is further increased by the presence of two white lines, due to the absence of pigment, running longitudinally and parallel to each other along each side of the body. The upper begins at the anterior margin of the pleuropodia on a level with the rhinophora and runs parallel with the margin of the foot. The lower begins just behind the anterior tentacles, runs parallel with the upper line, and ends on the margin of the foot at a point a little in advance of the ending of the upper line. On the inside of the pleuropodia the colouration consists of dark dots forming a small margin which merges into reticulate markings towards the body where, at the base of the pleuropodia and on the region between the mantle and the rhinophora, it consists of a number of separate dots. The mantle is closely covered with such dots merging into short lines, the whole forming a general appearance of radiation from the shell aperture as a centre. On the siphon these take the form of dark patches and lines running longitudinally to it. The mantle cavity is devoid of colour, as is also the region opposite the gills in which the opaline gland lies. Systematic position.—The three species of the proposed genus agree in the peculiar position of the rhinophora, but they present several differences. P. piperata and P. Mouhoti differ from P. Lowzi in the much more posterior position of the mantle region, more oval body, and in having the genital aperture under the mantle. That all three agree in the free pleuropodia is not a fact of much significance, and P. Lowi differs from the other two in having the pleuropodia much more developed in a vertical direction. There is, then, only this one distinct point, viz., the position of the rhinophora, and that, though peculiar to the group, does not, in my opinion, justify the definite establishment of a new genus, though it may be convenient to retain it till some new light may be thrown upon this interesting group by further material for anatomical examination. Only one specimen has as yet been secured, and for this as well as other new specimens of marine life we are indebted to the members of the East London Angling Society, the president of which, Mr. Low, takes an active interest in the scientific aspect of the Society’s work. veal ee ee PT Pope eT Tr PW ee Toe weal HM LT LTT [Lene es ie en a oa - meee oo Be , | ese nisi eacsooo (eon CO er ae ett Wee | aa ie) AGGRoee ee eee ese Sea. cere eee BePSmmee BY Else ole leit hic ea See eeo ia eae esate ae Bao ial BNCOCe me Pop otsneee oo ee mnie SSR ee sic See eeeeoenoll ort SRSEEE SSSR Viemeeeec in Smeeoe. ie PPL 1 te FO DMF Ee i a 0 CECE EERE EEE EEE HEE Se alte eee sph APU cei PEC eae lala elo a oc Wale Pose sooo Rear a eee e aes Lain ae PEEP EEE EEE EEE EERE eg Se! er ee te eee ine normal At Pascoe al reales | a CPA ELE eek 28 0 | le oo gal TEN Ma MMT SUE TL esse cr ae cc EEE A CAREER SRG 06 288 oe) ial oe ee ee Ie oo POE eee SG BABII eI Tor a cole eal ea CIEE 1 SE eset a i | aa ala Ghee asc EeiMontenoo PEC EEE In EEE Nic coe nee CHEE EA ea a a a ee ih | A Meese ccd A A A OA | ( SE BeBe 1 oe a mie ‘alana ro a ee a ee eae StS oxide normal AN | COPIA Eta eI ei Jae Canes sl SG Oh Ud | a | Le PO | 9 UE A CP NOL PAE eet CACC NN COC CCC CSSA ALG, a HA, LA SE OP A A OE me HN COCOCCP OCIS AU HD AAG NA | oF Ol LI PEE EEE EEE REE ERE EERE EEE wooo EL Tr 42 43/44 45 46 47 48/49 SO0;5l 52 53 54 55 male BS 59 60 GI 62 63/64 (65/66 67 6B 69 70 Mil 72/73 74 TE Tygerberg | Durban Pele Koeberg N° | Koeberg N°2 vn eet Middle Zwartland Kicof East CAPE BD WEN Salonen Riv Ye ae ere USSR eee Bae rr ret eee Cage = ae a aa SE SE ie ee ma in ‘Ss ins Belial! nae Ss ES iia a ie a ee psa gece i SS Bee) ae Sas =o = - a ae = a aSehe He Hise FCEEEEE stl a irauertenarentas i I) Re Lae HEIEEE EE Egieiasssscoecee eee HEE ott pt —|-—}-—| ++ +} —} et pf Seeeeeeeieee p [aval eee l a AES Ea entra etna ae teen JE ee Ae eee a eS a WAL I SEA A oR JE eC OSC OE ieee e aeeeee UL ENT TA tN AES DI IE en ease ees J SMCIIS SS Vane aS Ree Rees ON ea TEN ASS Sa SALE VEO erases ee ee Sa EV AACN SA PE Eye Np SOMAD SSE aS i | 4 a, Pee ee Vee TA EE. fmm Me AGE Se A ae eS ee PP ST ae Tare nee S79 80 81 82 83 84 85 BE 87 BS B9 90 91 [92 93 94 95 96 97 98199 100 101 102 103 104 105/106 107 [108 109 NO WM |i2'NS{ 114 eli land Zout River Saldanha Bay pittlena! BloemFonteinf agen Robertson Vaile ae Shah) RT, oY Deere Soe Wo @)) WN BREDASDORP DIVISION [D!vision | West,Newman ¢hromo. Be hs { Via naw TO ITLAU STRATE 64, : 48 ; “EEE creer Po ias es) Pe ae oO es ae ra " a Bae eal Oo @ @ HE sal Pell a | | oe as aa Sees ee eI A i EEE sanaeee o & i) ———— | RMiace o @ So ° N @ = fei Sane 8 nh ae oze_| | | [Ml | =. PSE ae | | == a = Bo | Eto — oS oa isaesieal P 6 ff (ee — ole a ist [ ea We se ae VE So iS io] ~ a a a PT SS i le 0.16 1 BewGe ag qe Cee ce Rea Bay De a Sa) Pao Potash normal ee | em ee | ean | ma |e SERGRGG GRMN (GER mntimes coh ba Ee IH Te a le a. Fier PEE HEPA LS = Ss = lesa Ss aa Sl ° ) Phosphoric 0.10 a ee oxide normal o o i & Ral \ | IN esl La | Ve DS aT ea A ct eh Me, ahr a Se ae es] |_| 228 ae aie ial eS a ‘ ne ey wa i 7 ETA S| o o N C.F JURITZ ; CHEM.COMP. OF S a ar rs Se BON OF LIME NORTHWARDS FROM DURAN (Jc ee eT a ae a i a i il ULE ee eae eee ae eee CLUE ee eesc eee eae skeee Z 3 | i a a apa Si — 3 | 18 mma eee CL! Caan Bee |_ Coe eae eee se eee eee Paes | TEDRECO" ooo oa LIS LS a Sa (| at | ca] ea PRR oe ee ee a ee SLC eee ees me EEE ia E] L| fea] Li 4 [| fe = ED 2 | Si s Is As i & z i ez ud] > El = a Beal Be 1 A ae ee 5 SME Scieae CC Sestaesee Sesateaez ae wa at AN pve! Gee _ West, Newman chromo io OF SW DISTRICTS OF CAPE COLONY. ete at 4! Potash normal Phosphoric 0.10 | oxide normal 0.32! 0.14 : : e: BESUGMROMEGGe: edi | HE =: a ‘ 7 i : : TESS Oa 0.9 \ Es my 1 \ Z| RUS Bee hf NET Tice ait EEE HN eiamiee at i te IN | } PLAN RE Te | Lae Ce | BREE EON AAS | Ni A lea as A LS (ea a ea | fe ed | I) a DE AB SRE) (REARS Peo a BGS) (MARES ERESO SA BREE MRE ReRSe NEA CES FEAIEEEEEEEE EEE EH eC co "5a a Le See a pepe mss chaise | he Po aa 6 16 17 NB WS $20 121 l22 123 124 125 126 127 \2e8 129 130 131 132 133 134 195 136 187 [138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148/149 | Co AMIE VE EDEJOuN Be Viel SSS ON CF JURE Zs BREDASDORP DIVISION CHEM. COMP. OF saaiet iia Coon Ee a ee SSSR S88R/008 ne : eee : coe ea ae See. + E | + ——| : ee Lae) Ee eee nr FEE ee See ses SRS i =a SS 4ce | ze LJ ai EI z ey = bs oT I 7 : ——_—_—_—_—_—— au Be , ' fF fs ie = sealed a Et fi eee ME Ee RAE cee (zalles) ale eal als Si ae a= ea eS ee fee ise as ee CI) Be ee EE aa 5 fa | Laas is ae le Boe bel eee ia ) Sc SeeRe | Meso acu en a | ee } SE (ca ee Ged SES a sais i Ey Sse Bo Sea Oe ee eee eae SUR tae ESE Vea Ba ay eee | = = hs 4 a a em es ba eid fle == ne ae E Bie age ae Bs ies Ce i es mk in Ez a a : Siar i iki —f a Se gedit Agee Sy A ‘Z (AB nf (as See aaa ee ea AM Tt Tt AS he to A A fe a a | a SAAC See ce | r / Be de oes eee eee se ee IN AS ee RES Oe ae | eee | eS) eee REL a fas SMBS TEI He ie SSS ER IC Lae ee eae JSR ees Se ee ee SL eae a ie a ol 208 207 206 176 77 214 213 215 181 182 183 VA ae 218 219 220 38 39 222 228 . West,Newman chromo. ( 125 ) THE CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF THE SOILS OF THE SOUTH-WESTERN DISTRICTS OF THE CAPE COLONY. By Cuas. F. Juritz, M.A. (Read January 31, 1900.) (Plates XVII, XVIII., XIX., XX., XXI.) Amongst the many valuable papers read before this Society from time to time no record is to be found of any dealing with the chemical composition of the various classes of soil met with in the Colony. This may, perhaps, be regarded as surprising to scientific investigators in other lands: have we not heard, again and again, almost ad nauseam, the agriculturist described as the country’s backbone, and has not the soil been termed, and quite rightly, the _ only permanent and reliable source of wealth in any country ? Such being the case, how is it that we have hitherto heard so little about it? One reason is clearly the paucity of men capable of conducting scientific research in this Colony. For private investigators, except they be men of considerable means, the researches involved in the analysis of a country’s soils are far out of reach, and, all the world over, the practice has been for such investigations to be conducted under Government auspices. Where these inquiries have been set afoot, moreover, they have been carried out through the media of Agricultural Departments. Now in this country the Department of Agriculture is just getting into its teens: very unambitious was its inauguration, and whatever error, if any, there has been in its sub- sequent development, it has assuredly not been on the side of forced growth. Hence, when an analytical laboratory was instituted—the indispensable adjunct to a Department of Agriculture—it was on an extremely modest scale. Scientific research was, for the first few years of its existence, looked upon as an Utopian ideal, and even now one requires to tread the way cautiously and warily. The object, at the initiation of the laboratory, was rather to provide means for analysing such articles as solitary farmers and others might chance to submit for the purpose. It was the individual who was to be served rather than the country at large. For a few years this principle had been maintained, and in this state I found the Govern- 10 126 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. ment analytical laboratory upon being placed in charge of it eight years ago. Things were expected to move slowly, and drastic changes were not to be dreamt of, so I had to remain perforce content with gradual developments. | It is just about ten years ago that circumstances were brought to my notice which ultimately led to a systematic investigation into the chemistry of the soils of the Colony. Towards the end of 1887, while performing certain investigations in connection with my University Fellowship, I was struck by the exceedingly small quantity of phosphoric oxide in some samples of oathay from the Bathurst district, that I was analysing. To this deficiency I ascribed the poor condition of the crops. For some time, too, there had been noticed a prevalence of a bone disease amongst the cattle of the district, and the Colonial Veterinary Surgeon expressed the opinion that this disease was due to a lack of phosphates in the food of the animals. My investigations now confirmed that view, and in remarking thereon in a report dated the 24th of February, 1890, I observed ‘‘ Judging from the analysis of the plants only, I should say that the soil of the Colony generally appears to be rather poor in phosphates.’”’ So small was the amount of phosphatic material in the crops analysed that it seemed a marvel that they ever attained perfection—if the term perfection may be applied to such dwarfed and sickly specimens as they were. A year later I reverted to the subject, and remarked, ‘‘ I do not regard the matter as settled satis- factorily, and commend it to the attention of the Grahamstown Agricultural School, hoping that ere long proper investigations will be made and the mystery cleared up.” The facts brought to light in connection with the investigations just alluded to showed me how beneficial fuller information respect- ing the soils of our various districts would be. Towards the end of 1892, therefore, I made a direct recommendation to Government that investigations with the object of eliciting some such information should be undertaken without delay. The assurance of warm support was readily given, and the operations commenced, the virgin clay soils of the Cape Division being the first to be dealt with. Shortly after this work had been put in hand the services of the Government Botanist were requisitioned from Durbanville, in con- nection with a parasitic disease (Hrysiphe graminis) that had appeared amongst the wheat in that neighbourhood. In connection with Professor MacOwan’s investigations five samples of soil from the infected area were submitted for analysis. Fortunately the analytical survey of the soils had by that time advanced sufficiently to enable a comparison to be made between the virgin and cultivated Sous of the South-Western Districts of the Cape Colony. 127 soils of the locality, and in the following table one may see to what extent soil exhaustion had gone on. Average composition per cent. of Virgin Soils. Cultivated Soils. Was aes th veut Ph. 291 194 @nasiaye ti. leas. "133 127 Phosphoric oxide... 031 ‘015 In other words, the soil had been exhausted of 097 per cent. of lime, ‘006 per cent. of potash, and :016 per cent. of phosphoric oxide. Roughly we may say that cultivation had removed from each acre of the surface soil 1,940 lbs. of lime, 120 lbs. of potash, and 320 lbs. of phosphoric oxide. To look at the matter from another point of view : for every pound by weight of lime removed from the soil by a crop of wheat, 4 lbs. of potash, and 3 lbs. of phosphoric oxide are needed; relatively to the other plant-food constituents of the soil, therefore, as well as absolutely, the amount of phosphoric oxide, meagre enough even in the virgin soils, had been halved in the process of cultivation; the crops were, in fact, starved in respect of this one essential nutritive element, and were in consequence quite unfitted to resist the attacks of parasitic diseases. Before proceeding with the actual details of the work done it may be advisable to say a word or two on the general subject of soil analysis. It may possibly appear superfluous to dilate on the use and benefits of analyses of soils when addressing a Society such as this, and yet I am by no means sure that it is so, for there have not been wanting men of scientific repute who have not only cast doubts upon, but have even openly ridiculed the worth of such investi- gations. Thus a well-known author, who has given much informa- tion to the world on agricultural industries as carried on in the Australian and South African colonies,* ‘‘does not hesitate to affirm that the subject of analysis of soil has occupied quite an exaggerated position of importance, not only with the unlearned, but also among those who ought to have known better. One individual,”’ this author proceeds to observe, ‘‘ often of no repute in the scientific world, resolutely and dogmatically takes the lead, and many follow, sheep-like, without inquiry. This has been painfully the case in connection with soil analyses. . . . It is quite impossible to deter- mine with certainty in the laboratory, or by any other test than the growth of crops upon it, whether an ordinary agricultural soil is good or inferior.””’ Again t—-‘‘ No analyst, using the ordinary processes * Wallace: Rural Economy and Agriculture of Australia and New Zealand, pp. 167, 168. + Wallace: Op. cit. p. 169. 128 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. for soil analysis, can determine whether or not such infinitesimal amounts as are required by the crops are present, or are not present, in an available form in a soil,’’ and so on. Sir Charles Cameron, on the other hand, remarks, * ‘‘ The kind and amount of benefit to be derived from the analyses of soils are becoming every day more apparent. We cannot, indeed, from the results of an analysis prescribe in every case the kind of treatment by which a soil-may at once be rendered most productive or even improved. In many cases, however, certain wants of the soil are directly pointed out by analyses; in others, modes of treatment are suggested by which a greater fertility is likely to be produced, and, as one’s knowledge of the subject extends, we may hope to obtain, in every case, some useful directions for the improvement or more profitable culture of the land.”’ At one time it was suggested that all that was necessary in analysing a sample of soil was to reduce it to a fine powder, and then to take some of the powdered soil and ascertain how much, say, of potash, phosphoric oxide, or of lime, as the case may be, it contained. If much, the soil was pronounced fertile; if little, barren. Such was the opinion entertained by men of high eminence in their day: an advance, certainly, upon the opinion previously held, that plants were fed by water, and water alone, but an opinion nevertheless, capable of improvement, and improvement came. Baron von Liebig already saw that these views were not quite correct when he said—in 1858t—that soluble constituents of the soil sometimes entered into a kind of combination with other substances in the soil, and so lost their solubility, and at the same time their capacity for circulating about in the soil. It, was found, moreover, on the other hand, that from the rootlets of*plants exuded an acid possessing the property of acting on some of the insoluble con- stituents rendering them available to the plant, and in 1866 Dr. Cossa, Professor of Chemistry at an Italian university, pointed out} that if the method of determining soluble constituents in soil were to give trustworthy results they would have to simulate as closely as possible nature’s own mode of dissolving the plant-food constituents in the soil. It was plain that to take all that the soil contains in the way of potash, lime, phosphoric oxide, and nitrogen, as being so much plant food was erroneous, and to take only that which was soluble im water as being available would be no less faulty. Different chemists proposed different methods of settling the difficulty, but * Johnston and Cameron: Elements of Agricultural Chemistry and Geology, p. 3. + v. Liebig: Ueber das Verhalten der Ackerkrume zu den in Wasserléslichen N abrungsmitteln der Pflanzen. { Fresenius: Zeitschrift fiir analytische Chemie, vol. 5, p. 161. _. Soils of the South-Western Districts of the Cape Colony. 129 there was no organised mode of solving the problem until, early in _the seventies, the Congress of German Experiment Stations took up the matter. Numerous experiments were carried on in laboratories. all over the country, and side by side with each of these experiments the soil itself was directly appealed to by actual cultivation. The outcome of these investigations was that the agricultural chemists of Germany, assembled in congress, resolved to adopt certain fixed methods of analysing the soil in such a manner as to approach as closely as possible to natural processes; and this they did, first of all, not by pounding the soil, but by szfting it, and so excluding from the portion actually analysed big fragments of bone and other materials that would give a fictitious value to the soil, and would be of too large size to be successfully dealt with by the acids excreted from the plants’ roots. A fixed weight of the sifted soil was then taken for analysis, treated with a definite quantity of diluted hydro- chloric acid of a certain strength for a stipulated time at a fixed temperature and under specified conditions. Subsequently it was found that, in order to extract the variably available phosphoric oxide, different solvents would be necessary; and for this specific purpose water was used, and a solution of citric acid in ammonia. liquor. By these means three “grades,” if the expression may be applied, of phosphoric oxide are distinguished. The most imme- diately valuable part is that which dissolves when a definite weight of soil is continwously shaken with a certain volume of water for half an hour ; next, that soluble under specified conditions in the: ammonium citrate solution; and lastly, that insoluble in the latter solution, These methods, which found their chief exponent in the experiment station at Halle, gained such worldwide repute that, at. the special request of the United States Department of Agriculture, they were published in book form in 1892. This, as already observed, was the first attempt to organise methods of soil analysis. - into a practically applicable code. Since then the official agri- cultural chemists of the United States have also adopted a pro- visional uniform method, thus following the lead of Germany, France, Italy, and even Russia have in turn followed up, and the. ‘United States, in the person of Dr. Wiley,* have rendered great. service by collating all the methods in use, and thus _inter- national agreement on the subject has been brought appreciably nearer. In England there has been no organised attempt to deal with the matter, and many analysts are still content to follow ancient methods; no wonder, then, that one sometimes hears soil analysis cried down. In 1894, however, Dr, Bernard Dyer recom- * Wiley: Principles and Practice of Agricultural Analysis, vol. i... 9 130 — Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. mended the use of citric acid for the extraction of both potash and phosphoric oxide, and, when the value of this method has been properly tested, it is possible that England also may fall into line with the other countries which have adopted standard methods of extracting available plant food from soils. : All will agree that, for agricultural purposes, an eae of a soil should show only those quantities of the constituents which are really available. That is exactly the ideal that the German and American chemists have been aiming at, and that Dr. Dyer is following up. To say that they have wholly succeeded would be asserting far too much; yet those who are so fond of decrying soil analysis aim all their shafts at a method which (though they know it not) has long been superseded, in Germany and the United States of America, by others whose object is to extract from the soil only those materials which plants themselves can take out. Some chemists have sought to do this in some ways, some in others, but a method of which Dr. Dyer’s is a modification has been used at Halle for determining available phosphates in soils years ago, and for this purpose such a method is now officially recognised practically the whole scientific world over. In brief, the principle of extracting available plant-food constituents is generally ‘admitted amongst chemists of standing, the mode of applying this principle being the only point of difference. A few isolated persons, unaware of the progress made in the subject, are contending that the principle ttself 1s wrong, and the unfortunate thing is that many do not understand how wide of the mark the arguments employed really are. Here, too, to employ the critic’s boomerang, it may be said that ‘‘ one individual, often of no repute in the scientific world, resolutely and dogmatically takes the lead, and many follow, sheep- like, without inquiry.”’ A few words may be needed regarding the methods employed in our analytical investigations of the Colony’s soils, and first of all the collection of the sample requires attention. While travelling about the Colony collecting soils we have frequently been asked to include in our list soils from cultivated lands on this or that farm; soils, therefore, that have been modified by various or repeated cropping— ‘soils, moreover, that have been in all probability considerably altered by the use of manures. For the occupier of that little plot of land an analysis of such a soil will probably have some value, but.for the country at large, or even for the surrounding district, it is absolutely valueless. Such a sample is not typical of any extended area, because it has been altered by the agency of man, and, as Dr. Wiley observes, ‘‘ The physical and chemical analyses of soils are entirely Soils of the South-Western Districts of the Cape Colony. 131 too costly to be applied to samples which represent nothing but themselves.’’* As our analyses are intended to a certain extent to ascertain the agricultural value of the soils over wide areas it becomes necessary to include as far as possible only virgin soils that have not been subjected to modifying influences. The practice has been to take the sample sufficiently below the surface to keep it clear of the top growth and accumulations, and then to extend downwards to a depth not exceeding 12 inches. After having been spread out in the laboratory for some days the soil is digested with water and washed through a 4-millimetre sieve by the aid of a small brush, that which passes through being dried and the residue from the wash water after evaporation added to it. The combined weight of the two is then calculated in percentage of the original soil taken, and entered as ‘fine earth.’”’ This fine earth is utilised for the determination of lime, potash, and phosphoric oxide in the soil. The residue which does not pass through the $-milli- metre meshes is, after drying, sifted through a sieve with meshes 1. millimetre in diameter; what passes through is known as “‘ coarse sand,’ and this is included together with the fine earth in determining moisture, organic matter, chlorine, and nitrogen. Re- garding these latter determinations I do not propose to say much on this occasion, rather confining my remarks to the inorganic plant-food constituents of the soil, namely lime, potash, and phosphoric oxide. The first step in the actual analytical process is the treatment of the sow with acid. Two hundred grammes of the fine earth are placed in a large flask and treated with 400 c.c. of hydrochloric acid of specific gravity 1115; allowed to remain for five days ‘at the ordinary temperature, shaking thoroughly from time to time. After the prescribed period of digestion has expired, the extract is filtered through a dry pleated filter into a dry flask. Two hundred and fifty c.c. of the filtrate are evaporated to dryness in a shallow porcelain dish at first over a small open flame, then on the water bath, and finally on a sand bath or in an air oven at 120° Centigrade until perfectly dry. During evaporation a few cubic centimetres of strong nitric acid are added to the extract. The dry residue is moistened with strong nitric acid and again evaporated to dryness: to expel the nitric acid the residue is moistened with hydrochloric acid and evaporated on the water bath to as near dryness as possible, taking care to stir towards the end so as to prevent the formation of crusts. This final residue, after warming in the air bath for an hour, is treated with warm water and a 20 per cent. solution of hydrochloric acid, and is then washed over into a 250 c.c. flask, boiled for fifteen * Wiley: Op. cit. p. 65. 132 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. minutes, and after cooling the liquid is filled up to the mark with dis- tilled water and filtered into a suitable bottle. This filtered soil extract is then employed for the actual estimations of lime and potash.* For the determination of lime 50 c.c. of the extract (equal to 25 grammes of soil) are removed by means of a pipette into a 250 c.c. boiling flask: after adding two or three drops of rosolic acid solution, ammonia is added very carefully by means of a dropping tube until a pinkish colour makes its appearance in the supernatant liquid. It is then boiled until the pink colour almost disappears again, the alumina and oxide of iron being thus precipitated. After cooling the flask is filled up to the mark, thoroughly shaken, and the con- tents filtered into a 300 c.c. bottle. One hundred c.c. of this clear filtrate (equal to 10 grammes of soil) are removed by a pipette into a 300 ¢.c. Erlenmeyer flask; three to five drops of acetic acid are added and 20 c.c. of a 4 per cent. ammonic oxalate solution. The mixture is placed on a water oven for six hours and then filtered through double filter papers. The precipitate on the filters is ignited at first. over a Bunsen flame and is then strongly heated in a furnace for ten minutes. After cooling it is weighed and the lime calculated as CaO. In determining potash another 50 c.c. of the filtered soil extract: is placed in a 250 c.c. flask and boiled. Five c.c. of a 10 per cent. solution of baric chloride are added, and the mixture is boiled for ‘some time for the precipitation of sulphuric acid. A few drops of rosolic acid are next added, and the mixture is boiled with ammonia as in the case of the lime determination. When partly cooled down ‘2 or 3 grammes of crystalline ammonic carbonate are added, and the temperature is once more raised to boiling-point in order to separate lime and barium. After complete precipitation of the latter the liquid is cooled, the flask filled up to the mark, and the contents filtered. Of this filtrate 100 c.c. (equivalent to 10 grammes. of soil) are placed in a platinum basin and heated to dryness on a water bath. The dish containing the residue is heated on asbestos sheet and then carefully over a small open flame until all ammonium salts have been expelled. The residue is then washed through a filter with boiling water into a glass dish. Two c.c. of a 10 per cent, solution of platinic chloride are added, and the mixture is evaporated to dryness on the water bath. After cooling, some dilute alcohol (81 to 82 per cent.) is added to the residue, and it is allowed to stand for at least half an hour, It is now filtered through a Gooch crucible by aid of a filter pump, washed first with * It should be observed that the soils from the Riversdale and Mossel Bay Divisions were extracted by means of a modified process, The results in’ these cases are hence not quite on all fours with the others, and due allowance should be made in comparing them. Souls of the South-Western Districts of the Cape Colony. 133 96 per cent., and then with absolute alcohol, and dried for two hours in a water oven. The weight of the crucible containing the potassic platinic chloride having been taken, the precipitate is washed through with boiling water and the crucible, after again washing with alcohol, is dried and weighed, and the difference between the two weighings taken as the amount of potassic platinic chloride. This amount, multiplied by -193 gives the quantity of potash (K,O) in the 10 grammes of soil taken. For the deternunation of phosphoric oxide 25 grammes of the “ fine earth”’ is placed in a marked 500 c.c. flask, 25 cc. of concentrated nitric acid are added, and the mixture is thoroughly shaken. Fifty ¢.c. of concentrated sulphuric acid are next added and the mixture is again carefully shaken up. It is then gently heated, shaking at frequent intervals. If this does not lead to complete oxidation more nitric acid is added and the heating continued. Finally the mixture is cooled and diluted to the mark with distilled water: it is then well shaken and filtered. Two hundred. c.c. of the filtered solution {equivalent to 10 grammes of soil) are placed in an Erlenmeyer flask of suitable size, and very nearly neutralised with strong ammonia solution, a few drops of nitric acid being used to acidulate the mixture in case the limit is overstepped. Two hundred c.c. of molybdic solution—prepared by dissolving 150 grammes of ammonic molybdate in a litre of water, and adding this to a litre of nitric acid of specific gravity 1:°20—are added, and the mixture is heated to a temperature of 50° C. for three hours in a water oven, and allowed to cool completely. The liquid is decanted through a small filter and the precipitate in the flask washed with diluted molybdic solution. It is then dissolved with warm 5 per cent. ammonia, and the resulting solution is at once very faintly acidulated with-hydro- chloric acid. From a burette is then added 20 c.c. of magnesia mixture, drop by drop, at the rate of 1 c¢.c. every five seconds, and then 25 c.c. of 5 per cent. ammonia. The mixture is shaken for a short time and allowed to stand for twohours. The precipitate is filtered through a weighed Gooch crucible and washed with 6 per cent. ammonia solution. The crucible is dried at first on an iron plate and then ignited in a furnace for fifteen minutes. It is then cooled and weighed, and from the weight of the precipitate contained the amount of phosphoric oxide in the soil is calculated. I have detailed the methods employed in our investigations at some length, for two reasons: firstly, where vastly different results are arrived at by the employment of different methods, it is always desirable to be able to gauge the significance of the results from a knowledge of the method; and secondly, when investigations, such 134 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. as these, extend over a number of years, it is better far by the employment of one uniform method throughout the whole series, to- ensure that the results shall be strictly comparable with one another, than to risk the almost certain unconformity likely to be produced by the adoption of new methods: hence it is advisable rather to adhere throughout to the method of analysis resolved on at the outset, and to state that method clearly, than from time to time to adopt the new and improved methods which the advances of. scientific thought and investigation may develop. The portion of the Colony selected for our operations happened to be identical with that traversed a year or two later by the Geological Survey, and from our standpoint it is not a little to be regretted that that work did not precede ours, as we would have been greatly assisted thereby. The portion I allude to com- prises the south-western districts of the Colony extending from St. Helena Bay to Mossel Bay, and is made up of the divisions of Malmesbury, the Cape, Caledon, Bredasdorp, Swellendam, Robertson, Riversdale, and Mossel Bay. Since then we have extended our operations to the Divisions of George, Knysna, Uniondale, Oudtshoorn, Prince Albert, Ladismith, and Worcester, while in the Eastern Province the Divisions of Cathcart, Komgha, Butterworth, Willowvale, and St. Marks have been dealt with. I say again, it is a pity that at the outset of our investigations we did not have the advantage of the map published with the . 1897 Report of the Geological Commission, covering as it does exactly the area of our operations during the years 1894-96. It is with that area I propose to deal in the present paper, and it must be remarked that even now the area surveyed has not been sufficiently extensive to allow of general conclusions being drawn, and therefore it is perhaps somewhat unwise to venture upon statements which time may yet disprove. : I have profited by Dr. Corstorphine’s kindness in being able, as it were, to superimpose upon the maps* showing the localities whence our samples were collected, the map published with the Geological Commission’s report, illustrating the geological formation in the south-western corner of the Colony. As every endeavour was used, when collecting the samples, to locate the site whence each one was taken as accurately as possible, we have thus been enabled to refer every sample to the underlying geological formation with a view to deducing conclusions from the results of the analyses. | The area with which I propose now to deal includes part of the divisions of Malmesbury and the Cape, the Caledon, Bredasdorp, * Reduced divisional maps were shown when the paper was read. Soils of the South-Western Districts of the Cape Colony. 135 Riversdale, and Mossel Bay Divisions, and the southern part of the Divisions of Swellendam and Robertson. Within this area 212 samples of soil were collected. Amongst these the geological formations chiefly represented are the Malmesbury and Bokkeveld beds, 75 samples having been collected from the former and 76 from the latter. Besides these we have analysed 10 from the Witteberg beds and 6 lying on Table Mountain sandstone. In eighteen cases the underlying rock was granite and in one the soil rested upon a sub- stratum of Dwyka conglomerate, while 26 soils were taken from areas covered by conglomerates and recent deposits. By far the larger number of soils analysed, therefore, came from the geological formations now termed the Malmesbury and Bokkeveld beds. True granite soils were very few in number, but, taken in conjunction with a number of granite soils analysed by Dr. Hahn, and published in the Vine Diseases Commission’s report in 1881, some conclusions may possibly be drawn. It may therefore be of value to tabulate the percentages of lime, potash, and phosphoric oxide pallet. by these gelsea they are as follows :— Description of Soil. Lime. Potash. | P Desptere 1. Partly decomposed granite from: Hout IB AINGR sosicdsio taste wa sau eaudeiesnddaceXccle ganna ae 014 002 2. Partly decomposed granite from Groot Womstambias occtatecscssnds aches esuesesocdes -025 ‘O11 009 3. Decomposed granite from Bellevue, Groot Sonsini Bea boam Caueee ker ae 7 0a2 053 4. ‘3 mos, 008 {| -020.| -019 5. Decomposed prone from High Con-}) SUAIlay sea soatttscessecsieceaesieoccoeset "002 cOlls 019 6. 9 y» 0 ‘081 0438 «| | 075 7. Decomposed granite (uncultivated, os Red Constantia soil) :2:........6.0.cs043- 203% "056 “Cites 8. Alluvial granite soil from Bergyliet ...|. . °281 151 Pee: Oy irom Hout Bay <.:..... ia A AUR Serta ese 016 002 002 HOM, ores 026% "O12 2 5s Oia ‘11. Groot Constantia ........... ese oes se] 009 O15 001 12, 5, » ) | ee 069 O40) aloud 13, » aa we 039 031 7019 14. Vlaggeberg, Eerste Fer II Mio actions) 018 010 (0p al 15. ” ” yy : : : ; °181 ‘017 “O11 16. ”7 ” : ‘063 -004 ‘007 i, Sielicnbosol BACH SO TT TOES Irena ERS a te iniee "014 ‘019 ‘002 DIS PSOIMERSeh WieSt.».....+00+00hee. Nie MARC ne 5 034 029 trace LO as 9 . é ‘080 0.25 trace 20. Papkuilsfontein, Malmesbury ............ trace ‘049 trace 2h, «4s “gy? ” "046 °028 ‘012 136 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Soctety. On looking through this table the one feature that is pre- eminently striking beyond all others is the difference in compo- sition between the alluvial soil No. 8, and all the rest, which are primary granite.soils. In the essentials of plant food it is far richer than any other soil. Excluding, then, that sample, we get the following as the average content of the remaining twenty primary granitic soils (I have added the maximum and minimum in respect of each constituent) :— LIME. POTASH. PHOSPHORIC OXIDE. Min. AV. Max. Min. Av. Max. Min. AV. ax. 037 1°81 002 = -025 °056 trace "014 ‘075 That is to say, the average primary granite soil is poor in all three of the above-mentioned constituents, but of course it will be remembered that many of these soils have been under lengthened cultivation. The poverty of the soil is due to the fact that the minerals of which the granite is composed have not been com- pletely disintegrated, and thus the plant food they contain, though present, is not present in aform available to the plant. For instance, in the case of soil No. 1, the felspar, from which the lime is derived, had remained undecomposed, and hence the sample contained no available lime. A comparison between samples 3 and 4 is interest- ing: though the former was richer in potash and phosphoric oxide, it was quite destitute of available lime; no wonder, therefore, that the vines on this patch were found to be sickly, whereas the quantity of lime in sample No. 4, small though it was, sufficed to maintain the vines in health. Compare also Nos. 5 and 6: on the latter soil the vines were in good condition, on the former they were diseased. A supply of lime was subsequently given to soil No. 5, and the disease disappeared at once. Between Nos. 11 and 12 a similar comparison holds good, with this in addition—that No. 11 is excep- tionally poor in both phosphates and lime. Leaving out of account the alluvial soil No. 8, there is not one amongst the series that could be described as having a normal percentage of lime for agricultural purposes: there is a fair amount in No. 15, but all the otners are decidedly poor in that constituent. Nos. 3 and 7 have a fair amount of potash, but here too all the others, excepting of course No. 8, are poor. Nos. 3 and 6 contain phosphoric oxide in fair amount, the rest are poor, some extremely so. I may mention that I have regarded as poor any soil containing less than ‘1 per cent. of lime, or :05 per cent. of potash or phosphoric oxide, the normal amounts being ‘25 to ‘5 per cent. for lime, ‘15 to -25 per cent. for potash, and -1 per cent. for phosphoric oxide. Soils of the South-Western Districts of the Cape Colony. 137 I have referred to these analyses of Dr. Hahn’s because the granite soils being, as it were, nearer home and their investiga- tion occupying the earlier position in point of time, they form a convenient basis with which to compare later work. For obvious reasons it will not be advisable to take the soils collected and analysed by us in their chronological order. Eighteen samples were collected from the granite formation which extends between St. Helena Bay and Koeberg. It was, however, thought that, as the granitic soils of the Cape Peninsula had already been to some extent explored, it would be advisable to go farther afield and enter upon a formation regarding whose soils very little, if any- thing, had up till then been learnt—from a chemical standpoint, of course. Hence, even while collecting soils from this granitic area, our aim was to confine ourselves as much as possible to the alluvial soils derived from the clay state lying to the east of the granite. It may, however, be well to give a complete list of the soils collected from the granite formation. Together with the results of the analytical examination they will be found comprised in the fol- lowing table :— o Ox = 5 ia B Name of Farm and No. 8 a2 : go = 4 2s of Sample. 3 BO es gS ie 3 &) 26 = 6a a 7 Ay a ov Divis1IoN—MaLMESBURY Field-Cornetcy : Groenckloof East | 22. Alexanderfontein .........} °485 | 3°117 | -0010 | -129 | -081 | :085 | -045 23¢ Rheboksfontein ............ OTe weakoon|e-OOs2) |) cll 7095 | -098 | 048 24, Tela bbekslipiccec:secscacsenosseee *561 | 2°235 | -0012 | :085 | :046 | -102 | -050 Field-Cornetcy : Zwartwater Oe DEOOGE! VU 5 Quien sscadesewes 7-254 | 9:°262 | -0058 | -°140 | 1°99 |. -492 | -063 26. Phd aa CRE ne a ete SO E2236. 005i 1 :028))| ) 2l56) |) i220) 028 Cie Livres WWAGCKS Ue.cusnesceecess MOnln Le8lO=- 0025) Oso.) 1255" Ovoy|- 033 28. MN MMe Cceaae vaca: “476 | 2°036 | -O0017 | -028 | -108 |} ;054-) -039 Field-Cornetcy: Schryvers : 29. Geelbeksfontein ............ 1°852 | 16°259 | -226 °325 | 1:159 | -443 | -180 DOs Oostenwal «554. iccsedeelesisices -778 | 3°293 |--0013 | 042 | -364 | :124 | :052 Field-Cornetcy : St.’ Helena Bay oun Parl) Zen) Bere. ...5..0.20-.-+ ‘468 | 1:121 | -0009 | :049 "062 | -046 | -027 oo. SehuitiesKlip ...3.5...02... 1:008 | 2°533 | :0093 | ‘085 | -:015 | :021 | -050 pode WO MGMOMAS Goan cei eicieeectiass cet 2:324 | 3:°477 | 0017 | 091 | -418 | -105 | -094 Bat INOOMIUTD fo oo. ocesssnds seaets ead) | Zoo) COM On Tne stoo | :062 | -046 cae LOM RV allllety..c.0sieeasscces 1:278 | 4°823 | -0024 | -084 | :043 | :089 | -027 Shoe, IRTP) ste sc lanre sieelvcasere 1-940 | 4°303 | -0016 | -112 | -189 | -060 | -045 138 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. aoe a o © o a: x Name of Farm and No. 8 aS ; 8 a q a iS of Sample. S ae = q = S z OF 5 Z alos mH DIVISION—-BREDASDORP | Field-Cornetcy : Bloemfontein | ie PAVOCAM er ceciloisercscen-nincceeceae 38 2°36 | G15 | °17 “320 | “Ode Os Diviston—MossEu Bay | Field-Cornetcy : Before Atta- quas Kloof . 38. Hartebeeste Kraal ......... 3°52 D208) 4032 e0abe| elon) c6sen) O74 39. 55 Sa, ee memerrte "92 2°47 | 0071 | -031-| -18 | -18 _ |_:061 Scarcely any in the foregoing table can be classed as true granitic soils, either primary or alluvial. Nos. 22, 23, and 24 are alluvial clays, the last of the three being apparently, judging from its appear- ance, affected by the granite below; this also shows itself in the smaller amount of lime and higher percentage of potash. Nos. 25, 26, 27, and 28 are all clay soils, the last three being of a rather sandy nature: it is somewhat interesting to note that No 25, a stiff, grey-coloured soil, is locally described as ‘‘ rust resistent,’’ whereas this is not the case with sample No. 28, a sandy soil. When one reflects on the circumstances that the former of these two soils is well supplied with the essential fertilising ingredients of soils, and that No. 28 is the poorest of the four soils, one reason for the local opinion on the subject becomes evident. The crops grown under the advantages of the fertile soil are better able to remain proof against attack than those grown on soil such as that represented by No. 28, which just misses being a poor all-round soil. In the case of sample No. 25 the effect on the composition of the soil of the compacted blown sand underlying the immediate surface soil throughout extensive portions of the Malmesbury Division is clearly noticeable. No. 29 is a humus soil of considerable fertility—so productive, in fact, that fallowing is rendered unnecessary. The underlying limestone here, too, greatly aids the fertility of the soil. No. 30 is the first granitic soil on this list, but it is not a pure granite, being intermixed with the lime deposit; and here, as in some other cases, manuring is never practised. It is well known amongst many farmers in this neighbourhood that the limestone soils to a large extent withstand rust, and that at times, when the grain grown on sandy soil is almost completely ravaged, the crops standing on the lime soils are only slightly affected. Nos. 31 and 32 are rather sandy, but 33 is an alluvial clay soil; 34, 35, and 36 are sandy loams. Sotls of the South-Western Districts of the Cape Colony. 139 The foregoing samples are of too miscellaneous a nature to enable one to draw definite general conclusions, but it is noteworthy that the soils more or less affected by the underlying limestone, such as Nos. 25, 26, 29, 30, 33, are also proportionately richer not only in lime—as is but natural—but also in potash, than the other samples. The ultimate origin of the large amount of potash in soils of this nature is a point of some interest worth elucidating; it does not seem improbable that it is caused by the débris of granitic rocks being mixed with the compacted sand: from the blown sand the potash could certainly not be derived; least of all is such an idea plausible when we consider that the quantity of potash available in some of these soils ranges as high as 5 per cent. No. 29 is the only soil that can be called rich in phosphates ; Nos. 24, 25, 30, 32, and 33 have a fair amount, but all the rest are decidedly poor in this respect. The sample No. 37, taken from above a small outcrop of granite in the Bredasdorp Division, is an alluvial sandy soil derived from the surrounding hills, which are composed of Table Mountain sandstone ; the amount of lime in this soil is satisfactory, and it has a fair quan- tity of potash, but is poor in phosphates. From the mass of granite which, commencing north-west of Mossel Bay, extends over a considerable portion of the George _ Division, two samples were taken on the farm Hartebeest Kraal 5 they are numbered 38 and 39, the former a red and the latter a black soil. Both these samples contained a fair amount of lime, but No. 38 was very rich in potash, and indeed No. 39 was not unsatis- factory in this respect; the phosphoric oxide is moderate in amount in both cases. The preponderance of potash appears to be due to the felspar of the granite, but the question is still being investigated, inasmuch as a number of samples, taken further eastward, are at the present time under analysis. Turning now to the Malmesbury clay slate beds, 75 samples were collected and analysed; these were distributed as follows :— ) fe S S) SS) | Puiaee 7 ‘ ‘ é ca aed g o ty nee oo Name of Farm and No. 9 a a op See As of. Sample. s we = q 3 er aK , ’ La | oe a 5 oy 2 Divis1oN—CaAPE Field-Cornetcy : Tygerberg and Kuils River AO, Maastricht ....50...00s006 1°33 | 15°50 | 054 | 128 | 48 | :045 | -028 Ce Ee ee 2-97 | 10°52 | 057. | 201) -64 | -27 | -028 AQs, MiVCESAA seccceccess eos oes 1:37 6°94 70053 | +134 | °39 12 "044 Ae cee WM TSkko a6 ideas craps 75 | 64.) | OO28eintet 385 | -026| 062 | iN) 140 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Name of Farm and No. 8 of Sample. CS = Field-Cornetcy : Durban 44, Diemersdal ....:..hc.s0.s00 1:03 45. Simin pecan 44 1:22 46. Phesante Kraal ......... 1°38 47. a sii eacheeline 63 48. “A EMER ee: 1°12 Fueld-Cornetcy: Palen and Rietvler 49, Visser’s Hok ...........0..5 1°61 50. Government Landnorth| - . of Visser’s Hok......... oo Field-Cornetcy : Koeberg No. 1 51. Vrymansfontein ......... "70 52. base paral aeaaree “44 53. Rondeboschjesberg ...... “94 oe Ongeonmd encase 1) DOA UONA Wasenscncere se sane 1°40 OO Adderley oki. cmeccececmsnes 1°60 Field-Cornetcy : Koeberg No. 2 57. Klein Olifant’s Kop “81 os. Kalkfonteimi 2... ..cssc.e. 62 OOS Wit eye Soc taconite sce “96 60 sate |, Mabiasea dbase see aR 1°65 61. Baa ea eetrstaa cmp aude te 2°04 62. Dassen Vallei ............ "96 63. Klein Dassen Berg ...... °236 Field-Cornetcy: Blaauw- berg 64, Lange Rus) fascsecsscces °836 DivistlonN—MALMESBURY Field-Cornetcy : Mossel- banks River 65. Kalabas Kraal Station) +295 Field-Cornetcy: Middle Zwartland 66. Twee Kuilen............... "49 67. MN nto 0c "68 68. Vaderlandsche Riet Kuil| 1°16 69. Bloemendals Fontein...| +142 70. Rheboksfontein ......... “906 71. Michiel Heyns Kraal...| *668 72. ” Ay sy | seal LOW, Field-Cornetcy : Groene | Kloof East if (o) ae I0K oo) ches) 6 172 74. Karnemelksfontein ...... 1:033 75. 2 Sesckee +294 SASSER Or Or bo _ BORD IE DO A aoronwnwoo=9 SON ODKF& 2°167 846 1:90 2°47 5°24 1°069 2°911 2°296 15°358 "954 4-439 2°157 . (>) ® qj : a rs i) 5 oi ° re = A oy 66 iS) a a "021 "106 we 14 -028 “0074 | :134 °25 “OT "019 ‘0021 | -089 ‘23 ‘043 | -044 "0024 | -123 “1:2 (02577-0032 ‘0060 | -084 "32 023 7) OLT °0024 "24 43 035 ‘0005 | :056 7046 | -039 | -0038 "0095 | :056 So) O55) "020 "0053 | :O61 “Ld "12 "020 0021 | -044 No "16 *026 “0064 aan 23 "24 "026 “0006 Mee "13 =| -O71 | 062 "0026 | -061 "061 | -070 | :019 "0004 | -061 095 | -088 | :023 -0018 eae "061 | -036 | :017 "021 ‘067 | °065 | :013 "0016 16 7093 | -O76 -0028 "16 "098 | :040 "0013 a °070 | -094 | :026 . 0015 | :0385 "061 | -021 | :029 "037 "028 7057 | -030 | :017 “0006 | -014 7059 | :041 | :016 °0003 | -061 7056 | °107 | 051 “0003 | :078 092: |) 71 | O72 ‘0008 | -095 "1386 | °128 | -064 "0004 | -050 "059 | 088 | :025 0014 | :091 049 | :031 | -030 "0011 | -070 "108 | :039 | :038 “0056 | :252 | -°369 | :083 | :080 ‘0008 | :067 7089 | :042 | :083 -0014 | -089 *147 | -059 | :041 “0006 | ‘072 "062 | :064'| -022 — Soils of the South-Western Districts of the Cape Colony. Name of Farm and No. of Sample. Fveld-Cornetcy ; Honing Berg 76. Holle Rivier ..... Wes onebisct Field-Cornetcy : Zwart- land 77. Witkei N82 3, Cee eeOoeereeeeereccsos Coos ecerecesegreseos 000 eeeceeeeseecce Sil GCC WoGul ew ive Noe cae Sl” New HRs ciiaencseeccsees 83. es 86) cebootslGralaline a jccccecccose 87. Zwartfontein 88. Vogelstruisfontein 89. Klein Zoutfontein eee PSGoearce eoeree ecooveve 91. outtontei Meenas Field-Cornetcy : Zout Rivier . Haazenkraal..,...........- 93. Portugueeschfontein ... 94. Bosjesmans Kloof 96. Breek Muur Ra ae Oaeimieliietombeliliees eeacececocs Poe ceeoeeresgros Field-Cornetcy: Saldanha Bay ; 99. Springfontein .....,.. pais 100. Spanjaardsbosch 101. Cloeteskraal 102. Lang Riet Vlei 103. ” ” 104, —,, ” 105. ss, % eoereecce eogeogeee Field-Cornetcy ; St. Helena F Bay 106. Muishondfontein 107. Henzaamheid............ - DivistoN—-BREDASDORP _Field-Cornetcy; Bloem- - fontein 108. Vogelstruis Kraal ...... 109. Ronde Rivier ........ prone ienkes 110) Wotide Rivier .......-4-.. 1 a 936 S) o q as | 8 a ied 4 ro) 2s < fs oe S 5 2°495 | :0009 | :063 3°60 “00227 7 1°86 "0347 | :072 2°79 °0010 | :095 2°68 "0004 | :056 4°02 ‘0007 | :0383 2°99 0012 | :078 2°61 ‘0010 | -084 2°53 70031 | :061 2°04 ‘0002 | :067 2°94. °0009 | :084 1°72 °0005 | :072 5°17 0062 | -100 1°65 ‘0003 | :056 oe Wd ‘0005 | :156 1°76 "0002 | :O077 1:060 | :0050 | :042 °086 | :0005 | -021 1°8381 | 0103 | :091 7°898 | °0042 | °133 : 1°548 | -0020 | :077 4:091 | :0108 | °126 1°204 | 0009 | :035 2-439 | -0016 | -035 *939 | 0015 | °049 2°594 | 0006 | -049 2°972 | 0147 | -O70 1°312 | :0022 | -047 540 | -0006 | -028 1:012 | 0008 | :028 °675 | 0006 | -084 *666 | :0010 | :056 3:27 | -0099 | “15 8:08 045 16 3°45 012 13 4°06 ‘0092 | :12 141 1S co) x S ) a | 3 | ae 4 < go Ay "064 | ‘074 | :032 "160 | °130 | -056 "056 | ‘O77 | 044 7108 | -101 | -051 "104 | 062 | -038 Os0n i llGe | Oss 028 | :144 | -071 "082 | :090 | -064 098 | :092 | -051 "060 | :020 | -074 "032 | -033 | -053 "064 | °042 | -040: ‘O76 | 090 | :076 "052 | °042 | -066. "068 | :090 | :063 7036 | :045 | -086 024 | -045 | -124 053 | 018 | °134 187 | -066 | -042 010 | -052 | -058. 7046 | 048 | -042 256 | 075 | -027 039 | -026 | -038. 4:715 | -058 | -025. 231 | 037 | -075 *220 | :068 | °055- 1826 | 182 | -053 073 | :063 | -027 063 | -046 | -025 ‘114 | -061 | -034 .084 | -042 | :048 “034 | :035 | :027 ‘11 | -063 | -0092 °26 "045 | :016 12 | -036 | -0082 14 | -016 | -022 | Nh 142 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. i) ) o =| 2 - Name of Farm and No. 3 a3 = 8 5 a ae of Sample. 3 ie iS) g 3 $s aie = OF 5 7, esl a Py Field-Cornetcy : Zoetendals Valler’ | 112° Moere Kraal -......-.00.. 95 oa | 2014 15 228; i) LoeaeO 20m 1B oRilands Drift’ 222... 1°18 B208 | O08) to iy dS a LOPS OrS DivistoN—ROBERTSON | | Field-Cornetcy: Robertson | tae Kieur aloo... .ceasscnee se aL 2 OMe) ONE EN Nie a Ola On comparing the map showing the various localities whence the foregoing samples were collected with the diagram (Plate XVII.), which illustrates the chemical composition of each sample a few broad features strike one. The first is this, that the amount of available lime averages ‘5 per cent. in the soils about Durban, thins out to about ‘1 per cent., and even less in the northern part of the Koeberg district, and remains fairly uniform as we go north to near Hope- field, the average percentage of lime in the 35-soils.collected on the clay slate formation in the Field-Cornetcies, Koeberg No. 2, Blaauwberg, Mosselbank River, Middle Zwartland, Groene Kloof East, Honing Berg, and Zwartland being only -078 per cent.; in other words, the average soil in the area just monuoneds is decidedly poor in lime. The following will show this more clearly : The four soils collected within the Field-Cornetcy of Tygerberg and Kuils River, Nos. 40 to 43, yielded an average percentage of ‘47 of available lime. The next strip of country, lying to the north of this, and mainly within the Durban Field-Cornetcy, represented by the seven samples 44 to 49 and 54 gave an average of *23 per cent. Next.come Nos. 00 to 53, north of Durban, and constituting the southern portion of the Koeberg district ; these give an average of ‘13 per cent. of lime. The middle part of the same district, comprising Nos. 55 to 62—8 samples in all—yields an average of -10 per cent. In the northern portion of Koeberg and the southern part of Zwartland we have the samples 63, 64, and 65, giving an average percentage of 059. As we go further north we pass over samples 71 and 72, which are humus soils and probably also affected by the granite boss to eastward as well as the extent of granite lying to the west. Nos, 69, 70, and 73 represent the next area, and the average in this case is ‘049 per cent. After this it becomes difficult to trace the gradation owing to the Soils of the South-Western Districts of the Cape Colony. 1438 influence of the underlying limestone. A diagram (see Plate X VIII.) enables us to grasp the continuous diminution of lime at a glance. About Hopefield:-and to the north-west of it there is again an increase of lime in the soil, clearly traceable to the compacted sand dunes previously referred to. In some cases—samples 99 and 102 for instance—the amount of lime is very large proportionately to the other constituents of the soil, for here, on the clay slate, the simultaneous increase of potash is not so noticeable as, for instance, in soils 25 and 29 where the underlying rock is granite. Diverse from the changes in the lime content of the soil, strangely enough, is a marked increase in the phosphoric oxide as one travels northwards from Durban. Taking the clay slate soils of the Cape and Malmesbury Divisions as a whole one may conveniently divide them into three sections as regards the amount of phosphates the soil contains. First of all may be taken the area south of the farm ‘‘Uitkyk”’ in the Koeberg district, then the stretch of country between ‘“‘ Uitkyk” and the Great Berg River, expressly excluding the Zwartland soils, and finally the area covered by the Zwartland Field-Cornetcy. The first of these three areas comprises samples 40 to 58—19 in all; they average ‘029 per cent. of phosphoric oxide. The samples taken from the next area are 34 in number, comprised in two sets, namely Nos. 59 to. 76 and 92 to 107. In these the -average percentage of phosphoric oxide is respectively 041 and ‘046: the former represents the country north, and the latter that south of Zwartland. The Zwartland area comprises the 15 samples 77 to 91, and they yield an average of -058. There is a diminution of potash, somewhat similar to that already noticed in the case of the lime, as we proceed from south to north within the area under consideration, but in this case it is not as striking nor as regular. Several of the southernmost soils contain a respectable proportion of potash—for instance, Nos. 41, 45, 49, 51, and 54, the percentage of potash in which averages °32: these soils may all be said to berich in potash. In the Zwartland area there is a noticeable difference in respect of potash between the western soils and eastern soils ; the former, comprising Nos. 77 to 84, contain on an average "102 per cent., the minimum being -077, whereas the samples taken from the more easterly part of the Field- Cornetey, Nos. 85 to 91 yield an average of only -060 including a minimum of -020. Summarising our results with respect to the clay soils of the Cape and Malmesbury districts we may say that no less than 16 out of the 68 soils examined were poor in all three of the essential inorganic elements of plant food; there is one such poverty-stricken patch about the middle of the Koeberg district, represented by samples: 50, 144 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. 57, and 58, and two others of apparently wider extent in the northern portion of the same district and in the south of Zwartland ; the former of these two is represented by samples 63, 64, and 65, and the latter by Nos. 69, 70, and 73. As many as 45 of the soils are poor in phosphoric oxide; five of these are poor in phosphoric oxide and potash (and this is notably the case with the farm Phesante Kraal, near Durban), while eight are poor in phosphoric oxide and lime, and, as already observed, 16 are poor all round, leaving a balance of 16 samples which show poverty in phosphoric oxide only. Hight samples were poor in lime only, three poor in potash only, and five poor in both lime and potash, There are, therefore, only seven samples that do not show a deficiency in respect of one or other of the three fertilising constituents, and even out of these seven, six are no better than fair all round, while the seventh—No. 102—is rich in lime, contains a normal amount | of potash and a fair quantity of phosphoric oxide. Ee The six Bredasdorp soils examined were all, without axdaptien! poor in phosphoric oxide; two of them—Nos. 108 and 110—par- ticularly ; all of these soils, however, yielded at least a fair amount of lime, but in three—Nos. 109, 110, and 111—the potash was likewise deficient. -The average composition of these six soils is—lime ‘17, potash ‘065, phosphoric oxide ‘016. The sample from the Robertson Division showed a good percentage of lime and a fair amount a potash, but phosphoric oxide was deficient. ~. We now come to the soils of the Bokkeveld beds, numbering 76. The following table shows the analytical results :— | 9 H = =| E q 3 Name of Farm and No. 9 a3 a 30 3 E AS of Sample. 3 noe Ss q = 2 ore = | Of a = 4 ow go Pa Diviston—CaLEDon. Field-Cornetcy : Upper River Zonder End | 115, Middelplants.ncmesscsme5 es 73 | 2°67 | °55 084 | ‘270 | 13 | 033 Field-Cornetcy: Zwart River ; HG. Zwart River natsc-estaease 1:24 | 669 | 0086 | 15 034 | 13 | ‘059 Te 4 55 jy” Ne aeteatne See ate veel, “OL | 2:15} 098 | 091 | ‘018 | :043 | -038 Freld-Cornetcy : Bot and . Palmiet Rivers ed iis. niet Fontein ....:....0vnens 1:60 | 6°57 | 0038 | -17 ‘093 | :050'| :058 hu 2 0101 5 0 (ee 1:44 | 633 | 0040 | -15 | °028 | ‘056 | :036 120) ame Hoogte .0i.:...ceabsccees 2°04 | 11°71 | ‘0038 | °25 083 | '073 | :032 . UZ... © 55 BI. sprspmnnatoiaite getean 1:42 | 6°60 | 0056 | ‘15 ‘030 | :038 | :058 TERESA OMUUIAT _\ ssdiciseienscen cewtaedels 148 | 757 | O17 | 15 ‘026 | 098 | 049 Soils of the South-Western Districts of the Cape Name of Farm and No. g of Sample. es e Freld-Cornetcy : Caledon Set ina r tomer esse ssemcnc scenes “87 124. SsaeMMeeeislesera dels au scwsies 1:37 125. Klein Steenboks River 1:27 126. Weltevreden ...............08 1°56 127. DumshyerPark ve. ...cesses ese IS7/ Field-Cornetcy : Uilenkraal 287A OOO MOP Chen s.n0seseccieceaicso 1:28 ZOE NVieltevreden: o..)5dc.8. ang THOOste aise oe este cease 083 "073 "032 a OSes. Eph tap gees SAMAR ORB NAS la ED "030 "038 "058 129 PAV OW GUNUIE Tinton eerrne ten isaceie sae "026 °098 "049 24 MU ar Goil. Pee waecccsunea ce saecaneceee 7018 "055 "038 123: Pa MT ee ss in he hs "039. "036 056 125. Klein Steenboks River ............ - 150 ‘O76 °056 126.7 Weltevre denen. sasccesscuscccccecenes "024 ‘073 "056 112i. Dungy ev ark ss sexcsenccnecnencssson: "045 “O87 "059 il 3O e's Grou ira 2 Nees ee scott. coe aa eee eer 016 072 "036 132; omgens WKaipnascceases Houanuauudeans 032 O71 "051 T3b. WRoode Willers ccs eae aneenesscaease "058 ‘068 13 139, Leeuwen: River )a\.neucesaseewssonees 15 18 °026 140. Half Aampjes Kraal ............... 18 aS) 032 De eQbho) aye) JONI e oedonnbuadoogonne Hearn 37 ote "028 432 eee aig lt oa ccuasrcha char teratecateenaeaicemtoes "094 “089 019 141 “\Quarriers Miwecasa nescence 16 eal °026 147..eNooitegedachitiwwes- sieecseneeestestn "094 15 "022 145, Koeraniaa tat earn tse neers 1S lip “030 144.- Rem looste:ns-csence thee eeeces 15 ZIG) "038 146.) Elaasjes nit Giaeesteanees RUMEN an "16 12 "024 148, (Patrys) Keraail sy. teeetcaresereee ners 20 “098 ‘010 230.) Matjesfonbeim: a..sseeseeeenses snes 31 23 038 228: Nachtwachit 222. masceeneeesees 25 ‘O76 "028 229. ay’ | sbauh . Soseeabittediceee eee see Re Gre °40 oD, 015 A somewhat zigzag course having been taken in passing from point to point, it is scarcely possible for this, as well as for other Souls of the South-Western Districts of the Cape Colony. 157 obvious reasons, to expect anything in the way of regular gradation in the composition of the soils collected along the line; but it is clear that there is a noticeable increase both in lime and potash as we move onwards, and a corresponding decrease in respect of phosphoric oxide. The first few soils of the series are poor in lime and not very satisfactory as to potash and phosphates; the last few are very poor in phosphates, but, with few exceptions, show normal amounts of lime and potash. Now taking an easterly course from the same starting-point, the following samples come into consideration (compare Plate X XI.) :— No. Lime. | Potash. Pgep te me PS Re tioniberm: “2a eee ed: 093 050 058 ee W ZW SsAG EG CT sau ea net mene te iy Syctetees A. ‘018 043 ‘038 116. as NER Snare een "034 O16} -059 love Lhe Oaks’. Pree Re nena SG 041 045 056 i SAves Graze) Kerala ete te °058 “049 ‘061 TSO es mii UIE ee I ee nL ‘030 -061 041 UBGH Dy eerhoe ke niece ssscccadcst wcasese ses "026 042 "038 Hoi. Appels Marae, so..twecdeecuexecesasucs.« 044 "049 "015 150. “a boa ee i ee ‘060 "035 AOL 149. . Roath al Ria tetanic ne nea, 084 034 0048 152. ie Pa is ae na On ete es Ae "058 10 014 Ost VV NCL ae cet se iictoccan eucspeesies sauwee “080 "055 =(Oii7) Ho ikKuityes Haraal cs cboca cc ove oe oee .| °084 14 "022 AOU AGP POVEIVER’ cases ceecas ell sesccascades 29 12 "040 2022 "Distelsfomibeins (ic... secescsceseeie sec 16 074 052 GOS Cen eON ers ates ee oe he a ah a °33 062 023 NGO so mig: KAI ios che nae cescaacie uncon -40 045 “0080 Gwe iMarnemellk River. .c ss co-ccteisceese 37 sale: ‘031 QOS Eliool Mirage so ee eee eece “51 11 015 QOiesWuiyenhoks ARiver | .csccgs.escncees 64 033 O11 DOG Rr aeweek- Wiragialys Uc iuelecionisueonceus "16 “22, 13 EO pra Velin sosaccnseceu nce sse ene oeeeeus 12 ang} 058 Te lisren gags sii Mile ceglaraareie sia e wctlat ome ceeraes 12 Oy) ‘081 DUAR MID COTA EO le eee ceaneeeonecea eae 18 28 ‘061 DUDES ERIVACT: 00.1 sheet oek oe Soe ences “13 24 11 Qi 5y Assegaal Boschi... du. sessnsesecee ccs 23 "082 061 LSteBoschyestombelm occ cecssees< 2s 14 19 069 US2e Niuiddelste ADrilg...csscsscscscess sees « 13 34 056 PSSe. Aamatompeime dacs se .sc- ce oisccenecesnen of], 15 "044 TUTE TVETING ROOM es otic aeiciee da dtoamedeiess une 10 °39 “074 218s leumin eg bosehie sw acecenssc snes ce 16 20 "054 DLO. Pia cel Kora alee ncn eau acesoncenne ae 15 "25 cual 220. 6 ae ah LA MRD AR Rate Megat Pi O18} °36 059 38) Hartebeesterkiraall yee essere ee 15 63 O74 39. a Pe Rs eee cir keer O35} 18 061 OL). (Coreen Jerse IoahiOus sohobosolonscnood. °39 58 056 DO Se. ‘i SAA aes Ua ae BEER 930 34 10 Here we first of all notice a change of composition somewhat similar to that drawn attention to in connection with the last- 158 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. mentioned series, an increase with regard to lime and potash, a decrease in phosphoric oxide. This change proceeds more or less regularly up to the village of Heidelberg, but after that the lime undergoes a sudden diminution from ‘5 to between ‘1 and ‘2 per cent., and remains comparatively uniform along the rest of the line; the potash continues to increase more and more, and the phosphates also show a sudden augmentation and remain, like the lime, more or less uniform thereafter. In popular language we may say that the soils, starting the series with a fair amount of phosphoric oxide, though poor in lime and not much better in potash, on reaching the eastern part of the Swellendam Division, become poorer than ever in the first-named constituent, although they show a good amount of lime and a fair quantity of potash. Across the river the lime diminishes and the phosphoric oxide increases, but both still remain fair throughout, while the potash attains to a normal con- dition and afterwards becomes in parts really rich, notably in the neighbourhood of the granite formation north of Mossel Bay. Only 45 soils out of the entire series of 212 examined show normal proportions of lime; the remaining 167 cannot be said to be more than fairly well supplied, and of these 86 are decidedly poor. With regard to phosphoric oxide the case is even worse; here no less than 124 out of the 212 soils must be classed as poor, and of the whole range of samples only 15—that is to say, less than 8 per cent.— reach the normal standard. As to potash, conditions are rather more satisfactory ; 57 samples show normal amounts, and only 53 are actually poor. These results show that, as far as my investi- gations have gone, my surmise of ten years ago was fairly correct ; the great want of most of our soils is phosphatic material, and, next to that, lime. And all the while, for years in succession, we have continued exporting bones by hundreds of tons, and bones consist mainly of phosphate of lime and thus supply the very essential most lacking in our soils. Until a few years ago judicious fertilising was all but absolutely unknown in this Colony; the principle on which manuring was carried on may be instanced by the following: In one of the districts traversed I found that the practice was to manipulate with farmyard manure the lands adjacent to the homestead, guano being reserved for those at greater distances or in less accessible situations—hillsides, for instance. Here there was no inquiry after the needs of the soil and the fitness of the fertiliser to supply those needs ; it was all a question of which is the easier to employ. There is an immense amount of education to be done in this respect, and from its very nature and the country’s circumstances it is an educa- tion that takes time. More rational inquiry is now being made after Soils of the South-Western Districts of the Cape Colony. 159 the proper fertilisers to apply to particular soils than was the case in years gone by. None the less there still is a very extraordinary rush on guano as the hoped-for saviour of the land from all its ills, and people will not recognise that on poor lands this method of treatment results in all the more speedy depletion of the soil, for guano, by virtue mainly of its nitrogen, is a stimulant, and the usual results of stimulants follow its use. What is known to agricultural chemists as the law of the minimum should be borne in mind. Briefly stated, it is this: The growth and development of plant material is regulated by the amount of that particular form of plant food which is present in smallest proportion. If one particular substance required by the plant is deficient in the soil, no excess, however great, of other varieties of plant food will cover the deficiency. The soil may contain abundance of nitrogen, lime, and potash, for instance, but if phosphates are absent, or present only in small amount, no crop can reach perfection; for one reason, because the quantities of the former taken up are proportionate to the quantity of the latter available ; hence, if only one of the plant-food constituents is deficient, the crop suffers as much as if all were wanting. Now to supply stimulating manures in such cases is worse than useless, as the reaction is sure to follow. Under the influence of the stimulant the plant makes, as it were, a special effort to get sufficient phosphates as an adjustment to the other nutritive constituents, and the result is a more rapid impoverishment than would otherwise have been the case, inevitably bringing on a collapse from which no amount of stimulants will be able to rouse the land again. Moreover, the lack of one constituent is sometimes not only the indirect, but the immediate cause of others being deficient. Research has shown that nitrifying bacteria need phosphates for their develop- ment: hence lack of phosphates goes hand in hand with retarded nitrification. This latter process, besides, cannot go on except in a soil sufficiently alkaline, and it is therefore also retarded by a defective lime supply, for the lime neutralises acidity in the soil and renders it ready for the reception of the nitric acid formed in the process of nitrification. Thus we see that the supply of nitrogen is also dependent upon the presence of a sufficiency of lime and phos- phates in the soil. From a utilitarian point of view one cannot help regarding it as in the highest degree unfortunate that we should spend millions upon millions in fouling our rivers and other sources of water supply and in casting into the sea what nature meant to be restored to the earth whence it came. Every sewer we construct is in a sense an additional step towards the impoverishment of the land, and all the refuse we 160 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. cast away instead of employing, tends further in that direction. The recent discoveries regarding the functions of bacteria with respect to the assimilation of nitrogen in the soil help to convince us that the soil is the laboratory where garbage is refined and rendered fit for use, and in our war with nature we are only fighting our own interests by depriving the soil slowly but surely of what -is indis- pensable to it. With regard to rust and similar diseases in cereal crops it must be remembered that a well-nourished and cared-for child is, other things being equal, better able-to resist the attacks of disease than one living in a vitiated atmosphere, badly fed, and poorly clad. The statistics regarding tuberculosis, for instance, tell an unmistakable tale in this respect. As with human, so with plant life: when a soil becomes exhausted, and’ the crops are no longer able to draw -from it adequate supplies of plant food, they fall an easy prey to the diseases which they resisted successfully while the soil was in better condition. We hear of grain districts where the ravages of rust become more calamitous and more widespread every year. The first, or one of the first, of the warnings given by the hungry land of its approaching exhaustion should not be despised, and the important matter for consideration is not to give the soil some fertiliser, no matter what, at haphazard, but to adjust the manure to the needs of the soil. \\ (161 ) NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCE OF ALPINE TYPES IN THE VEGETATION OF THE HIGHER PHAKS OF THE SOUTH-WEHSTERN REGION OF THE CAPE. By R. Maruotu, Ph.D., M.A. (Read April 27, 1899.) (Plates XXII., XXIII., XXIV.) In ascending the higher mountains of a country one notices a more or less gradual change in the vegetation, according to the different altitudes. Although the mountaimeer may have no know- ledge of botany, he recognises the great difference in the general habit of growth of the plants of the higher and lower regions. Long-continued observation and cultivation of plants on high mountains and in the plains have shown that the characteristics of Alpine vegetation are principally due to the Alpine climate, and not to the peculiarities of the soil. As far as the climate is con- cerned, it is often thought that the principal factor in shaping the plants is the cold and frost, owing to which the plants are not able to reach greater dimensions. It is thought that the vegetation of high mountains, particularly of those above the snow line, is subject to similar conditions as that of the Arctic regions, and that conse- quently these two vegetations should be more or less identical. But that is not so, and although in some respects such similarity exists, we find a great difference in others. Common to both climates are the low temperature and the excess of light, but in both respects there is a great difference of actual conditions. While the Arctic plants, even in summer, are exposed to an only moderate heat, those of the Alpine regions have to resist extreme heat and cold in rapid succession, owing to the powerful insolation and radiation in the rarefied air of the higher elevations. More pronounced even is the difference in the amount of illumina- tion which they receive, for while in the former case the light is weak but continuous, it acts only periodically but with great intensity in the latter, and while the risk due to the want of water is caused in the Alpine regions by the occasional extreme dryness of the air, this 11 4 a i E ee 162 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. occurs in the Arctic zone through the coldness and the freezing of the soil.* Itis consequently not surprising that comparatively few species only are common to the Arctic and Alpine regions, and that there is a great difference in the vegetation of both, not only as far as the species of plants are concerned, but specially also with regard to their general habit of growth and their external as well as internal structure. If we examine the vegetation of Alpine regions we find that it is characterised by the absence of trees, tall shrubs, and high herbaceous plants. On the other hand, new forms and modes of growth appear or become more numerous. Many plants produce no central stem but a large number of very short stems, packed so closely together that they form an almost solid cushion—a mode of growth well known among mosses—while others develop only a rosette of leaves close to the ground; almost all possessing a very large system of roots. There are other special features in their appearance. Their leaves are mostly hairy or leathery, which peculiarities are not pro- tections against the cold but against the heat; that is to say, they protect the plants against the loss of too much water during the hours or days when the surrounding air is hot and dry. We here at the Cape are, of course, familiar with many plants which secure their existence during the dry and almost rainless summer in a similar way; the silver-tree, the everlastings, and many other plants being protected by a coat of fur, while the Proteas illustrate the leathery foliage. These and many other peculiarities of structure in our vegetation are principally due to the necessity of regulating the transpiration of the leaves; they are characteristic of xerophilous plants. Consequently, while in Northern and Central Hurope.the xerophilous characters form the principal distinction between the vegetation of the lower and higher regions, we cannot expect this to be the case here, for protection against excessive transpiration is wanted in the valleys as well as on the mountain-tops. In fact, the climate of the higher mountains is moister than that of the plains. This is due partly to the snow which remains on some of the higher peaks for months, and appears on the Hex River range even as late as Christmas. Much more important in this respect are, however, the clouds which cover the mountains. during the south-east winds, for then considerable quantities of mois- ture are deposited, which gradually soaks into the ground and the fissures of the rocks, thus often feeding springs quite close to the top of a mountain. This greater amount of moisture causes the existence of a much * Schimper, Pflanzen-Geographie auf Physiologischer Grundlage, Jena, 1898, Alpine Types wm the Vegetation of the Cape. 163 more considerable vegetation. Every ledge, every corner, every crack is filled with it, and often one finds on the very top of the mountains thickets of shrublets covered with flowers, wherever there is a place sheltered by the boulders against the wind. Yet every one of the plants, with the exception of those which grow under rocks or in caves or in other sheltered places, shows unmistakably its xero- philous nature. lLeathery leaves and coatings of felt and hairs are as numerous here as in the valley, for the insolation of the sun is intense and the rarefied air favours evaporation. [See Plate XXII.] If one ascends one of the higher mountains, e.g., the Great Winterhoek near Tulbagh, one passes the last arborescent shrubs at an elevation of about 4,000 feet, where in ravines and sheltered corners Cunonia capensis, Olea verrucosa, Mimetes cucullata, and a few others manage to find sufficient moisture even in summer. Higher up only low shrubs of heath, composites, Bruniacee, Rutacee, Thymeleacez, &c., cover the slopes, becoming smaller and more compact the further one ascends. [See Plate XXII] There is, however, no perceptible change in the general appear- ance of the vegetation until one reaches an altitude of about 6,000 feet. Then only forms appear which remind one of the peculiarities of Alpine vegetation, and the higher one rises the more numerous become these types. There are not many mountains in the South-Western part of the Colony which exceed that height, and about some of them, e.g., the summits of the Zwartebergen range, nothing is known botanically. The Hex River range, which culminates in the Matroosberg, 7,430 feet, possesses several peaks which are between 6,000 and 7,000 feet above sea-level, but, with the exception of the Matroosberg itself, they have not as yet been explored. Besides these, there are only the Mostert’s Hoek, 6,670 feet; the Du Toit’s Peak, 6,580 feet; and the Great and Little Winterhoeks, near Tulbagh, 6, 840 and 6,400 feet respectively, which exceed a height of 6,000 feet. It was on these five mountains that I gathered, above that level, the 72 plants mentioned in the following list. They do not, however, represent the whole flora, for I have visited some of these mountains only once, and others, e.g., the Great Winter- hoek, always at the same season, viz., in midsummer. Anemone capensis L. var. Heliophila nubigena Schlechter. Leaves hairy. Drosera paucifiora Banks, var. acaulis. A very dwarf form, but the flower as large as a leaf. Cerastwwm capense Sond. 164 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Oscalis spec.? Leathery leaves. Pelargonium spec. non-descr. In fissures of rock with a thick woody root and small entire leaves, close together and tightly pressed against the rock. Diosma teretifolia Link. The branches of this shrublet are spread out over rocks. Barosma latifolia R. and I. B. Marlothi Schlechter. Both species form small shrubs with a mass of upright branchlets. Between small boulders of stony slopes. Agathosma alpina Schlechter. Similar in habit to the preceding species, but smaller. : Phylica chionophila Schlechter. Small compact shrub. Aspalathus mvalis Schlechter. A miniature shrub with thick branches lying flat on the ground, somewhat lke Salix herbacea. Plate XXIV., fig. 2. Aspalathus ? spec. ? Cyclopia Bowieana Harv. Leathery leaves. Celidium hunule Schlechter. Leaves very small, silvery white. Plate XXIV., fig. 1. Anvplithalea spec. ? Cliffortia Dregeana Presl. Very hairy. e gumiperina L. Hairy. - pungens Presl. Very hairy. ” spec. ? Crassula papillosa Schonland. Under rocks. Crassula spec. ? Tittmanma laxa Sond. Tiny shrublets. Berardia velutina Schlechter. Velvety. Mesembryanthemum spec. ? Psammatropha quadrangularis Fenzl. Forms cushions up to six inches in diameter. Plate XXIV., fig. 3. P. frigida Schlechter. Plate XXIII, fig. 2. Hydrocotyle Centella Ch. & Schl. var. corvacea Harv. Similar to normal form but smaller. Sarcocephalus cilratus Schlechter. Bryomorphe Zeyhert Harv. Leaves hairy, white. Cineraria tomentosa Less. Leaves hairy, white. Cema spec.? Hairy. Felicia bellidioides Schlechter. Leaves villous. Plate XXIII, fig. 1 Gazamia pinnata L. var. Very hairy. Helipterum canescens DC. Covered with white felt. Helichrysum spec. duse. White felt. Alpine Types in the Vegetation of the Cape. 165 Leontonyx spathulata L. var. White felt. fielhania spec.? Hairy. Senecio Marlothi Schlechter. White felt. Stoebe spec.? White felt. Ursima macropoda N. KE. Br. Hairy. Prismatocarpus subulatus DC. var. alpina. Branchlets numerous, closely matted into each other. Fioella spec. ? Erica cristeflora Salisb. Be Junonia Bolus. » lutea var. rosea. 5, mnubsgena Bolus. ,, oresigena Bolus. Leaves whitish. ,, Sebana. Short compact shrublets. » twumida. Straggling over stones and boulders. », Species dus ignote. Nyctaguma ovata. In the shelter of rocks. Zalusianskia dentata Bth. var. Similar spots. Phyllopodium glutinosum Schlechter. Selago spuria L. Lachnea buxifolia Lam. - diosmoides Meissn. », erocephala Ll. var. purpurea. ee Marlothw Schlechter. Protea saxicola R. Br. A dwarf decumbent shrub, its branches spreading over stones or pressed against rocks. P. scolopendrium R. Br. var. No stems, but many very short branches, the large flower-head almost flush with the ground. Theswum microcephalum Schlechter. Depressed shrublet. Nanolirion capense Hook. On the Little Winterhoek, Great Winter- hoek, and Matroosberg. The specimens from the latter locality are much larger than those from the Little Winterhoek, upon which the genus was established. Dipidax ciliata Bkr. Gladiolus oreocharis Schlechter. Romulea rosea Keklon, var. Ixia flecuosa L. var. Aristea capitata Ker. Restiaceze form the bulk of the vegetation, growing socially in tufts or large patches. [See Plate XXII.] Several Graminacez and Cyperacee. These plants represent the following orders and genera 166 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvety. Ranunculacee 1; Crucifere 1; Drosera 1; Caryophyllacee 1; Oxalis 1; Pelargonuwm 1; Rutacee 4; Phylica 1; Papilionacee 6; Cliffortia 4; Crassula 2; Bruniacee 2; Ficoidee 3; Umbellifere 1 ; Rubiacee 1; Composite 13; Campanulacee 2; Hrica 9; Scrofulariacee 3; Selago 1; Thymeleacee 4; Protea 2; Thesium 1; Inliacee 2; Iridacee 4; Restiacee ?; Graminacee ?; Cyperacee ?. From this list, although necessarily very incomplete as yet, it is evident that the general systematic composition of the flora is prac- tically the same as that of the lower slopes and valleys. It includes a few species known from the plains below, a number of others known from the foot of the mountains, and some, e.g., Hvica Sebana, Bryomorphe Zeyheri, and Anemone capensis, which are also met with at or below the altitude of Table Mountain, 3,549 feet. On the other hand, I must point out that in several cases the specimens from the high regions represent a distinct variety, which some botanists would probably distinguish as new species. A striking example of this kind is Anemone capensis. While in the ravines and on the slopes of the eastern side of Table Mountain this plant possesses mostly solitary stems one or two feet high, the variety on the Matroosberg* produces a large number of stemless shoots, growing in such close proximity to each other that the finely divided leaves form a flat cushion, a foot or more in diameter. From this compact mass of leaves rise the numerous peduncles 6 to 8 inches high, bearing flowers as large as those of the tall plants of Table Mountain, but much more hairy and more intensely coloured than those, being bright rose inside as well as outside. This Alpine form is a beautiful example of the influence of the intense light, of the furious winds, the occasional extreme dryness of the atmosphere, and, I think, of the merely mechanical pressure of the snow which falls at these altitudes sometimes as late as December. It was a most interesting sight to find one day in October hundreds of anemones projecting through a firm layer of freshly fallen snow on a slope ot the Sneeuwkop, just as one can see the tiny Soldanella fringe the snowfields of the Alps. | - Other plants of typical cushion-like growth are Psammatropha quadrangularis [Plate XXIV., fig. 3], which resembles in its growth a fair-sized patch of Polytrichwm commune and Bryomorphe Zeyheri, of which the name indicates this habit, but which plant is also found at somewhat lower levels. Prismatocarpus subulatus, Crassula papil- * This is not merely the form mentioned in the ‘‘ Flora Capensis,” vol. i., p. 3, as var. tenwifolia, for it differs from the type not only in its leaves but also in the flowers, Alpine Types in the Vegetation of the Cape. 167 losa, and Leontonyx spathulata form similar pads, and Pelargoniwm [spec. non-deser.] bears shortly petiolate leaves of the size of a six- pence, on a woody root of the thickness of a finger hidden in the cracks of the rock, against whose surface the leaves are closely pressed, while Psammatropha frigqida is just like some Alpine species of Saxifraga or Androsace, e.g., S. bryoides. [Plate XXITI., fig. 2.] The stunted but extremely social growth of Rhododendron in its smallest forms is well represented by Celidiwm humile, and two species of Barosma, and the thick, woody rooted, but stemless habit, by Protea Scolopendriwm, while the decumbent shrublets, Protea saxicola, Hrica twmida, and Diosma teretifolia, spread over rocks and boulders somewhat after the style of Junperus nana. Even the typical form of growth of Salix herbacea is not wanting, for Aspalathus nivalis possesses horizontal stems a quarter of an inch in diameter, lying flat on the ground, while its numerous erect branchlets with leaves and flowers are hardly an eighth of an inch high. [Plate XXIV., fig. 2.] Plants with rosettes of leaves abound also at lower levels, but Senecio Marlothw and Felicia bellidioides exhibit this peculiarity in a most marked degree. (Plate XXIIT., fig. 1.] | One general feature, however, is specially noteworthy, viz., that all the plants with permanent foliage are thickly coated with hairs, or are provided with leathery leaves and a thick epidermis. All the composites (14) are not only hairy, but more or less covered with white felt, showing that the plants of these altitudes are even more _ xerophilous than their nearest allies of the lower regions. On the other hand, as the vegetation of these lower regions is also typically xerophilous, and as a few summits only of our moun- tains reach the altitude of permanent winter snow, it is evident that the conditions for an entirely Alpine flora, well distinguished from that of the valleys, are not present. | One point, however, must be borne in mind, and that is the incompleteness of the knowledge of this flora at our disposal. This is well illustrated by the fact that among the 72 species enumerated above there are 16 species described only recently, 14 of which were gathered by me in a single day. There is no doubt that a good many more species are awaiting discovery, and that a number of truly Alpine forms will be found among them. 168 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. PLATES XXII.-XXIV. PLATE XXII, Part of the Hex River range, the photograph being taken in May, 1899, at an altitude of 4,500 ft. The vegetation consists of Restiacee, with shrublets of Protea and Leucadendron. The rock is Table Mountain sandstone. Pruate XXIII, Fie. 1.—Felicia bellidioides, Schlechter. The leaves are covered with white felt. This species occurs from 6,000 ft. upwards. The specimen figured was gathered near the summit. — Fic. 2.—Psammatropha frigida, Schlechter. A very small plant, the specimen represented being the largest one found. PLATE XXIV. Fic. 1.—Caldiwm humile, Schlechter. The shrublet of which the figure represents about one-tenth was only six inches high. Fic. 2.—Aspalathus nivalis, Schlechter. This shrublet spreads on the surface of the ground. When not in flower it would look somewhat lke a cushion of moss. Fic. 3.—Psammatropha quadrangularis, Fenzl. This plant forms thick cushions similar in structure to those of Polytrichum commune. The figure represents about a twentieth part of such a cushion. Plate X XII. Trans. S. Afr. Phil. Soc. Vol. XI. *dAqoqoyd UBUIMON ‘489 “NOILVLHDHA AdVO NI SHdAL WNId TV >HLOTYVN °u “SULIT *T Aq Ydvasojogg Trans. §. Afr. Phil. Soc. Vol. XI. Plate XXIII West, Newman phototyp. R. MARLOTA: ALPINE TYPES IN CAPE VEGETATION. 1. Felicia belladioides, Schlechter; nat. size. 2. Psammatropha frigida, Schlechter ; nat. size. Trans. 8. Afr. Phil. Soc. Vol. XI. Plate XXIV. West, Newman phototyp. R. MARLOTH : ALPINE TYPES IN CAPE VEGETATION. 1. Celidium hwmile, Schlechter; nat. size. 2. Aspalathus nivalis, Schlechter; nat. size. 3. Psammatropha quadrangularis, Fenzl.; nat. size. ( 169 ) ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE PALATE IN DICYNODON, AND ITS ALLIES. By R. Broom, M.D., B.Sc. (Read August 29, 1900.) (Plate XXV.) Though various accounts have been given of the structure of the palate in Dicynodon and its allies, it must be admitted that as regards many details of structure very little is known, and even where there is general agreement as to the structures there is much discrepancy in the interpretation of the elements. ~ Owen,* in his ‘‘ Reptiles of South Africa” and other papers, has shown the general arrangement of the bones in the roof of the mouth ; but as regards the limits of the different bones he does not supply very definite information. Huxley {+ made sections across the anterior part of an imperfect skull of Ptychosiagum Murrayi, and thereby revealed the presence of an extensive though delicate median osseous septum, which he regarded as an ethmo-vomerine septum. He gives fairly good figures of his sections, but his interpretation of the structure of the septum is altogether erroneous. Lydekker, | in the British Museum “ Catalogue of Fossil Reptiles,”’ gives a figure of the palate of Dicynodon with a determination of the elements. : The fullest account, however, of the Anomodont § palate is that given by Seeley || in 1889. He gives a figure of the palate of Dicynodon, and a description of the bones. Though Seeley’s de- * R. Owen, ‘‘ Cat. Foss. Rept. South Africa,’ 1876. + T. H. Huxley, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xv., p. 654, and plate xxii., figs. 3-6. t R. Lydekker, ‘‘ Cat. Foss. Rept. and Amphib. Brit. Mus.,” part iv., 1890, p. 18. § The term Anomodontia or Anomodont used throughout the paper is employed as by Cope, Baur, and Zittel to denote the order or sub-order of which Dicynodon is the type, and not as it is employed by Lydekker and Seeley for the large sub- class of Reptiles with mammalian affinities. || H. G. Seeley, “‘On the Anomodont Reptilia and their Allies,” Phil. Trans., 1889. 170 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. scription is fuller and more accurate than that of the earlier authors, we are still left in a state of much uncertainty on a number of points on which it is of great importance for the morphologist to have light. While engaged in the study of the comparative anatomy of Jacob- son’s Organ I was led to the conclusion that the lacertilian so called ‘““vomer’’ is not the homologue of the mammalian vomer, but of the ‘“‘dumb-bell-shaped bone’’ in Ornithorhynchus and of the pala- tine process of the premaxillary in the higher mammals, For this element which is usually anchylosed with the premaxillary as its palatine process, but which remains distinct throughout life in Orni- thorhynchus, and in the little cave bat, Muuopterus schreibersi, I proposed the name of Prevomer.* To find further evidence in support of my position I naturally turned to the Theromorous reptiles as showing affinities with both the lizards and mammals. The examination of the beautiful skulls of Gomphognathus discovered by Seeley revealed that not only is there a well-developed true vomer, but that anteriorly are a pair of prevomers, situated exactly as are the palatine processes in the higher mammals but apparently quite dis- tinct from the premaxillary. t In the Anomodont skull the great development of the premaxillary renders the examination of the vomerine region difficult, and I found it impossible to get very satisfactory results from the British Museum specimens, though it soon became quite manifest that the median ridge on the posterior part of the hard palate which has been regarded by all previous writers, so far as I am aware, as the vomer, could not be the true vomer which undoubtedly is situated in the angle between the two anterior branches of the pterygoids. Since returning to South Africa I have come across a number of specimens, the examination of which has enabled me to settle definitely almost all the details of the anatomy of the palate. In Dicynodon and its near ally Oudenodon there is a well-developed bony roof to at least the anterior half of the mouth. On the anterior part of this bony roof or hard palate are two parallel longitudinal ridges, and in the posterior part is a well-developed median ridge. The structure of this hard palate has been a matter of some diffe- rence of opinion, as in the majority of the British Museum specimens the sutures are very indistinct. But while opinions have varied as to the extent of the premaxillary and maxillary elements, there has been a general agreement in regarding the median ridge as the vomer. * R. Broom, ‘‘ On the Homology of the Palatine Process of the Mammalian Premaxillary,’’ Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1895, p. 555. + R. Broom, ‘‘ On the Occurrence of an apparently distinct Prevomer in Gom- phognathus,” Journ, Anat. and Phys., vol. xxxi., p. 277, On the Structure of the Palate in Dicynodon, and its Allies. 171 The examination of a beautifully weathered palate in the Port Elizabeth Museum, which I have elsewhere described as the type of Oudenodon truncatus,* shows that almost the whole of the palatal surface of the hard palate is formed by the premaxillary, and a transverse fracture through the median ridge reveals that the ridge is, if not morphologically a part of the premaxillary, at least an element completely anchylosed to the premaxillary. Figure 3, Pl. XXV., repre- sents semi-diagrammatically a transverse section through the median ridge of Oudenodon. It is here seen that though the maxillary has large palatal plates they are to a great extent overlapped by the pre- maxillary plates. Above the palate is seen the median internasal plate of the premaxillary. This median plate extends from the anterior part of premaxillary backwards as far as the palatal por- tion, and is closely articulated posteriorly with the large median plate of the true vomer. In Dicynodon the structure of the pre- maxillary, so far as I have been able to observe, is quite similar. In Ptychosiagum | the general arrangement of parts is similar to that in the more normal genera, though the proportions differ some- what. Figure 1 represents the palate of Ptychosiagum. Here as in Dicynodon and Oudenodon the palatal plates of the premaxillary overlap the plates of the maxillary and form the larger portion of the bony palate. The median ridge is much more conspicuous than in the less specialised genera, projecting very considerably from the rest of the palate. It passes backwards a short distance beyond the limit of the lateral palatal plates and articulates with the anterior end of the vomer by an interdigitating suture. Only a small portion of the maxillary shows on the palate between the premaxillary and the anterior part of the palatine. It forms a distinct though imperfect secondary palate, its inner edge not quite meeting the median ridge. Immediately behind the median ridge is seen the well-developed vomer. Figure 2, Pl. XXV., represents a median section of the snout of Ptychosiagum, and shows very clearly the structure of the internasal septum. The internasal ridge of the premaxillary is very greatly developed, its depth being about equal to the antero - posterior measurement of the premaxillary. Immediately behind the large * R. Broom, ‘‘On Two New Species of Dicynodonts,” Ann. South African Museum, vol. i., pt. 3, p. 455. + As Owen’s name Ptychognathus is preoccupied by Stimpson, 1858, for a Crustacean genus, I have adopted provisionally Lydekker’s name Ptychosiagwm, 1889. Cope had, however, described a species of this same genus in 1870 under the name of Lystrosaurus frontosus, and if Cope’s name is not preoccupied it will take the place of Owen’s name. When writing in the bush away from libraries it is impossible to decide on questions of nomenclature. 172 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. vertical plate of the premaxillary is situated the vomer, as an ir- regular triangular plate. It articulates with the premaxillary plate inferiorly by an interdigitating suture; but superiorly, the vomer divides into two delicate plates between which the premaxillary plate passes. Posteriorly the vomer articulates with the prespheroid clasping its anterior and inferior border. At its posterior and inferior angle the vomer divides to two small branches which pass outwards and backwards to meet the pterygoids. Above these branches the vomer for a short distance is quite separated from the prespheroid by an oval space. Though both the premaxillary and the vomer form such large median plates, the plates are for the most part exceedingly thin, as is well shown by Huxley’s sections. In figure 2 the letters AA, BB, and CC indicate approximately the positions of Huxley’s three sections. His front section, AA, lies slightly above the palatal plate of the premaxillary, and shows the internasal plate of the premaxil- lary to be moderately thick in its anterior region. His next section, BB, passes through the palatine bone in its anterior and greatly developed region. The median plate is here formed of the pre- maxillary above and the vomer below, the premaxillary fitting into a deep cleft in the vomer. In the posterior of Huxley’s sections the median plate is almost entirely formed by the vomer, only a very small portion of the premaxillary plate presenting above fitted into the cleft of the vomer. At its lower end the vomerine plate is seen to be cleft. Outside of the vomer the palatine and pterygoid are seen cut across—the lower being the pterygoid. On each side of the vomer near its posterior border is developed a small lateral wing which articulates with the palatine and forms with it the posterior walls of the nasal passage. In figure 2 a dotted line indicates the position of the lateral wings. The posterior part of the vomer is exceedingly well shown in more than one of the British Museum specimens, more especially in the imperfect skull which formed the type of Owen’s Ptychognathus boopis (Spec. No. 36253) and in the skull which formed the type of Cistecephalus chelydroides (Spec. No. 47068), and it seems remark- able that: there should have been any doubt as to its being the true vomer, more especially as in some mammals the posterior part of the vomer presents a strikingly similar appearance. Seeley,* in describing the skull of Dicynodon copet [= according to Lydekker, Ptychosiagum Murrayi, Huxley], suggests the possibility of this element being the vomer. He says: ‘In the constricted middle * H. G. Seeley, ‘‘ On Anomodont Reptilia and their Allies,” Phil. Trans., 1889, p- 241. On the Structure of the Palate in Dicynodon, and its Allies. 1738 plate of the pterygoid is a long median vacuity, lanceolate behind, and tapering in front to a slender point. It is defined laterally by very slender plates, which converge inward and forward to form a single median plate, reaching forward to the maxillary region: and this plate may probably be identified as the vomer.” In the same paper, however, he describes the almost identically similar structure in Dicynodon (pardiceps ?) as part of the pterygoid, and figures the median ridge of the premaxillary as the vomer. The palatines in Ptychosiagum are fairly well-developed bones which form to a large extent the posterior and outer walls of the nasal passages. Posteriorly each palatine articulates with the lateral wing of the vomer, and along its inferior third it meets on its outer side the anterior spur of the pterygoid. From its articulation with the vomer the palatine is developed both in a lateral direction and anteriorly. The lateral wing passes outwards and upwards to meet the jugal. The anterior development passes shghtly outwards, and then forwards, meeting and resting on the inner side of the maxillary and of the pterygoid. In this region the maxillary sends a short plate backwards, which in part lies on the palatine, but is mainly separated from it by the anterior spur of the pterygoid. Inside of the pterygoid spur and the maxillary the palatine is well developed anteriorly, and forms an imperfect secondary palate, articulating with the palatine plate of the maxillary. It does not, however, meet the vomer or the median ridge of the premaxillary. The pterygoid requires but little description; the posterior spur to the quadrate and the anterior development to the maxillary having been correctly described by Seeley. Though the median structure in front of the pterygoids is the vomer there are two small delicate plates which rise from the pterygoids and lie on the inner sides of the posterior branches of the vomer, forming in part the walls of the median vacuity. The bone with which the united pterygoids are articulated is evidently the basisphenoid, but the anterior continuation of the bone is possibly the presphenoid. I have been unable to detect a suture between the parts, but in Dicynodon there is a peculiarity in the arrangement of the fibres that suggests the probability of the two elements being present anchylosed together. In Dicynodon and Oudenodon the structure of the palatines and pterygoids is very similar to that described in Ptychosiagum, the main differences being due to the fact that in Ptychosiagum, as in the Cetaceans, the nasal passages lie almost vertically, while in the less specialised types the passages pass as in land mammals in an antero-posterior direction. 174 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. In Cistecephalus the anterior part of the palate is unknown, but as the pterygoids, the vomer, and at least the posterior part of the palatines are constructed almost exactly as in Ptychosiagum, and as the rest of the skull, so far as known, is thoroughly Dicynodont in type, it is very unlikely that the anterior part of the palate differs appreciably from that in Ptychosiagum. In Endothiodon, which forms the type of the other family of the Anomodontia, the palate, though closely agreeing with the Dicynodont type, presents a number of peculiarities. The main differences are due to the greater development of the maxillary, which bears a row of teeth, and the corresponding less development of the premaxillary. The premaxillary is, as in Dicynodon, eden- tulous. Its anterior palatal portion is moderately developed in Cryptocynodon sumus, but is relatively smaller in Hndothiodon (Hsoterodon) wniseries. The median ridge of the premaxillary is much more distinct than in Dicynodon, and though in none of the known specimens is there conclusive evidence that it is distinct from the premaxillary, there is certainly a strong suggestion of its being a prevomer. The vomer is very distinctly seen in the three known specimens immediately behind the median ridge—exactly as in Dicynodont type. In Seeley’s figure of Cryptocynodon* the division of the vomer from the anterior element is not very dis- tinctly brought out, and from his description it is evident that he did not recognise the two elements as he speaks of the whole ridge, vomerine and premaxillary or prevomerine, as ‘‘ presumably formed by the vomer.’”’ In the original specimen the anterior end of the true vomer is sharply defined from the premaxillary ridge, almost exactly as is the case in Hndothiodon bathystoma and EH. wniseries. The palatines are formed on a very similar plan to that of Dicynodon. They articulate with the vomerine wings or lateral ridges, and form the posterior and upper walls of the nasal passages behind. Anteriorly they form an imperfect secondary palate, though a larger one than in Dicynodon. The hinder part of the palate is unknown, but presumably similar to that in Dicynodon. The Anomodont palate, it will be observed, does not show a marked affinity with that in my Reptilian order, except the Theriodontia and the Chelonia; while as regards the vomer and palatines there is a distinct affinity with the Mammalian type. In almost all the known Reptilian orders the palate is formed essentially on the Rhynchocephalian type. In the Chelonia and the Crocodilia there are specialisations which greatly mask the ancestral type, and this is likewise the case with the Theriodontia and the sub-order Anomodontia. * H. G. Seeley, ‘‘ On the Therosuchia,” Phil. Trans., vol. 185, B., 1894. On the Structure of the Palate in Dicynodon, and its Allies. 175 In the Cotylosauria, as exemplified by the American genus Pariotichus, and by the European and South African genera of presumably the same order, Elginia, Pareiasaurus, and Procolophon, the palate is made up of a pair of large, usually tooth-bearing ptery- goids, a pair of small palatines and transpalatines, and a pair of large prevomers. The posterior nares lie by the sides of the prevomers, and there is no secondary palate formed. In the Pelycosauria, as exemplified by the genus Dimetrodon, the general arrangements of the palatal elements is very similar to that in the Cotylosauria, except that the transpalatine is either lost, or, as suggested by Baur and Case,* rudimentary. The posterior nares open by the sides of the prevomers and near the front of the palate. Between the Pelycosauria and the Theriodontia, of which Galesaurus is the type, the gap is rather a wide one, and though a few possibly intermediate types are known, they are known so imperfectly that they are of comparatively little use in the tracing of the evolution of the palate. Though Adlurosaurus has always been regarded as a Theriodont and a close ally of Galesaurus, the palate, so far as known, is very dissimilar, and resembles consider- ably that of Dimetrodon. The posterior part of the skull is quite unknown. It may be noted, however, that the jugal or squamosal does not form a descending process, as shown in the figures of Owen, Lydekker, and Seeley, a calcareous incrustation having apparently been taken for bone. In the Theriodontia, as exemplified by Galesaurus and Gomphognathus, the posterior nares are carried far back by the formation of a secondary palate. In the Anomo- dontia we find the secondary palate in a rudimentary condition, the bony plates of the maxillaries and palatines not meeting but still forming a firm support for the soft, fibrous palate. It seems highly probable that true Theriodonts will be discovered with the palate in the same rudimentary condition as is found in the Anomodonts. With the formation of a secondary palate a number of important changes have taken place. The element so important as a basal support of the skull in Labyrinthodonts and other Amphibians—the so-called ‘‘ parasphenoid ’’—becomes in the large majority of Reptiles quite rudimentary. With the formation of a secondary palate, how- ever, a new function is given to it, and it becomes developed as a median support for the palate. This median support is handed on through the Theriodontia to the Mammalia, and forms the mam- malian Vomer. The large prevomers of the Cotylosauria and the Pelycosauria being, with the formation of a secondary palate, no * G. Baur and EH. C. Case, ‘‘On the Morphology of the Skull of the Pelyco- sauria, &c.,”’ Anat. Anz., 1897, vol. xiii., p. 109. 176 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. longer required as supports for the palatal roof, become much reduced, and are retained only as supports for the cartilage of Jacobson’s Organ. The stages by which the Theriodont secondary palate has been formed from a simple palate of the Dimetrodon type are apparently analogous to the steps by which the Crocodilian palate has been evolved from the simple palate of its Phytosaurus-like ancestor. The Anomodont palate is probably a specialised modification of the primitive Theriodont type, where the Theriodont character is somewhat obscured by the great development of the premaxillary. Whether the prevomer is lost or anchylosed with the premaxillary present evidence does not show. Theoretically it seems not im- probable that the prevomer is retained anchylosed with the premaxillary, and the condition in Endothiodon would seem to confirm this view. The direct evidence, however, is rather against this view, and it is quite likely that the prevomer is lost, as frequently happens in mammals, e.g., Pteropus, Echidna, &c. I can find no trace of a transpalatine element in any Anomodont skull, nor of an “ infranasal’’ bone. JEAbpe sh, WOR, AA, BB, CC, approximate planes of Huxley’s sections of the snout of Ptycho- siagum; Ju, Jugal; Mx, Maxillary; Pa, Palatine; Pmx, Premaxillary ; P.S., Presphenoid; Pt, Pterygoid; P.Vo., Prevomer; Vo, Vomer. Fic. 1. Palate of Ptychosiagum. . Median section of snout of Ptychosiagwm. 3. Section across Premaxillary in region of median ridge of Oudenodon. ,, 4. Section near posterior part of Vomer in Owdenodon. 5. Palate of EHndothiodon (Hsoterodon) wniseries—partly restored. (Reduced. ; bo 99 ieans ©. Afr Pi Soc Vol Xi. - A F.Broom del. Pa eOOM Sci Cl Ura, OF ANOMODONT West,Newman lith PAT ATEBY. ign) ON ICTIDOSUCHUS PRIMAVUS. By R. Broom, M.D., B.Sc. (Read October 31, 1900.) (Plates XXVI., XXVIT.) Some months ago I was fortunate in discovering on the farm of Mr. J. Kriiger, in the neighbourhood of Pearston, the remains of a very interesting Theriodont. The coracoid and precoracoid bones were seen exposed on the hard shale which formed the bed of a small creek. On digging into the rock I found within a space of less than a square foot a considerable number of other bones. Unfortunately the bones have been disconnected and confusedly huddled together, so that it has been a matter of considerable difficulty to expose one bone without badly injuring another which lies across it, and the difficulty has been rendered the greater by the hardness of the rock and the brittleness of the bones. Though much of the skeleton is missing, I have succeeded in discovering, besides the bones of the shoulder girdle, not only a humerus, a radius, a femur, a tibia and a fibula, but also a fairly complete lower jaw and the greater part of the skull. The discovery is interesting, not only in making known a new type of Theriodont skull, but also in having the principal bones of the skeleton found in association with it. For the new form I have proposed the name Ictidosuchus primevus. SKULL. The skull is very imperfectly preserved, and had manifestly been broken at the time the remains were originally deposited, as the right maxillary region was found quite away from the greater part of the skull and no trace of the snout has been found except a small fragment. Fortunately sufficient of the skull has been found to give not only a good idea of the proportions, but also to show most of the external characters. The left side, with the exception of the snout, is fairly complete, and of the right side there is preserved in 12 178 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. apposition the larger portion of the squamosal, and though the whole is slightly distorted it is not difficult to restore it to its original shape. As is the case in many Theriodonts and most Anomodonts, the skull is large in proportion to the limb bones, but is characterised by the slightness of its build and the slenderness of the arches. The frontal region is moderately developed and is somewhat concave both antero-posteriorly and transversely. The frontal bones articulate in front with the prefrontals and presumably with the nasals. Behind they articulate with the postfrontals and parietals. Only a comparatively small part of the supraorbital ridge is formed by the frontals. The postfrontal bone is of a remarkable form. It is shaped much like the letter ‘‘L’’—the longer limb forming the postorbital arch and the shorter resting on the parietal ridge. The inner half of the postorbital arch is unusually deep, and being markedly concave on the anterior side, forms not only the posterior wall of the orbit, but, as a continuation of the supraorbital ridge, forms to some extent a roof. The outer part of the postorbital arch is very slender. The shorter limb of the postfrontal lies quite at right angles to the larger limb. The parietal crest is narrow and deep. About midway between the inner end of the postorbital arch and the top of the occiput is a fairly large parietal foramen. ‘The parietals pass for a considerable distance outwards from the hinder part of the crest and meet the squamosals. The squamosal is a much more slender bone than in the Anomodonts, but is very similar in structure. Articulating above and internally with the parietal, it passes outwards and downwards —no doubt in contact with the supraoccipital and exoccipital—and sends forward a slender bar to meet the jugal and form the temporal arch. ‘The greater part of the bone, however, descends as a bony plate—convex posteriorly—and no doubt gives articulation to the quadrate. The greater part of the squamosal is fairly well preserved on the right side of the skull. In the anterior region of the skull most of the sutures are un- recognisable. The prefrontal is, however, readily distinguishable from the frontal. It seems to be rather a narrow element, though, as the suture between it and the lachrymal cannot be made out, it is impossible to say whether it or the lachrymal forms the larger part of the facial surface. It forms the anterior part of the supraorbital ridge. | The maxillary bone is well developed, and though it bears some On Ictidosuchus Primevus. 179 resemblance to the corresponding bone in previously known Theriodonts, it has a number of characters that are quite distinctive. The anterior dentigerous portion has a moderately flat surface and is even slightly concave at its lower border, but is remarkable by having numerous small irregular cuplike depressions, which give the bone a rough appearance at this part. The posterior non-dentigerous part, which is of moderate size, though showing very marked longitudinal striz, has the surface of the bone smooth and even polished. The teeth comprise one large canine and a row of small simple molars. In the maxillary as preserved there are the remains of eight molars, and one is probably lost. Unfortunately the anterior three teeth are crushed backwards on the others, and of all the crowns are wanting. Fortunately in the detached right maxilla the crowns of three teeth are preserved, and show them to have been simple cones with the sides of the teeth ridged. The molars are all subequal in size. The canine is of relatively large size and directed mainly downwards. The fragment of maxilla which contains the root of the canine, though it cannot be fitted on to the larger portion of the maxilla, is figured in its exact relative position, the cast of the maxilla having fortunately been kept. The jugal bone is a somewhat slender bone which probably forms the whole of the suborbital arch, and possibly a considerable portion of the temporal arch. Of the palate it is impossible to speak with any degree of confi- dence. The little that remains in connection with the maxilla of each side is so crushed and imperfect that but a very unsatisfactory idea can be formed of the original condition. It may be regarded as moderately certain, however, that there is no distinct secondary palate such as is seen in Cynognathus. The maxillary only shows to a very small extent internal to the molar teeth, and joins what is apparently a forward extension of the palatine bone. The lower jaw is fairly well preserved; almost the whole of the dentary element, with most of the teeth, having been found. It is characterised by the remarkable slenderness of the ramus and by the greatly developed coronoid process. In the large majority of Theriodonts hitherto discovered the lower jaw is a powerful bone with a deep symphysis. Tribolodon, however, agrees with Icti- dosuchus in having a slender ramus, though the two genera are probably very dissimilar in most points of structure. In the jaw as preserved there are the remains of seven teeth, for the most part in good condition. They are all situated near the middle of the ramus, and, like the molar teeth above, are subequal in size. From the posterior third of the ramus teeth are undoubtedly absent, and from 180 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. the anterior fifth they are either absent or lost. Probably there have been some small incisors and a small canine such as is seen in the long slender jaw of Perameles nasuta, but no distinct indications of them remain. .The jaw has been loosely articulated with its neigh- bour by a rather long symphysis somewhat similar to that seen in many Marsupials. The coronoid process is remarkably well developed, and is not only of great length, but is unusually thick. It forms an angle with the axis of the ramus of about 120°. The splenial appears to be only a feeble splint closely applied to the dentary. The articular is lost. The anterior of the teeth of the lower jaw are simple sharp conical teeth, very similar to those of the upper jaw, and, like them, ridged. The posterior four teeth are also very simple in structure, but have more rounded apices and are more feebly ridged. In only a few of the many described Theriodont genera is the skull at all satisfactorily known; and in those the skull differs ‘very considerably from that found in Ictidosuchus. In some of the higher Theriodonts, e.g., Gomphognathus, the frontal bones are excluded from the orbits by the meeting of the prefrontais and postirontals. In Ictidosuchus, as in Dicynodon and most Anomo- donts, the frontals form a part of the supraorbital ridge. In the higher Theriodonts the parietal foramen is absent or rudimentary, though in Galesaurus, and probably the majority of lower Theriodonts, there is, as in Ictidosuchus, a well-developed parietal foramen. In the structure of the squamosal the affinities of Ictidosuchus are apparently more with the Anomodonts than with the majority of the Theriodonts. As regards the structure of the postorbital and temporal arches the condition in Ictidosuchus differs considerably from that in Cynognathus and is essentially similar to that in most Anomodonts. It is probable, however, that in most of the lower Theriodonts the structure of the arches is very similar to that in the Anomodonts. The lower jaw, so far as known, is thoroughly Theriodont in structure. SHOULDER GIRDLE. Of the shoulder girdle, the scapula, the coracoid,.and the precora- coid of the left side are well preserved, and they present one or two characters in which they differ from those bones in the previously known South African forms. The scapula, though very broad at its base, is for the most part a long slender bone, with its axis so much curved that a tangent to the upper end of the bone would make with a tangent to the lower end an angle of about 100°. In the middle region the scapula is narrow and flattened, with a rounded On Ictidosuchus Primevus. 181 posterior and a sharp anterior border. As it passes upwards it gradually widens, and becomes at its upper end almost quite flat. The lower end of the scapula is unusually broad, and, with the exception of the low ridge which passes up from the glenoid cavity, almost quite flat. The lower border of this large anterior flat expan- sion articulates with the precoracoid. The acromion process is quite rudimentary. The glenoid surface of the scapula is of moderate size. The coracoid is very similar to the coracoid in the Anomodonts, but has a rather larger glenoid cavity, and the posterior part is rather more developed. The precoracoid differs considerably from that of the Anomodonts. It is a larger element proportionally than in the Dicynodont girdle, being very considerably larger than the coracoid. In its upper and posterior quarter there is a large oval foramen, which is completely formed by the precoracoid. On the whole the shoulder girdle, so far as known, seems to be of a more primitive type than that of either the Anomodont or the higher Theriodont. In Cynognathus the scapula is much specialised, having a well-developed spine and a distinct acromion which pro- jects outwards considerably from the general surface, and the pre- coracoid foramen is almost, but probably not altogether, surrounded by the precoracoid bone. In the Dicynodont type there is likewise a well-developed acromion ; while the precoracoid foramen is in the upper border of the precoracoid and partly walled by the scapula. In the Russian genus Rhopalodon the scapula is moderately flat, and the acromion rudimentary as in Ictidosuchus, while there is a further agreement in the large development of the precoracoid and in the foramen being entirely in the precoracoid bone. HuUMERUS. The humerus is fairly well preserved, though unfortunately the distal extremity is missing. It is rather a slender, elongated bone, and is unlike the humerus of any form hitherto described except the imperfectly known humerus of Theriodesmus. Unfortunately in Theriodesmus the humerus is only known from a mould of the upper and lower ends, and so imperfect are the impressions that Seeley * was originally led to the conclusion that the remains were those of a mammal, though he { afterwards recognised them to belong to a * H. G. Seeley, ‘‘ On Parts of the Skeleton of a Mammal from Triassic Rocks, &c.,” Phil. Trans., 1888, p. 141. + H. G. Seeley, ‘‘The Reputed Mammals from the Karroo Formation of Cape Colony,’’ Phil, Trans., 1895, p. 1019. 182 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Theriodont. The humerus in Ictidosuchus, like that in Therio- desmus, in its general proportions seems more mammal-like than any other of the known Theriodont humeri. The upper part of the humerus bears some resemblance to that in Gomphognathus, but the radial crest passes less directly outward from the bone than in that genus, and forms a deeper concavity on its inner side. As in Gom- phognathus, the radial crest arises rather abruptly near the middle of the bone, and is not continued down as in Cynodraco to strengthen the bridge over the entepicondylar foramen—the bone between the lower end of the radial crest and the upper end of the bridge being almost quite round. The entepicondylar foramen is fairly large, and is much more proximally situated than in Gomphognathus. Though the distal extremity is missing, from what remains it is manifest that there must have been a very small external condyle, though the internal condyle may have been moderately large. RADIUS. The radius is somewhat crushed, and the extremities not very perfect. In its general proportions it agrees fairly well with that in Theriodesmus. It is about 70 mm. in length. FEMUR. The femur is fairly well preserved, and is unlike any femur hitherto found. Unfortunately the head is lost; but though the lower part is somewhat fragmentary, the fragments can all be fitted in true apposition. In the middle region the femur is fairly round and small, but it becomes greatly expanded at each end. The upper end has a large trochanter major, immediately below which on the front of the femur is a large deep oval depression, about as wide as the femur is at its middle, and almost as deep as it is wide. The bottom of this concavity is rounded and smooth. Iam not aware of a similar concavity having been found previously in the femur of any Theriodont, but a distinct though much less marked concavity is found in the corresponding part of the femur of Dicynodon ; and among mammals a quite distinct depression below the trochanter major occurs in Ornithorhynchus and Kchidna. So far as the femur is displayed no trochanter minor is to be seen. Near the junction of the upper ? with the lower 2 the femur begins to expand out towards the distal end, and as it broadens out it becomes transversely concave. The axis of the lower partis also bent slightly backwards and inwards, so that the lower part of the femur looks slightly outwards. The condyles are apparently situated mainly below the outer part of the On Ictidosuchus Primevus. 183 expanded lower end, so that the inner side of the concave lower end is really an anteriorly directed ridge, which stands prominently out from the femur. . TrB1A AND FIBuLa. The tibia is fairly well preserved, but only a portion of the fibula remains. The tibia is a moderately long bone of fairly uniform thickness, considerably expanded at its upper end and slightly at its lower. It resembles the tibia in Marsupials in being flattened laterally. Near the union of the middle with lower third the axis of the bone is bent slightly backwards. The fibula near the middle is about half the thickness of the tibia, but at its lower end it becomes considerably expanded. VERTEBRE. One or two vertebra have been found, but not in a very satisfac- tory condition. The bodies of the vertebrze are biconcave, but not very deeply cupped, and the arches remain united with the bodies only by suture. The length of the body is one of the best preserved, and probably a dorsal vertebra is 15 mm. UNDETERMINED ELEMENTS. Two moderately well-preserved bones I have thought it advisable to figure, though I cannot venture on an opinion as to what they are. The first is a somewhat triangular little bone, from one angle of which passes out a long, delicate, perfectly flat bony process. This process has evidently lain alongside of some element which fitted into a deep groove on the same side of the triangular bone as the process ; and the element which has fitted into the groove has been held in position by an overlapping plate of the triangular element. | The other bone is moderately flat, and has passing out on one side also a long bony process, but a slightly twisted one. As there is no evidence as to the relations of these bones, I think it inadvisable to speculate as to what they may be. CONCLUSIONS. From the examination of the various remains of Ictidosuchus it will be seen that, though the form is a Theriodont, it differs very considerably from most known Theriodonts, and in a number of points shows affinities with the Anomodonts, and it is not improb- able that it may belong to that group of primitive Theriodonts from which Dicynodon and its allies appear to have sprung. Ictidosuchus is probably allied to Theriodesmus, but the structure of the tibize shows the two genera to be quite distinct. 184 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. PLATES XXVI. AND XXVII. ALL THE FIGURES ARE NATURAL SIZE. PLATE XXVI. FIG. 1. Upper side of skull of Ictidosuchus primevus. 2. Side view of skull and lower jaw. The fragment of the maxilla with the canine tooth is in true apposition. The squamosal is restored from that of the right side. The upper molars are somewhat crushed together, Prats XXVII. 3. Side view of left shoulder girdle. The upper part of the scapula is much curved, and consequently fore-shortened in the drawing. 4, Front view of right humerus. 5. Inner view of right humerus. 6. Front view of left femur. The lower portion of the femur is figured in true position. 7. Outer view of left tibia. The tibia is practically complete, but as the lower part is in a different block and has its inner side displayed it is merely figured in outline. 8, 9. Undetermined elements. Veaneuo Are Phil soc. Vol. Xl. Pilenve 2OOVA. os 1 aa) mn C R.Broom‘del. West,Newman lith. R.BROOM;, ICTIDOSUCHUS PRIMAVUS. iPlare ne Vile Tpans o Ate Phil Soe .Volk XL. - West,Newman lith. R.Broom del. RB ROOM, ICTIDOSUCHUS ‘PRIMAVUS. (185 ) ON THE APPEARANCE AND DISAPPEARANCE OF A MUD ISLAND AT WALFISH BAY. By F. W. Watpron, A.M.I.C.E. (Read August 1, 1900.) Plates XXVIITI., XXIX., XXX., XXXI. In submitting the facts in connection with the appearance and disappearance of a mud island in Walfish Bay, it will perhaps be advisable to give first a description of the locality in which the phenomena took place, together with the information which is furnished in the South African Pilot, No. 2 of 1884, pp. 208-210. WALFISH Bay. ‘Pelican Point, the western point of Walfish Bay, lies south 69 miles from Cape Cross, the intervening coast, which bends to the eastward, is distinguished by white sandhills of moderate elevation falling suddenly to the sea. It is entirely free from any known danger excepting off the River Swakop, and there are depths of 4 to 6 fathoms at the distance of a quarter of a mile off shore. Pelican Point is in latitude 22° 52’ 30” S., longitude 14° 27’ 15” H. ‘‘Walfish Bay was surveyed in 1825 by the officers of H.M.S. Leven, and the information resembles most of the other harbours on this coast as far north as St. Paul de Loando. Its westerly side is a sandy peninsula nearly four miles in length, terminating at its northern end in Pelican Point, where the breadth of the entrance is 32 miles. “The Bay is spacious and safe, being protected on all sides excepting the north and north-west, whence winds are fortunately not of frequent occurrence. All the shore is of sand, and the soundings regular from 8 to 3 fathoms, but within the peninsula, along the western shore of the Bay, the water is ea and the coast at the bottom of the Bay low and marshy. . ‘‘The River Kuisep runs into the depth of this Bei It trends to 186 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. the southward for a distance of about 35 miles, and then turns sharply to the eastward into the interior... . | “ Remarkable Soundings.—The soundings on all this coast are dark muddy. sand, the action of which upon metals turns them black, which effect was produced upon our leads and chain cables, making them appear as if painted.”’ DESCRIPTION OF THE Mup ISLAND. On the Ist of June, 1900, Miss Cleverley, the daughter of the Resident Magistrate of Walfish Bay territory, whilst scanning the horizon with a field-glass from the settlement at the head of the Bay saw a dark object resembling the hull of a vessel lying inside the Bay, just off Pelican Point, a distance of 64 miles from the settle- ment. To ascertain what this object was, steam was immediately got up in the launch, and Mr. Cleverley, with a small party, pro- ceeded to the spot. As Pelican Point was neared, it was found that a mud island had appeared on the inner side at about 100 yards from the shore. (See Chart, Plate XXVIII.) Careful soundings taken close to and around the island gave depths of 7 to 8 fathoms. The dimensions were approximately 150 ft. long, 30 ft. wide, and the height 15 ft. above the surface of the sea; the sides under water appeared to be nearly vertical, but above water pieces had been washed off by the sea, giving the jagged appearance shown on the photograph (Plate XXXI.). Whilst we were there several large pieces fell off into the sea. A very strong odour of sulphuretted hydrogen pervaded the spot, and steam appeared to issue from the northern end of the mass. I was afterwards told that the smell from the island was noticed at Swakopmund, a distance of 25 miles from Walfish Bay. The next day (June 2nd) we visited the island to make a more minute examination. Soundings were taken again with similar results. Lieutenant Gutsche, of the Cape Garrison Artillery, swam off from a boat, it not being possible to land otherwise, and procured a specimen of the mud. Since the previous day a large quantity of the material had fallen off into the sea. Steam was still seen issuing from the same spot. We had no means of making temperature observations of the mass or of the water, but Lieutenant Gutsche said he felt no heat on the island, and the water was very cold. The water around the island was dirty, and the surface covered with bubbles. A few dead fish were found upon Pelican Point. On the 4th of June another visit was made, The size of the Appearance and Disappearance of a Mud Island 187 sland above water appeared somewhat diminished and levelled down to not more than half the height observed on the Ist, but under water was about the same. The soundings had not altered nor had the smell disappeared. No further visits were made until the 7th of June, when it was found that the island had entirely disappeared. Careful soundings were again taken over the spot. The bottom had assumed its original depth, and no sign of the island was to be found. The water was dirty and covered with bubbles on the surface as before, and the smell of sulphuretted hydrogen was still perceptible in the air. Nothing happened on the coast about the time of the upheaval of the island to indicate that anything unusual was taking place. A airly high tide occurred a night or two previous to the appearance of the island, and a report came from Swakopmund that a very heavy sea had swept away 30 metres of a breakwater in course of construction there by the German Government ; but as similar heavy seas are frequent at this time of year on this coast, so exposed to the full force of the South Atlantic, no great importance can be attached to the occurrence. From the first appearance of the island on the Ist of June a constant look-out was kept, but there was no reappearance of it up to the time of my departure from Walfish Bay on the 10th of July. The following facts are interesting to consider in connection with the phenomena, viz. :— The remarkable soundings mentioned in the South African Pulot, referred to above : The existence of sulphur holes in various spots on the peninsula and at the head of the Bay: The frequent evolution of sulphuretted hydrogen gas during the winter months; the dirty appearance of the water with the occur- rence of bubbles on the surface similar to those seen over the spot where the island disappeared; also the fact of fishes becoming suffocated during these times and floating on the surface of the. water. As a probable cause of the presence of gases in the mud of Walfish Bay, large quantities of animal matter must from time to time be collected in the still water of the Bay from the myriads of seabirds there, and from the flamingoes, pelicans, and other birds that exist in the lagoons at the head of the Bay. The Bay also abounds with fish of various kinds, and remains of large numbers of whales are strewed along the coast for many miles, 188 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. As a matter pointing to submarine disturbance near the locality, there was a breakage in the telegraph cable to German territory, which reaches the shore at Walfish Bay. (See chart, Plate XXVIII.) This breakage took place a few weeks previous to the upheaval of the island, and I was informed by the manager of the Cable Company’s office at Swakopmund that the break occurred about 10 miles from the shore, or 6 miles from the site of the island. The fracture was a most unusual one, the cable being cut clean through, not jagged or chafed, as is the case in most submarine cable fractures. The following gentlemen were present at the several visits made to the island on the Ist, 2nd, 4th, and 7th of June: The Resident Magistrate, J. J. Cleverley, Esq., Captain C. Richardson, Lieu- tenants A. Borcherds and C. Gutsche, and Dr. Sterne, of the Cape Garrison Artillery, who were stationed at Walfish Bay; and the author of this notice, Frank W. Waldron, of the Public Works Department, Cape Town. PLATES XXVITI-XXXI. Puate XXVIII. Chart of Walfish Bay, showing the site of the mud island which appeared off Pelican Point on June Ist, 1900. y) XXIX. The island as seen from Pelican Point on June 1st. a XXX. The island as seen from Pelican Point on June 2nd. a XXXI. View of a portion of the island as seen from a distance o 50 feet on June 2nd, Trans. S. Afr. Phil. Soc. Vol. XI. Plate XXVIII. : TRUE NO|JRTH j ee tN PELICAN Stleof F*CABLE HOUSE @ ws O c A 25 West, Newman phototyp. F, W. WALDRON : MUD ISLAND IN WALFISH BAY. CHART OF THE BAY. ‘OOGBL ‘[ MNOL “ENIOd NVOI'Idd WOUd NYAS SV SANVISI GAN : NOUdIVA ‘M ‘4 ‘ddjyogoyd uvuimon ‘989 Plate XXIX. = a O S S) fe) (op) ‘3 a 4 Cra) +% 223. Bafaro, voce (Cape Town) .............. Polyprion prognathus ~...-..5%. 224 Bamboo-fish. Vide Bamboes-visch. Bamboes-visch, Bamboo-fish, Stink-fish, Gold-stripe-fish (Hoetje’s Bay), Streepje (Knysna), Mooi-nooitje (Hermanuspe- trusfontein and Struis Bay) .......... TROWSOUD Oe pentane oegeias sevienoi i cvciiictse caters 219. Bank Steenbras (Cape Town). Vide Rooi Steenbras. Barbeel. Vide Moggel. Barger (Steenberg’s Cove), Baager (Brit- annia Bay), Baar (Paternoster) ...... Galetchthys feliceps. History of the Local Names of Cape Fish. 227 Barm. Vide Moggel. Barneta. Vide Katonkel. Barsje (Struis Bay), Zee Basje (Kalk Bay), Zeverrim, voce (Mossel Bay) .......... Pagellus morimyrus .....+-- 223, 224 Bastard Galjoen. Vide Papegaai-visch. Bastard MHottentot, Copper-fish (Hast BONGO) 2) ee stke ches ever eee et Sisters 457% > Sargus capensis. Bastard Jacopever. Vide also Sancord .. Pimelepterus fuscus. Bastard Mackerel. Vide Maasbanker. Bastard-maid (Riversdale and Port Eliza- Bastard Silver-fish. © Vide Silver-fish and Seventy-four. Bellman. Vide Bardman. Bijter. Vide Elft. Biscop, Poeskop, Proenskop (Knysna) ? Poenskop, Koenskop,&Koeskop(Mansvelt) Chrysophrys, sp. .....+++-- 219, 224 iBlack-taily(Mossel Bay)... 22-2.» 6 Sargus rondeleti. Blassop, Toad-fish (E. London) ........ Tetrodon honkenyt. Blue-fish. Vide Pampelmoes.. Boer Kabeljaauw. Vide Kabeljaauw. Bokkum. Vide Harder. Bonte-haai, Lui-haai, Tiger-shark ...... Scyllium africanum ........+445 221 Bontrok, voce (Mossel Bay and Knysna) Dentex, 3p. .....-..---2 eee cree 221 Bruine Knorhaan. Vide Graauwe Knorhaan. Bull-eye (Cape Town), Bull-eye or Glass- everor Bully (Hs Wondon))) 250... Brama rait. Care Cop. Vide Kabeljaauw. Cape Herring. Vide Harder. Cape Salmon (Cape Town). Vide Geelbek. Cape Salmon (Port Elizabeth, Kynsna, & Idi, Ibierasloia)) “Sgoscob ode soee sons odonoe IOUS SOUPUS. 65.5660 ound beoc85 O40 216 Cape Salmon (Stompneus and Britannia Bay). Vide Kabeljaauw. Carp. Vide Karper. Carpelle. Vide Karper. Carpenter. Vide Zilver-visch. Cat-fish. Vide Platte-kop. Chor Chor, voce (Mossel Bay), Varkje (Knysna), Grunter (E. London) Oortje Pristipoma bennettit...........5 224 Copper-fish. Vide Bastard Hottentot. DaGERAAD, Dagara (Paternoster) ? Dava- raad (Struis Bay), Daggerhart (Humans- dorp), Daga-raad (Kowie), Dagger-head Pagrws laticeps ......eeceeeeeee 222 IDARTG, IDES (kG as1Siae}) Ves oy See ee ee SGUGUS TONACIICEVD ca 6x lui-.s « icre,s 220 Davaraad. Vide Dageraad. Devil-fish. Vide Fishing-frog. Dile- 215 FIDDLE-FIsH. Vide Zand Kruiper. Fishing-Frog, Paddy or Padda (Hout Bay), Angler, Devil-fish (Hast London) .... Lophius upsicephalus ..+...++-- 219 Five Fingers. Vide Stompneus. Blatys (Kkowile Rimerl! 25 jae os eee a eke 2 Bilyimectisa 4 280,.6 3.4. Seen ee eee ee Exocetus altipinnis & longipinnis Hortarrin: (aliky Bay) resco ee eee ee Q wees 224 Forke Bak. Vide Steenbras. Hramschie agar ves cesry eens terreno Pagrus holubt......eeeeeeeeeees 219 GALJOEN, Galleon, Trek-galjoen (?), Gal- jGen-vis\(Mamsyellt) ceases ees er Dipterodon capensis ......++++-: 221 Geelbek, Geelbeck (Pappe), Cape Salmon (Capel oO wan)iiie so envnattynre ue mac yeas Otolithus equidens........-..++. 216 Geel-haai (Struts bay)scset ore ase eet ee lcs Gab Kigws orc 223 Geeloogie(Strmis Bay |e ane ee DIRE ESP Ria a eke clo ncerereret: 223 Geel-staart. Vide Albacore. Glass-eye. Vide Bull-eye. Globe-fish. Vide Zee-vark. Gold-stripe-fish. Vide Bamboo-fish. Graauwe or Bruine Knorhaan (Pappe), Knorhaan, Grey Gurnard, Gurnard, Gwramibers (vive rco ile) meri reiterate reer Trig“ha PCYONtd. «6... cere ceeeeeeee 215 Grey Gurnard. Vide Graauwe Knorhaan. Grunter. Vide Chor Chor, Graauwe, and Roode Knorhaan. Gurnard. Vide Graauwe and Rhoode Knorhaan. Hake. Vide Stock-fish. Halfcord. Vide Albacore. Hangberger. Vide Hottentot. Haarde-staart (Struis Bay) ............ ONO ATE Re Weer coharetenmcan 223 Harder, Mullet, Cape Herring, Bokkum (= Voune lanclene) svete ie ertete Mugil of several species........+. 210 Herring. Vide Sardijn. Horse-fish. Vide Paarde-visch. Horse-Mackerel. Vide Maasbanker. Hottentot, Hottentot fish (Pappe), Rock- fish (Hast London), Hangberger (= large Sle iniferalir(o10) Mentenems OM So SUNG UO dino inc Cantharus blochit .........0+ 219, 224 JAcoB Swart. Vide Rooi Stompneus. Jacopever, Jacob Evertsen (Pappe), Jacob Eversson (Kolbe), Karl Grootoog (Struis ABBY Fee ace’ Sis ale wie teees Ge ope etna te eg SeCOaStes CAPEMSIS | ecient tern ates 220 History of the Local Names of Cape Fish. Jan Bruin, John Brown, Tambrijn? .... Gymmnocrotaphus curvidens ee ico lanrae ID) Onaye ep raleras ae each e Ses aishs ars abe on bles Zeus capensis. Joseph, Josvisch, Jusop, voce, Elephant- TOES. uss Biches Ute Ue eee Ae ar Callorynchus antarcticus.... Kaapenaar. Vide Zilver-visch. Kaapsche Blaauwe Steenbras. Vide Steenbras. Kaapsche Nooitje (Riversdale & Knysna). Vide Pampelmoes. Kabeljaauw, Kabeljouw (Pappe), Cape Cod (English seamen), Wit Kabeljaauw, Kabeljo, voce, Cape Salmon (Britannia Bay), Boer Kabeljaauw (Mossel Bay), and Red-bill or Riet-bull (Knysna) ? = IAT SOR S POCIINCMS ns a etisnaacecera ssn e ese SCUCTIG AGUILA, Vaan since 0 - Kalk-tish, Scabbard-fish ..¢:..4.8. o2.. << Lepidopus argyreus. ialverkop (Berg River). - 2.5.5.5. 405- +. ? ING OUbela VSG Genes ale cre aes ale ole eels Clinus anguillaris. Karl Grootoog. Vide Jacopever. Karper, Kerper (Van Riebek’s Journal), Carpelle Caio sss costes ssa le erate da cei ane Spirobranchus capensis ... iatonlkel itabumker a, .)c.ocissiels oc creas sees LU NMOS DAC BAR SAO BOO Kerper. Vide Karper. King-klip-fish. Vide Koning-klip-visch. RGD VIS CHAS See ec artr cists «Guat etece, s ofsa ose bso Sann (HOU, WON Olan Onna eH ao ao Kip-zuiger, Sucker-fish.....2...... +... Chorisochismus dentex ...... Knorhaan. Vide Graauwe and Roode Knorhaan. Koning-klip-visch, King-klip-fish. ide alsomtocks (COG .6\irastastts seve sary shes Genypterus capensis. Kraai-bek. Vide Papegaai-visch. Leaping Muuuer. Vide Springer. Leer-visch, Leather-fish......... sic RAS IGIMHO CHONG O68 6h 68 60 ME OOUSTAI oe ee Es A Ue pac rene te Naucrates ductor. Lui-haai (Smith). Vide Bonto-haai. NUAAN- VISOH, OUN-fSI 7... 2 cc ceils = Orthagoriscus mola. Maasbanker, Bastard Mackerel, Horse INTTCISCH OMA ic ele.s) ofa lo sos eaic etek oiser esis) oe nae © (OCEROIIAL UDO OIPUS coop boo 8c Maknreel Mackerel “2. )..s.css. eee eos es SCOMUDETEOU ER ay Neder tok wetet ets MOM VASO 22a afoec ices 16's a denis! a alls. esueie weenie HZARASCONDESHUU US ae lveroenonssek: Michel. Vide Moggel. Mooi-nooije. Vide Bamboes-visch. Moggel (Gouritz River and Berg River), Barbeel or Barm (Van Riebek’s Journal), IMIG OGL. (CKGoneeN) Gonoeecouppuersoocae TBO OWSICEPCIUSUS tarelelsateie erate « VIG opts HIG tea yapesl-t'e oy “DYVAIS TOP UOXRLOY + “aunniqup Uusbiaqeapey ‘qnouy JUTISDUDC ERO) 2 240 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. 241 On a Glacial Conglomerate in the Table Mountain Sandstone. ‘SSVd SINHMVd NO GNVG-HIVHS GHL HO NOILISOd HHL MOHS OL YUNITOILNVY DYUAECYHCHO AHL OL SHTIONYV-LHOIU LY NOLLOAS DUONG MO (Taal ‘QUOISPUDO U279) U210jf 79? erasausouoy 9 PUD 304 — PUO} SPUD -——— ; a . Ayrqounxoudde ‘j22f O08 = Yours AGE TM OSE = [VIYelaA Y PDIUOTILOY ‘VIC Sage Ni {PDT 242 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. in a fine-grained matrix. The Dwyka found in the Karroo, some twenty-five miles east of Pakhuis, is blue in colour, harder than the Pakhuis rock, and contains a much greater variety of rocks in the form of boulders or pebbles. The chief classes of rocks which are present in the Dwyka and absent from the Pakhuis conglomerate are the amygdaloidal and other diabases, and amygdaloidal rocks of more acid composition. ‘The small rounded quartz pebbles, mentioned above as being so abundant in the Pakhuis conglomerate and Table Mountain Sandstone, are not found in the Dwyka. There is, however, no essential distinction at present known between. the lithological characters of the two conglomerates; therefore the determination of the stratigraphical position of the Pakhuis con- glomerate is of great importance. The description of the occurrence of the conglomerate given above, together with the position of the outcrop laid down in the accompanying map and section, contains all that can be said on this point at present. The parallelism of the conglomerate outcrop with those of the sandstones above and below, and the agreement in dip, where dip can be observed in the con- glomerate, lead to the conclusion that the conglomerate is actually interbedded with the sandstone, but a clear section showing the conglomerate overlain by the shale and sandstone will be very welcome. I have been over a considerable part of the country between the Karroo and the Olifants River valley both north and south of Pakhuis, but no outlier of the Dwyka conglomerate has been found there; and as on the east side of that country the Bokkeveld and Witteberg Beds, or the former alone, lie between the Table Mountain Sandstone and the Dwyka, one would not expect the Dwyka to lie directly upon the Table Mountain Sandstone in the Cederbergen. (243 ) SOME PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE RESULTS FOR THE GREAT PLATEAU OF SOUTH AFRICA. By J. KR. Surron, M.A. (Cantab.). (Communicated April 24, 1901.) The accompanying notes were begun during 1897. The intention was to make them serve as an introduction to an inquiry of a physical rather than a climatological character. But their aggregate magnitude has increased step by step along a divergent direction, ‘ until it seemed better to present them as a separate paper, leaving the other matter for a future communication. In its present form the paper contains the preliminaries of an attempt to make a systematic comparison between the tempera- tures and pressures of the air over a plateau and corresponding coast station (on much the same lines as the comparisons which are made between the summit and base of a mountain), at two of the most favourable geographical positions it is possible to combine, and with what are perhaps the best materials ever used for the purpose in South Africa. Plateau meteorology has a special interest all its own. Observations taken upon the summit of an elevated peak are important, because they tell us roughly something of the conditions prevailing in the free air at the same altitude, albeit balloons and kites give results which are superior in every way, excepting that continuity and regularity are not yet possible. Balloons or mountains, however, tell us only of the air: this great South African plateau gives us something more than a rough notion of what the climate of a great portion of the earth’s surface will be like in ages to come, when the cooling earth has absorbed a considerable volume of its liquid envelope. The stations referred to are Kimberley and Durban. The Kimberley results, given in Tables 13-24, are from the observations taken by the late Mr. G. J. Lee, F’.R.Met.S., at his own second order station, with instruments that were very good of their kind, and nearly all properly certified at Kew. These instruments are now deposited at Kenilworth (Kimberley), and, with the exception of the wet bulb, 244 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. compare excellently with the observatory standards there. Few gaps appear in the Lee register: scarcely any in earlier years, and not many in later years when the observer’s advancing age might have excused them. Necessary interpolations have been made whenever possible from the Kenilworth records. The site of the station was not good, nor was the exposure of the thermometers all that could be desired. The thermometers were mounted on a modified Glaisher stand, and consequently the maximum shade temperatures, particularly in the summer, were somewhat too high; the minimum shade temperatures, particularly in the winter, being correspond- ingly too low. The wet bulb being found erroneous has, unfortu- nately, prevented the inclusion of a moisture comparison between the two places. The barometer—a Fortin, with adjustable cistern, by Negretti and Zambra—was kept in good order and hung in a good place. It may be fairly claimed that until the establishment of the first-class meteorological station at Kenilworth, some three miles from Kimberley, no better series of observations of temperature and pressure, probably none nearly so good, has ever been made in Cape Colony north of the Hex River. The Durban observations, summarised in Tables 1-12, are taken from the Annual Reports of the Astronomer to the Government of Natal. Their quality appears to be exceptionally good. One observation only has been missed throughout the period considered. The instruments, and method of using them, will be found fully described in the same publications. The order in which the results appear is as follows :— Tables 1-12 give the daily mean temperatures and pressures of the air at Durban for the ten years 1888 to 1897 arranged in the following way :— Opposite each date in the first column will be found values of— M, the mean maximum temperature of the day ; m, the mean minimum temperature of the day ; M —m, the mean range of temperature ; Mi+m 2 , the mean of the readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers equal roughly to the mean temperature of the day ; M’, the highest temperature observed in the ten years upon the date of the same line ; m’', the lowest temperature observed in the ten years ; (M +), the number of times the maximum temperature has exceeded the mean maximum temperature of the day ; (M=), the number of times the maximum temperature has equalled the mean maximum temperature of the day ; Pressure and Temperature Results for the Great Plateau. 245 (M—), the number of times the maximum temperature has fallen short of the mean maximum temperature of the day ; (M+), (m=), (m-—), the number of times respectively upon which the minimum temperature has exceeded, equalled, or fallen short of the mean minimum temperature of. the day; In the next six columns M, and m, give values of M and m in trihemera, the values entered opposite January 3rd, for example, being the mean values for January 1, 2, 3; P, the mean barometric pressure of the day, reduced to mean low- water sea-level, from readings taken at IX. and XV. o’clock INGE: MP, the highest pressure observed upon the date in ten years ; mP, the lowest pressure observed ; P,, MP,, mP,, trinemerial values of P ; (P+), (P =), and (P—), the number of times upon which the pressure was respectively above, equal to, or less than the mean pressure of the day. Tables 13-24 give the corresponding Kimberley temperatures for the same period; but the Kimberley barometric pressures are available for eight years only, commencing in 1890. These are for the hours VIII. and XX. C.M.T. Monthly and yearly summaries of Tables 1-24 are given in Table 20. | The successive values of M), M,, a m,, and m are depicted in Fig. 1, for both Durban and Kimberley ; and of MP,, P,, and mP, for Durban in Fig. 2. In Fig. 2 also the curve P,, only, for Kimberley is drawn below that for Durban and to the same scale, but plus 3-9 inches. The mean pressure curves of the two places are practically identical in shape, the mean daily differences being something over 4 inches throughout the year with certain minor periods of approach and recession to be more fully referred to later on. The variations from the mean curve are, however, much greater at Durban, the extreme range in the eight years, 1890-97, being from 29°518 inches to 30°801 inches, 2.e., 1:°283 inches, as compared with an extreme range at Kimberley from 25:665 inches to 26°508 inches, 7.e., 0°843 inch. The Durban readings, however, are timed to give almost the greatest range possible. Readings taken at Kimberley at IX. and XV. would give a mean daily range of about 0:04 inch more than those taken at VIII. and XX., and most likely an extreme range considerably greater. The principal general differences between the temperature curves 246 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Soctety. of the two places are just such as would be expected from the contrast of continental and coast stations: the mean daily temperature ranging from 44°6 (July 17th) to 80°:2 (Dec. 28th) at Kimberley ; and from 62°-0 (July 17th) to 79°°2 (Jan. 27th) at Durban—or rather less than one-half the other. The respective ranges from the lowest mean daily minimum to the highest mean daily maximum are— At Kimberley from 32°:1 (July 17th) to 98°-4 (Dec. 28th), At Durban from 51°-7 (July 18th) to 90°°4 (Jan. 27th). For the extreme range of temperature observed in the whole ten years, we have: at Kimberley 20°:0 to 108°-5—the latter occurring in the midst of what would appear to be an annual wave of high maximum temperature at the end of January—and at Durban 42°'3 to 110°:6, the latter in a hot wind of the spring months. By suitably choosing the scales on the paper it will be easily seen that the maximum temperature curve for Kimberley is almost identically the same as the mean pressure curves, inverted, for both Kimberley and Durban, either, as it happens, following closely upon the sun’s changes of declination. An approximate formula for the relationship in inches and degrees Fahr., is— 100p +t=0 where p is the total increase of pressure and ¢ the total increase of temperature reckoned from any epoch. The Durban temperatures lag very considerably behind those of Kimberley, in the summer months at any rate, and have no simple relationship to the collateral pressures. This is doubtless brought about by the vicinity of the ocean, and to a smaller extent by the greater quantity of vegetation, the moisture of the air along the Natal coast, and by the greater cloudiness of the sky. Clouds, generally speaking, prevent loss of temperature during the night in proportion to the area of blue sky hidden, and up to acertain limit—which does not, apparently, differ greatly at Kimberley from 50 per cent. of sky obscured—assist the rise of temperature during the day. Below this limit they admit more direct heat from the sun than they allow to radiate from the earth, but in a less and less degree as the sky is less cloudy ; above it the quantity of heat admitted bears a less and less proportion to the amount checked in its radiation. Moreover, apart from the influence of the clouds, 7.e., the humidity of the upper air, the influence due to the amount of moisture, or rather the humidity, of the lower air is greater than one would expect at first, although Tyndall’s “fairy tales,’’ as Prof. Callendar calls them, would not Pressure and Temperature Results for the Great Plateau. 247 altogether carry conviction, so far as can be seen at present, to the child of science who had seen meteorology at Kimberley. It is to be regretted that the very important question of the moisture, or humidity, of the atmosphere of the two places does not admit of Gomparison, for its importance is not second to that of temperature and pressure. In Table 25, however, additional columns are inserted giving the amount of cloud month by month at Durban and Kimberley from one observation per diem at both places; also the moisture at Durban from observation at IX. and XY., and the humidity at Kimberley from observations at VIII. The Kimberley results for cloud and humidity are extracted from the annual reports of the Meteorological Commission, monthly numbers only being available: they must be regarded as very rough, although the deduced hygrometric state of the air is nearer to the truth than that obtained by the Lee wet bulb. The Natal reports give the tem- peratures at IX. and XV., and the mean moisture of the same two hours expressed in grains per cubic foot ; but the wet bulb, dew-point, and humidity are omitted: the want of the first making the exact deter- mination of the two latter a task of extreme difficulty and labour— almost an impossibility. It will be seen that the greatest cloudiness of the sky at Durban occurs during the five months Oct.—Feb., jumping at once to its maximum in October, and gradually falling off through the season, whereas the moisture of the lower air attains its maximum in the four months, Dec.-March. It is during these last months, it will be remembered, that N.E. winds prevail over Kimberley.* At Kimberley, on the other hand, there is an abortive increase in the cloudiness of the sky in October, the maximum not definitely establishing itself until the first quarter of the year. Some consequences of these changes will be seen when we come to the variations in the range of temperature later on. The shape of the temperature curves in Fig. 1 obviously suggests that their irregularities may be best smoothed out by means of some simple sine curves. As a first approximation the equation— y=esinatT i * See ‘‘ The Winds of Kimberley ” (Z'rans. of the Phil. Soc. of S. Africa, vol. xi. pp. 75-112). + ‘‘ Playfair, following the steps of Kirwan, ... endeavoured to create a formula which should enable him to approximate to the mean temperature of any day: This formula is the following ;— y = T+ Fsin (A-30) in which T denotes the mean temperature of the given place, F a constant coefficient 248 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. will be found of service to the curves of either maximum, mean, or minimum, y being the temperature of any day required ; R the mean range of the curve ; T the mean value of the curve ; and «x the angular distance reckoned from the day whose mean tem- perature (maximum, mean, or minimum) is also the mean oi the year. For Durban, we have :— y = M = (48) sin « + 80°6 ye eeee = 6 sin 2+ 712 j= mM = (io) Sie 7s the angles x being reckoned from near Oct. 31st, Oct. 24th, and Oct. 16th, respectively. For Kimberley we have :— y= M = (147) sing 4+ 79°38 y ae aan e 6s y =m = (12:1)sin a + 49°8 the angles x being reckoned from near Sept. 20th, Sept. 28th, and Oct. 4th, respectively. The smooth curves derived from these formule are plotted on Fig. 1, from the calculated values of y found in Table 26. The retardation of the minimum curve for Durban is easily seen, and even more so the retardation of all the three curves for Kimberley. It is significant, and may indicate some interaction of climatic conditions © between the coast and interior that the maximum temperature at Durban lags as much behind the minimum as the minimum. tem- perature at Kimberley lags behind the maximum. ‘Taking the numbers from Table 26 for example, the greatest value of M at Durban is 85°4 on Jan. 31st, the greatest value of m being 69°-1 on Jan. 16th. But at Kimberley the greatest value of M is 94°-0 on Dec. 20th, the greatest value of m being 61°°9 on Jan. 4th. Again, determined by observation, AX the mean longitude of the sun computed from the first of Aries, for any day of the year, the mean temperature of which is y ” (Harvey, Art. ‘‘ Meteorology,” Ency. Metr., 1845). The formula, however, was not very successful, the errors in some places approaching 4° F. as compared with the mean daily temperatures of Stockholm derived from fifty years’ observations. Pressure and Temperature Results for the Great Plateau. 249 and still more curiously, the mean date of the greatest maximum for Durban and Kimberley together is Jan. 10th—.e., half-way between Dec. 20th and Jan. 3lst—which is also, as it happens, the very mean date of greatest minimum—i.e., half-way between Jan. 4th and Jan. 16th. And here it is only fair to state that this neat result was only detected after Table 26 was fully complete, so that the dates were not ‘‘cooked’’ to bring it about. But perhaps the most useful application of the sine formula will be to the differences of mean minimum temperature, Durban minus Kimberley. Here it takes the shape— y = — (0-4) sin & + 12, the angles being reckoned from near the end of September ; nor does it differ anywhere by more than a few tenths of a degree from the observed differences. The value of so simple a connecting link, if only as an aid to memory, between the meteorological elements of the two places will be readily recognised. The calculated values, reckoned from just after the equinox, are given in Table 27. The corresponding calculated differences of mean and maximum tempera- ture having no special exactitude are not thought worth insertion. Lambert’s formula is commonly used when it is required to smooth out the irregularities of temperature or other meteorological curves to any great degree of exactitude. It is— T OL US oar a =p + p,cos= + g,sin— + p, cos — nN n n + g,S8in ~— + p, cos — ee ae 2 d n | 23 ny 1) B n in which a is the required temperature, or whatever it may be, and 0) Dis Do, - - - Gis Gay Gz, . . Constants to be determined. - When a is the maximum, minimum, or mean temperature of any month, p is the mean yearly value, and p, approximately one-half the yearly R : range — corresponding, that is, to the T and ) used in the simple sine curve above. Putting n = 12 and solving Lambert’s equation by the method of least squares, we get the coefficients as in Table 28. The pressure numbers have also been added. But if Da Usa Gi= cos Va. &eC,, | 250 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. we get Bessel’s formula— Qar a=ptu,sin(V, oy) + u, sin ( V, + — + u, sin (V; + 5") + ly which is sometimes thought to be more advantageous than the formula of Lambert.* For the different elements it becomes :— 1. For the monthly maximum temperature at Durban— a = 80°°6 + 5-056 sin (77° 12:8" + 2) + 0:4916 sin (48° 14:3’ + 2?) — 0°3934 sin (36° 22°6’ + 3t) + 0°1833 sin (270° + 47) +... 2. For the monthly mean temperature at Durban— a = 71°-2 + 6:144 sin (80° 50-2’ + 2) + 0°769 sin (2° 29’ + 2¢) — 0°267 sin (860° + 32) + 0-087 sin (360° + 4t) +... 3. For the monthly minimum temperature at Durban— a = 61°8 + 6964 sin (84° 4°6° + 7¢) + 1:289 sin (324° 51:5 + 2¢) — 0°240 sin (33° 41’ + 32) + 0-242 sin (838° 25’ + 47) +... 4, For the monthly mean pressure at Durban— a@ = 30°105 inches + 0°1174 sin (273° 7:7 + 7) + 0:0097 sin (62° 27°7' + 2t) + 0:0065 sin (309° 48’ + 37) — 0:0107 sin (815° 34’ + 4%) +... 5. For the monthly maximum temperature at Kimberley— a = 79°3 — 14-775 sin (290° 12 + 2) + 1-604 sin (319° 6-4’ + 2¢) — 0-232 sin (21° 1:6 + 32) — 0-259 sin (26° 48:7 + 44) +... * Kaemtz, ‘“‘On the deduction of mean results from meteorological observa- tions” (Quarterly Journal of the R. Met. Soc., vol. iii. p. 120; also EK. H. Schmid, Lehrbuch der Met., p. 8). Pressure and Temperature Results for the Great Plateau. 2051 6. For the monthly mean temperature at Kimberley— a = 64°5 — 13-365 sin (283° 15’ + 2) + 1-626 sin (318° 13’ + 2¢) — 0-271 sin (42° 30’ + 3¢) — 0-159 sin (24° 48" + 44) +... 7. For the monthly minimum temperature at Kimberley— a = 49°8 — 12-162 sin (272° 6’ + 2) + 1-724 sin (318° 54’ + 2t) — 0-247 sin (61° 14-6’ + 32) — 0:148 sin (347° 0-3’ + 44) +. . 8. For the monthly mean pressure at Kimberley— a@ = 26-055 inches + 0-1182 sin (285° 26-5’ + 2) — 0:0070 sin (330° + 2t) + 0:0087 sin (275° 29:4’ + 32) — 0-0052 sin (348° 18 + 4#) +... Although Lambert’s and Bessel’s formule represent the facts of observation with remarkable accuracy, the simple sine curve, be- cause it is less cumbersome, is advantageous when, searching for analogies, we wish to roughly compare different curves together, say, for example, the temperatures of Durban with those of Kimberley. Neither, however, has any actual physical basis, or involves the effecting agencies any more than p, q, and a, in Lambert’s equation, applied to the path described by an inebriate would have anything to do with pints and quarts or the price of alcohol. The variable in each case, 2, or 7/7, or t, depends upon the sun’s Right Ascension. The seasons depend almost entirely upon the sun’s Declination. Right Ascension and Declination, it is true, vary together, but in such a totally different manner that the changes of temperature have no proportion to the sun’s angular velocity. In fact, of the two only the Declination needs to appear in any physical formula dealing with the supply of heat received from the sun. This, manifestly, does not imply that such a formula is easy to discover. Indeed it is not; the diversity of condition prevailing over the earth’s surface: land and water, garden and desert, acting and reacting upon the heat received ; weather not being made where it is used; and so forth—all help to order it otherwise. Thus we are, in general, content to accept the purely mathematical equation to a curve drawn on paper in the place of a formula based upon natural phenomena. — 252 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. The rise of temperature during the day depends mainly upon radiation from the sun; the fall during the night depends mainly upon radiation from the earth. Leaving the latter for future dis- cussion, let us consider the course of the former as given in the daily and monthly averages. At the outset we detect the fact, differentiating Kimberley from most places in other countries, that the greatest and least values of the maximum temperature curve for Kimberley are nearly synchronous with the solstices. This suggests some possible simplification of the difficulties that other- wise might reasonably have been expected in the framing of a formula involving some direct function of the Declination. It is | a legitimate argument, ad priorz that y= cos Ze Be where y is the required daily average maximum temperature : A a constant defining the amplitude of the curve ; B the distance from the base line of reference ; Z the sun’s zenith distance. Applying the equation, as a test, to the Kimberley maximum values, we find— y = 79 cos Z + 14 a very good approximation to the observed facts—much better in every way than the simple sine curve. The philosophy of this formula is evidently based upon the law that the quantity of heat fallmg upon any given surface for a given time will vary as the cosine of the inclination of the incident rays to the normal. But there is a factor, not to be neglected, arising out of the eccentricity of the earth’s orbit. The sun’s distance changes, being greatest early in July and least in January, and the amount of solar heat intercepted by the earth’s full disk is less or greater accordingly. The sun’s apparent area varies inversely as the square of its distance ; the solar heat and light received also vary inversely as the square of the same distance; the quantity of heat received, then, at any time will be in proportion to the sun’s apparent area. This last, multiplied by some suitable constant, we shall for the present call the heat coefficient, and denote by S*. The formula therefore takes the amended form— y = AS? cos Z + B,* * Compare L. W. Meech, ‘‘On the relative intensity of the Heat and Light of the Sun upon different latitudes of the earth” (Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge). He argues thus :— Pressure and Temperature Results for the Great Plateau. 253 in which y, A, B have the same meaning as before, though in general different values. Approximate values of A and B are 73°:4 and 22°°8 respectively. In Table 29 will be found the successive’steps of the computation for the average maximum temperatures of Kimberley on or about the middle day of each month, the sun’s Declination and semi-diameter being taken from the Nautical Almanac. The values of y thus deter- mined are marked in ring dots (thus C) on Fig. 1. They evidently average a little higher in the spring months than the observed temperatures, for which, in all probability, the retardation of the minimum, on account of the cold wave of July, is responsible. The last column of Table 29 gives the numerical differences between the values of y for the middle day of each month and the mean monthly maximum temperatures, calculated minus observed, assuming—not quite accurately—that the latter is the same as the average maximum temperature of the middle day of the month. In Table 30 is given some comparison values for Bloemfontein and Aliwal North, the respective conditions being :— 1. Bloemfontein— So Ibe AS y = 55°°8 8? cos Z + 33°. 2. Aliwal North— S. Lat. 30° 41’ y = 53° 8S? cos Z + 33°°6. The temperature numbers for both the stations are averaged from Let L = the “‘ apparent” latitude of the place, D = the sun’s meridian declination, A = the sun’s semi-diameter, A = the sun’s altitude, and H= the hour-angle from noon. Then, generally, A? sin A expresses the sun’s intensity at any given instant during the day ; and we have— A’ sin A = A?(sin Lsin D + cos L cos D cos H). Meech observes upon this result that it is ‘“‘ strictly true only at the exterior of the atmospheric envelope which encompasses the globe, or at the outer limit where matter exerts its initial change upon the incident rays.”’ But there is every reason to suppose that the formula is more nearly true than would have been admitted at the time when this opinion was written (1855), or else that the table-land of South Africa is near the ‘‘outer limit.” Writers generally have mistakenly applied formule involving the heating power of the sun to the determination of mean temperatures. Logically they can only be used for maxima. 254 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. the monthly results published by the Meteorological Commission in Cape Town. | Theory and practice are contrasted in Table 31, by comparing the calculated monthly changes of temperature with those observed for Kimberley, Bloemfontein, and Aliwal, separately and together. The chief deviations occur Nov.—Dec., and June-July, the observed variation being in the one case 1°°9 greater, and in the other 1°7 less. The other deviations are not important, and the gradients are remarkably similar. Annual hot and cold periods seem to account in the main for such differences as do occur. We gather from the close agreement between theory and observa- tion how quickly the table-land of South Africa becomes heated by the sun’s rays and how few of the rays it stores up. There is little resistance to or accumulation of heat at any time. Accepting for the present this responsiveness of the air to the action of the sun, we have now to face the curious and, at first sight, contradictory fact that the diurnal range of temperature at Kimberley is pretty well as great in winter as in summer, whereas, during the day at any rate, we should expect the winter range to be much less. For at the end of December and beginning of January the sun increases its altitude between VII. and Noon by fully 61 degrees of arc, but only by 37 degrees between the same hours at the beginning of July. Now taking the mean daylight temperatures during December and January to be the mean daylight temperature of December 31st or January Ist, we should, if the cosine formula applies to this special case, expect a rise of temperature between VII. and Noon of some 42°. The actual rise from VII. to the maximum (which occurs about 1h. 20m. p.m.) is on the contrary only 19°. Again about July 1st the calculated rise would be 39°, whereas the rise to maximum (which occurs about 2h, 35m. p.m.) is 27°-—assuming, of course, that the initial tempera- ture at sunrise is Independent of any previous solar heat. If we calculate new values of A and B in the cosine formula, by consider- ing only the rise of temperature to Noon, we shall get for the hourly rate of change— Winter y = 40°5S?cos Z + 36° 1 Summer y = 31°4S?cosZ + 55°'8; or by considering the rise of temperature to maximum :— Winter y= 51°3S?cosZ + 36°°0 Summer y = 33°68?cos Z + 55°0, In Table 32 will be found the result of the computation using the first of the two sets of coefficients :— Pressure and Temperature Results for the Great Plateau. 255 Col. 1 gives the hours ; Col. 2 the corresponding values of Z, the sun’s zenith distance, obtained from the spherical equation— cosc = cosacosb + sinasin bcos C; Col. 3 the values of y for the respective winter and summer values of the coefficients for daily range of temperature ; Col, 4 the values of y when A and B have their annual values ; Col. 5 the temperatures hour by hour from the Kenilworth (Kimberley) records. These, it must be remembered, are not for the same years as the Kimberley temperature numbers used generally throughout this paper; nor if the years were the same would they be quite the same as the Kimberley hourly tempera- tures. They must serve, nevertheless, because no hourly temperatures had ever been taken in Kimberley. According to this Table the hourly differences between the observed and calculated temperatures are appreciably the same at the same hours in both summer and winter. In other words, the average hourly increase of temperature to noon in summer is to that in winter in the approximate ratio of 314 to 455. This greater winter rate of increase, together with the previous results elicited, may prove that the power of the sun to warm the air is limited, and that if it were to stand in the midst of heaven for any length of time the temperature over the table-land would not necessarily reach any very high degree. We see, for example, that when its zenith distance decreases from 66° 37’ to 53° 44’ (arc) it can raise the temperature from 67°°7 by 4°°6; but when its zenith distance decreases from 67° 31’ to 53° 45’ it can raise the temperature from 49°:4 by 9°°5. Also at the equinoxes a decrease of zenith distance from 64° 0° to 51° 32’ will accompany a rise in the temperature of 5°°2 from 62°°2. Otherwise by taking averages we have a mean rise of temperature per 12 degrees decrease of zenith distance as follows :— SUMMA a elec ee Aor3 trom Oo. ARDEP O est ales arse eosin Oo On en One WAMU Te ec ee she 82:0F ra, 40 oe By measuring initial temperatures horizontally to the right, and average increase per 12 degrees of zenith distance vertically upwards (v.e., using rectangular axes) we get three points on some plane curve. Also the three equations— 4:3 (67-7 —x) =Q 5:0 (62:2 —-x7) = Q 8:0 (49-4 -27) =Q ING 256 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. are all nearly satisfied when x= 28:1. Whence it follows that the three points lie upon a rectangular hyperbola,* one of .whose asymptotes is the line of initial temperatures, and the other the line x = 28:1: That is upon the rectangular hyperbola— t(T — 28-1) = 170-4, where T is the initial temperature, and ¢ the rise of temperature. It is curious that the numerical value of the equation is just about the highest temperature likely to be registered at Kimberley by a black bulb 7m vacuo on a fairly clear day at the end of December. So far as can be ascertained from the as yet hmited materials, the corresponding values for other months, lying between the solstices and equinoxes, are points upon the same hyperbola. Yet it would be exaggerating the evidence to consider the asymptotic nature of our temperature changes demonstrated; because, for one thing, the Kenilworth hourly temperatures are read only at the whole hours, and thus it is not easy always to select periods in which an average rise of temperature can be estimated, for a decrease of zenith distance by 12 degrees, from somewhere near 65 degrees. Again, the equation is not generally true for temperatures falling outside the Kimberley limits. For imagine a still more elevated table- land whereon we might happen upon an initial temperature T = 28° 1 for a solar zenith distance of about 65 degrees. This would clearly make ¢ infinite, which is as clearly impossible. . Moreover, the equation would give a value of t—small it is true—for the largest assigned value of T short of infinity, which is as clearly unthinkable. Perhaps the explanation is that a similar formula, but with different constants, would apply elsewhere, within the observed limits of temperature, to furnish—if no more—a very useful mnemonical aid. At Cordoba, for example, which lies in 8. Lat. 31° 24’, and very nearly on the central meridian of South America, but otherwise having no great advantages of geographical position, we get the following increases of temperature for decreases of zenith distance by 12 degrees from somewhere near 65 degrees : IM aitcliss stole st awenel ee to, 122-2 Ce irom ls2-6OiC: SULTON ey ote ne aed 4°36 ay eons Decemiieee 2 occas 2:13 gr we OEY Forming the equations as hefore, and solving by the method of least squares, we deduce the very accurate equation, in Centigrade degrees— i(T oo 0-943) = 44°154, * C. Smith, Conic Sections, Art. 151. Casey, Treatise on the Analytical Geometry of the Point, Line, Circle, and Conic Sections, Sec. Ed., p. 269. Pressure and Tenperature Results for the Great Plateau. 257 the smallest value of the equation being 44°°136 C., and the greatest 44°-174C., as compared with an extreme error of 0° 1 F. at Kimberley. The only other hourly temperatures that have been tested in this way are for three (all that are available) incomplete years from Hong Kong in N. Lat. 22° 16". They surrender to the same treatment the equation, in Fahrenheit degrees, t(T — 34-1) = 36:3, but the errors amount to fully three-quarters of a degree—which might be accounted large for a place with such a small daily range of temperature, did the available observations cover a longer period. At the least, whether the changes of temperature be exactly or only approximately asymptotic, we conclude that the air of the table- land responds to the solar energy the more vigorously the more it happens at any time to be found below its theoretical temperature for that concomitant altitude of the sun; and that the time it requires to attain to its highest temperature is a question rather of hours than of days. The great lagging at Durban of more than a month must be regarded as pre-eminently due to the adjacent ocean per se. As to the atmospheric moisture rising from the water, its effect is probably infinitesimal by comparison, whether it be condensed into clouds or not. Nor does the ocean domain, meteorologically speaking, end with the shore, as is attested by Tables 33 and 34, in which the monthly means of maximum and minimum air-temperature, extracted from the annual reports of the Cape Meteorological Commission, are given not in districts but in sets according to distance from the sea ; and by Tables 35 and 36 giving the monthly means of temperature, and of range of temperature, deduced from 33 and 34. The periods of observation vary from ten to seventeen years. The respective latitudes, altitudes, and distances from the sea are given more or less accurately below :— 1. Coast Stations :— Distance S. Latitude. Altitude. from sea. Dur bameceen.ce- a 29° 51’ 260 feet 24 miles East London...... ja 2 BIOs. yp OMe. Port Elizabeth... 33 58 Sites ve Onna. Mossel Bay ...... jaan leh NOS) 255 Om Ee Cape L’Agulhas 34 50 OB 5, Oui. Simonstown ...... 34 12 De 0 Average ...... 34° 2’ 64 feet | | 258 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. 2. Middle Stations :— Distance S. Latitude. Altitude. from sea. | Wanttatarcwsse ess BLS Si5) 2,400 feet 35 miles Queenstown ... 31 54 3,000 _,, TOO Somerset Hast... 32 44 2,400 _ ,, (ON Graaff-Reinet ... 82 16 2300) ~,, He) Prince Albert ... 33 14 DAO ar GO" Worcester ...... 33 40 (g(a OOo. Average ...... 32° 34’ 2,300 feet 73 miles 3. Table-Land Stations :— Distance _ §. Latitude. Altitude. from sea. Kimberley ...... 28° 43° 4,042 feet 340 miles Bloemtontem =...) 29). 4% ab oyllisy |) 5. VASO) Aliwal North ... 30 41 4,330 ,, ESO er. ili ohisi ye... 30 13 4,700 ,, MBI) ys Average...... 29° 41’ 4,400 feet 261 miles In the above list Durban should not properly be called a coast station, the observatory being two and a half miles from the sea—a distance which is pretty often quite enough to alter the type of tem- perature very sensibly. But it seemed better not to omit it, especially as its annual curves do not differ in character from those of the true coast stations. In some respects Philippolis occupies a unique position : the late- ness of the epoch of both its highest monthly maximum and minimum temperatures giving it Middle characteristics, yet showing full title to its position in the Table-Land set by reason of its early lowest maximum and minimum. But it has been included, although its meteorological history only runs back for nine years, chiefly because of the good quality of the observing, and next because of the lack of other material. Quite a half of Cape Colony is on the table- land, and as yet, unfortunately, the labours of the Meteorological Commission have only brought forth one complete register extending over a period exceeding ten years for a high level station. That being so, it is a distinct comfort to be able to cordially admit that the one register—for Aliwal North—is a good one. Prince Albert belongs by reason of its altitude and distance from the sea to the Middle stations, but its meteorological elements seem to place it in a class intermediate between those and the Table-Land stations. Pressure and Temperature Results for the Great Plateau. 259 The numbers in 33-36 want little explanation. Their salient features only require a cursory inspection. We see that the highest mean maxima occur towards the end of December on the table-land ; from a fortnight to three weeks later on the lower land; not appear- ing on the coast until the end of January. Again, on the table-land June is a little colder in the daytime than July; on the lower land July is a little colder than June; while on the coast July and August | are both a good deal colder than June. Im all the three sets of stations the difference of time between the highest and lowest maximum is just about six months. The average ranges of mean monthly maximum are— (Mal oleslbewadl SueMMOIOS | hsbcrcoou\oenocdaonoasoucen ASS Middle OEM g eg Te Ree cei geen Os 18°°4 Coast eT eR RR Nair ante ae Ne A No he 10°-9 In each set the highest and lowest monthly minima are reached a little later than the corresponding maxima, and are sufficiently pronounced to place the general highest mean temperature (z.e., 4{M + m]) of the whole country between the middle and end of January, and the lowest averages in July. But on the table-land July is very little colder at night than June, though much colder than August; in the middle stations August is somewhat warmer than June ; while on the coast June is warmer than August. The average ranges of mean monthly minimum are— Hable= amd soraulOmMse eens eeeke te eee eee 26°°4 Middle 2a Ws OU See oid er eNO 5 eg 20°:6 Coast MPO h EO PE ay SURE err ae HERD a 114k) The average annual ranges of monthly mean temperatures are— Rable-Band) Statlonise ses nle ss ee nee 25°°0 Middle is hor Peete crs rN Teh as, Mal ie 19°:4 Coast OP DDG a eV BRR ERE Noah nd es TPIS) 3 The unlike influence of ocean and land upon the insolation and radiation to which the air is at.any time subjected, is strikingly illustrated by the mean monthly range of temperature. Upon the table-land the curve is a simple one, having only a single maximum and minimum. The former comes in September, the latter in March. Bloemfontein and Aliwal North are almost identical, but Kimberley and Philippolis differ somewhat from them and from each other. * The average temperature ranges of the middle stations are almost the same as the means of the averages of the coast and table-land. 260 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. The middle stations have also a minimum in March and also a second, much less pronounced, in the spring. The separate stations exhibit considerable variation among themselves, Worcester having the greatest: range in the summer, while the others, on the whole, have theirs in the winter. The coast stations have a decided minimum range in February, and a smaller and, in some cases, abor- tive minimum in October. They are all alike in having the greatest range in winter, Simonstown excepted. At this station there is a third minimum, which also happens to be the greatest, and runs con- currently with that at Worcester, in the winter. Now Worcester and Simonstown are both in the Western Province, and _ their minimum winter range is no doubt a consequence of the greater rainfall, cloudiness, and humidity there at that season. The average annual ranges of monthly mean ranges of temperature are— Abert Niel be walC ESUERAOINS) Angelus cassonbescsdonssaoscoo oc 7°:0 Middle shy. We pg ARNEL SARIS RBI et OE eat Coast pea ae NRL 8 due SRA eS DS) The results of the four Tables (33-36) seem to indicate that in the same way as the power of the sun to heat the air is limited by radia- tion, so is that same radiation limited (at night mainly) by the air’s hygrometric condition. The curves of Fig. 3 suggest the conclusion perhaps better than the tabular numbers. The influence of local surroundings is very clearly shown when we compare the temperatures of the different places with what some theory should indicate. The coast stations do not, for example, follow any simple cosine law in either their maxima, minima, or means of temperature. Neither do the various stations, when allow- ances have been made for latitude, conform to any law of decrease with altitude. Supposing the average in free air to hold good over South Africa, Prince Albert should have, approximately, a mean temperature 64° less than that of Hast London, instead of 44°; Wor- cester nearly 2° less than Port Elizabeth, instead of 1°; Bloemfontein about 13° less than Durban, instead of 92°; and the Table-Land stations generally quite 5° less than that of the middle stations. The common reduction of temperature to sea-level, made with more or less (usually less) success in other countries, is therefore quite illusory here. We may conclude that the effect of the table-land is to reduce the fall by about one-third of its amount in free air, bringing it to, say, 1° in 440 feet. This is rather less than the rate (1° in 410 feet) connecting the temperatures of Mount Abu and Karachi, India, both near 25° N. Lat., at the respective altitudes of 3,945 feet and 49 feet, Pressure aud Temperature Results for the Great Plateau. 261 and in a climate not differing greatly, excepting at midsummer, from that of the dry regions of South Africa. Between Kimberley and Durban, making every allowance for the difference of latitude, the fall is not quite a degree in 500 feet. The monthly comparison numbers for Mount Abu and Karachi are given below in Table 37.” Considered side by side with the comparison of Table 25 they are most instructive, Abu being a fairly typical isolated mountain, and its observatory standing at about the same elevation above Karachi as Kimberley, on its typical table-land, is above Durban. We come now to the remarkable numbers tabulated in columns 8-13 of Tables 1-25. Their meaning has been explained near the beginning of this paper. They show that the curve of daily maximum, and the curve of daily minimum temperature for the year have almost the same characters at both Durban and Kimberley, the respective positive and negative excursions occupying the same intervals of time at both places. Fifty-four per cent. of the registered maxima are above the mean maximum, and 52 per cent. of the registered minima are above the mean minimum. We infer from the given ratios that when the maximum falls below its mean amount it does so deeply and sharply, but its rises are more leisurely and more prolonged: that is to say, the general aspect of the graph is that of a prolate cycloid on the positive side of its base. The minima follow much the same course, although the cycloid shows a dis- position in the winter months to shift to the negative side of the base. Compare these temperature numbers with those for the pressures given in the concluding columns of Tables 1-24, and in columns 17, 18, 19, of the monthly summaries. Here the position is that the barometer at both Durban and Kimberley is as many times above the mean as it is below ; 7.e., the average shape of the negative parts of the curve of departure from the mean daily pressure is an exact reflection of the average shape of the positive parts. In other words the curve displays the same peculiarities of detail either way up. Such being the case at both Durban and Kimberley, we must con- clude that the mean pulsation is essentially undulatory. The idea is to some extent justified by an analysis of the pressures year by year deduced from hourly observations at Kenilworth. It is found that the annual mean pressure is practically constant, although the mean barometer during any month may differ greatly from that of the same month of another year. As stated at the outset, the Durban pressures are for ten years, while only eight years are available at Kimberley ; moreover, the * From Blanford’s Climates and Weather of India. 262 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. observing hours are different. Before the two may be compared, then, it is necessary first to determine the Durban means for the same eight years, and next to correct the readings of either for the diurnal oscillation. We are able, fortunately, in the case of Kim- berley, to do this with some precision from the known hourly varia- tion at Kenilworth. The result will be found in Table 38, the monthly numbers denoting the mean sea-level pressures at Durban from readings at IX. to XV. for the eight years 1890-1897, and the Kimberley means for the same years reduced to the mean of the same hours. Although the period used is not so great as might be wished, some very remarkable facts stand out very plainly. First that the highest and lowest monthly pressures, occurring respectively in July and January, differ by 0°245 inch at Durban, and by 0-242 inch at Kimberley, which practically means an identical range. Now in free air, where there is a normal decrease of temperature with height, a point whose altitude is equal to that of Kimberley (4,042 feet) above sea-level at Durban would have a barometric range not much greater than one-half the observed range. We should have, in fact, counting both temperatures and pressures upwards from Durban, at the given altitude— Tita villsysi ov clyouriir Soaihath elie a ene egs 26°14 inches Ine Jiamatiaiey Getto ene bok Arg eee ZG:0is” aay, OY bine Vie aneh sete iene ergs teats 26:08." 4; At the same time it is not improbable that the Durban pressures would be rather different if there were no table-land behind it. The range of monthly mean pressures at Mount Abu is but three- fifths of that at Karachi for a difference of elevation of 3,896 feet. Their monthly numbers are given in Table 38 for comparison with those of Kimberley. They illustrate very well how the indications of a mountain barometer differ from those of a table-land barometer. The orderly sequence of differences for the Indian stations is worth notice, these being least in summer and greatest In winter. Now all places whose altitudes are not very great have their pressures invariably greater in winter than in summer. But the difference of pressure between a sea-level station and an adjacent point at a moderate elevation is least in summer because the access of heat expands the air, thereby raising the surfaces of given pressure ; and in the same way the cold of winter contracts the air, thereby lowering the surfaces. Evidently Mount Abu conforms to this law. In South Africa, on the contrary, the least differences come towards the end of Pressure and Temperature Results for the Great Plateau. 263 the summer, the greatest near the end of the winter—some two months late for both phases. A phenomenon like this is worth elucidating. Sir George Airy, whose gird at meteorology—because it requires neither money nor brains; or aS he, more mildly, put it in the last report he wrote, ‘perhaps because it requires little of expense or science”’ “—was quite a hardy annual, seems to have believed that all ever done, or, for that matter, likely to be done, by meteorologists (except at Greenwich, where the meteorological work is ‘‘the best in the world’’) was to pile inches, or degrees, and decimal parts upon previous similar observations: Pelion and Ossa upon Olympus. The meteorologist’s obvious retort is that astronomers have done their share of mountain piling in the past, with what they are pleased to describe as ‘‘fundamental’’ astronomy, and may do still more in the future, and yet not always succeed in scaling the high heavens. Neptune, for instance, was not discovered at Greenwich, nor would it have been later on, even though the Right Ascension of Uranus on, shall we say, 1847, August 31d. 14h. 27m. 38°9s. was somewhere about lh. 6m. 11°37s.! But although ‘* etherique ingenio supposuere $20 . non ut ferat Ossan Olympus sunumaque Peliacus sidera langat apex”? + may be occasionally true of astronomers, whether directed by Heaven - or the Admiralty, who would argue that the present enormous bulk of the present volumes of fundamental astronomy published as GREENWICH OBSERVATIONS should be curtailed? Not the meteor. ologist certainly. His only regret is that Airy should have risked adding to “hi montes”’ a Vale of Tempe by not inserting the necessary fourth decimal places, in seconds of arc, to the 1,294 elegant star-positions for January 1, 1880. Is it not, for example, sacrificing a reasonable accuracy to a most unreasonable brevity to call the R.A. of Alpha Ceti 2h. 56m. 0:328s., when the seconds should be 0°3275? Still less would the meteorologist argue that the meteorological observations taken at any astronomical observatory, even though they be not discussed by the observatory staff, should, for that reason, be discontinued. The industry that has accumulated there will be thankfully recognised by some future Titan. It is, indeed, much to be regretted that observers have not been so industrious in South Africa. Here, when extensive sets of observa- tions are wanted, and that is at nearly every turn, they are not * Greenwich Observations, 1880. ¢ Ovid, Fasti, Lib. i. 306, &e. 264 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socicty. forthcoming, and for the simple reason that they never existed. Good observations at Bloemfontein, and at Port Nolloth, and plenty of them, would be invaluable in the framing of a pressure theory for the table-land. Still more so would be a set of good records from a chain of stations across the continent near S. Lat. 29°. Failing such, as an experiment the monthly barometer results for Aliwal North, Philippolis, and Umtata, from the annual reports of the Cape Meteorological Commission have been compared with the observations for the same years at Durban.* They are each derived from one observation per diem, at VIII., of a marine barometer, the sluggishness of which may flatten the curves somewhat. Umtata, below the high table-land, shows the normal winter maximum difference, and summer minimum, with very little retarda- tion. Philippolis and Aliwal North both incline to Kimberley characteristics. The monthly rate of increase of mean pressure is pretty much the same for each station, i.e., the pressure curve for each is to all intents and purposes an inverted curve of table-land temperatures. [See Tables 39 and 40.] We may, it seems, without unduly magnifying the force of the evidence, regard the lagging in the differences of mean pressure as a peculiarity differentiating a table-land from a mountain in a germane latitude. The actual process seems to be much in this way :— 1. The annual mean temperature of the air immediately over the table-land being much greater than that of the free air over the coast at the same elevation, the layers of equal pressure that would other- wise be level planes are expanded upwards in surfaces that follow the contour ofthe land. Those portions of the surfaces protruding thus above the elevation proper to their given pressures push outwards against the normal surfaces over the coast—not sliding upon each other as von Siemens has truly said +—until equilibrium is estab- lished. That is, for any given latitude the barometer would read lower on the table-land and higher on the coast than it would if the table-land were replaced by a mountain of the same altitude, because of this outward extension. * Some Durban results for VIII., Royal Observatory mean time, are published by the Cape Meteorological Commission each year; but they do not tally with those published direct by the Natal Observatory, and so have not been used here. It seems probable that before being sent to Cape Town they are corrected for latitude. If so, they are not really comparable with the results from the other coast ports published on one page as ‘‘ Monthly Means of Barometer . . . reduced to 32° F. and Sea-level,” none (or few at any rate) of which have undergone the latitude correction. + “On the General System of Winds of the Earth” (Phil. Mag., 1890). But it is largely a question of words, although, perhaps, not quite true in the sense in which von Siemens intended. Pressure and Temperature Results for the Great Plateau. 265 2. Starting now in the height of summer, when the temperatures over the table-land are the greatest possible, we have at any instant the whole atmospheric envelope of the southern hemisphere expanded upwards, the tendency of which is to decrease the differences of pressure between upper and lower stations. But the air being expanded over the high land not simply in terms of its altitude, but according to its temperature, the excess of volume presses coastwards, counteracting more or less completely the processes that make for a minimum pressure-difference. 3. During February pressures are rising generally in the southern hemisphere. Also the temperature is rising over the coast, but falling over the table-land: that is, the pressure surfaces are still rising over the coast, but have begun to sink over the interior. More of the inflow from the north, therefore, goes to the table-land stations than to. the coast. 4. During March temperatures are falling generally, and pressures are rising, the surfaces of equal pressure are tending to sink. But the temperatures of the upper stations are falling very much faster than those of the coast, and hence a small excess of the still expanded air (it still being warmer than the mean) is pressing inwards. 5. During April and May temperatures are falling most rapidly at inland and coast stations alike. The pressure surfaces are still of themselves tending to sink faster over the interior than over the coast, but now it would seem are lost in the maximum effect of the general inflow from the north. Ina lesser degree the same applies to June. There is some irregularity in the behaviour of the barometer at this season, which seems to be due to the barometric depression that annually (probably) spreads over the land for a fort- night or so towards the end of May. The general character of this depression will be best understood after reference to the daily numbers in Tables 5 and 17. 6. In July the mean temperatures of the table-land cease falling, and, indeed, saving for the annual cold wave of the month—to be mentioned again presently—would be actually rising; as the maxi- mum temperatures are in spite of the cold wave. At the middle stations and on the coast, however, the fall continues both by night and by day. ‘That is, the pressure surfaces over the coast and the slopes are still sinking, while over the higher land they are sinking no longer. At this time also the general pressure over the southern parallels is practically stationary at its highest amount. So the crests of the stationary or ascending pressure surfaces are free to extend laterally, adding something to the coast pressures [see Table 25] and deducting something from those of the interior. 266 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. 7. In August the same state of things prevails. For although the temperature rises slightly over the coast, the rise on the table-land is at least four times as great; and thus while the seasonal fall of pressure has well set in, over the whole southern hemisphere, it is checked a little on the coast and increased on the table-land by the outward expansion arising from the more rapid increase of tempera- tures. In September the pressure surfaces are rising generally, and the differences begin again to decrease. 8. In October we see another increase in the difference of pressure. It is very plain at Aliwal North and Kimberley, and appears as a considerable temporary check in the curve rates of Philippolis and Umtata. Now at the coast stations the monthly rate of increase of temperature augments far into the summer, reaching its maximum from November to December. On the table- land the maximum rate is reached from August to September. The middle stations seem to feel the influence of both, having a marked break in their rates of temperature increase from September to October. Corresponding to this is the marked October decrease in the rate of fall of the barometer at Durban, where for pretty well a whole month the pressure curve les above the inverted Kimberley temperature curve. ee =| | L | 9.9% 0-€8) $-89) 6-16, 9-L9/S-6L, IT S J | | v1 ClO: = \G6y. S662, | | | | 95 eae BGee | ¢ | $17 0-28, B-89, 6-06) 8-LE,L-8L OT S T 61 9OT-0¢ |G29- 09S | | et Aaa see eG | aS) Gs | @ | LG \€-68, 6-19) G-8T| L-8¢\3-LL, 6 = OT OL (689-62 TSP-0€ 611-0 |TS2- [Isp | OST. |F-¢/2-98 1-69 | L8T 869/982 ¢ ee | ¢ | T-E¢/@-18| 9-19] 7-LT) 6-89/8-9L) 8 Sy fel 8 Coe Oe | AED | | Regee € | pe 7 | 9 | 9-89/678 G-69) LT L-09|6-8L 2 = OT Or Gola Sy tT | | eee re axe | 2 | 8 | T | 9 | ¥-6G\L-98) &-0L| 6-16) L-69/0-18) 9 OB €1 | L (628-62 \16P-0€ TST-08 |628- |168- | BOT. 9-0¢/L-88 3-0L | 9-8T 609 G-6L 6 | 8 1 F | T | § | 9.0G)\L-88| 7-69) 6-8T| 0-09/6-82) S = II | 6 | grs- |167- | TET- ee | | i Oeelesee | L | €-8¢ €-98| G-OL| GST P-19|9-6L ¥ = 6 | 11 666. |OL- | T9T- es | | 6 Seal ae | L | T-19/9-L8) 9-0L| 2-81} §-T9 0-08) & S OT OL |1GL 6z 99 O€ |6ZT-08 |TSL- |99e- | TOT. |G-9¢\¢-88| GIL | $61 619618) T | G I 64 8 | G8E €-88 €-GL) 7-06) 1-9 |G-68 6 2 - BI 8 681-66 91808 GOT.0€ | | Ce Se | oo | OL | F-LE €-98 8-TL 1-02 8-19/6-18 T = | | SOTOUT | SotfoUT | SOTOUT| sayour| seqyour seyour | o fo) fe) | o |) © Oo | | | | o | © fe) | fo) | fo) Ore, S | | = ls oe | Se Se ee re | | cs ees P= 2 | 2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | q ae ee oe ce otal a |8 | me | d pee | aN ewseqh tN fue | “1 Kee ae $0 (WW (= 10 + W)| 2 | JN Fer oe uw | We, Sen ‘2681-8881 “IVIVN ‘Nvauoaqd LV YIy GHL 40 AMASSHUg ANV AUALVUNMNAT, ATIVG NVA G WIdaViL 284 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. a a a a a eee Bee §I H tI ‘880. (61¢- L6G. L 910-06 9EF- j|O6T- GI '966-66 £69.06 876-0 666- |LTG. |(8G¢- 6-L7 6-88) 869 | 8-16 0-E¢ iL | 966-66 29. ESE. 8 €60:0€ |96¢- €&- GL |GS8.66 GES-06 90G-0€ |T66- (GEG. {LEG (€-8P7 6-88) 0-99 | BES |F-FE VI GG8- \O1P- |902- | 9 188- Gp. |PLT- | | G |§18-66 |G86-0E |L9T-0€ |E18- 09S. |PZI- (89h 8-68) FSO | 6F% \0-€E 8 966- |G8g- ELT. | | OT | €86-66 088 0% | GT |8L8-66 S&¢.0€ |F8d-0€ 990-0€ |I8F- F86- FLY L-E8 0-49 | 6-12 |0-7E OT | 8L8- PSG. 8S. | II 848. ggg. [07 | | | 6 |GPL-66 919-08 S7G-0€ \0S6-66 LEG. SEs. FLP'E-88 &G9 | 6C6 |6-FS | ral | | SIT-0€ FI9- 663- foe | 8 | PL. |9L9- |€08- | | L |088-66 669-06 €L1-0€ 088- |€6¢- 9GT- 0-1 L98 ¥-99 | €-& 8-7¢ 9 L66- |6LG- 98T- | 6 688- |OT¢- (SLT- | GL 9&8.66 LT9-0& |696-0€ 998-66 |22¢. FS. |L-67 0-78| 679 | 661 OSE OT | 660-06 |LT9. 68 II | 676-66 SG7- 906- 9 |898-66 LOG.0€ FLT-0€ L10-06 LOG- |L8T- /|G-TS 7-S8) 9-99 | €-66 |G-G¢ | oe 898- |807- (26T. | Li | 196. |L8€- |€PT- | | | 6 |08L-66 819-08 €8T-0E 626. 62F- (00G- 8-8F G68! §-99 | 6-16 Fg 6 | OSL. (819. |SGT- | L he 's06- (669. |S6T. | | GL ‘876-66 OT9-0€ €L16-06 8F6-66 |LLG-0€ |FFZ-0E L-6F 1-68) 0-99 | 0-16 ¢-SE ,SOTOUL SOUT | SOYDUL, SOTOUT|setToul|setour| o fo) fo) OF | ao | | | i d) | (+d) | *awu | fq | ‘fd aw | qm | a |£aw | tm |—S _tm—eyq] fue | | tw+ ET] | 8-LL 6-LL MID IDID EH MOM MOOM OOO IMID HK DOMmMHOMmwMH HOO | B= SH 19 209 60 De SH De De SH OSH OO OH OH SH 19 209 0 HD ON OD OOH O10 1D HO LD De SH OD OD CD SHLD Be CO SH 9 19 SH Pe Pe OOD HH AN OOH 110 HI. NCO Coal i! toot imal fe! SH OD UD P= 6 © 29 UW OD OA SO 2D 1D SH GD OD SH SH 1D CO CO Pe H © 1 1D 19 10 EH OD | | leze 6-08 IG-TS |G.08 | G-6F 9-Z8 G-LF |€-88 €-8F |€-98 € SF 6-88 G.6F €-6F 8-97 8-87 9-8F V8 \P-LP 9-06 8 SF v-LYP P-8F 0-1E P-6S 0-1¢ L-6P eG 6-1 6-1¢ 6-1 G.1G 88h L-TS |G 68 8-8F 0-18 L-6F 0-68 0) | 10) | | L-18 6-68 8-S8 3 08 GS-68 V-6L L-€8 p62 [-68 &-88 L-78 L-98 0-68 L8L T-08 078 0-68 0&8 \b-S8 ‘T-€8 SN | (—w) | (=u) | (+Ue) | (—W) | } | Ww) W ue | IN 9-78 | 6 FS 0-69 0 LG9 | 9-83 6-89 |G-LL) 66 CGY 9-13 'L FG \E-9L | 8B €-99 | 8-1G |PGG\S-LL LB L-S9 | 6-18 8 FE \L-9L | 9% 6-69 FB 8-4 |0-8L | GB 399 8-€S [S-FG|L8L 1 6-S9 9-16 |T-GG|L-9L €B 669 GHZ LES G8L' GS €69 6&6 L6G |6-LL 16 649 64% €-6E FLL 0B L¥9 €-F% 9-6G 6.9L 61 1-69 8.06 L FG |G-GL| 8T L-S9 9-06 8F9\F GL) LT L-+9 | G06 -FS 0 GL) 9T 949 | LST 1€-S¢ |0-FL| ST 9.99 9-83 |8-FE |F SL FT 3-99 68% |€-FE |G 8L) ST L-99 | GGG |9-GE |8-LL | BT 799 6-86 |G'FS F-8L IT G49 F-06 |L-FS |G FL) OT L-F9 8ST |9-G¢ 6-€L 6 L-S9 6-06 €-EE G-9L| 8 6-99 €-16 9-69 6.9L L G.99 | T-ZS |G-S¢ |9-LL | 9 0-L9 8% €S¢ 8-8L) g L199 | 8-16 8-S¢'9-LL) F E19 9-6 GGG T-6L, & 0-69 €.06 6FE GGL @ T-99 006 1-9¢ 1-9L T Oo } oO Oo | Oo | g 7 wn | UW W eune ‘J68T-888T “IVLVN ‘Nvaunq LV YIly GHL JO BUNSSaUg GNV AUALVUadWAY, ATIVG NVA] ‘9 WIV Pressure and Temperature Results for the Great Plateau. 285 6 $§&8-6Z 6F9-08 G0Z-0E EE8- |6F9- LF: IL-L¥ 6-88} T-99 | T-TG 9-91-91! @ 8 if 668: |G6F- |ELT- | | | & | 2 9 G88- FOF 68ST: | G | 6 |1G8-66 |\LEG-0€ |6E6-0€ |\LZ6- |LEG- (GZS. (§-8F 0-68) 3-49 | 9-1Z F-FG/0-9L) F | 9 6 OF6- (€9F- \O8Z- (g € V ‘BIL TS8-GG |6TS- GIG: | a7 I G GL \0€6-66 GLG-0€ |S9G-0€ FE0-0€ |GLE- ($66. (3-LF 0-8) &-69 | 0-6Z GPSIG9L| g T V OT 966- |G9G- |\6GZ- 9 T g IT O€6- |98F- |PPG- G G 9 (€98-66 T08-0€ |[SG-06 |GF6- |GLF- |6GT- |§-ZF 0-68} F-S9 | F-E% L6G \T-8L|) 9 V GI €98:- |0G¢- [86: G G I CT 698: TO8- - |FTE: hy § €L (608-62 |G0L-0€ |TT§-0€ 608-62 GOL. 664: T-9F |9-66| €-€9 | 9-16 G-2E/T-PL| L § CT 8T0- |89G- |8Gc¢E.- 6 T II -|€T0-0€ |80G- |LLé- 9 v OT (889-66 STP-0E |SST-0€ |G2L- iL68- |O8T- /|L-GF'8-06) F-49 | GTZ |2-€61¢-4L| © G 8 666. (GIF /69T- V 9 9 889- (O8&- {LTT 9 V L |066-6@ ZE9 O€ |S9G-0E |066- |O€F- |96T- J|L-LF 13-68! €-F9 | 0-16 8-G/8-FL| 8 G BIL 66-66 |619- CRs: L S IT GVO0-0€ |GE9- —|80E:- G G L (GG8-62 |LTG-0€ |FTG-0€ |€88- |LTS- |90%- |¢-9F'%-L8| &-F9 | 8-1z 9-€G |P-GL| G IT CG8-66 |6FF |904- L ‘B OL 190-08 OLF (|6&3@: € i 9 G |€§86-66 LV9-0€ |61G-0€ |€86- OTE. |GLI- (%-0¢/0-L8| 8-69 | GZ |T-6¢19.91) 9 7 6 €66- T09- GG: G T hy OT €66- |LP9- (092. G G IL |¥16-66 |\LFS-0€ 96-0 |FI6- LF. 696: _ 6-67 6-78 | 9-9 | 1-66 8-EE\E-LL| T V IT 066-66 |LOG. |9Gz- 9 7 T OT 190-06 |FGG- |ELG- 9 | IL 886-66 089-0 G9G-0E |886-6Z 08¢-0€ |666-0€ |T-8F G-E8 | 669 | 6-13 &-FE!Z-9L) 9 | ¥ SOTPUL | SOTOUT | SOUT | Set|OUT | So|oUT| sotyouT) o -0 fe) fe) fo) fo) | (=d)|(+d)| Sau | fain ed dw din d Eu | £m |—© Ew —*pq) Ewe | Pp ( — w)|( = w)i( + w) | fue+ Eq | | Dm OO SH OOD GN HD 29 © 210 BP BP 10 OD Pe DO OD E10 OD SH ON SH OD SH OSH SH CO OD SH CO Caan) (= W) F 6-67 0-62 | ¥-S9 | €&-LT \8-9¢ G 1-06 8-88 9-99 | Z-GG |¢-GG L \L-L¥ \6-88 | §-99 | 8-836 |P-FE Fy &-6F (0-68 | F-99 | 0-66 |F-FE 9 |I-[G¢|8-T8) &-F9 | 9-04 |6-FE 9 |§-8P |S-E8 | 9-S9 | &-6% |G-FE 9 |0-TS |F G8) 8-S9 | &-&Z% |L-FE ¢ |L-6F |0-8 | 8-F9 | 1-GZ |8-EG 9 GLP IG-6L | 8-S9 | F-0G |9-GE 8 jL-L¥ 0-68! 8-99 | 6-16 |6-6E 9 |&-GP \§-L8 | 6-79 | L-¥% |6-GE L |9-9F |G-08 | §-F9 | &-¥G |§-6E G |P-L¥ 9-6 | G-G9 | L-P% 16-6E € |v-L¥ \8-G8 | 9-69 | 6-16 |L-T¢ G |L-9F |8-08 | 0-69 | [-8T |0-€¢ G |G-6F |8-06| §-€9 | F-0G |L-E¢ G |L-6F |8-18 | 9-F9 | F-6L |6-FE L IL-GV iL-8 | ¥-S9 | 9-FG |L-EG G (|9-8F |8-18 | &-P9 | Z-FG 1G-6G € 'L-L¥ 16-68 | GS-89 | Z-0G |P-EG € 16-0 6-68 | [-€9 | S-8T |6-SgG G (|G.9F G-L8 | G-G9 | §-&Z% \9-EG FV 8-8P 9-18 | 0-F9 | 9-66 |L-6E ¢ (9-06 0-82 | 6-9 | 9-61 |F-FE G (|§-TS 0-28 | [-S9 | ¥-66 |6-€¢ Q |9-0G |\L-18 | L-G9 | L-06 |F-S¢ L |G-0G |8-08 | 9-99 | F-16 |6-G¢ _L \6-6P |€-68 | 8-9 | &-€% |L-FE 9 |T-0¢ 6-78 | 9-9 | &-fZ F-EG L G-6F |-68 | F-G9 | §-&G 8-E¢ § 1-87 Z-€8 | 6-79 | 6-16 0-7¢ | © om | 0 fe) fe) (+p) ew | am (“Se we ° mM Or OwowmorOMOOMxH AOOOSODSSSOHHAASH reer ore eee eee oN oD Hd OL © OD Ayn “LO8T-S88T “IVIVNN ‘Nvauaqd LV YIy AHL dO TUASSaYgG CNV AYALVUAIWAT, ATIVG NVATL ‘2 ATaVii 286 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. FI 9 OL6- |eFG- |LGT- €1 L |1@9-63 |TG-0€ |GGT-0E |988- |ZIS- EET. |F-BE\Z-6 | T-99 €1 jh 1z9- |PLP- \IPT- €1 L 688- |€0G- GLT- OL OL LLG 6Z |EEG-0€ |G0G-OG |LLE- OTE: |T9T- |F-GE/%-96 | 9-99 8 rae 98L- |EGG- |0&z.- 8 oL 116-62 |S9F- EBs. OT OL GGL-66 |709-0€ 8ZS-0E |T10-0€ ZLF- [EZZ- _8-0¢ 6-B0T) 3-19 6 ile GGL- |68&- |IST- | | 8 CL | 08. F09- |T8Z- | €L IP8-62 GLG-0€ |0ZZ-0E |IF8- \€LE- (08%. ‘L-LF 6-F6 | 0-99 8 a | | IVs: |SPP- |18z- | rat g | | 098- |Gg¢- |6ET. | On| ff 6 91-66 STL-9€ |01Z-0€ |IGLL- |689- |T0G- |€-TE/T-L8 | 0-L9 8 CL 886- |SIL- |OFZ- 6 1 | GOL- (86h |L8T- | | OT | OL OFL-6% F19-0€ 9FG-0E |0PL-66 86F- 6LT- GLP T-€8 | L-49 L ET | | 610-0€ LOG. (gE: | Ji ET | G06: 'FI9- |9Gz. | 8 GL IF9-6 O9F-0€ |SLT-0€ |1F9- [O9F- (GST. €-6F'9-L6 0-19 OT | OT | | OGL: OFF (LOT- | al | g | | €88- |O8E- EST. | OT OL [98-62 GFS-0€|9LT-0¢ |G98- STg- |GGT- 8-0¢ 1-16 | 0-29 II (Se | G68- |TGe- |LG6T- | | eI | G86. |ShG- |GLT. eae €1 O0L-6G IF&-0€ |E8T-0€|896- |1FG- |€9%- %-6F 3-86 | 6-99 OL OL 1G6- |@GE- |98T- OT i 0OL- 9F€- |90T- | 6 IL 88-62% G¢9-0€ 61Z-0E /G88- |SEF- |GLI- 9-9F1%-g8 | 0-S9 L en 966- |88F- 994. 8 SL | | Z68-6% |€G9-0€ |E13-0€ |SOYOUL SOT[OUT | SOTOUT| Sel[OUT | SO|OUT| SOoTOUT) oO fo) fe) aa lire le € l¢ ee he en eae ( anit dD) | (+ d) qu | di d du | dN | d | jw | ©,W fat L- LT | 6-06 G-6T 6-61 | €-61 | 6-06 0-16 fw —fyq Erte | eae 9-99 |L-Ch eee B19 GGL | H | i | | | LLE LL | | 8-96 G-LL | G.9¢ G-LL IP-9¢ G.L2 | 8.7G |¢.G) | Dm Be © 20 HD © 29 1D SH 19 19 B= CO DH 19 19 OID. H DOI HN HOD EI. N » CD OD OD 1D CO LD XH AD 1D S19 29 OD SH I 19 19 HIM ON HIN DOM @O D D OD OD OD 19 NA SHO NI OD HO © OH CO OH OD NI 1D DO OS OD OD SH ID 20 10 19 1D NT AAP 19 DOH DM ODN Le HO & 10 H HD & © 2 1 19 19 100 D fC GO SH AS si AN we | TAT | | | uy) (=W) (Fu) (= (=n | (+0 Ul ABDAAMAMDAA dH NOI 6 6 OD CO HO NSD DODDDRADOADD®D re IN = D a) / NM HIDOMr-DAOrs ret re 8-6 |8-8¢ 9-82 T-8T |6-G¢ (0-72 6-61 6-9¢ |8-9L €-61 |T-LG |F-9L 0-6T 8-L¢|8-92 L-9T 9-LG\€-FL | ¥-LT 1-8 |¢-GL GS-61 6-L¢E\F-LL G-66 9-9¢ |T-6L F-8T 6-9¢ |€-EL L-6L 6-GG |9-GL L-LT '\0-L¢ |L-L 6-06 |€-9¢ |9-9L 9-16 6-9¢ |¢-8L G-8T |L-L¢ |6-SL 8-6T |L-9¢ \G-9L 0-GZ 9-€¢ |9-8L 0-91 6-G¢ \6-TL 0-LT \L-G¢ |L-GL | 6:06 |F-9¢ €-LL 6-06 |1-9¢ 0-LL 8-61 |6-L¢ |L-LL €-8T |T-L¢ F-SL ¥-1B 8-9 |6-8L F-&% |9-G¢ 0-64 F-6T 6-9¢ |€-92 | 9-LT |6-LG¢ |8-FL | ¥-96 |T-€¢ ¢-T8 T-€3 §-7¢ F-LL L-61 |¥-7& |T-PL €-8T '8-¢¢ €-FLl O | Oo ae UW—-W) uw, W or OD of €%G DN N LG Oc NN wD ¢ H nN &G ON N org en mNN $T Co ti ere SI =H re €1 los re ‘2681-8881 “IVIVN ‘Nvaung LV Yly SHL dO auASSaUg ANV AUNLVAUdNAT, ATIVG NVATL ‘8 GWIAVL eee ee Pressure and Temperature Results for the Great Plateau. 287 ‘LO8T-888T “IVLVN ‘Nvauod LV YIy GHL JO TANsSsaUg GNV AYALVUGINA], ATIVG NVA] 6 WIA VL | | | | | | 6 Poh. 9GP- |GST- | L2e Neght “| 25G T L 8€¢'8b8 | 169 | ¢61 009 /¢-6L| 0€ 9 |G9L-66 /689-0€ |60T-0E |G69. Lr |PZI- [839/618 | F-89 | O-LT |6-69/69L) 9 vy | & G 8-9/6 18 | 6-89 | F-LT ¢6¢|69L| 6Z L PSL. |P6e- TSO. ieee PP 9 |66¢/¢-48 | 9-89 | F-9T F-09 |8-92| 8z o G9L- |689- /€@T- | Ob 9 8-99 6-28 | F-89 | SLT |8-6¢ |0LL| LZ 6 |S78-66 |OT9-0¢ 6 |S8T-0€ |G78- 91¢- |6FI- |¢-1¢/9.¢8 | F-29 | 9-LT 19-8¢/6-92' 9 | T Gi 2e T | 9 6-99 /6-6L | 189 | @ LT |¢-6¢ |L-92| 93 OT 898. SSP |LGT. in) ee | od ¥ G1E\9€8 | 0-L9 | 9-LT |3-8¢ |8-SL| GZ 9T | 816. OT9- & /6F- 9 aed € 8-6 9-68 | 1-L9 | 8-LT 6-8/0 9L| FB 6 |109-66 |L28-0€ [090-06 |geL- (Gh ZIT. |€-T¢|9-0TT| GOL | Z0% |T-09/G08 @¢ L | * 9 |L-€¢9|€L8 | T-89 | 6-ST \3-09 |T-92| ez G IT09- ere. |rEo.- \pei@ge 4 Wk | ae) can ee 8 |€-19/8-46 | LOL 8-6I |Z-09 |0-08| az G 1209. |beG. “\r0: le oe? leer, 9 jL€9 9 OIT| € BL | T-S@ |8.6¢ 16 F8| Te 8 (E18 66 |L67-0E |PET OS FE8- LOM [GZI- |¢-6F/6~8 | $69 | ELT |L-6¢10-2L 3 ip | neat, 9 ($69 /L-78 | 0-69 | P-LT 8-09 |L-LL| 06 LZ S18-CZ O€€- —|960- € ecden tee 9 F-69678 | G-89 9-81 \3-6¢|8-LL! 6T | | 6 | 160-0 L6F- |@8T- | | Loy IO | @ b ($-6F T-6L | ¢-L9 LST |L-69|F-SL| ST | | 9 (68966 9L¢-0€ |6FTOE G18. GOG- {GIT- (2-1 |T-00T| 3-69 | 9-61 |F-6E/06L F 9 | & L (0-79 T-00T 1-69 €.06 |9-6¢ 6-64 | LT | | 8 689 OLE. 6 TT. | if 9 G G (L-1¢\¥-G6 | G69 | 1-18 |0 6¢|T-08| 9T | ee | '596- 9FF- (OTS. | | | 7 oy) I 9 |L-19|P-L8 | 7-89 PLT L-69\1-LL) ST TL 618-66 G0S-0€ SST-0€ G&8- OFP- FSI. (G-1¢ 06 | 189 | €0B GLG/e-8L| Pp 9 €-19\€-06 | ¥-69 1-02 /&-6¢ |9-6L | FT OT GIS. |Z0G- |LOT- | 9 | yi 9 689 7-28 |S-L9 T1Z\¢-L¢|F-8L) Sl op ral 948. [GPP |€8T- | L Ea b |¢-1¢/9-€8 16-99 86T (0-L¢/8-9L) 1 GT |¥L9-66 969-08 |LLT-0€ LG8. 9¢9- 18. |T-0€¢ 606 | 1-69 | LLT 699|9-FL| 8 | Ga 2 € 1-:0¢/606 | 8-69 0-12 \@-6¢'¢ 92) TT OT PLO. (96G. | PST- | g T Or 9 P G-1¢ ¢-8L 099 F-91 |\8-LE'3-FL| OT | ra GLL. 698. S9T- | leer L Poe P 8-02 0:08 | F¢9 9-E1 9-L¢/6-8L| 6 6 082-66 867-08 LEI-0€ 0&L- FFF (G60. G19 006 | 649 | BLT 669 G9L) F OS Sac G 0998-68 7-89 7P-ST 1-09 |T-9L 8 8 698- Och 60T- | | (eee | ¢ I yo G (L-6¢9 0-78 |G-19 L9T-66¢\/6GL) Lb ral LE8- 86%. YLT. | | | 9 | » | bv | T | G (GT /0-06 | L-L9 | 7-61 \0-8¢|\F LL| 9 | OT (GLL-66 069-08 \L8T-O€ GLL- 61E- 6EI- |&8F 68 699 | 6-61 €9G -9L 9 eye at 2 es 9 60 6-08 0-19 -6T |¢-L¢|8.9L) ¢ | | 996- 88¢- jLET- | | ee ee eece L €8F 6-38 | 6-99 F-8B |L-GG|L-8L) F ry 668-029. —-G8%. | | | ieee € be | € 16h ¢-6L | L579 G-LT |8-G¢|L-EL € LT |618-66 621-08 |1€8-06 ZI18- |6ZL- [Se |G-9F F68 9.99 | 961 89G¢1F9L 8 | eG kek 6 ¢.9P G-6L 649 €-8T |P-FG |LGL| & €I | G88 6G 9LE-0€ 861-92 | | | ae) 2 Ce lee 9 €€¢/6-88 | G19 G02 |€-L¢|8 LL) T es soqour | SOUTOUT | SOU! | SotOuUr | Solpour oO | O | O oO | O 0 | | oO oO | O “Oo ie) oO | | | | | | (=d)|(4a)| fawu | ae IN cal wu dit d | au) fm |—& _ltw—tyq| fw | en (ah) rn een (10) |(=10) (+1N)| Wm | JN | 6_'w—yw) w | mw |-sdeg Pau + FN | | Ub+ WN 288 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. &T Joes 9 G1L-66 LLY-0€ 870 0E | 6 | 6 689.6% $29.0€ 960-08 OT | 2 OL iPEL-6% LE9-0€ GL0-0E Io) |b | G 0&L-6% G0E-0E |870 0& 9 G OT (119-62 |GEG-0€ |8LT-C& | GT oe OL 0F9 6% 68F-0¢ 660-08 ; Sb | pace 8 (698-6% |L9S-0€ |9&ET 0€ lees I (IE OL F08-C% 69¢-0€ |6ET OF 61 | | 1 | OL GI9 GG 199-08 SET. 0& CL | 8 PoTElh VGL-O6 ‘ELV-O€ GGL-0& | q | goyout SOT[OUL | SOMOUT | : a 4a taw | fam ear | Me6. |ter- (6ST. | | aS) (i ce as ro ef O€L- eG€. Sedo. | | 9 lv € G6L. / 6@&- (SEO. Z-FE €-L8 |) 6-0L | T-LT |F-69/G-6L) & L V I CtL- |29- O10: | v I G j y08- |LLy- |TOT- Vv 9 9 629. |GZ9- |ZOI- (6-F¢ 6-68 | 2-69 | V-LT 0-19 7-82) 2 | 9 GOS. |€1P- SsIT- L § V vrs. j\cEg. |L90- | 9 V 9 1pg. |LE9- |G2I- |9-F¢ 8-76 | O-TL | 8-3T 9-79 |P-2L) ¥ Y) L LEL. |L8¥- |620- | G 8 € vel. {STE O10. | ii 6 v 68. |GOE- (G60. |8-6¢E 1-68 | T-2L | 8-LT 6-€9 0-18, G 8 6 OGL. |PO0G- jGhO- G 8 (5 T68- |8—6- |OSO- | 9 v I 6G8- |S6E- |OZT- |T-€¢ §-€8 | 6-69 | 8-OT 8-09/9-LL) 7 9 € TL9. |G66G- |S8T- | V 9 14 RL6- SPP [8cs- | | 9 7 L OFV9. (O&% i€GT- ‘61¢ 7-18 | 9-89 | G9T GOO 'IL-EL, G 9 316. |69¢- OST- G be ee 90L- 68h. F&0- | 9 Peete | 698- (She. |PLO- L-6F G-88 | 6-89 | G-9T [2-09 )6-LL; 9 v Ss 988. Gap. |LLT- | G G8 196. |L9G- |SST- | 14 9 we | Gos. (GSP 9ITl- SP 9-S8 | 7-89 | ELT [LCE 6-LL) 9 v § 696. j|L1€- -|I7l- | | L 6 ey 708s. 29g. |I9T- | Poe ee eo) ZI9- |199- (LET. 9-87 8-LOT} 6-69 | O-LT P-19 7-84) & pe 9cL- |6TS- (OFT. | | G Ga cee v99- (GOS. (260. | | | 9 a TI6- jILP- |P9T- 8-€9 9-88 | 0-02 | G-LT /§-19/8-8L| ¢ ee! 091-66 266.06 910-06 | 9 baie i 6 SOloUl | SOTOUT | SOTOUT | ) | O fo) fo) © | oO | | | dw | di aq | fu) fw | 8 lew fy] fa | Sym | (— mW) (=w) (+u) | (-10 | (=) | | | fut +E | | | v |P-PS 6-98 0-69 | 6-FI 9-19 G-9L: TE L |T-G¢|8-98 L-OL | 6-81 '€-T9 4-08; 0€ G |8-G¢|0-F8 | 6-0L | G-9T |L-69 G-6L | 6 8 |G-SG |8-L8 | 1-84 | 0-6 |9-29 9-18 | 8¢ — |G-FS 3-98 | 6-69 | 8-GT 0-29 8-LL | LZ PF (&-GG\6-68 | 8-69 | €-8T |L-09 0-61, 9% 9 |G-L¢|0-68 0-0L L-LT 3-19 6-8L P |6-F¢'0-L8 6-69 0-91 G19 G-LL FZ € |9-FG|0-98 8-89 ¢-0T 9-€9 T-FL | €% L |T-SG\G-76 | ¢-éL &-9T 7-79 9-08! ZS Q [0-89 |L-98 | 9-TL | 9-TT |8-€9 7-LL| TG L (4-09 |€-88 | F-L 0-LT 6-€9 6-08 0 L (0-09 3-78 | F-ZL &ST 879 0-08 6T 6 |8-2¢ |\L-68 | 9-TL 1-12 0-19 1-68) 8ST L |T-€¢|F-38 | 1-0L | ¥-LT |F-19 8-82) LT Q |8-€¢ €-€8 | 9-69 9-9T |$-19 6-LL) 9T € |L-€¢ 6-18 | 8-L9 | F-9T |9-6¢ 0-94) ST 7 |6-TE BBS | 1-89 | O-LT 9-69 19-92 FT € \L-€¢|T-€8 | F-L9 | 9-€T 8-09 FFL) €T 9 |8-S¢ P-L8 | 0-0L T-ST 0-19 1-64) 81 G |6-6¢ &-88 | L-69 | 0-8T |L-09 282 IT Z |L-6F |L-E8 | 9-89 | GET 6-09 'F-9L | OT 7 |G-1G/G-€8 | 9-89 | 0-9T |9-09 9-92 6 L (|€-€¢ 19-78 | €-69 | 9-LT |G 09|T-8L. 8 Q |T-1G 9-68 | 6-L9 | F-8T |L-89|T-LL L P |F-SP 6-78 | 3-89 | F-9T 0-09 |F-9L 9 bP 9-SP |€-98 | 6-69 | 6-ET |0-2916-LL G |9-9¢ |L-78 | 9-69 | G-9T \G-19 jL-LL -F G 6-7 8-LOT G-OL | 0-6T 1-09 L-6L & F 9-G¢ 1-68 9-69 | €-GT |§-€9|8-SL & 8 (8-€¢ 6-88 9-0L | L-Ge |€ 090-18 T fe) | fe) | O | o) oO O | | j (+N) | Ale | AN fee 26 eal Ut W E ‘EQT-888T “IVIVNY ‘Nvauaq LV Yly GHG 40 aMASSaud GNV GNALVARINaT, ATIV] NVATL ‘OL WIAViL G-9OT |€-L9 |8-€8 | O€ 6-91 |9-L9 |G-F8 | 66 G-1Z 9-G9 |1-L8 8G €9L {4-99 j0-68| LG G-LT |8-S9 |€-€8 | 96 G16 |8.79 0-98 &Z FST |6-G9 |€-18 | FZ L06 6.79 |\&-P8 | &@ PLL |¥-79 |\8-18 | GG G8 \L-79 |\6-68 | 16 6 GT |§-€9 |G-6L | 06 GPL |L 69 6-84! 61 6-GT \1-G9 0-[8 8I v-06 |L-G9 1-98 LT 1-06 |0-G9 |L-¢8 | 9T 8-FL '€-G9 |T-08; ST P81 6-€9 |\€-68 |) FI €-6L F-19408) &T G-8T (L-€9 |3-G8 | ZI 0-9T {9-89 19-64 | TI 6-61 ¥-€9 €-€8) OT 0-81 0-€9 0-18 6 V-LT G-€9 6-08 | 8 L-9T §-€9 0-08; L €-61 0-9 €-68| 9 BGT 8-19 0-LL) ¢ LST \6-79 \¢-6L | 0-8T |L-G9 |L-€8| § 9-06 9-69 6-8) @ G16 919 8-68) T Oo | Oy | | ees uu | W | ‘AON ‘J68T-S88f “IVAVN ‘Nyaund LV IVY AHL AO WYASSauq GNV AUNLYAMAMWAT, ATIVG NVA] Teal yah x TI 9 G6G. |\GOF- |L66. | j 8 | G G |3-L¢'9-66 | GGL or €T 0, 87S. 608-86. g De 7 9 |P-L¢/¢-16 | 0-92 GT G (699-62 'ZGF-08 86-61 |GOL- 69% GE6- [E-8G\LFOT GGL | GST 099/678} € | T | 9 & 8 |L-09 |L-FOT| ¢-9L S OL P O18. Eh |666 6z ¢ he 9 |€-8¢ 1-86 |8-PL S 6 TI | 299. 09%. €T0- G 8 | ¥ 9 (8 6918-66 | GFL 3 ral g |Z9-6z /G08-0¢ ST0-0€ |S9L- 16%. FIO. |8-29/0-86 | FFL | 6ST 0-99)688| F 9 | F 9 (8-19 |9-76 |F-S2 | A, OL OL | GIL. [808 |¥20 | g Wet F 9.09 (8-06 | 9-82 | a L eT | G9. (0F3- STO. | G Go GC 6-69 (0-86 | 6-FL S OL | L | 6 (969 62 |LOF-0€ |T90-0¢ |898- |TSs- |sPO. |FL9)96 | LBL | BLT LP9\8-18) F hy 9 |F-69 9.66 | T-8L = 8 ral | 969- TOP 9€0- G ¢ | g G F-L¢|9-16 | 8-62 S L a OL8- 918. 660. | Oe ep fr © BGs0es |eou, & 8 ZI |F99 GZ GLE OE 626-66 F6L- (GLE. (OF0-0€ |6-8E 8-26 | GEL | G69T 8498-18} ¢ i G 689/018 |60L | = 61 8 799. €LT- (8&6. g De ed, € (9-69 /8.26 |0-€L | x GI G 899. [20% 0F6 62 € Db | & 8 |2-19|F-16 | 6-GL eo 8 ZL |SGL-6% 8Ek-0€ |4G0-0E SGL- BIZ. |LEO- |T-LG/9-26 | L-6L | O-8T LF9/L68} & LN % 8 |T-6¢ 9-16 | ¢-GL s G GI 088. |Se- | 180- ee € i | G 'T-L9 10-68 | L-3L = ), el TGS. |PS3- |PSO- | | L e.g G 1-09 9-06 T-€L | = II 6 |6TL 6z 6TS-0¢ [S20-0¢ 0G. |TZs- (SIO. [82¢/0-€6 | STL | 6-LT j629'8-08' 8 | T | T | g G 8-89 ¢.68 |0-TL S ¢ GT GIL. |61¢- |F90 08 | 9 | 7 i & G F-L9 0-86 6-31 a ol 8 FOL. (8S |666-62 | | 9 Le € (6.86 9-18 |9.1L © OL OL |PPL-63 FES-08 LL0-0€ |FFL- OOF. |610- 9-FS|G-16 | GEL | F-8T $-69 L-18| 9 | 7 oe L 9-69 19-18 | ¢-€L S 8 al 669. |PeG- | T60- | 9 tae 9 F G99 3.16 | 0-84 | S G GT WPL. (GIG. | TSt- L ¢ | g G |L-99 10-88 | 3-3L | S 8 ZI /€9L-6B TE-0€ FFO-OE|FLL- [ETE [8F0-0€ GG 0-68 | BTL | T-LT L69'8-6L) 9 ry | 9 % G89 0-68 | 9-TL Scr | 1-2 9L- |666- [666-86 aoe G GF 9 9-79 6-98 | 9.3L 5 9 FI ggg. |883- |F80- | L € | 8 Z 66S 8.88 | F.69 SS 6 IL 0&¢.62 T¥F-08 816-62 |0G&- [IPF [€60-0€ 8-L¢|6-L6 | T-€L | 6-LT P9168) ¢ Ceo! € 969/618 | L-TL | ~ 9T 7 VIL. |6L¢- |196- | | € belt 9 €-09' 6-66 | LPL s OT i] 7OL- |G38- | TF6-66 | 9 | y | ¢ @ 819 '6-L6 | 6-6L G GI O€L-66 [T@P-0E STL-0€ |G8L-6 |L6¢-08 1660-08 F-FE |L-88 | 9-0L | €8T ¢-19 8-6L| 8 | 6 i? 9 0-99 1-88 | 3-3L Ne Setu_ | Sotour | Sotour | sotpour soyour sotyoutr oO ie) Oo | oO | Oo oO | oO oO oO 5 | | | : | | ee s (—d) | (=d)| (+d) | au | ta fd dw | dn d fee oW oing tH fue | ETA Se a ia (+WW)) uw | JW ee Philosophical Society. aca ft the South Afr tons O 0€9-6 9FE-08 369-66 GS-08 | | 629-66 098-08 | | | | 96L-66 S08: 0€ | 879-66 GOP-08 seqoul soyoutr GGL-66 LIV-0€ 061-66 616-0 8PL-66 |69€-0€ LG9-66 |€L6-0E TOL-66 |8S€-0€ VGG-66 |PLG-0€ | i 656-66 666-66 690-08 V86-66 610-06 LL6-66 BEL 768: 008: 0z8- 06L: ges. SPL: GZ8- Z9L- LG9- 169: GL9- GOL: ZEs- TOL: G19: PG: 96¢- 169: [TOL 09. G69: OSL: Z08- 699- 669. 669. OGL: OGL: Z8s- 769-62 sotjour LIF: ae LYS: CT: O0T- late EGG. 698: GLE: FPG: 806: ELE: LT: es. ge. PLS: leg: 196: 00g: 008: OPE: GPE: C98. G63: 998: GST. 09¢: ate 1G: COE. OLE-0€ seyout | | 'L66- 696. 916-66. ego. | 190: ‘6S0- 0-09 )¢-S6 090-0€ 6S6- 686: §€-09 9-6 TL6-66_ 120: |9-S9\§-96 680-06 186-66, 600-08 6-9 ¢-86 176: 0-8¢ 9-96 686-66. 610-08 0L6- 0-96 6-66 G66. €86- 896- 8-GG F-86. eco | | 990: GG 1-66. 810-06 §-09 I-76 266-68 or6- | | i686. | | 686: G-8E 6-26 690-0 | | 916-66 7- ua 9: “6 Soqout | L-VL | O-LT (6-99 8-CL | G-8T 9-99 | 1 | B91 0-29 oO oO equ qn qu din ab V2Vh | Bese bos) | T-9L | ¥-81 6-99 &: PSL | 6-LT 6-99 F78 G-CL 7-81 ¢-99 L-F8 9-22 | PST F-99 8-48 L-€L | 6-91 6-G9 1-88 9-GL | T-6T |T-99|3-98) pL | 1-6 \0-S9|-78 | | oe 1D CD CO UD SH CO OD UD WD 1D 1D CE BD 19 19 FH 190 OO DOH IH OLD ON aH lap) — Cw FR woreHwMWOCOWAAAMMOAAATWUMOMOHAHTOWHNAAYH® CO wD HUD SH GD SH CO OH 2D 2D 2D 1 1D SH AT 109. OF. 10 SH SH ON SH CO 100 SH OOD HD nN woODOM.O tH OO D1 CE 19 © CO CO CO OH LO PDOSHAWOWIAHARHON AH 1910 OH ° . . N no Te) . SIDDODOAOHOHIDININAT DABBDOBOAHBBDHBDRBHBBAAAGHS 6m re DO HO 19 CE 1 10 190 CO LP SE DROOKKKHS MmOnHOMDONAI M reer eeee eee . . | | a q | fw — fy) fue | © Ke Ai) | | | (-Ww (=m (+10) (=W) | (+210) (ue | JN DDHEADDDODDOLPELHRODRASDOLOET ae aa Cer ain olen a JG veo rq 10) rt SO IL-89 6-68 | 6-99 08 1-89 €-98 F-89 1-98 ¢-19 6-78 7-29 6-98 G-69 B-G8 T-L9 |T-S8 0-89 9-68 'G-GQ |F-G8 | 9-L9 |L-¥8 /E-99 |S-98 | 2-99 0-£8 6-99 G.98 | iS-G9 16 V8 ¥-99 9-68 ¥F-9 €-G8 '8-L9:1G-Z8 6-29 |G-F8 0-19 8-F8 | 9-G9 6: cg 6-€9 0-68 i8-G9 |€- G8 | G9 T. cB le) TN 10 D 6: 8: ig: Hee y: 9. 0- if Ob 1d H10 10 eueeere > on @ _ Ul WH | Ue nN 1g 0€ 66 86 LG 96 GG VG &G GG 1G 0G 61 8I LT 9T ST FL &1 GL DE OT men 2 H19 CL DOD 290 Transact "L68T-8881 “IVLVN Gl WIV ‘Nvadunqdg LY Yly AHL AO WHASSHUgG AGNV WaOLVaddINA |, ATIV(, NVA So oD rt oo P= 20 a GL rl OD SoHE OW DM Or O20 D G80-9¢ VIT-9¢ 960-96 820-96 880-92 CIT-92 080-96 '999-9% 1S6-G% P61-9% 9E6-GS Satour | SOour | B16-86 696-G2 BG6-GE 696-92 FB6-GE £86-96 876-92 606-2 088: G98- PLS: 998. G8L- 908- GG8- GT8: 616: 098: TL8: 008- §T8- 098: Pgs. G06- 66L- OGL: 8G). 9T8- TOS: 'LO8- 838: TG8: 0g8- S18: GEs- 8G). TSL- GIB. 8B8-G6 Sour 6-GG |G-LOT €-0¢ (0-80T) 8-2¢ F-001 G-8F |0-G0T L6G /9-SOT G-GP 9-TOT, 0-T¢ |€-80T 6-9 |§-GOT L-8F &-T0L 8-Fg 8-201 T-8L 8-GL 6-PL T-FL 0-L1 6-LL 8-LL GPL G-9L | Peles LT 1-29 8-86 (+d) fq fq que 6 Cub te Pressure and Tenperature Results for the Great Plateau. 291 “L6O8I-L881T ‘ANOIOD addVO ‘AWIMAAWIY LV AVIV AHL AO AYASSHYG GNV AYNALVYAINAY, ATIVG NVA ‘$l HTAVL We) [CRM MM OTDOOTMAWMNGOTANANNOAOORPDAODONtH HHO Lo) G-8¢ |P-19 6-76 | KHReOrreottdt at Ht OHWOE DDD e ° ° . ° ry G-GS |L-6¢|6-T6 | . im) Lol . Z-63 |¢-09 9-63. . ° G-8G 0-09 3-88 ° ° ° NMD-OAIOMIWIMD MD OSIDOMMNONEOHOSCHHEND CNMHOIMIDHDAAMDOCOL OL HHDIDOMDALDAMDALSO ° . . Peer ererererereeeeeeeee ° ° 6-32 ¥-19 &-P6| HDD DID AS CDOK HOOD DOOH AHH ACHOODOOGOHOAMROHOAH ° . DOS ANADBOWOSOANDARDEBODDA-DNO9OWWHOPrOneHS CMH HOM HAODOKDDNMAMDMMOMAALK MAAN DDD MDM MMA MDMDMAMMDNDMADMDANANANANADMMMMAD AHOLD DOWDONDMO-HNDADOU UD) CO SH OD 19 1D BP BO OD rH HOD OD HH 1D A109 619 1919. D190 OD H 1D HID Pe rHrzgps MO HHH HOKrrOOMDMOHwWIWWHWNMWOHeoO LOUD HID MH OMOOHMMAAHHHMOOMOErOOrOHNO MHA 19% LOW Ord OP DAtHHtDrOOOOMArENDMAAMAOWOOHDWOE UD UCD UD UD UD UD SH UD UD AD UD UD UD UD UD UD UD UD SH SH LD 2D 1D 1D SH SH 1D 19 1D 19 10 D2 D> DD DD D DMD DD DDD OH HD SH > D = = Ewtepe| fue | fp | (—w) W) (+W) =~ ~ Philosophical Society. f the South African “ 292 Transactions o 7 0 188-G2 LET-9% 100-96 LI6- 096-86 F662 9 OT | 726: (|[PI- |PI0- 7 een | L88- |LET- |9T0- G IL 826-G2|LFT-9% 8Z0-93 866- 80T- &T0- G a | GE6- FT 8&0- 0 OT | Z86- LET. 3E0-98 8 8 G98-GZ/TET-9 G86-G% B98- IGT. 886- 8 8 | G98- 901. 86: L 6 | €98- |S0T- —S86- 8 8 I8L-GG|G6T-96 LL6-S6 068: LLT- 866. 6 L | 868- |G6T- Z86- Spe! 8 | T8L- |6L0: (TS6- es 8 |GL9-G% 881-96 GL6-G% GL9- |690- |9E6- 8 o | I8GL- -|SET- 186-83: G ae | 068- 360. 600-92 7 ZI 998-3 GOT'9S SL6-E/9T6- (090- —T66- II G | €88- 280. —6G6- | G | 998- GOT. ¢96- fall f PE8-GZ SIT-9G/Sh6-GG FE8- O80. 96- Ona kr 88 T¥8- |980- |S¥6- OL 9 | eG8- |SII- 1¢96- II G 69L-G% 160-96 986-2 |GE8- 8L0- 086- GI V | 9E8- L60- Pro: ie G | 69L- 910. &&6- elles 7 |STL-G% OLT-9G SF6-ES GE8- 6LO- FF6- 6 L | G08. 80: I F6- II G | STL: OL: €F6- OL Q |F9L-GB'GLT-9G L96-GB POL: - GLT- |G96- L 6 L06-G% 9G0-9% FL6-96 /OYpout | SOUT | SOBPUT | SO|OUT saTouT soyour (—d)| (=a) |(+a)| aw | fam | fa qu dN d ‘JEQI-S88T ‘ANOIOD AdVO ‘AMIUGAWIY LY Uy AHL do Guassaud GNV AYALVEGINAY, ATIV(T NVAW PL AIAVAL | | PG F-00T| 8-FL | G-8G |L-09 6-88} T j T T i 8-69 8-26 |0-€L 0-F% 0-19 0-68 66 | v 9 | 9 F 0-89 0-001 §-FL $-SB 9-19 T-L8| 86 | 9 | G | 8 F-8¢,P-00T 8-2 | B-BE |L-69 6-16) 46 0-0¢ 0-001! 0-FL | 1-86 (0-09 |1-88} F 9 ies € &-€G 0-001 &-FL | B-8Z |T-09 €-88) 96 | 9 ieee | & [LTS G-L6 F-8b | G-L3 [8-69 0-L8| G6 G G 9 | F 0-09 8-16 | 9-FL | 6-86 |B-09 T-68| Fe G-8F 8-66 | GFL | F-0E |F-6E'8-68} 9 7 ie | 9 (0-69 ¢-86 | 9-61 L-1& |8-6¢ ¢-16| &@ 9 Ve Cl ai | | 9 =8-TS 8-66 | G-PL | L-TE |L-8¢ 7-06) 6 G ee 9 b €-8F 0-86 | G-EL | 8-13 |9-6¢ F-L8| Te 0-6G 0-E0T| 8-GL | &-TE |6-09|G-16| 7 enti 2 | 9 0-6 G-00T L-GL | F-0€ |G-09 6-06 06 | | L omens are | L (G-GG 0-80T T-GL | 1-88 \9-8¢ 2-16) 61 | 7 | 8 g | | L 0-L¢'0-TOT! 9-92 | ¥-0E |F-19 8-16) 8T 0-S¢ G-00T| T-9L | 8-08 |L-09|G-16| F 9 I | 6 0-9¢ -00T' 8-92 | $-BE |9-09 T-6 | LT | g i j 8 G-6¢ €-66 8-GL | T-6% |§-19 F-06| 9T | | 7 9 g L 0-G¢ €-00T &-GL | 8-06 |T-09 6-06) ST G-0¢ ¢-ZOT| 6-€L | L-6% |T-6¢|8-88| & G g | L ¥-GE'G-Z0L 8-PL | 1-08 |8-6¢ 6-68 FT eae L g 7 | 9 G-0G '€-96 | 0-€L | T-0€ |0-8¢ I-88! &T Riese v Qi | 9 GE G-66 | 0-FL | 0-62 S-6E ¢-88) GT '0-FE T-O0T) 8-€L | 0-86 '8-69 8-18) 8 re G | | G (L-9G|T-OOT 8-PL | 0-08 |8-69 8-68) TT | ! 8 j 9 | b 6-9G'L-96 | €-EL | §-8G |S-6¢ ¢-L8 OT peso | | [aete | ¢ Line! € 0-76 0-96 | T-€L | L-E3 €-09 0-98 6 L-8F 0-16 L-3L | 6-93 '6-6¢ 6-98 & | g ig € L-SPP-96. | G-BL | B-66 6-L¢ 0-18) 8 | | ¢ Rag Dy | § G-1¢ 0-96 | F-BL | &-SG /8-6G |T-G8) L | | Lee 9 De | € (8-9¢ 0-16 | €-€L | 3-93 6-09 17-98) 9 8-F¢ |Z-86 | 8-L | 1-96 8-09 6-98) G Feate a= | b G-8'€-G6 | &-ZL | 8-13 \&-19|T-€8| ¢ | | 7 b 9 Gg | | G LG B86 G-GL 9-86 6-19 8-68) F | | G G 9 P 8-799-96 8-€L 8-16 |6-6¢\L-L8| € 10-9¢ G-80T| O-LL 6-08 6-19-66 §& L ial 9 §-LG/¢-86 | T-GL T-L@ 9-19 |L-88| @ Leas was L v | 9 0-94 3-901 F-LL 9-08 1-69 2-66! T O- |e0 O O oo | | fo) | Oo oO fe) O40 ee | | = | eel | : fa G Cup —€ : = = = | 6 a Ew | © Smee ut—"qN | fue | fm | (—w) | (=w) | (+w) | (—-IW) | (=W) ce ma |) IN eee W,; @ | W ‘qa 293 ‘reat Plateau. Noon nte-onoownorye PMMDMDDDODO ODD DO G DMoOrmrwood mare OH NHN OD OD ~ AHHORDROHOOOLOK ° ° SAMHDOMWMOANALr-ODS CO MDRrOTDHODARDMAOADOOrrwnomawwxd ° . 1d DAD UD UD UW UD UD LO ° ° Phx P= MOO rDOUMOUMOUOUOOOOOSO SNASSCHOMOMDOOMH re DOODDKROWKMOKK 6 419010 ° ° SNOMDOMWANTONEHAADCOEWOWAD ‘ ° ° OMOAHIDDOD DOHMANHSHHAANA OD OU rs NI St OO SH OSH OH ON OD 20 1 SH SO 1 1 OO HK EE EH 1 10 DEO iro ®D lor) Hr DMmDmODMDMOVOOE CM WOH WHI) HH HO OD LW LD UD UD UD UD UD SH AD WD WD UD SH UD 1D 1D 1D NANAMAANNANMANANANANAANAANAN CO UD UD 1D LC CO CO UW UW UD UD UD UD 1D 1D mA oO H19 CO EDO SHIN NANDA OM MOHAAMHMHOHTAPEODBDONMDOA®D S2O 10290 DS DL Lee POOrOrOMORrMNMTNMAHNMOAAAN O's 9 OT 968. '960- 6 L |806-S% GGS-9% |LE0-9G |606- €Z0- 10-SF 0-L8 | L-L9 | -FB |F-SS 6-62 8 8 996- LY¥O- G ee SP6- 1F0- G IL (018-&G |OFT-9G |660-9% 6E8- ‘TE0- L-L9 | 0-GB |G-GE B-08 9 OT 6S8- ‘9€0- L 6 ‘O18: 1c0- | | 7 GI 68-63 FST-9% FE0-9G 6&8. E70. (¢- 9-S9 6-98 |G-SG T- 9 OT ‘OL8- TE0- L 6 168: '60- 6 L PI6-SS/SP1-9B 60-96 |GFG- (060- G-0L | G-FB [6-89 'F-Z8 6 L LEG: ‘S10- 6 Use| FI6- 820- | | G IL &68-SZ 116-96 €20-9@ @S6- 690: 8-69 6-FG |F-LG €-68 L 6 | | 68: 0¢0- 8 8 | (L68- I¥0- | | | 8 8 (898-63 LET-9% 00-96 898- $Z0-96 &-6F L-TL | 98 [0-69 $-78 | G | 898: 666. | | | 9 | | ‘916: ‘166-6 | | G 18-CZ|6FI-96 900-96 SS6- 6IT- |&T0- 8-6L | 8-93 F-69 6-98 9 | | G68. 'F00- | | g18- G00: | | IT GF8-GS S13-9B O10-9% SFB G0: 0-FF €-86 | 3-EL | 8-L6 8-69 \T-28| > ¥06- G8T- 00- | | 9 | GF8- SIG. —00- | L '€98-G8 OST-9 0F0-9Z &98- 6ET- 9Z0- (G-GE 0-L6 | GFL | 9-86 6-69 9-88 ‘TI6- F0- | | | | | 1G6: ‘TS0- | (0&8-% 81-96 GE0-9 &G6- S8T- GS0- GEL | GLE &-6E G-L8 \PI6- | P0- | | | 088-63 | 800-93 | Ese SOOUT , SOTLOUT | Sotjoul | SoTOul | | sotyout | O fe) | Oo | | | | | = Eque fqn fd que | al eae P69 fue Pressure and Temperature Results for the “J68I-S88I ‘ANOIOD AdVO ‘ADTIUAANIY LV YY AHL NO ‘GT WIEVi s § Batol gt GUASSaNg GNV AYALVAGINAT, ATIVG NVA 294 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. g €I 14 GL '696-GZ 14 Gla. G ial y GL |LG8-GZ 6 L 8 8 10 G |\F98-G6 6 Is I 6 174 GL \€&6-G% G II 8 8 OL 9 068-96 6 —., 8 Se. | 9 OL 918-SZ °8 8 II cee OL 9 €6L-S6 8 g= || IT Gn OL 9 F£€6-G6 6 ea OL | 6 L |GZ6-G6 Ht 6 G VI 9 OL |9S8-GZ OL 9 | SotoUL (-d@d) | (=a) | (+a) | aw ‘816-96 866-96 T61L-96 816-96 LEE-9G G96-96 956-96 CEG-9_ 696-96 | 016-96 Solour fq 'G96- SFL-96 F96- 6L6- GS6-G6 810-96 LI0-9% 968. iLG8- €50-96 F98- 906- ‘LEG: 160-93 €&6- ZC6- 086-S6 GLO-96 800-96 668: 068: 6L0-96 0G6- ‘VS. OT8- 6G0-96 O08: S6L- Og8: F£6- '966- ‘896: 960-9% G66-GS6 800- 790-96 886: LLO-96 V90-96 Sotour 616: 8L6- LLG. SEG. 866- €08- ‘L06- 6LT- LST- I6T- L0G: LOL: SIG: 8&6: LEG: €6L- G04: C9G- 9GZ- VE: LIG: SIG: GES: ‘O8T- ‘LOT: CVG: GGG: OLG: 668-SG T&Z-9¢ SOUL setout | tq cyl 9ar- Ort: SPI- |TST- ‘LET: 990- GPO: ‘TS0- GP0- ‘¥80- GOT: 960- '¥60- GLO: ‘L190: £s0- 160: PLO: 0S0- 090- 890: L€0- TL0- G60: 890: 890: 860: IST- GOT: G90-92 soyout d OD UD UD ON YD NN SH ort YD OD SH OLD De HY OD OD HID WO OH HH DE DOM 0-G0-F8| T-69 | 8-G6 ¢-9F 8-TL GLE 8-08 88S 818 B-8F 9-69 0-88 F-£8/ 9-19 | G-SG O-GP GPL. 0-86 B48 9-19 9-26 £09 6-21. $98 €-98/ 0-79 2-63 8-19 8.9L 0-0F 88, 8-29 Be €-09 @-, e-o7 e-68| ¢¢9 9-42 289 BLL GPP 0-16) L-S9 8-3 9-26 9-8). O-LE 6-26) 199 FG 0-88 na ZIP €-16| 9-99 | 7-93 |P-8o 8-8L oO oO oO | O oO | oO Ou oW aera fut ea (—W) ore (=W) fs | € -68 +81. 0-19 ¥-96 8-LP GFL) OS eg -G (G0F 9-6L 6-09 | 3-98 F-LF 9-81 62 (Pelee | & |0-L8/0-78) L-6G | 8-FB €-LF|T-3L) 83 Gua iee| | I 0-S€ 0-18, T-L¢ | 6-48 L-F7/9-69| LZ g OT | O |6-LE|\§-GL) 0-LG | F-1Z €-9F |\L-L9, 9% lens | & 9-6€ |€-08 | €-8¢ | &-13 |L-L7 10-69 GZ ¢ | 2k € = |S-IP|T-08| G-19 | B13 19-0 8-1L| FZ ve a9 | PF [8-66 /F-€8| L-T9 | 8-76 |€-6F|1-FL | €2 yr | 7? 9 |0-8€ 9-08 | I-19 | L-G% €-8F 0-FL| BZ 7 | 9 | P |8-TF |8-G8| 6-19 | €-96 8-6 9-FL| TZ Ce) | €& |P-GP B-F8| 8-09 | 6-16 6-6 8-TL 0 9 | g G |0-0F 0-62! €-19 | 8-86 6-6F L-3L 6E Dae FP (0-8€ 0-78 | 1-29 | -ES T-T¢ ¢-FL| 81 S| | L \G-9€ \p-G8) T-€9 | B-G3 G-0G L-GL) LT ee iL '8-8P G78 1-49 | €-E3 €-1¢ 8-91 OT DA | | 8 |G-8F €-98) 0-9 | 0-96 0-6E 0-84 ET Ce cian | 9 \0-TP |G-88| 6-29 | 3-26 \8-67 G-9L| FT eel _ 9 (0-07 '€-F8 | 8-19 | 1-G3 |€-6F F-FL ET Ce Cr G (8-97 €-B8| 9-9 | 9-GZ |§-6E 6-FL ZI Vil aee| 9 |€-Gh 0-68 F-F9 | G-1G 8-8 0-2 IT Te eae G €-0F G-88 | G-99 €-G% 6-6E G-8L| OT Oo 1 L G-€F €-68, ¢-99 | T-L@ 0-€¢ T-08) 6 Q | L GFP GLB) 6-79 | T-L6 F-1E G-8L) 8 8 | @ | LT | L (8-96 10-16) 6-9 | ¥-S% |3-E¢ 9-8L| 2 Se ae _ 4 0-6F 9-68} G-99 | T-9 |L-€¢ 8-81 9 ee al | 6 |&-FF 12-26 | 6-99 | 2-9 /9-€¢ €-08 ¢ Cael g (0-27 [¢.06| ¢-29 | 3-82 |P-€9 9-18) F @ | & 8 0-LE F-68 1-69 | B-LG |T-E €-6L) € Caer, | 9 |G-BF G-06 L-€9 | 8-F6 €-1E T-9L % be 47 | 9 |@-TP €-16) 1-29 | 6-96 |L-TS 9-8L) T O | O 10) oO SS enaiican eyes | eo ae (+W) | (—IAD | (=) | C+D] 24 | AN res U-W| Ww |) W ieay “J68I-S881T ‘ANOIOD AdvO ‘ADTUATAWIY LV AUlY AHL AO AUNSsaUg GNV AUALVAAIWAT, ATIVG NVA ‘OT HITaAVL Pressure and Temperature Results for the Great Plateau. 295 ‘T6ST ‘22 AVIA poptooest Jou ainyerodur94 WINtTUTxVU : Sep OUIN x DOANDDAOMHAOAN mS tl i= &T ~C- o> % re I SODOADDMNOASN Ol | I | i & tol ie FPO DOCWDODAOMR ME OOM OH 190 O D-H O Ol 820. lo6e. z6r- | | | 60- |PLe- O86 | | | G86-G6 EGF-9G 906-96 FST. SGP 88B- 0-66 GEL T-0¢ | 601-96 98. FBS. | g86- |L66° LST. | | 0&6-GG 99Z-9Z TIT-96 086- 99Z- IIT. €-L6 0-08 ¢-TS 766- 696- GGT- ea | 0F6- 966- —660- | G06-GZ 89G-9B 160-96 GO6- TSB. |690- 0-8G 8-81 F-€G GL6- (6G. 660. SEO mIBOG Olu |p | 06-G6 9LB-9G 160-96 066- L9G. GIT. ¢-86 0-18 &-Fg 296- 9L6- BOT. | _ 966- |PrS- |LLO- | 678-96 |FPS-9 |L90-96 OL8- |P6T- 990- 0-LE|9-8L 0-98 666- T6T- 920. | | 678: FF —690- | G68-GB 9FS-9B OOT-9B G68- 0ZB- L60- 0-F8 0-64, 9-9¢ v66- |9FG- |OTT- | | J206- (LTS. 660- | | 066-G6 9EF-96 TS1-9Z 066-96 PS- ZIT. G-9E0-8L T-9g GE0- LLE- \S9T- | | | 790. (98h. 6LT- | GE8-GB £63-9B 8BT-9B G00-9Z G6Z- OGT- 0-86 €-6L F-FE 666- €L3- —8GT- | Ges. |L86- |90T- | - 816-G6 666-96 |LOT-96 |G26- G6Z- G60- 0-1 L-88 ¢-8¢ 816-S6 993- 6L0- L20- TS. O&T- | 606-26 946-9 OZI-9Z 100-96 9LZ- GET. 4-68 G-08 8-19 606-S6 P&3-96 GOT-96 | SOTOUT | SOUIUT | S9TOUT | SOMOUT | SeTOUT | SaqoUL| Oo OF 0 au | fam | 4 | aw | am | a | fw | fm |—8 — | fwt+tin e206 o-ne 8-69. G76 7-6E 1-89 ZG 8-0F 0-99 9-66 P-TF 0-29 6-83 0-FF 6-L9 0-9 9-8F 9-69 VSG |V-€P 8-89 = SONA OD HE 190 OH HH OH 19 1 HO OH IDIN9 OP OOM A®D OOM DMDMrOMAAPDHWOOAOMMMOAAOMNMOANHHHAAN SS? DW DO CO WW UD 6D Be DW 2 CO Sd © 19 19 © 219 H © 19 6 1 SH OD HO OD 109 10 ere CMAN A HH 29 10 ND HS HD 1D HID ODMH HID DOMmAHID Fw —E, Ewe ca ANG (+1)! U0 JIN ~ NN S ery on 8-68) 0-8L G-E) § 8-18) L-69 €-6G) L- £08 ¥-69| 8-09 9-L60-L8 G1) §-L9 9-6F §-G60-LE 0-66 *Z-GL «1-0 +0-8% 9-88 G86 9-8L I-TE 9-F68-88 Sle 0-08 ¢-T¢) 3-966-8¢ £-08| ¥-6L 1-29) 1-86 9-07 §-66 8-8L 1-9) ¢-G6F-0F 0-86 S-LL F- 9-66 1-0F @-96| LLL L-79) 9-96 0-GF €GE) 0-18 L-€9) 6-969-0F G-8G| GFL 6-8S) T-S6P-TF GE LGL 6-FG) €-G6-GF G-8E 0-8L L-GG 0-66 G-EF O-LE 0-9L €-FG) T-F6 €-GF 0-68) 9-84 LLG, 9-85-97 0-F8) 0-9L GLE) LLB L-8F (0-98 | 0-6L L-GG, 1-96 .L-GF €-98 €-8L P-9G) L-bOP-FF 9-98, 9-91 ¢-L¢! 9-L6 L-€h O-LE LL L-SG| 9-F65-SF G-GE) 0-8L 0-GE 0-76 0-EF GPS €-6L L-79 b-96¢-1P 0-88) €-8L €-€9 1-96.8-0F L-PE| 8-GL 8-GG 6-16 6-F7 €-88 L:Z8 PLE 8-16 9-9F G-96 | PLL 0-6E 8-86 T-LF 0-1 §-8L 0-69 1-ZZ 0-8F 0-8 6-08 1-29 8-76-67 €-GP G-08 6-39 G-L6¢-8F an) [e} [e} ra G1 oD SH 19 OO P= DO WW + TN O | O 6 Ree WU | ‘L68I-S88T ‘ANOIOD Adv) ‘AWIYHANIY LV UY AHL JO AUASSAYgG GNV AWALVUAINA, ‘LT WIavih ATIVG NVA] cal Society. ca Philosoph of the South African vols O 296 Transact 8 8 86-96 GPE- 9ST. | L gi ie G |&-66 0-0L| -6F | 8-£2 lc.9¢ ¢-9| og OT 9 O01, |19%- |@zT- | Cet nl aye oe | 9 = |G-08 |8-FL| 9-0G | 3-93 |G-LE|L-€9| 62 =| 8 /916-G2 9FE-9B ELT-92 |LOT-96 88G- GLT- 6-66 3-TL 0-0G F-98 8-98 B89) 9 y | F 9 6-66 8-69 G-0G | 8-9Z 8-9E 19-9 8B 8 8 916- 618- OLT- b Berl oP 9 |G-BE|8-TL! 6-6F | §-9B [8-98 |T-89| Lz L 6 | 616. 9F&- SLT. a 9 P19 7 |0-1€L-0L'| 8-6F | €-93 |L-98|0-€9 | 96 G IL [666-96 GPE-9% FST-96 666-96 GFE- 10Z- 0-66 8-6L) L-GF | 6-G6 8-96 1-69) ¢ Gl € |G-66 L-TL| 6-6F | 8-GB |0-LE 8-29! GS is <6 T¥O0: [O7- G6I- | | OS eB eet ae G 0-66.9-0L | 0-6F | 8-GG |T-9E 6-19 FB a | ¥ | TrO- |L08- O9T- | | G a G |G-1€|8-GL| €-09 | 1-93 §-LE 7-89) €B OT 9 (166-8 LIE-96 SST-96|900-96 GFZ GZI- 1-66 .0-0L) 8-6F | G-LG 6-98 9-89] 9 y |g G |G-0€ 0-0L! G-09 | G-LG 9-9 8-9) BS 6 Ld 166-96 086. PFT: | 9 yh? 9 |§-0€'8-89| L-GF | L-L6 6-GE9-€9, TZ ae ag | Goo Wie or || 9 et | ¢ |L-62 6-89! 9-6F | 6-96 6-9|T-89, 06 bo OL (8E8-G% 68E-96 G0G-96 LLO- G68E- 61G- 0:96 0-TL| ¥-6F | 9-GB 9-9€ 6-9) 9 eh? 9 |0-G6/L-69| 8-6F 0-9 8-98 8-29) 6T 7 al | 910-96 |L98- |622- | | | L fear € |P-L6|9-69| F-8P | G-G3 |L-G¢ |6-T9| ST Loe 6 8¢8- |G6Z- | L9T- se 9 cay ese G |G-1G|0-TL | 0-09 | €-G6 |F-LE |L-69) LT 6 IT | 9 (ST6-G6|LLP-93 GLT-9B'ST6- |PIS- |OET- '8-96.G-TL) G-6h | 8-3 9-98|F-29| F 9 | & | T | & |G-96|0-69| 9-0¢ | &-93 |¢-L¢ 8-89 | OT 9 Or 066-96 SPF |SLT- | L cea ed P 0-42 /0-69| T-6F | 8-96 |L-GE |G-69! ST 9 | OL 60: LLP |LTS- | 9 eo F €-9G/G-TL| L-8F G-FS 4-98 0-19 FI 6 L G16-G6 0GF-9G FLI-9B G0. GIP. |€6I- G86 0-FL 0-19 | L-bZ L-8E F-€9) ¢ gis G G-860-GL| 0-1G F-96 €-8E\L-69 ST OT Pe 60-96 |0GP- |SLT- 7 Oaey, 9 [6.08 0-FL) 8-09 6-66 TSE 9-€9 GI TL G | GI6- |LL- 9ST. | | if eae) 7 |L-BE|G-GL) €-1S G8 \L-68 6-69 TT 8 8 (8&6-96 898-96 GL-9Z 86-93 89E- LOT. G-1EF-TL| 8-0G | €-G6 G-8EG-E9) F Oi ear 9 |¢-€¢ P-TL| T-TS | 8-86 [3-68 0-69 OT v él | VIO. [898 GIs | | G @ i € L |G-1€0-TL| ¥-TG | G-L6 8-LE 0-69 6 9 E01 | | GOO: 868 861. | | G gg G (@-1€'3-0L| 0-0€ | 0-86 ¢-LE ¢-69 8 8 | 8 |896-G6 IGE-9Z 6G1-9Z 600-92 TZE- LOT- G-869-9L F-0G | G96 ELE G-E9| G OF aa! ¥ (8-82 9-69 L-6F F-96 0-LE 7-69 L 6 L | | 666. S8T&- GST. | G Gey 9 |G-8G 8-89 | 8-06 | 6-96 |L-LE 6-89 9 8 8 | | 896-96 F93- PST. Geek ey eee L |€-T€/9-9L| L-0G | 8-96 |€-L€ 1-49) ¢ 6 L |0L8-G6 ITP¥-96 9ST-96 GZ0-9Z 99G- FST- 0-86 G-FL, 9-1G | GSS 0-68'6-F9| 9 ee ees L |0-F€ |F-0L| F-T¢ | L-98 1-88-79) F OL 9 | | 996- |\S¢g- TOT: | G I By I G |0-82 9-89] G-0€ 9-46 6-LE GS-69 & IL g | | OL8-GG|\ITP- FST. | | S eee L |G-€¢|G-FL| T-€¢ | $-76 0-17 6-99 6 L |€00-6 FLE-96 LET-9B 00-96 6GE-9G GLI-9G 8-1E 9-GL| F-EE | F-9B |3-0F GS-99) T 6 6 8 |€-Ge |9-€L| T-FE | T-S3 9-TF|L-99 T FOpOUL | SotOUrT soqour Setoul Sotour | Soyout | Oo oO oO 0 O Oo Oo ie) oO | Oo oO Oo | | | (=d)|(+a)| aw | fam | fa | aw | aw q [fas fm |—& fw—ey| Sw | oye | (-ew) | (=) | (4a) | (-w | (=n | (+] ce | aw |S _w—-ww) w | w jeune | | | | | ue + TA ub+ TN | ‘IG8I-S88T ‘ANOIOD AdVO ‘AGIUAANIY LV YIY AHL 40 aYASSaUgd ANV AYALVAAINAT, ATIVG NVA ‘SL WIaViL Pressure and Temperature Results for the Great Plateau. 297 | | | II G |LF6-SS G6E-9G [SET-9B|TFO- |Z6- F9T- (0-G3'0-6L| 0-2 | 0-08 0-480-49) 2 | Gaelic L |0-GG|\F-FL | 0-0G | $-BE |8-€¢ 7-99 1g II G 610-96 |0€&- IF T- | G | LG | G GGG |L.9L F-1S F-86 6-LE 9-69] 08 ral 7 L¥6- |€&3- —&60- re Ae Ie 8 (G-86|0-6L 9-7 €-66 /0-0F 6-69) 62 al bP |FS6-G3 |GTS-9S OST-93 086- |6G3- IZI- 8-66 0-8L| T-89 | F-0€ 6-L8'¢'°89' | tho | 9 |€-83|L-LL| 8-8¢ | €-0€ |L-L8 0-89 | 8Z 6 L ie96- |€TS- ST. | j | 2 | @ 8 G-L6/0-8L) 0-€¢ | L-86 L-86 7-19) LZ 8 8 7S6-GB 61S. GLT- | 6 | 4 |) T | T | 8 [2-66 |6-FL) ¥-8¢ | 0-88 |F-LE |F-69 | 9% 9 OL |€96-G% |LGS-9G IG6T-93 |SFO- |LGG- FIZ. |0-LB\S-8L) B-3E | G66 G-LEI0-L9| noi lees 8 0-L6|8-FL €-S | F-08 T-LE/G-L9 Ge 9 OT GLO-96|63E- — T0G- 9 bay ie 9 8-8 )/L-9L F-TG | G86 E-LE G-S9 FZ 9 OT €96-GG |S83- OLT- | G | @& | @ 8 0-66 /6-8L 0-8¢ | 6-66 |T-8E 0-89 €% 6 T | 9 |€96-S% 809-93 L6I'9Z'0G0- |9E- 89T- §-G6 0-08] L-0E | L-6% 6-GE9-G9| ¢ of | 8 L-GE 0-08 9-4 | €-06 |G-LE 8-L9 | 6% L rt Pe 00-96 |09F- —- T6T- G ag Sey, | 9 €-L8/0-FL L-0G | €-0€ |9-GE 6-69) 16 7 SI 96. |S0- 18%. | 8 ee © | ¥ (€-G3|F-9L | 8-8F | €-86 |L-PE 0-89} 0B 9 | OT |L86-G6 GEF-9% 81G-9B LE6-GZ |GBF- 1B. |€-GE.8-EL| 6-9F | BLE 1-8 G-09| 9 La) 269 | ¥ 0-L6|6-8L T-6F | GL G-GE L-39) BI L 6 TZ0- |G88- 0S- | 8 I BB 6 0-96 |8-&L 6-9F | $-66 6-6 L-19| ST 9 OT GE0-9G|F6E- — STS- | Oye ail ieee | T |€-G3|1-TL | 9-PP | 1-3 1-38 3-L¢) LT L 6 |968-GG 108-9G \L3T-9G 196- #63. TFT. |G-L6 €-TL] 9-LF | 9-GB 8-FE F-09' 8 6 ip 2 | & (G-LB/F-0L 0-9F | €-96 6-8 B-6E) OT SI g Heo? WOSe eVnhs e | | L ead | & €-08|8-0L | 9-9F | 8-73 |-FE 0-6¢) ST OT y) | | 968: PLZ. |gaT- | eae: 9 y |e | & 0-08 §-TL T-0G | $-G% F-LE 6-9) FI L 6 |806-G6 68E-9Z Z6I-96 836- 69E- |OLT- [0-06 6-6L| F-6F | &-LG 8-GE T-E9! ¢ CMY | 9 F-9G/6-GL 8-6F 9-68 0-SE 9-49 ST ii 6 | | IL6- 688. |L02- p LG Neng | F $-9G|L-TL | ¥-6F | 6-82 |G-98 |b-29| BT G 1H | 806- PLE. |86T- | G ef | 9 | ¥ 0-06 |8-69 0-6F | ¥-96 8-EE 3-9) IT G IL |096-96 LEG-96 661-93 6E6- |66Z- |Z0Z- (8-96 9-9L| G-6F | 9-86 6-FE G-E9) & CP iexG G §-0€ |-TL €-6F | G-LG |L-SE 6-29 | OT ¢ iO | | 966- |LGg- |000- | | | G G | b | T | G 9-86|9-9L 6-6 | €-0€ |8-F8 |I-99| 6 G IT | 096-S% Gee. | P6T- | L Vee a pO F 8:96 |8-GL £.8F | ¢-86 |T-FE 9-69 | 8 II G |086-S6 OLF-96 PLT-96 GG0-9G |TLE- |99T- 0-66 8-GL| T-0G | 0-96 T-LE 1-89) 9 | F | L | T | & (0-63|8-82]| 9-8F | 9-98 \8-98|6-19| 2 OL 9 086-S% |GEF- |SST- | P Peon to P 0-1 |F-69| L-0G | G-SS |T-8E\8-89| 9 6 Ten -9 | L¥O- (OLF- |66T- | | | € Po eo L G-88/9-1L | 0-T¢ | 1-96 |0-88 1-79) ¢ ¢ IL (160-98 €GF-96 806-96 SG0- [SBF [0ZZ- 0-BE'L-EL| 8-TE 0-26 |G-8E E-G9] & Disa eee 9 0-68 |L-GL| F-GG | 1-83 |P-88 9-99 | F G II | 980- |67&- (063- | | | | 3 Goel es L €-€€8-GL) G-ZG | 8-93 |1-6€ 6-69 € 6 L | 120-92|01€- |S8T- | | | | if Ge | L 0-68 L-8L) F-0G | 6-G6 |G-LE 7-89 8 8 086-G6 ZPE-9G PLT-9G 0&6-GB SEE-9G FIT-9 8-96 G-FL| L-6F 8-G% 8-9 9-29) ¢ eee leet = 4 FP 8-96 L-GL 0-6F | §-G3 |F-9E L-19 T SeyouL seqour seyour| seyout | soyour | sotour) o | oO fo) | fo) o | 0 | | fe) | | | fo) | fo) O | ( |P-8F L-10L 3-89 ¢-FE 0-19\¢-68| €2 L €88- G0T- F66-S6 | | | € Deep 2 9 =0-€F 6-00T 8-0L &-FE L-8S 6-18} Bz G 106: 9IT- 600-98 | | | | T (Sea oe iL (0-8 0-801 T-GL 6-1 3-9¢ 1-88} TZ P |9F8-SB 99T-96/L66-S6 98- GIT. 66- -9F 0-Z0T| @-1L 6-68 T-S¢/0-88] T Ca rieeees § |€-9F 0-ZOT €-1L 9-38 0-E¢ 9-18) 06 Or 9 6P8- |G60- |L86-S% | | a Saari ere a L |€-6F 0-60T 8-TL 9-66 0-L¢\9-98| 61 L 6 G98- 99I- OTO- | | ce bee | L |L-9F 6-10T 9-TL | $-98 |7-€¢/6-68! ST G IL {098-96 |F6-92 (0G0-96 LL8- €23- 190: L-LE F-Z0T| 9-69 L-3E ¢-8¢'0-98| ¢ Ne | > (6-87 8-86 | €-69 T-1e 8-€¢ 6-58) LT 9 OT 098. 23. 6F0- | | ¢ events | | 9 |G-9F F-ZOT 6-0L | F-1E 3-E¢)9-98) 9T p 6 GO6- GLI. |TPO- | | L ees) | L |L-L8 ¥-66 | 1-89 8-S8 '8-0¢ 9-98) ST 8 8 |F9L-G3 99T-9Z F00-9% GI6- 6ZI- L120: 0-98 3-66 | 0-89 &-FE 8-0G/e-G8, ¢ le ley | 9 |G-L8 6-66 0-L9 &-FE 6-6F 3-F8) FT 6 p FOL- EST. 900-92 ena 9. Veal 2G € 0-98 G-86 | 6-99 €-SE €-6F 9-78) ET 0 9 1Z8- 99T- 086- | 7 9 | ¥ | 9 (GFP 9-86 | Z-0L 6-8€ €-E6 B-L8| SI 6 L '66L-$6 982-96 TF0-92'66L- EST. [666-22 0-88'9-F6 | 6-29 | 0-FE 6-0¢16-78| ¢ | . Cin eae L |8-€F 9-76 | 0-69 8-G¢ I-T¢ 6-98] IT L 8 806: |18¢- |sgo- | Ve aCe, 9 |0-€F L:68 L-L9 &-FE 9-0¢ 8-78) OT 9 OT | |L498- 98%- |990- e ea 9 F 0-86 0-26 | 1-L9 0-6€ T-T¢ T-€8| 6 8 8 |L08-G6 |G78-9 |8E0-9% E88- 6ES- |LE0- (¢-GE\%-L6 | 6-9 | FFE L-SPFIT-€8| F 9-29 F (9-GE6-L6 | 3-99 F-ZE 0-0 F-68\ 8 7 ral LO8- 9ST. |8F0- 3 9 yy, 9 |¢-6€ 8-6 | 9-69 €-F& GSP 8-28) L II G | G16. (GPE. |0€0- | eee ee Oa F G-OF €-16 | 8-69 €-9€ L-LF 0-78) 9 O1 9 (608-G6 ISE-96 €F0-92 [G88- TSE. |FE0- €-0€/8-96 | L-G9 | 0-FE L-SF'L-38, 8 Canlees G |€-0€ F-16 | €-G9 9-8 G-LT/T-€8)| ¢ L 6 608- G9G- |8&0- | | 8 G7 | b |0-0F 2-96 | F-S9 L-T& \9-6F /$-18| 7 S IT | 6€8- GIS. (LG0- | | 9 P g | 7 |6-68 6-96 F-99 8-FE 0-67 8-E8) ¢ 9 OL |TG8-S% OST-9Z |EZ0-9B LE6- LZI- |GhO- |&-FE/L-L6 | 1-99 | GSE T-6F'F-78| 9 | PaO] | F 0-68 F-96 | 0-99 L-€E G-6F 6-28 % 8 8 | 016-GZ PIL-9% 600-98 | eee 8 Galerie | 9 €-€h L-L6 | G-L9 GSE 9-6F 8-FS T SeYOUL sotout | soqour SeYoUT Soetpour]| sotout| o O O Oo Oo | | | | | (jae | O O | ee (-a) (td) } fame | tat | fa | aw | am | a | fw) fam |S _(ew—eyq) Soe | Ope | (—wu) | (Swe) | (+e) | (- | (=n) | (+) zu) at |—S_'w-w| w | m | 0 | W+ETT | | | | / W+ IN | 300 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. “LO8—I-888T. ‘ANO'TIOO Ad V() ‘AATYAANIY LY Uy FHL dO BYOssadd GNV BHOLVAAdNAT, ATIVQ] AH, 66 WIAV 301 Pressure and Temperature Results for the Great Plateau. ‘ZEQL ‘LI TOQUIOAON pop10der Jou 9ANyeAOd 94 WINUTTXVUT + SABP OUIN + | | | iat G | | LYS. Zs1- |eL6- 8 8 | | G99- |&60- |8F6- II GC |P9L-GZ GET-9G OF6-SE FOL- GET. |6E6- al v L08- GI: (966: OT 9 res. L80- (996-_ 8 8 |L8L-G% 160-96 946-6 888- 080- 086- 8 8 6G8- |T6T- |SL6- 6 L L8L- 6L0- |PL6- 8 8 |608-G% G0G-9% 086-6 9T8- 6ET- 686- OL | 9 608- G0G- (F86- IT G | ‘S18: O06T- 996- ve Z |SLL-% §80-96|9F6-% SLL- €80- 066: a 7 | ygs- |LL0- SP6- OT 9.) | PI6- 190- F16-S6 Y ZL (GGE8-GS GFI-9% GI0-96 688- FIT. 100: G i 1@u | G8. GPT. —&Z0- L 6 | G06: |S&T- {400-96 IT G |1%8-GZ |1@3-9% 086-E6 FE8- (LST. L96- L 6 Té8- |T6e- LL6- 9 Or 398: |96T- ($66-9% V ZI (G98-G% 696-96 FE0-96 606 GPT: 020: ie eeu | 0g6- 69%. TSO: v al | 98. GST. 6E0- & I ZI |PIS-G% GET-9% 420-9 6E6- GET. Fz0- € eT 0S6- §2I- %&E0- G II | PIS: 980- 810-92 8 8 j9LL-GZ\SST-93 6L6-E GE8- SET 926. 8 8 QLL- |LOT- (696- I 6 | G6L- \GBT- GL6-SE i ZI |68-S% 9GT-9B LP0-9% €68-G6 IGT-9G &0-96 SOTPOUL | SOTOUT SeoUT | sotjout | seyoul | SOtoUL (—q) | (=a) | (+a) |. fam | *a a | que | di A ee G.GF L-L0T| @-bL 8-18 L&F GLO CFL L€8 €-GF 0-€0T ¢TL 1-8 0-TF (2-901) T-2L | $68 0-SF al TPL | ¥-G8 SSF FIO 8-L | FFE €-PF |9-66 | P-oL | 9-88 9-18 F-IOT EOL | ¥-€8 Fh ETOT BBL 6-96 0-98 8-66 | $-89 | 9-88 ont ieas ee 5 “nu | UN = ean g | VoL c L 8-8F 8-GOL 6-GL| F-SE B89) 9-€6) 0E eo lige Se L G-6¢ 6-66 €-PL T-€ 8-L¢| 6-06) 66 9-8¢ 7-06 F | 9 G G G-14 0-001 ¢-FL GE G-8S| F-06) 8Z | € he Naz 9 ¢-6F 0-I0T| T-FL F-E F-LE| 8-06) Lz i Bi Se L 0-¢ L-TOT T-€L) 6-66 G-09| 1-06] 92 L-LG\¥-16) & Penge ala Q |L-€F 1:86 | GPL) 9-FE 6-9E| GS-16) Ge G | eg G |LOG ¥-ZOT 9-€L| 0-GE 9-LG| 9-68} FB | € a 6 8 0-4 ¢-LOT 8-GL F-FE 9-8} 0-6) &% OFET68 9 y i & | § |9-6F 0-ZOT| 9-ZL) 6-9€ 3-FE| I-16) GG Par leas | @ Vee G |3-L7 9-66 | 6-0L €-FE 8-6¢] I-88} TB lead P| 9 fF (€-Sh 0-E0T 0-TL| €-FE 6-€9| 6-88} 06 6-G¢ 7-88 ¢ Gg G |¢-L¥|6-FOT| T-6L| L-8E €-SG) 0-68) 61 | G G9 P |6-GP|G-90T| -0L| €-1€ 6-FG) 6-98] ST | ig | @ 1s Q |0-TF |P-€OT|+L-EL |«€-3E 9-LG|«6-68) LT L-9¢ 1-36 F 1 O -| © L G-0G|€-LOT) 0-EL| 9-GE G-LG) 8-66) OT Soe aaa Ce sy Q |€-L¥|P-LOT| ¢-FL| 7-SE |8-9S) 6-66) ST es Cee G |0-h/€-TOT) L-€2L| 0-S¢ 6-99] &-16| FI 9-6¢0-06 € ae eee 9 (€-6P\P-LOL 6-3L| F-FE |\L-SG) T-06) ST G | ee eee € |¢-LP|6-00T) 8-2L| ¢-EE|1-9¢| 9-68] GT | GI ie ee | G (8-EPF|T-O0OT) L-6L| G-GET-SG) €-06) TT 9-6¢ 6-68) > Gea eee P |€-PP|0-L6 | 6-1L| €-GE|8-ES/| 1-88} OT | ¢ Pea ee7 9 (8-67 |0-L6 | 9-6L| L-BE €-9G) 0-68) 6 | | ako cee G |G-GF/G-66 | G-ZL| 8-GE 9-FS| F-06| 8 9-€¢ 0-18, 9 ee) | P |G-&F 0-66 | 0-TL| &-FE 6-69| 1-88) 2 (ees eae a ay € (0-68 0-46 | 1-69) 0-66 I-69) T-S8} 9 ome Me See) p |9-L€ ¥-LOT| L-0L| 6-8 8-69} L-L8) ¢ Pe 6-06 Lb | eee lech 9 |F-SP'8-L6 | 6-0L| 9-€ 9-€S| 6-88] F | | Oa ate e G |G.9F €-00T| F-GL) 3-GE 8-7) 0-06) € Le ee since L (8-SP &-I0T| F-EL 0-8 F-FS| F-G6) @ IL-TS 6-98) 2 ep € 0-SP $96 | €-0L| 8-9 6-TE| L-88) T Oa | -O | Oo | O O O | Oo | | | | | | ! | | | | | fue | SW (-w) (aw) (+) (—Ww (=n) | (+70 | a | aa |—2—_w—m| we | W | AON | | | | w+ | | “L6O8I-S881T ‘KNOTO() adv) ‘AQTIUGANIY LV Aly AHL HO GYnssayd GNV AHOLVAAdNA Y, ATIVG( Nv] ‘$6 HITAV Ah e~ / ‘ZEST ‘9 AequIeDeq pepszOoDet Jou oANyvrOduIE, WINtUTUTUT : SAP OUTN x é | | : | 8 8 IP9L-E%' 9GT-96 |\F96-SG FOL: —9ET- ZL. G-€G|L-O1| T-94 | 0-GE |T-09|T-26 9 | i € L (G.8G 1-201 6-7L F-68 L. SGT. 16 | Té iat G 108: @6I- |L76- ee g i 9 |o-sglo-26 | T-¢2| 6-Te) 3- 661-16 08 me 6 L ILS: | GEO. FPG ica 6 | F 9 %-8G|0-10T SL) 8-TE| -29.1-F6 6% s L 6 |16L-% 860-96 |896-E3 |L08- |860- jFS6- 0-6F\9-EOT) 6-8L | L-7E |9-19/6-96 T | 6 T 6 |€-9¢/9-GOT G-08 F-9€) 0-29,F-86 8% aS g II tP8- (860- |6L6- | & 8 j 8 (G-L¢|§-ZOT T.6L. 0-€€ | 9-69,9-G6| LZ B 9 Or | T6L- (G80. (GL6- fe ee L 0-6 \F-T0T G-LL L-PE -09/6-76 9% 9 OL L6L-G% TL0-9% |G&6-Gz |9¢8- 8c0- 9L6- (G-9F €-GOT| 6-9L | F-FE |T-6¢/¢-€6 & L v 9 0-97 |8-TOT 6-94) T-EE F-09)9-86 SZ 3S 8 8 LG8- |PS0- |F86- | 9 if 9 b 0-TE/8-FOT L-GL F-FE, G-8E6-26) FZ s 6 L | L6L- |TLO- |9&6- | ay if 9 G.9F €-GOT, G-9L L-GE, F-SGIT-46) &% S, 9 OT 692-96 660-92 796-G6 6GL- G60. [GL6- |%-GF 8-001) &-SL | T-cE |€-69/7-16 FT Ig i | 9 G-GF\8-00T| L-9L 0-E€ L-6E|L-E6) GE S if i ee | LG8- |8L0- jeL6- v 9 v 9 (0-70-86 | €-GL 9-TE, G-6G)\I-16| 16 iS L 6 ELL: |GPO- |8F6- Lo v g L |€-67|G-66 | G-PL) L-TE L-8/F-06| 06 eS &1 € (089-G6 11-92 86-2 089: |T70- |PI6- GS-8 0-LOT F-PL | G68 j6-8G\L-06 FT | 9 G G |8-9F/0-TOT ¥-SL| 1-68, F-6¢/9-16| 6I a 61 € | L6L- OF0- |G&6- O v 8 G /¢-87|8-96 F-EL) 6-GE 0-L¢)6-68| 8T = 6 De | | gg8- SIT- (696- 9 | i L € G-€F\0-00L F-FL) F-GE G-8G)9-06) LT S 8 8 (VGL-SG GPI-9G GE6-GE GES- GPT. 996- (€-SP\S-EOT G-EL | 6-66 9-8G\9-88, G 8 @ |€-GF\8-TOT| L-GL| €-1E) T-LG\P-88| 9T ‘S 6 es: | elLL- €80- 616: | 7 9 8 | & (0-0¢/0-00T; T-FL) L-66) €-69)0-68) ST =a OT 9 | | Vol. (S70. (@I6- | Vv OE eg | G |G-8¢/g-E0T| L-€L| 8-86) §-6E/1-88| FT “ II | G 89L-GG €0T-9% 096-66 89L- O20: LI6- G-OE)§-LOT B-9L F-ZE 0-09/F-26 9 | ee 29) | PF G-0G'8-FOT| 0-GL, T-T&| F-6E/S-06) ST 2 6 L | eg8- (OI: FF6- | 9 | 7 G G 8-¢/E-LOT 9-EL| 6-GE| €-6¢3-B6| BT 3 9 OT | ccs. 9L0- 686- | ¢ | 2 G G G-1G¢|7-S0T| 8-LL' T-€€| €-19\F-F6| IT 3 if GI (LE8-SZ 801-96 \FL6-G6 916- SOT- 686- L-8F/9-GOT| FLL | 6-FE 0-096-76 7 | 9 if 9 L-8F.9-GOT LL 6-SE) €-6¢,6-26) OT G II cgs- 010: 916: | i 9 g T 9 G-FG'§-GOT G-8L' L-FE! 6-09)9-96| 6 = L G7 Le8- (190. L96- | | | [9 boy 9 L-IG\P-COT) 8-9L G-FE| L-696-E6| 8 = G IT | OL (16L-S% 8BT-93 06-2 9I8- [8ZI- 996- (S-BGjP-90T G-LL 6-98 8-8G/L-96 F ee aa es G %-GE/P-90T T-8L) 8-S€) G-090-96 L es all Gy 978- TOT: (6&6: | | hs ee I oe L 0-€¢ €-90T|x9-9L +0-8E «9-LE9-96 9 a al Lay T6L- |790- |FI6- | | | | 9 v € | L (0-¥G/8-7OT| T-LL) 8-9€| 1-86-96) & = OT | | 9 (€18-GZ/GIT-9% |ZL6-E3 ELS. |GTT- (GF6- [€-L7/9-€01] 6-FL | 7-SE |-L9/9-36) L e138 | L '@-1G10-TOT| 1-92) 9-9€| 8-L97-76| 7 ‘S$ L 6 | ‘G88: 180: 996-63 | | bee | Se i 9 1-67 9-€0T 6-EL €-GE ¢-L¢0-66 & os) ine él | 006. FIT- (¢00- | | | a e | 9 V €-LPiZ-66 | P-L T-PE F-999-06! @ = ¢ EL 99-GZ Z8T-96 FL6-SG 988-S% OFT-9G Z00-96 G- LYS 8-COT) 8-FL | L-GE ¢-8E|6-16 g G 9 T | § (3-L¥ 10-201, §-7L! 9-66) ¢-6¢ 1-68) T S SOTLVUT | SO|OUT | SOOUT SOTLOUT | SOTOUT | SOTLOUT | fe) O | oO | 0 O | | E-Os 9 @ | ~ -@ fe) fo) | Sa : men a See a ee ee , (Sala | (+d) Eque Eqn eq qu din d fw | ©,IN coe 4 fu | ©TAT Pee a ee uy Gare jue | {IN Tes eee. UW W 06d NA © YD 6 WIAVL “1681-888 ‘ANOIOD WdVO ‘AWIUHEWIY LY Uy AHL 30 Aunssaud CNV WSUALVYAdNA], ATIVG NV] 303 rreat Plateau. Pressure and Temperature Results for the | | | | | | cg | L-¥G €88¢ VG L6G | G99-G6 80G-96 | GG0-96 | GLLT 86 678T | SLOT KC 6GS6L | 0-06 ea ¢-79 | C-66 | 8-67 | §-6L | Cen ie) « | | | | | 7 1¢ | £8G | fo | & | 18% | 089-Gc | 9ST-96 | 996-Se "SFL i) Oe | Ot | SI |) See | OHNE OR, ites | hs | Bry 09d 8P | 9-G6 O&G € | LVG G99-G6 | 696-96 | G86-G6 EFT I 9ST | OFL | 0 GSE |) 9-264 S-L01 8:62 Ire: |e e2GG i670 Sei eer “AON OF | €-L6 896 I LEG POL-GZ | 1GE-96 | G60-9G LET G Sol | PFI OF 291 S08 WOsGOl 57-89) 26-Se sees eS nceee 1O 8P | $-91 LEG G 8&6 96L-SG | 966-96 | GL0-96 SFT Co 20S €r1 QO} | 2913) 3S-SG) 179-96) 919) Gee Sau 0S ec Ca eae "ydog vS | €-16 | 6G G CVG 6V8-GG | S3P-9G | SGI-9G | SST G 296i SéT QO” GLI | St9G | 9:G8" "9°65" 9S: 6Gs 2-01 S20 eres GG | GI IG v TSZ 968-96 806-96 6LT-96 | SST G €¢T1 aa! Saencor 0-06 ° | 0-08 | €-0G | 0-86 | §-9E | §-79 ) ~~ Ane 69 y-8T | [VG 1 8&6 | 898-96. | LLP-9G | GLT-96 | LST V 661 9ET CG = e69IE 0-S6 9-9L | F-0¢ '8-G6 GLE | €-69 — © sunt So 6-66 | GEG [ G6 GE8-G6 | 9EF-9G | EGT-9G | OST ii SST 8&1 G | oor 6-16 |L-68 | 6-FE | 0-S3 | ¥-6F | 7-19 | -- 7 "LOT @9 LGB | BBS 0 8¢z | 61-6 | 816-93 | G80-96 | 9EI | F 6ST | GFT T LST 0-8 | 3-36 | 6-49 | 6-F% | ¢-0G | ¥-GL (7 Tady 39 0 |«P-8S | «GES 0 19G | OT8-G% G66-93 160-93 | LFT T Z9T | P&I 8 | 89T G-IF | 9-00T| 8-0L | 8-96 | LLG | 0-68 7°" Gorey 9g §-G§ T&6 G 616 GLO-GZ_ -€6T-96 GL6-S@ OFT 0 €VI | GET TL 0ST G-87 CESIDIEN (Seige, I 7oAKG |) (US) | (Gasis} | qo 9S | 6:06 VSG € 6&6 OGL-GZ | F6T-93 | TP6-GB | 8FT ee tee LPL G Selon ¢-CP ¢-800 | 6-92 | 7-18" | 9:09) 0:66.) uve’ | seyout = satoul | soqjour | | | fo) O O O fo) | o) | a =| = = is ° et | | | | | % kypramy) % pnoig| (-a) | (=a) | (+a) aw | am | a (—w) | (=u) | (4u) | (-W) | (=W) | (+N) | ae WN i w-W | wu W | | ‘JG8I-S88T ‘ANOIOD AdVO ‘ADTUAANIY LV UY AHL AO BYASSaYG GNV AYALVAHdMWAT, ATHLNOY, NVA | | | | | 0-9 v-8p | 8h9E | a | Gr9g LOG-66 | 108-0E | SOT-0& | P9LT | 99 | BEST | 991 | FP | S61 | €-6h | 9-OTL | @-TL | 8-8T | 8-19 | 9:08 > = TBO X 0-L 8-69 OLS | I 60& F6E-66 | LIF-0€ _ 600-06 | OFT 0 | ¥9T | 6hT v €9T | $&6¢ |6-66 | &-GL | G-8T | 6:99 | P78 | 7777709 ¢.9 T-¥9 666 6G 666 0S¢-66 | FEG-0E | &60-0E | taal € VS eave if VST | GSE | L-POT | G-EL | G-LT | €-49 | GBB |” “AON 0-9 G-¢9 | 4ze | TI | $66 | GI9-6 | 199-0€ | LOI-0 | 6FL | € | SST | FFT | @ | VOT | FSF | 8-LOL| 6-69 | 9-91 | 9-19 | BBL | “20 9.G Z-1¢ 1 60€ | 0 | 16e | 109-62 | 624-08 | IST-0€ | 9FT | 9 | SPI | SET | F | SST | G-9F | 9-OTT| 6-29 | 9-81 | -8G | G-LL |" “4dag 6-P O-L€ | S08 | T FTE — LLE-62 CTL-0€ 106-08 8&T Te kG eee T GLI | 997 | 6-C0T | $-99 | 6-61 | $-9¢ | 7-92 | ~~ “ony vv 6:96 Sle | G GOE 889-66 | 108-0 | IFZ-0€ | g9T 6 PSs 0st € LST | @@p | 9-66. | 0-¢9) | 1-es | 0-7E 1-9) | een 9-7 6-GG s0g | Tt 966 GVL-66 | 9L9-08 | 616-06 | 6ST GG | *68E Sr We AAl 8.97 ¢-68 | L-G9 | 1-66 | LVS" | 8°) = OU §-G ¢-€ 90g) |) 20 elite LOG-66 | VV9-O0E |; SHT-O0E | SFT G 6ST 8éT § 69. 0-S7 €-16 | G89 | 0-06 | ¢-8¢ | GOL | Aer v9 V-GV G66 | O- | 808 GL9-66 , ¥09-0€ | LOT-0€ | IFT IEE SFT 66T | & WE | = tH OS T-86 | G-3L | 9-8T | 3-89 | 8-18 ) °°" Tidy @-L 8-T¢ | 608 T OIE O8G-62 | O9F-0€ | 6S0-0E | SFT 9 6ST | T&T G PLT G-9G |T-L6 | SEL | GAT | BL9 F-F8 | 7° YOUVIT 9-L 9-6¢ LLG | G L8G L19-66 | 89-06 | OT0-0€ | GET FI iaa' OcI g O9T F-9G 6-86 | T-LL | T-LT | 9-89 | Lic SS | amen qq? GL 6:09 QOS TE 61E 81-66 | LPE-0E | 166-66 | TFT 6 O9T CsI G €LT L-9G G:-SOL | 9:9). S85hIe2eL 929° CS a aeaees uve an soqout Ssooul Sotout | | Oo Of =e 10 O | O O le 7 ie |e ea | | Peace | | | | ‘oIN4 SIO % pnoIp (-@ | (=a) | (+a) | am di at (—w) | (=w) | (+w) | (-W) | (=) (+m) jue IN Teo w-W) we | WW | | "LOST-888T “IVLVN ‘NVYaUnG LY YY AHL dO AHOSSaYd AGNV AYOLVaAAdINAT, A'IHLNO JL NVAJL "CZ? «€6OnTTrTavuiy. 20 304 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. TABLE 286. VALUES OF ¥ IN THE SIMPLE SINE CURVE OF TEMPERATURE. Durban. x M a m re) oO oO oO 0 Oct. 31 80°6 Oct. 24 71-2 Oct..16 61:8 15 Nov. 15 81:9 Nove 9 Sains Nov. 1 63°7 30 30 83-0 24 74:2 16 65°4 45 Dec. 15 84:0 Dec. 9 75:4 Dec. 1 67:0 60 31 84:8 24 76:4 L6y 637 75 Jan. 15 85:2 Jihis Oe Tig Jan. 1 68:9 90 31 85:4 24 77:2 16 69:1 105 Feb. 15 85-2 Feb. 9 77:0 Feb. 1 68:9 120 29 84:8 24 76:4 16 68:1 135 Mar. 15 84:0 Mar. 9 75:4 Mare) 16720 150 31 83-0 24 74:2 16 65:4 165 April 15 81:9 Aprile oy i278 April 1 (63:7 180 30 80°6 24 71:2 16 61:8 195 May 15 179°3 May 9 69°6 May 1 59-9 210 ah 7 Ph) 24 68:2 16 58-2 225 June 15 77:2 June 9 67:0 June 1 56:6 240 30 76:4 24 66:0 16 55°5 255 July 15 76:0 July 9 65°4 July ero4-7 270 Seon 24 65:2 16 54°5 285 Aug. 15 76:0 Aug. 9 65°4 Aug. 1 54:7 300 31 76:4 24 66:0 16 55°5 315 Sept. 15 77:2 Sept. 9 67:0 Sept. 1 56°6 330 30 78:2 24 68-2 16 58:2 345 Oct; 15, 7973 Octa 976976 Oct 1) 59:9 Kinberley. x M ae m Cc ie) oO (@) 0 Sept. 20 79°3 Sept. 28 64:5 Oct. 4 49°8 15 Oct. 4 83:1 Oct: 12 67:9 20 52:9 30 20 86°6 28 71:0 Nov. 4 55°9 45 Nov. 4 89:7 Now al 2 aerial 20 58-4 60 20 92:0 28 75°8 Dec. 4 60:3 75 Dec. 4 93°5 Dee 42) tal 20 61°5 90 20 94:0 28 77:5 Jan. 4 61°9 105 Jan. 4 93°5 ernie MDs eid 20 61:5 120 20 92-0 28 75°8 Feb. 4 60:3 135 Feb. 4 89°7 Keb. 12 9 73°7 20 58:4 150 20 86:6 28) 71-0 Mar. 4 55°9 165 Mar. 4 83:1 Mar. 12 67°9 20 52°9 180 20 79:3 28 64:5 April 4 49:8 195 April 4 75°5 April12 61:1 20 46-7 210 20 72:0 28 58:0 May 4 43-7 225 May 4 68°9 May 12 55°3 20 Al? 240 20 66°6 28 53-2 June 4 39:3 255 June 4 65:1 June 12 51°9 20 381 270 20 64:6 28 51:5 July 4 37°7 285 July 4 65-1 July 12 51:9 20 38-1 300 20 66°6 28 53-2 Aug. 4 39°3 315 Aug. 4 68°9 Aug. 12 55:3 20 41:2 330 20 72:0 28 58:0 Sept. 4 43:7 345 Sept. 4 75:°5 Sept. 12 61:1 20 46:7 Pressure and Temperature. Results for the Great Plateau. 305 TAB EE. 27. ‘VALUES OF y IN THE SIMPLE SINE Curve or Minimum TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCES. a Y ne Deviation. Oo Oo Oo Oo 0 Septs “S00 csssqsese ss 12-0 ILLS —0°3 30 Oct Sl vncune: 9-3 9-2 | —=i()-aft 60 INOW SOi essen 0°33 (oy + 0:4 90 LD eres 26) Leedasom sees 6°6 7:0 + 0:4 120 AGW ON oH las cio tue 733 7°83 + 0:5 150 OD eo hc Nene: 9°3 9-0 —0°3 180 BN We reo] nea rae 12-0 11°8 —()-? 210 AN Opel) GIO)" poceeeereeae {lAboy/ 1z'o'59 —0-2 240 May: + Sil iscetencess 16°7 16°7 0:0 270 TUME! TBO) eeees 17°4 17°5 + 0:1 300 Jiualliygy cool) Sohn seeees 16:7 16:8 + 0-1 330 ANIC. BIL aaleseuesste 14:7 14:7 0:0 306 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. TABLE 28. NUMERICAL COEFFICIENTS IN LAMBERT’S FORMULA. Durban. | Max. Temp. Mean Temp. Min. Temp. Pressure. etecee na ais a | | | oO | (0) | fo) inches | + 80:6000 | + 71°2000 | + 61:8000 + 30°105000 | + 49309 + 6:0655 | + 6:9268 — 0:117244 | + 1:1193 + 0°9785 | + 0:°7186 + 0:006410 | + 0:3667 — 0:0333 = OAT + 0-008580 | + 0:2598 + 0°7667 + 1:0536 + 0:004474 ean esse: 0-0000 01333 — 0:005000° — 03167 — 0:2667 — 0-°2000 + 0:004166 — 01833 0:0000 — 0:1083 + 0:007500 0:0000 | + 0:0866 + 0:°2165 — 0:007650 Kimberley. Max. Temp. Mean Temp. Min. Temp. Pressure. oO fe) oO inches + 79°3000 + 64:5000 + 49-8000 + 26°055000 + 13°8658 + 13:0145 + 12°1587 | — 0:108570 — 5:1024 — 3:0640 — 0°4455 + 0:029990 — 1:0500 — 1:0833 | — 1:1333 + 0-:003500 + 1:2124 + 1:2124 + 1:2990 — 0:006062 — 0:0833 — 0°1833 — 0:2167 — 0:008667 — 0°2167 — 0:2000 — 0°1833 + 0:000833 — 0:1167 — 0:0667 + 0:0333 + 0:001500 — 0:2309 — 0:°1443 — 0:1443 — 0:005000 Pressure and Temperature Results for the Great Plateau. 307 TABLE 29. EVALUATING THE COSINE CURVE FOR KIMBERLEY IN Sy Iba, Wislo 4" ’ Sun’s * = nape ae : F Sun’s Heat Diffe- M Sun’ Zenith : ape Temp. mates Declination: Distance. ee CosiZ: | ea | y : BENS o , ” t Wr O oO Jan. 16 20) 53 98'S 7 49 9776 "991 *955702 92°3 + 0:3 Feb. 15 | 12 34 348 Lor 7% 973'3 ‘961 ‘947307 89°6 +07 Mar. 16 1 37 468 27 «#34 966°3 °890 -931736 83°7 — 03 April 16 9 51 50 N 38 34 9581 782 *917956 755 +01 May 16/19 9 54 N 47 52 951°1 ‘671 *903591 67:3 +01 June 16 | 23 19 59 N 52. 2 9467 615 *896241 63°3 0:0 July 16 | 21 20 34 N 49 3 946°4 655 °895673 658 +15 Aug. 16 | 13 40 30 N 420 22 950°2 "739 ‘902880 71°8 +13 Septl6))) 256) 4 Ni) il 38 957-0; | 851 |) -915849 |, 8070) 4 1-7 Oct. 16 8 59 278 19 43 965°4 ‘941 931997 | 87-2 + 2:1 Nov. 16 | 19 34 168 10 =68 973°0 ‘984 *946729 | 91°3 +14 Dec. 16 | 23 20 57S 5 21 9775 ‘996 °955506 | 92°7 0:0 TABLE 30. SoME OTHER VALUES IN THE COSINE FORMULA. Bloemfontein. Alawal North. Mean Date. Z y M By Wi | Z, via yes v o : fe) oO fo) to) ae | oe | © fo) En O\o ad we eesagee 8 12 | 86°3 | 86-3 | 0:0 9 48 | 83°5 | 83°3 + 0:2 Hebs ha) oes: ccn. | 1G S2n e842 285-3 ) —11 18 6) 81°4 | 82:9 —1°5 WIE ES IG Sanreene 2% ~=6©-29. |) 79-6 | 80°7 | —1r1 | 29° 3 | 76°8 | 78:3 —1:5 Jy ven 10) eeogeared | 38 59 | 73°3 | 75:0 —1:7 | 40 33 | 70°6 | 72-1 —1°5 Miaiy: VO ve.citec es | 48 17 | 67:0 | 67:5 —0°5 49 53 | 64:4 | 65:6 —1-2 iors; IG) Gooansaas | BP Oy tent |G zteil 0:0 54 1/1] 61°5 | 61:5 0:0 Tiny UG coonasoce AQ 528) 765-9064-9) | eal oil 2163-4 Gi? | = 1-7 INTs TGR gh eee AAT ANOS 691 | 2 1-4y | 44 on G7-e) 66-1) te 1-7 Sept. lOc. ...... ay) a) ft (Ase8) | ise +13 || 33 37 | 74:0 | 72-4 + 1°6 Oct VLG: svc... 20 8 | 82°3 | 80°6 | +17 21 42 | 79-5 | 77-2 + 2°3 INOWeeliON sec esee.s 10 33 | 85:4 | 83:5 +19 | 12 7| 82-7 | 80:4 + 2:3 Dee: 16. vise. 5 46 | 86°6 | 86°6 0-0 7 20, 83:8 | 83-8 0:0 | | 308 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. TABLE 31. MontTHtuy VARIATIONS IN THE COSINE FoRMULA. Kinberley. Bloemfontein. Formular Observed Formular Observed Variation. Variation. Variation. Variation. O oO oO Oo Jam Hela eee 2 — Fil — 2-1 —1:0 Hebi—Miars 2): —5°9 —4-9 — 46 — 46 Mar.—April ...... — 8:2 — 86 — 63 —57 April-May ...... —8-2 — 8-0 — 6:3 —75 May—June ...... — 4:0 —4-1 — 2°9 — 3:4 June—July ...... + 2°5 + 1:0 + 1:8 + 0-1 July—Aug. ...... + 6-0 + 6:2 + 4°6 + 4:9 Aug.—Sept. ...... + 8:2 +78 + 6°4 + 6:5 Sept.—Oct. ...... + 7:2 + 6:8 + 5:4 + 5:0 Oct.—Nov. ...... + 4:1 + 4:8 + 3:1 + 2°9 INov.—Dee.s..2.6 + 1:4 + 2°8 +12 + 3:1 Dec.—Jan. ...... — 0-4 —0°7 —0°3 — 0:3 Alwval North. Mean Table-Land. Formular Observed Formular Observed Variation. | Variation. Variation. Variation. O | O Oo Oo Jam: Hebe aes = PPI | =5)-4 3 aly Heb. Margen: — 4:6 — 4°6 — 5:0 —A4-7 Mar.—April ...... — 6:2 | — 62 —69 — 6:8 April-May ....... — 6:2 — 65 — 69 —73 May-June ...... —2°9 —41 —3°3 —3°9 June—July ...... +19 + 0:2 + 2:1 + 0°4 July—Aug. ...... + 4:4 + 4:4 + 5:0 + 5:2 Aug.—Sept. ...... + 6°2 + 6°3 +69 + 6:9 Sept.—Oct.. ...... + 5°5 + 4°8 + 6:0 +5°5 Oct.-Nov. ...... + 3:2 + 3:2 + 3°5 + 3°6 Nov.—Dec. ...... +11 + 3:4 + 1:2 + 3:1 Dee.—Jan. ...... —0°3 —0°5 —0°3 —0°5 | | | | | § Pressure and Temperature fesults for the Great Plateau. 309 TABLE 32. Some Hourty VALUES IN THE CosINE FORMULA. 1. Winter: JUNE AND JULY. Z | ay y Observed (diurnal) (annual) Temp. fe) y oO fo) oO EVM a es cn cincabe ce sees sua 88 49 37:0 24-1 37:0 T9010) Ei Airc vot aE i ays 44-4 36°2 41:6 ANS ieee eee icc Se lane Mace 67 31 51:7 47-9 49-4 DSU SAAC Dr ce UG ire ee de 09 417 56°9 56:4 54:7 DG) BIR Ae a oie Aa ee me Sere 53 «45 60:2 61-7 58°9 INO OMe ae Bae os utosiae se cae e dl 46 | 61:4 63°5 61-4 2. Swnmer: DECEMBER AND JANUARY. Z _Y Yy Observed (diurnal) (annual) Temp. O U O oO oO EV Tse e Sele cs tet lis 66 37 67°7 50°6 67:7 NSINTES ete, cx uit tS Re 53 «44 73°5 64:3 ligeo LDS of 5 8 Se ee CeCe ete 40 39 78°6 76:0 76°6 SG AI ae en a et een ee 27 30 82°4 85:0 80:3 I SU coy a AR L223 84°8 90°6 83°6 UNIO O Mee see ace cares sae ho was 5 34 85°6 92°5 85°6 310 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. TABLE 33. CoMPARATIVE TABLE OF Maximum TEMPERATURES. 1. Coast Stations. | Kast r i = Durban. | London. Blizabeth. eg ee gis Average. fe) O Oo Oo Oo Oo O dA W OS asace 85°6 76°3 75°7 76:0 72°9 18:9 77:6 Ne} oe Ms ee 85°7 75°9 76:1 75°8 72°9 78:5 717°5 Maire eee: 84°4 © 75°2 74:7 74:1 70°9 17°3 76:1 Aprile 81°8 73°6 71°8 71:0 67°4 Teg 72:9 Miaiye: eee. 78:5 41:2 69°5 68°5 65:0 67°5 70:0 UMC) k's 76°8 71:0 68:0 67°8 62°7 64°2 68:4 Srallvauieys 76:1 69°2 65:8 65°3 60:8 63°3 66°7 AUB Paces. 76°4 69:2 - 66:3 65°8 61-1 64:0 67-1 Sept: ...... 77:2 69°5 66°6 66°6 62°7 67:0 68°3 OCts (Sec: 78:2 70°4 68°3 68°3 64°8 69°5 69°9 INOW 2e.5-2 82:2 72°6 70°8 70°9 67°9 (257. 72°7 Dec 84°4 T5°7 73°6 73°8 70°9 75°6 75°7 Mean: 80:6) || 72:5 70°6 70-3 666 | 70-8 | 719 2. Middle Stations. ns- 2 é | rin Be Umtata.| Yown |" Hast. | Reinet. | Albert. | cester. | AVeraee. Oo O O Oo fe) Oo Oo Sait Pars. 79-1 82-9 84°4 88-0 82°6 86°1 83°9 Hebe ati. 80-1 82°1 84:0 87°6 79°6 86:1 83°2 Mais cece oak 79°0 80°3 82°8 73°0 83°7 isha ioe eseanc 75°8 74:0 75°2 76:2 69-1 75°2 74°2 May: ..ds.. (ler 67°8 69:5 71:0 64°4 68°5 68°8 June ...... 70:0 65:0 67:1 68:6 61:9 64:6 66°2 rullya tee 70:0 64°5 66:4 67°2 61:5 63°2 65°5 AUG eetces (2:2 66:9 69:7 69°7 64:9 65:0 68:1 NSC}0a donsuo 731 72°6 73°71 74:9 70°8 69°7 72°4 Octees5e.8 73°3 76°2 76°2 (sei 73°9 74:0 75°5 Nov 717°6 80°1 79°3 82°6 80:0 79°3 79°8 Dec 79°4 82°3 81°9 86°7 81°6 83-1 82°5 Nears... 751 74:4 75°6 ieo) Wlss) 74:9 75:0 3. Table-Land Stations. | Kimberley. Bloemfontein. Aliwal North.| Philippolis. Average. O oO Oo Ce) re Wa) ewan epeeree 92-0 86:3 83°3 83°9 86°4 BU caorrecemeeses 88:9 85:3 82°9 82:2 84°8 Vila eiceece rnin 84:0 80°7 78°3 76°9 80°0 ANGUS ecetiee 75°4 75°0 72-1 69°8 73-1 WEVA yee abecon cca 67°4 67°5 65°6 62°9 65:9 Aub os mee enacresee 63°3 64:1 61°5 59°6 62:1 AS bd ly gee respec 64°3 64°2 61:7 60°6 62°7 IOs oceans evens 70:5 69°1 66°71 | 65:5 67°8 MED Us vurcsemectes: 78°3 75°6 72°4 (ney 74°5 Oate sivccteetees 85-1 80°8 17°2 76°2 79°8 INOV:c uirteeeee st 89°9 83°5 80°4 79°8 83°4 Dec 92°7 86°6 83°8 82°5 86°4 VERT achessueens 79°3 76°6 73°8 72°6 75°6 Pressure and Temperature Results for the Great Plateau. 311 TABLE 34. | COMPARATIVE TABLE OF MintimumM TEMPERATURES. | | | 1. Coast Stations. | | | a || 3S ns- | Durban ondon. lnlinabeth. ea DAcnas eee | Average. oO O Oo oO Oo oO oO Jae aes 67°7 64:3 63-9 63:9 62-6 63:8 64:4 Hepa eo. 68:6 64:7 64-2 64:0 63-2 64:2 64°8 Nang aoe 67:2 62-9 62-0 61:9 61-2 62°4 62-9 April 2). | 63-2 59-0 | 57:9 57-4 57-6 58°3 58°9 EINE “cagdos 58:5 53:5 | | (53°9 53°6 54:2 55-2 54:8 TOUNG. eee: 54-7 50-3 | 51:3 | 50-8 51-5 53-0 51-9 nulbysyeetc: 54:0 18-3) 649-08 | 48s 50-0 51-5 50:2 RUB ic 56°5 513 | 50:9 | 49:9 50:6) rola ie ales Septy a... 58:5 Aco ase2 ey | ee) | See GD Oy ae 616 Bis | 0078" |) 552 | 55-2 56-1 56°9 Novae | 64:3 59-9 58°5 Boe jeans) =| e58r8 59°5 Wecnn.e 66-2 62-9 61:5 G12) 60:3 61:4 62°3 Mean ss. 61:8 57-4 56°8 56-4 | 56-4 575 57-7 2. Middle Stations. \ | | Unies, | Gasca |Scmerset) Great | Freee | ccata, | Avezae0. Oo Oo | Oo | G fe) ) Oo ants secs: 60-0 58:0) 57:3 |) 88:2 59°8 58°5 58°6 Hehe oc 60:3 | 587 | 581 | 60-0 | 547 | 59:6 | 586 Manges. 58°6 55°60.) |/Mebbel a0) 6r8 51-1 57-3 55-9 April ...... 51:7 48-7 | 50:5 | 50-3 47°4 51-2 50-0 Naya ts 42-9 41°5 As ALA | ae adel 46°7 44-1 ume | 36-9 | 38:0 i) Adal) ope 43-0 40:0 Tales. ces- B62) e363) 4) 397. | 3869 | 6 86-9 40°3 38-0 iN 42:0 40-1 42:5 | 39°8 | 40°6 | 423 | 412 Sept. ...... 47-3 | 44:9 | 45-4 | 45-2 46-3. | 46-2 45-9 Octet a: 51:6 | 49:0 | 48-4 | 496 51:1 | 49:7 49°9 Nona) ee oes 529 | 51:9 | 53-2 BPG - | Se 54:0 Decau ne. | 584 56-1 55-2 57-0 59-0 56-2 57:0 Year ..:..- 50-1 48-3 49°3 49-6 49-2 | 50-4 49°5 3. Table-Land Stations. Kimberley. |Bloemfontein.' Aliwal North | Philippolis. | Average. | | O oO fo) | oO oO Jes een 60°6 59-2 55°9 56°5 58°1 1G es 60:1 58°7 55°9 56-9 57-9 Mii peters ee ie 54-4 52-0 54-2 54:6 AVA shcccevies 50°5 46°5 43-7 45-9 46-7 Miaiy sete foie. 42-4 37°6 36-0 38-2 38-6 a UTIe le oho B75 31-7 29-4 32-2 32-7 A) Ol lig ocp emer cee 36°3 30°0 28°2 32°1 31°7 BANU cece tial=s\stoetaist 40-7 30°7 33°9 36°4 36°7 Sept deree-ca-e 45°0 42:6 40-2 40°7 42-1 Ct. ee 51°8 48°7 460 46-2 48-2 NOM eee 555 53:3 50-0 51-7 52°6 Dacheere ee) 59°3 571 54:5 54:8 56:4 WAI s.¢c0-0000- 49°8 46°3 43-8 45°5 46-4 312 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. TT ABIES So: CoMPARATIVE TABLE OF MBAN TEMPERATURE. 1. Coast Stations. | Durban. Landon, Elizabeth, vent Hi eatae aa ASOT: oO oO Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo saute ten yee 76°6 70°3 69°8 70:0 67:7 (1:3 71:0 Bebe: ck ite 70°3 70°2 69°9 68:0 71:4 lage Miaititeeseca.e 75.8 69-0 68°3 68-0 66:0 69°8 69°5 ADEE Pr.ence 72°5 66°3 64:9 64:2 62°5 65:0 65°9 Migivaees. 68°5 62°3 61°7 61-0 59°6 61:4 62°4 Jume’ .....- 65°7 60°7 59°6 59°3 57:1 58°6 60°2 Jlrs cee 65:0 58°7 574 57:0 55°4 574 58°5 INOS Neves | 66°5 60°3 58°6 57°8 55°9 57°8 99°5 Neptey sj 67°9 62°1 59°9 59°4 57°95 60:2 61-2 Octy, seuns 69°9 63:8 62:0 61°8 60:0 63°8 63:5 INOVigniacsese 73°2 66°2 64°6 64:4 62°8 65:5 66:1 Deey nen. 75°3 69°3 67°5 575 65:6 68°5 69°0 Vear i a2 ale? 65:0 63:7 63:4 61°5 64°2 64:8 2. Middle Stations. Umiate | on | meen | memory | trent |ltecarent eswosaee 1) Oo Oo oO Oo oO Oo AAW goose 69°5 70°5 70°8 fanl le? 72°3 71:2 Hebe. Sec. sae 70°2 70°4 lilo | haniaeS 67:2 72°9 70°9 JY ES iat 68°8 67°3 68:2 69°8 62:0 70°5 67°8 JNvovAlll Sadanoe 63°7 61°3 62°8 63°2 58:2 63°2 62 Mayer sees 57:3 54°6 57°3 OTe 54:3 57°6 56°5 SINS Wee ee 53°5 51°5 54°5 54°3 51-1 53°8 53°1 enalyaieree ae 53°1 50°4 593°1 52°1 50°2 oee 51°8 INT GES escis 57/2 53°95 56°1 54°8 52°8 53°7 54°7 Sept. ....,. 60°2 58°8 59°2 60:0 58°5 58°0 59-1 OC aes 62°5 62°6 62°3 64°3 62°5 61°8 62°7 INO Wau ieussc 66°5 66°5 65°6 67°9 68°8 66°3 66°9 DG Ce ier, cs 68°9 69°2 68°5 71°8 70°3 69°7 69°7 Wear’ sc.. 62°6 61°3 62°5 63°8 60°5 62°7 62:2 3. Table-Land Stations. | Kimberley. |Bloemfontein.| Aliwal North. | Philippolis. Average. | 10) Oo oO Oo Oo UIE Aeemeectiicce | 76°3 72°8 69:6 70°2 V2 2 AHO D Nes eae coe 74°5 72:0 69°4 69:6 71:4 It cea see tae 70°8 67°5 65-2 65°5 67°3 1X ou ES epoca 62°9 60°7 97°9 57°9 59°9 ITs ae ae Ce 54°9 52°6 50°8 50°5 52:2 MING Resetae wees: 50°4 A479 45°4 45°9 47°4 Sllig7 pene slave 50°3 AT‘1 45:0 46°3 47°2 RUS: ct oeswe oe 55°6 52°4 50:0 51:0 52°3 (2) 0 OnE Seen 61°6 59°1 56°3 56°2 58°3 OGti aerreesaxs 68°4 — -64°8 61°6 61:2 64:0 IN OVathetns izes 72°8 68°4 65°1 65°7 68:0 Dees Hiveis sieves | 76°0 71°8 69°2 68°7 71°4 MGAi Re eae tee 64°5 | 61°5 58°8 99°0 61:0 313 Pressure and Temperature Results for the Great Plateau. NIB IDI ak, COMPARATIVE TABLE OF RANGE OF TEMPERATURE. Coast Stations. ie o | ee ArASCAMMNMNASCAH | A a Sm Mc Haddin dtsH coc | + > De Oe Oc ee | Leal < n aa AMAOWAMNDMONDA | qe MDHHMARAN HN oO | AS Ne ee ee N = EY = Eee ee w aq AM MmOONDMMOHO | AN ee S8SMARSHSOSOORSCS |S OS? a | q - Loo oS ADNOROORBHHOS | QD 68 CNANAMHEROMMWMOA | 5179 See ee et ee | 4 ae DDrBPOMmOMAHAIVAI HH | wD O38 CH HN MIDNDDNOMAAN | ow au.N Se i ie i ce ce ce oe tl ea) re| B9 SAMO E BROAD | Se CN HAWKRSCORHRMAN | 6 Sees ANA AAs | faa | S | 3 DANDSOHAAROCOAN O ce COL RR DONADDOLD 5 HAH ANNANA AAA A A re . ord OSS eR . ~ of e bo ewes ro a SO SaaS SBD OSSD oa BHAA ANOAZA A Middle Stations. 2. Write DO Dl 19 MH Ch SSH HHAANMHOS NANNANANANANAAN 25°5 24°5 D BD DE 19 © 010 DW HO ONHHHOHAHHAAA NANNANANANAAAAAAN DOODOMWNHMEIOHE | CHKROWDDODRASS ANANANMANANANAAN Somerset East AOA TARrALY OTE COhrpatHeaywoKkeKKRKsd NANANIAAANANAAA 28°3 26:3 Queens- town. AHamtNODONDerAAN OHUMMDOROOKRKRKS NANNANANAANAAAAA Umtata. ADIIQHDHADNDr-NS CRD ROH DHHOMHAH AHANNNDHDDANAN July IAG HReenes Sept Oct Nov. Dec April ike: May > 2st. June Jan Feb. Mar VEER NON Baoene 3. Table-Land Stations. 3) % NowdttHoOnde rol! NA | SCDOMOL-RBHHAHOO!S 2 ANAANAM MMMM | A < a ort — 3, HOEertoHoOSonE Ray SCM OAMHEDRBHOOY | o ANNNANAANANMMAN A = . 3) Oey eneagaye EB | OF RODANBDANNODH | OS a | ANANANANH AMMAN | oO <3 ! | S| oe o \ ~ 5 HOMO HAHANHoOMAID | SC OODONHDMMNSOSD | O S ANNAN GoMod WGN | of ovo, | = es A «| £°051 | +:°095 4+ :153 | +:°028, +:°034 +:076 | +:°073 list 5, ia AE ee Osi 0S) fT) | ae SG) | st, — 242 —:158 | —:170 | —:056 | —:214 | — ‘163 | —-169 Ist day after...... +:054 +:°010 | +-008 | + :°240 +:014 —-:006 +053 Die Oh Gheterecan +125 | +°153 | —-199 | + 152 —-112 | —-030 +015 Bedi othe pagum = 035) | 4-095 | Sp WU FS OS! | soaks) | ut Kamberiley. A. Temperatures. oO | oO | 10) | On O oO | Oo ard day before...| + 16 | +151) +12°9 | 4+ 21) — 08) 4+ 55 | + G61 Qnd ,, 5, «| + 82) +136) +142) + 75) + 46) + 92) + 9:5 Ist y, 5) --| $106 | + 98) +150} + 5:4) 4135/4 50) + 9:9 }+ 99 | +146) +117) + 36) +125) + 06) + 91 Ist day after...... |}— 48; +129) +152) — 63, +144) — 64) + 42 Od SPA ee |} + 59 | +142 — 79} + 1:8) + 83} —106 | + 2:0 SEG: come oat penese| ate cog peter O) + 50 | — 03} —10:9 | + 2:0 B. Pressures. Inch.) Mines yi meh, inch. ; inch. | imeh. { inch. 3rd day before...) + °054 | + 026 | +-100 | +130 | + -035 , +:°169 | +086 Pade % » «| +°017 | +-070 | +:114 | +098 | +:078 + :208 | +-098 late » = 000 | +7100 | +:108 | +°026 | —:017 +°191 | + 068 /—-091 +-051 , +°010 +:028 | +:040 +4:°150 | + :022 1st day after...... | + 089 | +-100 | —:074 | + -102 | + -039 | +-081 | + -048 Dit ae ten tet ti shoake | +. -023-| +-114 | —-049 | +082 | +057 | + -027 | + -042 OLA” shee ap enswoel — 049 +:108 + ‘04 +:075 —‘158 | + -004 | Pressure and Tenwperature Results for the Great Plateau. 317 TABLE 42. BAROMETER READINGS AT 32° F. DurING THE ANNUAL DEPRESSION OF JULY. Durban, 9 a.m. Salva) 10 11 12 13 TA el) falls 16 17 18 | inches | inches | inches | inches | inches | inches | inches | inches | inches 1885 | 30°485 | 30-452 | 30°273 | 30-291 | 30°352 | 30°083 | 29-970 | 30°485 | 30°448 On *374 °085 ‘016 | 29-918 Sao "485 | 30°255 °159 °164 Sai ala) 632 ‘937 | 30°194 -166 "042 Sole eS 553 9 | 29°965 °120 "106 "094 "051 *276 sala: -390 561 1890 | 30°517 “515 *425 °341 °324 °175 | 29-903 PALL *444 ote *445 -248 *264 -149 °105 Aa a Oz ove *388 *476 24 | °258 “467 °619 214: "042 | 29-983 “249 °508 °503 3 B54 °578 °487 -430 -251 | 30°304 *397 *383 231 4 "054 *234 | 29°995 S220 "320 *398 °295 -204 -160 5 "090 °043 | 30°326 "152 °036 147 5G) alee: *450 6 | “20 *334 °440 “A471 *380 °278 093 | °013 *448 C 8 ) 234 "196 "106 "095 | 29°834 ‘050 268 "142 *082 | +404 312 °129 "154 | 30-012 200 052 481 "424 “497 °466 *304 *302 222 040 "248 "236 "289 Kinberley (or Kemlworth), 8 a.m. 1890 | 26-283 | 26-314 | 26-307 | 26-290 26-269 | 26-155 | 25-961 | 26-091 | 26-154 1 "294 "224 SOR AOA Oar "172 | 26°236 | °284 *325 Zee Ze) eee 370 | 3802 7125 | 25-934) -220| -394) °385 oni 200), | "374 [S808 oO) teil 26:200i) 226 °245 157 4 "129 = 064 "129 "240 “274 *301 *289 °214 "178 5) 051 | 25°908 | 004 | 25-966 | 25-986 | 25-987 | -002 "194 = -308 6 °208 | 26°217 °261 | 26°298 | 26°247 | 30-151 045 "172 °317 g 261%) 2213 "164 "056 | 25°896 7122 °207 A 2S ok2S 8 360 *319 250 °236 | 26:173 °245 | -177 345-405 9- 403 396; = °327 °283 213 1U55),|— PALTL "240 "284 1900 *251 "292 *312 325 *052 148 | 9-237 *226 rel 318 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. TABLE 48. COMPARATIVE MEAN JULY PRESSURES AND TEMPERATURES FOR A SINGLE STATION IN EACH OF THE THREE SOUTHERN CONTINENTS. A. Pressure. B. Temperature. July | Kimberley. | Cordoba. CONOFWNH inches 26°182 °190 -208 -213 -192 °174 °173 “187 °199 -200 *202 °192 °167 °137 127 OLS7 °191 -218 SO -214 "197 ‘176 -180 °195 “197 ‘181 -150 °122 °118 Oj} yo) °162 | | | | inches 28°546 + 28°537 °532 537 "559 “576 "587 °588 “597 *636 671 "684 *649 °623 ‘601 570 -568 °578 *565 *546 *5AQ °616 *659 "646 604 -566 *561 “573 -580 *569 23°528 + Adelaide. | Kimberle Adelaide. | y- | Cordoba. inches fo) oO fo) 30°187+ 49.6 o1:9+ 515+ 30°206 50°6 92°2 52:0 -211 91°8 52°6 §2°5 °164 52-0 52°4 SAU -118 51:4 o1-2 52°5 "098 50°1 50°1 51°7 -110 49-2 | aioe 50°7 -124 48°9 48°8 50:4 °118 49:2 ATT 50°3 °131 49-4 46:7 50:2 °157 49:2 46-0 50:0 -203 49-4 46°4 50°1 -245 49°8 48°0 50°8 -270 48°8 49°8 50°9 -268 47°6 50°8 51:4 257 45:7 51°5 51°5 “294 45:8 | ol-9 51:9 °189 46°9 52°8 51°6 °143 48°3 54:2 51:5 ‘111 49°5 55°1 51:0 °101 50°7 | §4:8 50°8 °131 | 52-1 | as2 50°8 °160 | 52°3 51°5 51:0 -199 | 92:2 51-7 51:5 -214 52:4 51°7 51°3 | “231 | 52°9 52°6 51°3 “214 | 53°1 52-0 51-1 °196 | 93°59 52°4 51°3 -163 | 52°9 52°5 51°8 “151 52:0 54°3 51°8 30°155 + 50:4 56:5 + b1°3+ 318 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. CONF WNH eH TABLE 43. COMPARATIVE MBEAN JULY PRESSURES AND TEMPERATURES FOR A SINGLE STATION IN EACH OF THE THREE SOUTHERN CONTINENTS. A. Pressure. inches 26°182 °190 -208 -213 °192 -174 ive =1lSi7/ °199 -200 *202 °192 °167 °137 -127 -157 °191 °218 *294 -214 “197 “176 -180 *195 ‘197 ‘181 °150 122 -118 °133 °162 July | Kimberley. Cordoba. inches 28°546 + 28°537 "532 *537 *559 “576 "587 -588 “597 °636 ‘671 °684 *649 623 ‘601 570 -568 °578 *565 *546 “HAY -616 "659 °646 -604 "566 “561 “573 “580 "569 23°528 + B. Temperature. Adelaide. Adelaide. | Kimberley. | Cordoba. inches ) fo) 0) 30°187 + 49.6 ol-9+ 515+ 30°206 50°6 52°2 52°0 20 51°8 52°6 52°5 "164 52:0 52°4 52°7 -118 51:4 51:2 52°5 "098 50°1 50°1 51°7 °110 49-2 49-2 50°7 °124 48-9 48°8 50:4 "118 49-2 AT:7 50°3 “131 49-4 46°7 50°2 °157 49-2 46-0 50:0 203 | 49-4 46-4 50°1 °245 | 49-8 48-0 50°8 270 = || Ss 488 49-8 50:9 268 || 47:6 50:8 51-4 257 | 45:7 51°5 51°5 °224 45°8 51°9 51°9 "189 46-9 52°8 51°6 "143 48°3 54:2 51°5 ‘111 49°5 551 51:0 LOW 50°7 54:8 50°8 SG i Geel 53-2 50°8 °160 | 52°3 51°5 51°0 "199 | 52°2 51:7 51°5 -214 52°4 51:7 51°3 231 52°9 52°6 51:3 °214 53°71 52°0 511 290 53°59 52°4 51°3 "163 52°9 52°5 51°8 °151 52:0 54:3 51°8 30°155 + 50:4 56°5 + 513+ Trans. S. Afr.Plil. Soc. Vol XI. Plate XXXII. 100— KimMBERLEY = dL —— a F. M A. M. U: J: A. Ss. 0 N D. 30. 29. 30. 29. 29. 28. 28. 27. 26 26 25 25 JR SUTTON: PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE RESULTS West Newman lith jd i 4 if ' : Picans SAIC, lag oc. Vel Ch. hae | | a | eee AlN OU ee A OS sO ON DD. Table- Land Stations. pride) Middle : | aay oi os Tar UN nt eee ee Coast West Newman hth. 7 4 Pee SUTTON: PRESSURE AND THMPERATURE RESULTS. Trans. S. Afr Phil. Soe.Vol. XI. | Plate XXXIV. INCH 30-7, ——__— { 30-6 i = 305 — a 4 th i 30.4. ————___—_ IN LI at dL MP3. | NATAL 30:3 - igi 30-2 — { i | a | eons Soe ee rai | \/ j| +4 V Wt ’ Ko | | ‘\ r Ne WA eea\ e 30-0 \— SVS VENA L Vf * # \ \/ y AN We \ A | rN qv LA | ATAL PS 2% V Vi, ao = i hw Leah AA 29-9 = / v tl WL = Vv he L \j \ A - / Na a7) LUA Avi PATA V IV ‘i ONS rs \ xi il _ IMBERLEY i Vv 23:3 +— +} + ay a I || rity | mP3. NATAL 23°6 A / L [ | J. 195 M. A. M. J. J. A. Ss. 0. N. D. 40 29 30. 29. 29. 28. 28. 27. 26. 26. 25. 26. JR.SUTTON: PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE RESULTS West, Newman lith a, ee y *” “ e ~< Plate XXXV, | M—-m West Newman hth IN: oD O S efor AY ae Table-Land Stations. Middle Coast | ! - aw hs yee | ees Se SUTTON: PRESSURE AND THMPERATURE RESULTS. 1 1 | - ae ae bee (oe ees | res Ee M A M | | — = © oir, bal. Soc, Vel Xi. a 4 ap ecko tg Sal a —— eee = eS ee eS ee ee a ee ee ee > » ee en ie _ ~~, a ar A am 27°56 INCHES 30°23 30-19 30-1) JULX 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 West Newnan lth, JRL SUTTON: PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE RESULTS. otis ag ai 17 AG 4 pci ge Tran s.S. Afr. Phil. Soc. Vol. XI . _ KIMBERLEY Plate XXXVI. INCHES —"\ 26-21 26-17 54c4 = 46 4 40 | CoRDOBA 26-13 INCHES 127-64 27°40 INCHES 30-23 30-19 30-15 JULY 5 9 JR SUTTON 17 21 25 29 —30- West, Newman lith, PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE RESULTS (319 ) ON fhe SOUTH APRICAN THERAPHOSID A, OR bE aN Ss SPIDERS) iN Ete COBLECTION OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM. Bye Wo E PoRcrin, eins) First Assistant wm the Musewm. (Communicated September 4, 1901.) The South African species of Theraphoside * were until recently comprised in the single genus Harpactira. In 1897 two new genera were recognised by Pocock and two more are added in this paper. These five genera may be distinguished as follows :— a. Cheliceree without scopule on the sides .. .. .. .. Harpactirella, nov. b. Cheliceree with a thick scopula of feathery hairs on the outer surface above. a‘. Cheliceree with a row of modified stridulating bristles extending obliquely or horizontally across the naked area on the lower part of the outer surface ; inner surface with a scopula above .. .. .. .. .. Harpactira, Auss. b'. Cheliceree without a row of stridulating bristles on the outer surface and without a scopula on the inner surface. a?. Thoracic fovea nearly circular, enclosing a central tubercle or large MOVIN Se Rete ens Meise einA gas od ee ce IC CTOLOGYTUS, EOC. b?. Thoracic fovea normal, transverse or procurved. a3. Outer surface of chelicere with a strong transverse impression posteriorly. Fovea strongly procurved .. .. Ca@logeniwm, nov. 63. Outer surface of chelicere without a strong posterior impression. Fovea at most slightly procurved .. .. .. Pterinochilus, Poc. * For the information of collectors I may mention that these comprise the medium-sized and large, hairy, four-lunged spiders, generally known in South African Dutch as the ‘‘ Baviaan Spinnekop ”’ (Baboon Spider) and locally also as the ‘‘ Tarantula ’’ and ‘‘ Monkey-fingered Spider,’’ from the resemblance of the padded feet to the fingers of a monkey. They may be known from other four- lunged spiders, such as the Trap-door Spiders, &c., by having the tips of the legs, as well as the under surface of the two distal leg joints covered with a dense pad of short iridescent hairs. Another characteristic of these spiders is that when attacked they raise their front legs and jaws in a threatening manner and face their enemy. 21 Cenc cc cnc Se 320 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Gren. HARPACTIRA, Auss. 1. HARPACTIRA ATRA (Latr.). 1832. Mygale atra, Latreille, Nouv. Ann. Mus. dhist. nat., v. 1, jou 0) 1837. M. funebra, Walckenaer, Ins. apt., v. 1, p. 226, 9 and ? from ‘Cape of Good Hope.”’ 1842. M. coracina, ©: th, Koch, Arach 7. 9) peag, t (4g arom ‘Cape of Good Hope.”’ 1842. M. funebris, C. L. Koch, ibid., p. 81, f. 742 and 743, 9 and Juv. from ‘“‘ Cape of Good Hope.” 1897. Harpactira atra, Pocock, P.Z.8., 1897, p. 749, g and 9 on Simons Town, $ from Zululand, juv. from Worcester. The Museum possesses the following specimens :— (a) Thirteen g and a number of 2 and juv. from various parts of the Cape Peninsula. $ . Colowr.—Limbs and carapace black or nearly so, more rarely chestnut-brown ; the hairs on the legs olivaceous black (olive-brown in brown individuals), the long hairs often brownish distally; the hairs on the carapace, including those at the margins, uniformly olivaceous black (olivaceous in brown individuals); the under coat of shorter hairs on the abdomen black (olive-brown in brown individuals), the middle coat dense, composed of stiff black bristles, the outer coat of long foxy-red hairs. Carapace as long as the metatarsus together with from:+ to slightly over 3 of the tarsus of fourth leg, and as long as the fhe together with %—§ of the metatarsus of first leg. Tibia of first leg short and thick, 23-3 times as long as high in the middle, its length mostly slightly less than, but sometimes equal to, that of the metatarsus and generally about equal to the distance from the centre of the fovea to the hind margin of the ocular tubercle, rarely greater or considerably less than this distance, at any rate not exceeding the distance from the fovea to the middle of the ocular tubercle. Metatarsus only slightly curved, its length equal to the distance from the fovea to some point on the ocular tubercle. Bulb of pedipalp with the process gradually tapering from the stout base to the slender, subulate, distal part, which is terete and shows scarcely any or no sigmoid flexure. Posterior spinners short, the apical segment obtusely conical in form (when not grooved on the under side), equal to or a little longer than the penultimate segment, and shorter than the ocular tubercle. * * The length of the segments of the spinners is taken on the under side near the lateral margin. On the South African “ Theraphoside.”’ 321 2. Colowr.—Limbs and carapace mostly dark chestnut or blackish brown ; the hairs on the carapace olivaceous to black-olivaceous, the lateral fringe often pale; the hairs on the legs mostly dark olive to olive-brown ; the shorter hairs of the abdomen black-olivaceous to brown, the middle coat composed of black or brown hairs and less bristly than in the g, the long reddish hairs often much paler than in the g. (In immature specimens the dark dorsal pattern found on the abdomen in tigrina, &e., is generally very distinct. In the adult this pattern is generally obliterated, but in some of the browner individuals, particularly females, it may be indistinctly observed, together with numerous small yellowish but not very distinct spots on the sides.) Carapace a little shorter than, or slightly or considerably longer than the metatarsus and tarsus of fourth leg, and as long as the tibia and metatarsus together with from 4 to the whole of the tarsus of first leg. Tibia of first leg short and thick, 22-24 times as long as high in the middle, its length varying from nearly 2 to + of the distance from the centre of the fovea to the hind margin of the ocular tubercle in the adult, and only very slightly exceeding the length of the metatarsus. Apical segment of posterior spurners very short, slightly shorter than the penultimate segment. Measurements.*—Total length 3 26-34, largest 9? 48; length of carapace in g¢ 114-144, in 9? 18; length of tibia of first leg in largest 3 74, 2 74, of metatarsus in J 8, in ? 7; distance from centre of fovea to anterior margin of carapace in g¢ 94, to posterior margin of ocular tubercle in g 72, in ? 104. Lower group of notes on chelicerze formed of 10-18 spines } ir- regularly arranged 2-3 deep, more rarely more or less regularly biseriate, very slightly, scarcely, or not at all separated from the sete of the inferior fringe. (6) One g and a number of ? and juv. from Robben Island in Table Bay, collected by Mr. R. M. Lightfoot, Mr. A. Tucker, and myself. Resemble the specimens from the Peninsula. * Total length includes the chelicere but not the spinners; the length of the leg segments is taken along the middle dorsal line; the length of the carapace is its greatest not its median length. The measurements are in millimetres. + These spines in this as in the other species are short posteriorly and mostly curved in a sigmoid fashion, becoming gradually longer anteriorly and merging here insensibly into the setz of the oral fringe. Inferiorly the notes are dis- tinguishable from the adjacent posterior setz of the fringe by being much shorter and mostly diverging from them in direction. The upper series of notes in atra varies in number from 5-11 and is generally uniseriate but sometimes irregularly arranged 2-3 deep. 322 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. (c) One g from Gordons Bay, Stellenbosch Div. (Dr. Geo. Corstorphine). The legs shorter than in the examples from the Cape Peninsula, the tibia of first leg scarcely 24 times as long as high, the carapace as long as the metatarsus together with nearly 1 of the tarsus of fourth leg and slightly longer than the tibia and metatarsus of first leg. (d) One ? from Darling, Malmesbury Div. These are the only localities known to me outside of the Penin- sula, but Pocock records a ¢ from Zululand and a young ? from Worcester. fH. atra is fairly common about the Peninsula and Robben Island. It lives in silk-lined holes under stones on the hillsides or in open sandy plains where there are no stones, sometimes utilising portions. of old mole burrows for its dwelling. 2. HARPACTIRA MARKSI, 0. sp. (a) Two g and 2ad. ? (types, No. 2161) from Gutverwacht Mission Station, Piquetberg Div., collected by the Rev. Richard Marks. 3. Colour of limbs and carapace a rich dark chestnut-brown or almost black; the under coat of short hairs on the limbs dark olivaceous, the long hairs pale foxy-red distally, the white transverse fringe at the apex of the segments very conspicuous; the hairs on the carapace uniformly dark olive-green, but some of those at the margins pale foxy-red at apex ; the rich dark olivaceous hairy coat of the abdomen almost uniform in colour, spotted with yellow at most at the sides, the middle coat of bristly hairs black, the long hairs pale foxy-reddish. Carapace as long as the metatarsus, or as the metatarsus and 1 of the tarsus of fourth leg, and equal to the tibia oe with 4-2 of the metatarus of first leg. Tibia of first leg 44-43 times as long as high in the middle, its length equal to or slightly less than that of the metatarsus and slightly exceeding or slightly less than the distance from the centre of the fovea to the anterior margin of the carapace. Metatarsus strongly curved in the middle, its length slightly exceeding the distance from the fovea to the anterior margin of the carapace. Bulb of pedipalp with the process rather long and slender, becoming eradually thinner from the base to slightly beyond the middle, the distal 2 being filiform, very fine and slender, terete, with slight or no sigmoid flexure at the apex. Apical segment of posterior spimners subfusiform (when not grooved below), about 14-13 times as long as the penultimate segment and 11-14 times as long as the ocular tubercle. On the South African “ Theraphoside.” 393 ?. Colowr much the same as in g, the limbs and carapace a rich dark brown, the coat of short hairs on the limbs and trunk a more greyish olivaceous, the abdomen thickly speckled all over with grey spots and with a few obliquely transverse dark lines on the back, the fringe at the margins of the carapace pale foxy-reddish. Carapace somewhat shorter than the metatarsus and tarsus of fourth leg and slightly or considerably longer than the tibia and metatarsus of first leg. Tibia of first leg 3 times as long as high in the middle, its length a little exceeding that of the metatarsus, and from ¢ of to slightly less than the distance from the fovea to the hind margin of the ocular tubercle. Apical segment of posterior spinners shorter than in the g and (when not grooved below) slightly conical in form, about 4-4 longer than the penultimate segmént and only a little longer than the ocular tubercle. Measurements.—Total length in § 33-41, in @ 49; length of cara- pace in § 14-16, in 9 18; length of tibia of first leg in largest g 10, 2 Y, of metatarsus g 10, ? 8; distance from centre of fovea to anterior margin of carapace in g 10, to posterior margin of ocular tubercle in ? 9:2. Lower cluster of stridulating notes on the cheliceree composed of 8-20 spines, irregularly arranged 2-3 deep or more or less regularly biseriate, sometimes situated in the margin of the inferior fringe of sete but more often slightly separated from, although very close to, the latter. (6) One g from Elizabethfontein, Clanwilliam Div. (1,000 feet elevation, Miss M. Bergh). A very small specimen, measuring only about 24 mm. in length, with the carapace 104 mm. long; the tibia of first leg only 4 times as long as high; the carapace slightly shorter than the metatarsus of fourth leg. The conspicuous white bands of the legs contrasting with the rich dark brown and dark olive-green background give the males de- scribed above a very handsome appearance, not so noticeable in the more sombre but otherwise very similarly coloured 3 of atra. (c) One g, found on the mountain-side at the entrance to Kogmans Kloof near Ashton, Robertson Div., by my wife. This is a very small example, measuring only 20 mm. in length. Tibia of first leg 4 times as long as high, its length a little exceeding that of the metatarsus, and exceeding the distance from the fovea to the anterior margin of carapace ; metatarsus much less strongly curved than in the types; apical segment of spinners very long, more than twice as long as the penultimate segment; carapace and limbs 324 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. brown, the shorter hair-covering olivaceous, but the leg segments without an apical fringe of conspicuously white hairs. There appears to be no sufficient reason for separating this form from the typical marks. 3. HARPACTIRA GIGAS, Poc. . 1898. Hf. g., Pocock, Ann: Mag. N. Eins! 7500.1) pcos ie uiner: Barberton, Transvaal. The Museum possesses a single large dried ? from Barberton, agreeing exactly with the type in its proportions, as given by Pocock. The posterior spinners are somewhat shrivelled up, but the apical segment exceeds the penultimate segment in length, and is at least not shorter than the ocular tubercle. 4. HARPACTIRA NAMAQUENSIS, N. sp. (a) Three 3, 2 @, and several juv. (types, No. 3975), all from Ookiep, excepting one which came from Kraaifontein (Dr. Ff. H. Howard); 2 g and 1 ¢ from Concordia (J. H. C. Krapohl); 1 2 from Steinkopf ; all these localities in the Div. of Namaqualand, Cape Colony. 3. Colour of limbs and carapace dark brown to black; under coat of short hairs on the legs mouse-grey to mouse-brown, the tips of the shorter bristles and the distal part of the long hairs pale brownish to whitish; the dense hair at the lateral borders and the radiating bands on the carapace pale ochraceous to pale cream-coloured, the dark hairs almost or.quite absent, even alongside of the ocular tubercle; abdomen almost uniformly golden- brown, the middle coat of bristles dark brown to nearly black. ‘ Carapace somewhat longer or shorter than the metatarsus of fourth leg, and equal to the tibia together with over } but less than 4 the metatarsus of first leg. Tibia of first leg 44-5 times as long as high in the middle, its length distinctly and generally considerably less than that of the metatarsus, but subequal to or more or less considerably exceeding the distance from the fovea to the anterior margin of carapace. Metatarsus strongly curved in the middle and always much longer than the distance from the fovea to the anterior margin of carapace. Bulb of pedipalp with the process rather long, almost terete, thick throughout the greater part of its length, excepting the distal 1 or 4, which becomes rather suddenly very slender, filiform, and 4)? flexible. On the South African ** Theraphoside.”’ 325 Spinners very long, the apical segment subfusiform, from 14 to nearly twice as long as the penultimate segment, and from 14 to nearly twice as long as the ocular tubercle. 2. Colour of limbs and carapace mostly brown, sometimes nearly black ; abdomen dark brown, thickly speckled with grey spots and patches, the usual dark pattern on the back indistinct. i Carapace as long as the metatarsus together with from 2 to the whole of the tarsus of fourth leg, and shorter than or slightly exceeding the tibia and metatarsus of first leg. Tibia of first leg 3-82 times as long as high in the middle, its length equalling or slightly exceeding that of the metatarsus, and from $ of to equal to the distance from the fovea to the hind margin of the ocular tubercle. ie * Apical segment of posterior spinners subfusiform, the proportions as in the male. | Measurements of Ookiep speciomens.—Total length of g 37-48, of ? 49; length of carapace in § 173-184, in ? 20; length of tibia of first leg in largest g 13, in ? 104, of metatarsus in g 14, in ? 10; dis- tance from fovea to anterior margin of carapace in g 12, to posterior margin of ocular tubercle in ? 11. The lower group of notes on the chelicere are 8-15 in number, and either irregularly arranged and not at all or scarcely separated from the setze of the inferior fringe, or more or less regularly uni- seriate and then generally very slightly separated from the fringe, this latter being generally the case in the males. (5) One g and several ? and juv.; old spirit specimens labelled “Vouws iver, Woreester Diy. (Dr W. PP. Le Feuvre and W. Mellet). The apex of the process of the pedipalpal bulb is un- fortunately broken off in the g, but otherwise these specimens do not appear to differ from the Namaqualand form. (c) One ¢g, an old spirit specimen labelled ‘“ British Kaffraria.’’ This locality is very vague and doubtful, but the specimen is in- teresting on account of the proportions, the tibia of the first leg being only 44-42 times as long as high, its length only equalling the distance from the foyea to the anterior margin of the ocular tubercle. Other characters much as in the types. O. HARPACTIRA CAFRERIANA (Walck.). 1837. Mygale cafreriana, Walckenaer, Ins. Apt. v. 1, p. 225, pl. 5, f. 1D (3) and 1E (pedipalpal bulb), ¢ and @ from ‘“ Caffraria.’’ 1837. ?M. villosa, Walckenaer, ibid., p. 226, ? from ‘““Cape of Good Hope.” 326 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. 1842, M, cafreriana, C. L. Koch, Die Arachn. v. 9, p. 80,1 741, 3 from ‘‘ Cape of Good Hope.”’ (a) One 3 recently found by Mr. Harold A. Fry at Swellendam. g. Colowr.—Carapace and limbs almost black; the under coat of short hairs on the limbs and abdomen bright reddish orange, the long hairs on these parts whitish distally and only very faintly tinged with red; abdomen with distinct black markings above similar to those in tigrina, the bristles of the middle coat reddish orange, excepting in the black bands where they are black; the triangular cephalic portion of the carapace densely covered with brilliant orange-red hairs, dark hairs being absent, the thoracic portion also covered with similar hairs arranged in radiating, more densely hairy stripes alternating with less hairy interspaces, the latter almost entirely without dark hairs. Under surface of coxe and sternum brownish black, with brownish black hairs. Carapace as long as the metatarsus and } of the tarsus of fourth leg, and equal to the tibia together with nang 3 of the metatarsus of first leg. Tibia of first leg proportioned almost exactly as in the Port Eliza- beth g of tagrina; the tibia 4 times as long as high in the middle, its length equal to that of the metatarsus together with } of the tarsus, and just exceeding the distance from the centre of the fovea to the middle of the ocular tubercle. Metatarsus slightly curved, subequal in length to the distance from the fovea to the hind margin of the ocular tubercle. The arcuate process of the bulb of the pedipalp becoming gradually thinner to beyond the middle, the distal part very slender and fili- form, simply curved outwards at the apex, oma without distinct sigmoid flexure. Apical segment of posterior spinners about + longer than the penultimate segment, and equalling or even slightly exceeding the ocular tubercle in length. Lower serves of notes on the chelicerze composed of about 2-3 rows of spines and widely separated from the inferior fringe of set,” the distance between the latter and the posteriormost notes being quite 1-1 of the distance between the upper and the lower group of notes. Measwrements.—Total length 30; length of carapace 124; length of tibia of first leg 7:8, of metatarsus 7; distance from fovea to anterior margin of carapace 84, to posterior margin of ocular tubercle 6°9. (b) One 2 (83mm. long and apparently almost mature) found on * Anteriorly the notes pass over insensibly into the sete of the fringe, as in the other species. On the South African ‘ Theraphoside.”’ 327 the mountain-side at the village of Caledon by Mr. Geo. French. Carapace and limbs brown; hairy covering on upper side of limbs and abdomen much the same as in the ¢ from Swellendam ; on the carapace, however, which is considerably rubbed, there are some olivaceous hairs between the reddish orange stripes and also behind the ocular tubercle, but not alongside of it. Carapace a little shorter than the tarsus and metatarsus of fourth leg, and equal to the tibia, metatarsus and } of the tarsus of first leg. Tibia of first leg 3 times as long as high, its length equal to that of the metatarsus together with about } of the tarsus, and about 4%, of the distance from the fovea to the hind margin of the ocular tubercle. Apical segment of posterior spinners a little longer than the penultimate segment, and about equal to the ocular tubercle in length. The distance between the posteriormost notes of the lower group and the set of the inferior fringe about 4 the distance between the upper and lower group of notes. (c) One § and 2 immature specimens (the largest 25mm. long) collected by Mr. H. A. Fry in the Bredasdorp Div. The ¢ closely resembles the example from Swellendam, but is less red, the short hairs of the trunk and limbs being testaceous yellow, while there are a number of black-olivaceous hairs on the carapace in the darker spaces between the yellow stripes and also on a large, lozenge- shaped, median area behind, but not alongside of, the tubercle on the cephalic portion. The long hairs also more foxy-red. Apical segment of spinners nearly + longer than the ocular tubercle. Pro- cess of bulb very fine, not compressed distally. Carapace as long as the tibia and 3 of the metatarsus of first leg. Total length 29 mm. The Bredasdorp form may possibly be separable as a local colour variety. The immature specimens resemble the ¢, excepting that the hair covering is much less red, the short hairs being more yellow and the long hairs whitish. The proportions of the tibia of the first leg as in the ? from Caledon. The apical segment of the spinners about + longer than the penultimate segment, and decidedly longer than the ocular tubercle. The spines of the lower group of notes on the chelicerz in the $ are arranged irregularly and 3-4 deep. (d) A large immature specimen (28mm. in length) and 3 smaller ones from Slanghoek, Worcester Div., collected by Mr. R. Francke and myself. In the larger example the short hairs are yellowish, the proportions of the tibia of the first leg are as in the @ from Caledon, and the apical segment of the spinners is considerably longer than the ocular tubercle. a“ 328 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. (ec) An immature specimen (26 mm. in length) from Jonkershoek, in the Stellenbosch Div., found by myself. The short hairs are yellowish. | (f) Three immature specimens (the largest 23 mm. in length) from Knysna, collected by myself. Darker specimens, the short hairs on the legs and abdomen greenish-yellow to light olivaceous, the cara- pace with olivaceous hairs between the yellow stripes. HT. cafreriana is easily recognised by the position of the lower group of notes, which is much more isolated posteriorly than in any of the other species known to me. JH. chrysogaster, Poc., with similar notes is probably merely a colour variety. The apical seg- ment of the posterior spinners is longer than the penultimate segment (up to + longer), and subequal to or more or less considerably longer than the ocular tubercle. Walckenaer describes the colour of his specimens as “rouge clair, uniforme dans les femelles, gris de souris dans le male,” meaning, I presume, that the female is of a uniform light reddish colour and the male reddish, mingled with mouse-grey. Koch’s male is described as of a “very beautiful yellowish red, almost fiery red,” colour. In both cases the carapace is represented as uniformly coloured, and therefore most like that of our example from Swellendam. In size our specimens nearly resemble the two figured males. The pedi- palpal bulb, as figured by Walckenaer, is also closely similar, except that the process is more arcuate than in our examples. _H. villosa (Walck.) is said to be like cafreriana, except that it is more hairy. These two species are probably identical. 6. HARPACTIRA TIGRINA, Auss. 1875. H. ¢t., Ausserer, Verh. zoo.-bot. Ges. Wien, v. 25, p. 185, ? from Algoa Bay. The type is in the British Museum. 1897. H. t., Pocock, P.Z.S. 1897, p. 748, pl. 43, £. 5 (spinners), ? or young from Port Elizabeth, Eastern Karroo, East London, Pondoland, Kei Road (Kingwilliamstown Div.), Matabeleland and Somaliland. (a) One $, 32, and 1 juv. from Port Elizabeth, collected by Mr. J. L. Drége. g$ . Colour.—Carapace and limbs chestnut-brown ; the coat of short hairs on the legs grey-yellowish, the long hairs pale distally and brownish ; the carapace with numerous radiating stripes of pale ochraceous silky hairs, the hairs between the stripes olivaceous ; abdomen with an under coat of grey-yellowish silky hairs, with distinct black dorsal pattern, the middle coat of bristles dark brown to nearly black, the long hairs pale, with brownish or reddish tinge. On the South African ‘ Theraphoside.”’ 329 Carapace about as long as the metatarsus and half the tarsus of fourth leg, and as long as the tibia and # of the metatarsus of first leg. Tibia of first leg 4 times as long as high in the middle, its length equal to that of the metatarsus together with + of the tarsus, and almost equal to the distance from the fovea to the anterior margin of the ocular tubercle. Metatarsws only very slightly curved, its length equal to the distance from the fovea to the posterior margin of the ocular tubercle. Process of pedipalpal bulb stoutish, not filiform but rather broad and distinctly laterally compressed distally, with well-marked sig- moid flexure at the apex. Apical segment of posterior spiuners obtusely conical in form and a little (about }) longer than the penultimate segment, but a little shorter than the ocular tubercle. | 2. Colowr.—Carapace and limbs chestnut to mahogany-brown ; the short hairs on the legs mouse-grey ; the stripes on the carapace pale ochraceous to pale cream-coloured; the coat of shorter hairs on the abdomen dark, thickly speckled all over with mouse-grey or mouse-brown spots, the dorsal surface with a very distinct black pattern. Carapace slightly or considerably longer than the metatarsus and tarsus of fourth leg, and equal to the tibia, metatarsus and 2 to 4 the tarsus of first leg. Tibia of first leg 22 times as long as high in the middle, its length being from over 3 up to $ of the distance from the fovea to the hind margin of the ocular tubercle, and equal to the metatarsus and }—+ of the tarsus. Apical segment of spinners obtusely conical in form (when not grooved below), and equal to or a little longer than the penultimate segment, but decidedly shorter than the ocular tubercle. Measurements.—Total length of largest specimens 3 28, 9 42; length of carapace g¢ 12, ? 184, of tibia of first leg g 74, 9 83, of metatarsus g 6:2, 9 7; distance from fovea to anterior margin of carapace in $ 8, to posterior margin of ocular tubercle in ? 10}. The lower group of notes on the cheliceree are composed of 8-13 spines arranged in one or two more or less regular series, or irregularly and about 2 deep, the whole group being in some cases not separated from the sete of the inferior fringe, while in others it is distinctly, although only very slightly, separated from the fringe. (6) Five g and a number of @ and juv. from Dunbrody on the Sundays River, Uitenhage Div. (about 34 miles north of Port 330 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Elizabeth), collected by the Rev. J. A. O’Neil. The hairs on the carapace and on the femora of the legs sometimes golden-yellow in the g ; the radiating stripes on the carapace sometimes very faint. The carapace in the g as long as the metatarsus and 1—2 of the tarsus of fourth leg, and equal to the tibia and 4 the metatarsus of first leg. In the @ the carapace is a little shorter or longer than the metatarsus and tarsus of fourth leg, and equal to the tibia, metatarsus and 1-1 of the tarsus of first leg. The tibia of first leg longer than in the Port Elizabeth form, its length in the 3 being 44-5 times its height in the middle and equal to the length of the metatarsus together with from 4 to nearly 4 of the tarsus, and always (generally considerably) exceeding the distance from the centre of the fovea to the anterior margin of the carapace; the length of the metatarsus equal to the distance from the fovea to near the middle of the ocular tubercle. In the 9 the tibia of the first leg is 23-3 times as long as high, its length varying from .,° of to almost equal to the distance from the fovea to the hind margin of the ocular tubercle, and equal to the metatarsus together with 4-14 of the tarsus. The apical segment of the spinners shaped as in the specimens from Port Elizabeth and equal to or more generally (especially in the 3) a little longer than the penultimate segment, sometimes quite + longer in the 3, but always shorter than the ocular tubercle. The lower series of notes on the chelicerze often composed of a more or less regularly uniseriate series, and generally slightly but distinctly separated from the inferior fringe, the distance between the posterior- most notes and the adjacent inferior setae being as usual many times less than the distance between the upper and lower group of notes. Total length § 254-33, largest 9 42; length of carapace g 114-14, ° 164, of tibia of first leg in largest g 104, @ 78, of metatarsus ¢ 8, ? 64; distance from fovea to anterior margin of carapace in g 9, to posterior margin of ocular tubercle in 9 84. (c) Two g and 4 9 from East London, collected by Mr. John Wood. Most of these specimens are remarkable for their large size and darker colouration, the carapace and lmbs being often blackish brown. The stripes on the carapace and the shorter hairs on the femora and patelle of the legs are golden-yellow in the 3. In the g the tibia of the first leg is 42 to 4% times as long as high, its length being equal to the distance from the fovea to the anterior margin of the ocular tubercle or even a little exceeding the distance from the fovea to the anterior margin of the carapace, and equal to the length of the metatarsus together with about 1 of the tarsus. The metatarsus is a little longer or shorter than the distance from the fovea to the posterior margin of the ocular tubercle. The carapace On the South African ‘ Theraphoside.” 331 is as long as the fourth metatarsus together with 2-4 of the tarsus, and equal to the first tibia together with 4-3 of the metatarsus. In the ? the tibia of the first leg is 3 or very slightly over 3 times as long as high, its length being equal to that of the metatarsus together with about + of the tarsus, while the carapace is as long as or considerably longer than the fourth metatarsus and tarsus together, and as long as the tibia, metatarsus, and }—2 of the tarsus of first leg. The apical segment of the spinners is longer than usual, being longer than the penultimate segment and generally equal to or only very slightly (rarely considerably) shorter than the ocular tubercle. Total length of largest g and 9 37, 55; length of carapace § 163, 9 24, of tibia of first leg g 104, ¢ 114, of metatarsus g 84, 9 94; distance from fovea to anterior margin of carapace in g 114, to posterior margin of ocular tubercle in $ 9, in @ 134. : | (d) Four large ? andl ¢ collected by Mr. F. A. Pym, near King- williamstown. Large specimens, closely resembling those from Hast London. | (e) Two g found at Bizana, East Pondoland, by Mr. HE. H. L. Schwarz and Mr. A. W. Rogers of the Geological Commission. Very darkly coloured specimens closely resembling those from Hast London. The Museum also possesses females from Port Alfred in the Bathurst Division (dry ex., Miss Bowker), Umtata (L. H. Sitwell), and the Bedford Div. ( H. S. Stephenson). 7. HARPACTIRA DICTATOR, 0. sp. (a) Three $ and 2 ad. 2 (types, No. 8838), all from Bonnie Vale Farm, in the Swellendam Div. (close to Bushmans Drift on the Breede River and a few miles from Ashton). They were dug out of the ground and collected by Mr. Charles Groom during the con- struction of a water-furrow. 3. Colow’.—Carapace and limbs black or almost black ; the coat of short hairs on the limbs mouse-grey, the tips of the shorter bristles, the distal part of the long hairs, and the apical fringe of the leg segments pale or whitish, tinged with foxy-red ; carapace with a marginal fringe and numerous radiating bands composed of pale, reddish-yellow, silky hairs, these bands, however, not so well defined as in tigrina; the interspaces with blackish-green hairs; abdomen with an undercoat of silky reddish-yellow hairs, a middle coat of stiff black bristles, and a coat of long, pale, foxy-reddish hairs, but without distinct spots or dark pattern above; sternum and under 332 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. side of cox of legs black, with black or red-tipped hairs, the coxa of pedipalps paler. Carapace subequal to the fourth metatarsus in length or ened (as long as this segment together with up to nearly 4 the tarsus), as long as the tibia together with 1-2 of the metatarsus of first leg. Tibia of first leg 42-51 eee as long as high, its length sub- equalling or a little es oben that of the metatarsus, and slightly or considerably exceeding the distance from the fovea to the anterior margin of the carapace. Metatarsus strongly curved in the middle, its length equalling or exceeding the distance from the fovea to the anterior margin of carapace. Process of pedipalpal bulb as in tigrina, the distal portion being stoutish and laterally compressed, with distinct sigmoid flexure. Apical segment of posterior spinners much as in markst, somewhat fusiform, 14-13 times as long as the penultimate segment and a little (up to +) longer than the ocular tubercle. 2. Colowr.—Carapace and limbs dark chestnut-brown ; the pale hairs on the carapace mouse-grey, the dark ones dark green or dark brown; abdomen with the under coat of dark brown hairs thickly speckled all over with mouse-grey spots and furnished with the usual dark pattern above, the middle coat variable, of brown or black, mostly pale-tipped bristles. Carapace subequal to or considerably longer than the metatarsus and tarsus of fourth leg, and only slightly longer than the tibia and metatarsus of first leg. Tibia of first leg nearly 34 times as long as high in the middle, its length equal to that of the metatarsus together with 4-4 of the tarsus, and a little less than the distance from the fovea to the hind margin of the ocular tubercle. Apical segment of posterior spinners about 13 times as long as the penultimate segment, and from a little to + longer than the ocular tubercle. Measurements.—Total length g 36-45, largest @ (abdomen not distended) 55; length of carapace in g 151—20, in @ 26, of tibia of first leg in largest g¢ 13, 9 133, of metatarsus g 12:1, 9 11:8; distance from fovea to anterior margin of carapace in g 124, to posterior margin of ocular tubercle in ? 14:8. The lower series of notes on the chelicerz generally consists of a single row of 6-9 spines (sometimes irregularly arranged about 2 deep) and is not at all or scarcely separated from the inferior fringe of setee. (L) One g from Zandvliet Farm at Ashton, Robertson Div., col- lected by Mr. Ernest de Wet. Carapace and limbs dark brown. On the South African ‘“ Theraphoside.” 333 (c) One § from the Pass at Avontuur, near Storms Vlei, Swel- lendam Div., found by myself under a stone. Colour of carapace and limbs dark brown. The Museum also possesses females of the same species from Slanghoek (f£. Francke), Rabiesberg near Nuy River Station (W. F’. Purcell), and Worcester (I. Mezring), all in the Div. of Worcester. Also, a dried ? from Ladismith, Cape Colony (W. EH. Fry). In several of these specimens the apical segment of the posterior spinners is scarcely as long as the ocular tubercle, although always longer than the penultimate segment, while the tibia of the first leg may be only 3 times as long as high. The carapace may be as long as the tibia, metatarsus and + of the tarsus of first leg. This species closely resembles H. lineata, Poc., in the proportions of the carapace and legs, but in the latter species the apical segment of the posterior spinners is presumably shorter than the penultimate segment (see P.Z.S., 1897, p. 745). The species described above may be distinguished from the following table :— MALKS. a. Distal part of the process of pedipalpal bulb slender, filiform and very flexible, with very slight or no sigmoid flexure. a'. Lower group of notes on outer surface of cheliceree very close to the set of the inferior fringe. a?. Metatarsus of Ist leg only slightly curved, its length equal to the distance from the fovea to some point on the ocular tubercle. Apical segment of spinners shorter than the ocular tubercle. Carapace without pale radiating stripes .. .. eer Lemeeenatnan (Matra) b?. Metatarsus of Ist leg generally onal curved in the middle, its length exceeding the distance from the fovea to the anterior margin of the carapace. Apical segment of spinners not shorter than the ocular tubercle. a’. Carapace without pale radiating stripes. Tibia of Ist leg 4-44 times as long as high in the middle. Process cf bulb becoming gradually thinner from the base to slightly beyond the middle, the distal 2 being very ime and mlitorm 9m sss) 2. “El mankst, nl. sp. 63. Carapace with distinct pale radiating stripes of hairs. Tibia of Ist leg 44-5 times as long as high in the middle. Process of bulb becoming rather suddenly thinner at the commencement of the distal fourth or fifth of itslength .. 4. H. namaquensis, n. sp. bt. Lower group of notes remote from the inferior fringe, the distance between the posteriormost notes and the nearest sete being 4-4 of the distance between the upper and lower group of notes .. 5. H. cafreriana (Walck.) 4. Process of pedipalpal bulb stoutish, compressed to the apex, the distal part rather broad and flattened but not filiform, with distinct sigmoid flexure. Carapace with radiating stripes of paler hairs. a+. Metatarsus of 1st leg only slightly curved, its length equal to the distance from the fovea to near the middle of the ocular tubercle or less. Apical 334 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. segment of spinners 1-1} times as longas the penultimate segment and less than or at least not exceeding the ocular tubercle in length. 6, H. tigrina, Auss. b+. Metatarsus of 1st leg strongly curved in the middle, its length equalling or exceeding the distance from the fovea to the anterior margin of carapace. Apical segment of spinners longer, subequal to or exceeding the ocular tuberclein length 2. 2) 02. (ceca os eo, Sc eime eiceotoj anes. FEMALES. a. Lower group of notes on the outer surface of the cheliceree remote from the inferior fringe, the distance between the posteriormost notes and the nearest, | setze from + to nearly 4 of the distance between the upper and Jower group of MOLES \ sh Nias Luis eee pSlote| sles celes ye opt bead ON LOM Ean COi aco ILa( NMpalielesy b. Lower group of notes very close to the inferior fringe of sete. at, Carapace without radiating stripes of paler hairs.* a?. Apical segment of spinners much shorter than the ocular tubercle. 1. H. atra (Latr.) b?. Apical segment of spinners at least as long as the ocular tubercle. a3. Carapace not longer than metatarsus and tarsus of 4th leg. 2. H. marksi, n. sp. b3. Carapace considerably longer than metatarsus and tarsus of 4th leg. 3. H. gigas, Poc. b'. Carapace with radiating stripes of whitish to yellow hairs. a4. Tibia of Ist leg equalling or only slightly exceeding the metatarsus in length. Carapace shorter than or subequal to the 4th metatarsus and tarsus, and slightly exceeding the tibia and metatarsus of Ist leg. Apical segment of spinners subfusiform and very long, 14 times to nearly twice as long as the ocular tubercle.. 4. H. namaquensis, n. sp. b+. Tibia of 1st leg as long as the metatarsus together with 4-4 of the tarsus. as, Apical segment of spinners considerably shorter than or subequal to the ocular tubercle, and often subconical in shape. Carapace as long as the tibia, metatarsus and 4—= of the tarsus of Ist leg. Tibia of 1st leg 22 to about 3 times as longas high. 6. H. tugrina, Auss. bs, Apical segment of spinners subequal to or at most 4+ longer than the ocular tubercle. Carapace subequal to or longer (by at most + of the tarsus) than the tibia and metatarsus of 1st leg. Tibia of 1st, leg 8-34 times as long as high.. .. aa 7. H. dictator, n. sp. The following species of Harpactira have been recently described by Pocock, but I have not been able to identify any of them with certainty from specimens in the Museum :— i. lineata, Poc., P.Z.S%, 189", p. 742, 2 atom Somuy aurea Resembles tigrina, Auss., and dictator, n. sp. HT. curvipes, Poc., ibid., p. 750, ¢ from Natal. Uniform mouse- brown in colour; the metatarsus of fourth leg distinctly bowed, convex internally. H. chrysogaster, Poc., ibid., p. 750, pl. 43, f. 5a & Sb, # from “ South Africa.” Probably identical with cafreriana (Walck.), from * According to Pocock gigas belongs here; in our example the carapace. is rubbed. On the South African “ Theraphoside.” 330 which it differs in having the carapace and limbs clothed with greenish black instead of orange or yellowish hairs. iat tounators woe mm. Nae. Nae s.\% 0.2. p.) 199, pl. 8). i: 7 (pedipalpal bulb of 9 ), 1898, g and ¢ from Malvern, Natal. Appears to resemble tzgrina in its colouration and also in the shape of the pedipalpal bulb. H. pulchripes, Poc., ibid., v. 7, p. 287, 1901, ¢ from Brakkloof, near Grahamstown. 1M In the Museum are also a number of female specimens from various parts of South Africa, which I have been unable to identify. As it is very difficult to recognise a species from a diagnosis of the 9 only, none of these specimens are here described as new. Gen. PTERINOCHILUS, Poe. PTERINOCHILUS CRASSISPINA, N. Sp. (a) One g (type, No. 6252) from the Metopo District, Matabele- land, collected by Mr. R. Pillans. 3. Colowr.—Carapace dark chestnut-brown, covered with almost uniformly brownish olivaceous hairs, without paler radiating stripes, the marginal fringe composed of yellow and whitish hairs intermixed with some dark ones ; the short hairs on the upper side of the femora and patelle of legs olivaceous brown, those on the tibizw grey- olivaceous, those on the metatarsi and tarsi whitish intermingled with pale olivaceous hairs; the hairs on the cheliceree and pedipalps mostly olivaceous; the undercoat on the abdomen composed of golden-brownish hairs mingled with blackish-brown hairs, the latter forming a pattern of paired oblique lines on the posterior part of the dorsal surface, as in Harpactira; the middle coat on the abdomen of blackish-brown bristles ; the long hairs on the abdomen and limbs mostly dark at base, foxy-red in the middle and white distally ; sternum and the under side of the coxze and abdomen covered with dark olive-brown hairs; apical fringe of white hairs on the segments of the limbs very conspicuous, as in Harpactira marksi, n. sp. Carapace broad, evenly elliptical, its width quite + of the length, its length equal to that of the fourth metatarsus together with 1 of the tarsus, and to the tibia together with + of the metatarsus of first leg; ocular tubercle somewhat wider than long, its length about twice its distance from the anterior margin of carapace ; the anterior median eyes large, their diameter equal to the long diameter of the anterior laterals and much greater than that of the posterior medians. 22 336 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Tibia of first leg normal, 3$ times as long as high in the middle, its length scarcely less than that of the metatarsus and equal to the distance from the fovea to a point on the ocular tubercle, midway between the posterior margin and the middle of the latter. Metatarsus straight, not hollowed out at base on the inner side. Process of pedipalpal bulb arcuate, stoutish, striated externally, strongly flattened distally and slightly twisted, bent outwards rather suddenly near the apex, the apex itself rounded, with keel-like dilatation. Chelicere with the lower non-scopulate portion of the outer surface only slightly narrower than the scopula and provided behind with an oblique patch of very fine, rather sparsely distributed hairs, which are directed forwards and downwards.* Apical segment of posterior spinners subconical, equalling the penultimate segment in length and considerably shorter than the ocular tubercle. Measurements.—Total length 32; length of carapace 13, width 104; length of tibia and of metatarsus of first leg 74; distance from fovea to posterior margin of ocular tubercle 7, to anterior margin of carapace 9. (6b) One g and 1 ? from Vryburg in Bechuanaland, Cape Colony (Mrs. A. W. Fincham). 3 with the hairs on the carapace more of a dark bronzy olivaceous. colour, the distal segments of the legs scarcely paler than the proxi- mal segments, the under surface of trunk with dark chocolate-brown hairs. Carapace as long as the fourth metatarsus together with +4 of the tarsus, and only a little shorter than the tibia and metatarsus of tirst leg. Tibia of first leg about 34-34 times as long as high, its length slightly less than that of the metatarsus and subequal to the distance from the fovea to the posterior margin of the ocular tubercle, the length of the metatarsus just exceeding this distance. 2. Carapace with numerous radiating stripes of pale cream- coloured hairs, the interspaces clothed with dark greenish-brown hairs; the 3 distal leg segments clothed with greyish hairs, the femur and patella with more olive-brown hairs and with 2 longitudinal grey stripes above; abdomen dark, densely speckled with cream- coloured confluent spots, the usual dark dorsal pattern distinct. Carapace slightly shorter than the metatarsus and tarsus of fourth leg, and as long as the tibia, metatarsus and 4 the tarsus of first leg. Tibia of first leg 2? times as long as high, its length equal to that of the metatarsus, together with about 1 of the tarsus, and 6 * A similar patch occurs in Harpactirella, nov. On the South African ‘‘ Theraphoside.” 337 slightly more than 4 of the distance from the fovea to the hind margin of the ocular tubercle. Total length 3 34, @ 36; length of carapace g 151, ? 15, width 3 125, 2 12:2; length of tibia of first leg g 8, 2 64, of metatarsus & 82, 2 5:8; distance from fovea to posterior margin of ocular tubercle in 3 8, in ? 81. (c) One g from a coliection containing East African insects, &c., presented by Dr. J. D. F. Gilchrist. Hair-covering dark greenish- brown, including the fringe of carapace and the hair on legs and abdomen, the long hairs reddish distally and pale at the tips. Carapace as long as the fourth metatarsus together with nearly 4 of the tarsus, and only slightly shorter than the tibia and metatarsus of first leg. 7 (d) One dried g from the Zambesi River (J. fry). Pale stripes are entirely absent from the carapace in all the males, the latter being in good condition in the spirit specimens and in nowise rubbed. Although the ? example is so differently marked, I believe it to belong to the same species, as it has similar eyes and spinners. P. ngrofulvus, Poc., from Barberton, Transvaal, appears to be a nearly allied species with somewhat similar pedipalpal bulb, but the carapace is provided with radiating stripes of golden hairs, and the apical segment of the posterior spinners is presumably elongated as in P. vorax, Poe. 7 The following South African species of Ptermochilus could not be identified from the specimens in the Collection :— P. ngrojulvus, Poc.; Ann. Mag: N. H.,s.7, v. 1, p. 317, 1898, ¢ and ° from Barberton. | P. lugardi, Poce., ibid., v. 6, p. 318, 1900, g from near Lake Ngami. P. schénlandt, Poe., ibid., ¢ from Grahamstown. Harpactira elevata, Karsch, Monatsb. Ak. wiss. Berlin, 1878, p. 316 (g and ? from Tette and Mozambique), probably also belongs to Pterinochilus, as suggested by Pocock. Gen. CHLOGENIUM, nov. Carapace about } longer than wide, the cephalic portion moderately convex in the ¢, the fovea moderately deep, strongly procurved, semicircular in form and situated more posteriorly than in Harpactira, its distance from the hind margin of the carapace only + of its dis- tance from the anterior margin along the median line. Ocular tubercle and eyes as in Harpactira. Fourth pair of legs slightly shorter than the first pair, the patella and tibia of the fourth pair | | ; ; | | 338 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. also a little shorter than those of the first pair. Tibia of pedipalp spined at the apex below. Tibize and metatarsi of legs also spined, at least at the apex, excepting the metatarsus of the first pair. Scopula of first and second metatarsus thick, reaching as in Harpactora almost or quite to the base, that of third and fourth metatarsus leaving the basal fourth or third of the segment free, that of fourth metatarsus divided by a band of sete, the other scopule entire. Outer surface of chelicere with a strong transverse depression com- mencing suddenly near hind margin, occupying the whole width of the outer surface, and extending anteriorly up to the apex; the outer scopula very large, occupying the greater portion of the depression, the narrow, non-scopulate, inferior portion with sparsely distributed, fine, long hairs in the middle; inner surface of cheliceree without scopula. Posterior sternal sagilla near the margin. Type.—C. pillansi, n. sp. This genus belongs to Pocock’s sub-family Harpactirine and would fall together with Harpactira in Simon’s table of the Selenocosnuee. C@LOGENIUM PILLANSI, nN. sp. Type.—One example (¢ or juv., No. 5749) from Rhodesia, found by Mr. R. Pillans. Colowr.—Carapace mahogany-brown, covered with golden-yellow hairs forming radiating stripes (only visible when dried) ; chelicere with yellow hairs above; the hairs on the legs, including the long hairs on the under side’ of the femora, mostly yellowish, mingled, especially on the patelle and tibize, with some black ones; the anterior surface of the pedipalps and of the first 2 pairs of legs darker, with short olive-green hairs; abdomen golden-yellow, with dark pattern above ; sternum and under side of coxee of legs yellowish brown, with dark hairs, the posterior coxze pale yellowish below, with pale yellowish hairs; coxe of pedipalps brownish yellow below, with fiery red oral fringe; under side of abdomen yellowish, with a posterior transverse row of 4 small dark spots. Carapace about + longer than wide, considerably longer than the metatarsus and tarsus and almost as long as the tibia and metatarsus of fourth leg, as long as the tibia, metatarsus and } of the tarsus of first leg. Ocular tubercle distant from anterior margin nearly 1 of its length, the anterior median eyes not large. Tibia of first leg about 24 times as long as high in the middle, its length equal to that of the metatarsus, together with nearly + of the tarsus. Tibia of first leg with 1, of second with 1-2, of third and fourth with 2 apical spines below; no other spines on the tibia. On the South African ‘ Theraphoside.’’ 339 Metatarsus of first leg not spined, that of second leg with 1, that of third and fourth legs with several apical spines, the third and fourth metatarsus with 1-2 other spines near the middle of the segment as well. Apical segment of posterior spinners subfusiform, about = longer than the penultimate segment and } longer than the ocular tubercle. Measurements.—Total length 28; length of carapace 9:8, width 7 ; length of tibia of first leg 5, of metatarsus 4:1; distance from centre of fovea to hind margin of ocular tubercle 6. Gren. CHRATOGYRUS, Poe. CERATOGYRUS BECHUANICUS, N. sp. Locality.—-Two ad. 3 (dried, No. 4539) from Mochuliin Bechuana- land (Miss Neethling). 3. Colour.—Carapace black, clothed with pinkish-white hairs, forming radiating stripes, and especially dense at the sides ; cephalic portion with a large patch of dark olivaceous hairs on each side of the ocular tubercle; some such hairs also between the radiating stripes on the thoracic portion; the horn of the fovea clothed with dark olivaceous hairs and striped with white; limbs clothed on the upper surface with mouse-brown and grey hairs intermixed, the tibize with a pair of distinct or indistinct rows of white dashes ; the sides and under surface of the limbs with the short hairs paler whitish-grey, but the short hairs on the anterior and under surfaces of the pedipalps and first two pairs of legs intensely velvety black on the femora and patelle, and to a lesser extent on the tibie also; the long hairs on the legs dark at base, brownish distally, those on the under side of the femora foxy-reddish, the whitish or pinkish white apical fringe of the leg segments very conspicuous; the shorter hairs on the abdomen greyish white, the longer ones foxy-reddish ; under surface of abdomen, sternum, and coxee deep velvety black. Carapace about + longer than wide, longer than the patella and tibia of fourth leg, subequal to those of first leg, but considerably shorter than the metatarsus and tarsus of fourth leg; the horn of the fovea very large and long, becoming very gradually narrower towards the apex, which is rounded and not pointed, its length along the upper side about 12 of its width at the base; seen from the side the upper edge of the horn appears strongly curved. Tibia of first leg about four times as long as high in the middle, its length equal to that of the metatarsus together with } of the tarsus, and exceeding the distance from the anterior edge of the fovea to the 340 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. anterior margin of the carapace. Metatarsus distinctly curved, its length a little less than or a little exceeding the distance from the fovea to the anterior margin of the carapace. Process of pedipalpal bulb arcuate, stoutish, the distal portion strongly laterally compressed and flattened, curved outwards, the apex suddenly pointed like the nib of a pen with a:very short point. Apical segment of posterior spinners very much longer than the penultimate segment, and about 14 times as long as the ocular tubercle. Measwrements.—Length of carapace 194-214, width 164-17}; length of foveal horn in largest $ 7, width at base 4:2, height of apex above thorax 2°8 ; distance of fovea from anterior margin of carapace 12; length of tibia of first leg 123, of metatarsus 114. In the large size of the foveal horn this species most nearly resembles C. darlingt, Poc., of which only the female has been described. In the latter species, however, the horn is more conical and more erect and straight (see Pocock, P.Z.S., 1897, pl. 43, f. 1 & la), whereas in bechwanicus it is not conical, much more inclined and strongly curved backwards. The following species are not in the Collection :— Ceratogyrus darlungt, Poc., P.Z.8., 1897, p. 754, pl. 42, f. 5; pl. 43, f. 1, la, ? from Enkeldoorn, 8. of Salisbury, in Mashonaland. Ceratogyrus marshalli, Poc., ibid., p. 754, pl. 48, f. 2-2b, g from the same locality. Gren. HARPACTIRELLA, nov. Carapace about 4-2? times longer than wide, the cephalic portion moderately convex in the ? but lower in the g, the fovea moderately deep, transverse or nearly so, its position as in Harpactira. Ocular tubercle and eyes asin Harpactira. Legs much as in Harpactira, the fourth pair not shorter than the first. Tibia of pedipalps with apical spines. Tibize and metatarsi of legs also spined, at least at the apex in the third and fourth pairs, but the metatarsi of first and second pairs not spined at the apex. Patella and tibia of fourth pair together subequal to or slightly exceeding the same segments of the first leg. Scopula of first and second metatarsus thick, reaching as in Harpactira almost or quite to the base, that of third and fourth metatarsus leaving the basal fourth or third of the segment free, that of fourth metatarsus divided by a band of sete, the other scopule entire. Sides of chelicerze without feathery scopule, the outer surface furnished posteriorly with an obliquely transverse patch of very fine, rather sparsely distributed hairs, which On the South African ‘* Theraphoside.”’ 341 are directed downwards and forwards. Sternal sagilla marginal. Tibia of first leg in g furnished with a strong spur bearing one of the two apical spines as in Harpactira, but the spine longer than the spur. Type.—H. treleavent, n. sp. On the outer surface of the chelicerz a horizontal row of 2-4 long red sete, resembling the upper series of stridulating bristles of Harpactira, is frequently found. They are situated more forward in the anterior part of the middle third at a little distance from the red inferior fringe, just above where the hairs of the latter are most abbreviated. These setze may be absent, or hidden amongst other but darker hairs, or they may stand out isolated and very conspicuous. The outer surface in a very young Harpuctira, before the scopula and the lower group of stridulating notes have been formed, is very similar to that of an adult’ Harpactirella, having a similar posterior patch of fine hairs, but it may be distinguished at once by the position of the upper series of stridulating bristles. In the young Harpactira this series is always well developed, with the posterior bristles situated some distance behind the middle of the chelicera, whereas in Harpactirella the posterior bristle, when distinguishable, is situated in the middle or, more generally, some distance anterior to the middle. The absence of scopule from the sides of the chelicerz is apparently the only character which distinguishes this genus from Harpactura, with which it would fall in Simon’s table of the Selenocosmiee. The genus includes the four small species described below from the south-western parts of Cape Colony, and also several other forms from Cape Colony, Natal, and the Transvaal, of which, however, we possess at present only female examples. The largest specimen (from Dunbrody, Uitenhage Div.) measures 35 mm. in length, but this length appears to be quite exceptional in the genus. 1. HARPACTIRELLA TRELEAVENI, 0. sp. Locality.—One $ (type, No. 4496) found by Mr. F. Treleaven on the Cape Town side of Table Mountain; also 1 ¢ and a large number of @ and juv. from various parts of the Cape Peninsula, mostly under stones (Signal Hill, Cape Town, slopes of Devils Peak and Table Mountain, Camps Bay, collected by F'. Treleaven, C. L. Leipoldt, and myself). -g. Colowr.—Carapace and limbs chestnut-brown ; carapace clothed with olivaceous or greenish-black hairs, but without paler radiating stripes, the marginal fringe paler; the short hairs on the legs also 342 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. olivaceous or greenish-black, the longer hairs greenish-brown or black, pallid or white distally; the hairs on the abdomen more golden olivaceous, with the usual dark pattern above, the long hairs whitish distally ; seen in spirits the upper surface and sides of the abdomen in the lighter-coloured type-specimen appear dark brown and thickly speckled with yellow confluent spots; under side of abdomen pale yellowish, with brownish to blackish hairs and with a dark spot on each side of each of the posterior lung- books and a transverse row of 4 much smaller spots in the posterior part of the abdomen; under side of coxe and sternum pale brown to blackish-brown, with brown or blackish hairs. Carpace narrow, about 2 longer than broad, slightly longer than the metatarsus and 4 the tarsus of fourth leg, but about as long as the tibia and metatarsus of first leg. Tibia of first leg about 22~3 times as long as high in the middle, a little longer than the metatarsus, and almost equal in length to the distance from the fovea to the centre of the ocular tubercle. Metatarsus straight (except perhaps quite at the base), its length subequalling or slightly exceeding the distance from the fovea to the posterior margin of the ocular tubercle. Tibia of first, second, and third legs with 2, that of fourth leg with 3 apical spines ; metatarsus of first and second legs not spined, that of third and fourth legs with several spines at the apex and also on the upper and lower surface and on the sides. Pedipalpal bulb with the arcuate process slender and terete, much longer than the bulb, the distant portion filiform and lightly curving outwards. Apical segment of posterior spinners short, equalling the penultimate segment and equalling or slightly exceeding the ocular tubercle in length. ?. Colour.—Carapace and limbs light brown to brownish-yellow, often pale ochraceous in the younger individuals; the hairs on the carapace and abdomen golden-olivaceous, golden-brown, or mouse- brown ; the carapace without radiating stripes of paler hairs; under surface of abdomen often with a dark spot on each of the anterior lung-books and several scattered spots in addition to the spots described for the male. Carapace subequalling or a little shorter than the metatarsus and tarsus of fourth leg, and equal to the tibia, metatarsus, and from 3-32 of the tarsus of first leg. Tibia of first leg about 24 times as long as high in the middle, its length equal to that of the metatarsus together with about 4+—} of the tarsus. Tibia of first leg with 0-2, that of second leg with 0-1, that On the South African “ Theraphoside.” 343 of third leg with 1-2, that of fourth leg with 2-4 apical spines; no other spines on the tibiz; metatarsus spined as in g; first leg shorter than the fourth by 4-3 of the tarsus of the latter.* Apical segment of posterior spinners equal to or slightly longer or shorter than the ocular tubercle, and equal to or slightly longer than the penultimate segment. Measurements.—Total length 3 164, largest ? 214; length of cara- pace gf 63, 2 83, width 9 4:8, ? 64; length of tibia of first leg f 33, ? 4, of metatarsus g 31, 9 34; distance from fovea to posterior margin of ocular tubercle g 3:1, 2 44. This species is fairly common round Cape Town. It lives in silk-lined holes under stones, like Harpactira. 2. HARPACTIRELLA LONGIPES, N. sp. (a) One g (type, No. 3567) found by Mr. C. L. Leipoldt at the village of Clanwilliam. 3. Colour much the same as in the $ of treleaveni, but the spots on the under side of the abdomen are not marked and the hairs on the upper side of the abdomen are yellowish. Carapace about 2 longer than wide, as long as the metatarsus together with + of the tarsus of fourth leg, and the tibia together with about 4 of the metatarsus of first leg. Tibia of first leg almost 4 times as long as high in the middle, its length slightly exceeding that of the metatarsus and also the distance from the fovea to the anterior margin of carapace. Meta- tarsus slightly but distinctly curved proximally to the middle, its length subequal to the distance from the fovea to the anterior margin of carapace. Spines of the legs as in treleaven. Pedipalpal bulb turbinate ; the process short, arcuate and slender, only slightly longer than the bulb, its distal portion filiform, curving outwards at the apex. Apical segment of posterior spirners subfusiform, about # longer than the penultimate segment and a little longer than the ocular tubercle. Measurements.—Total length 18; length of carapace 7:5, width 54; length of tibia of first leg 5-1, of metatarsus 5; distance from fovea to anterior margin of carapace 9. (6) One g¢ from Porterville, Piquetberg Div. (Max Schlechter). Carapace with yellow hairs; the limbs with mouse-brown hairs ; the abdomen with ochre-yellow hairs. Carapace only a little longer than the metatarsus of fourth leg, and slightly longer than the tibia * The coxe are included in the length. 344 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. and + of the metatarsus of first leg. Tibia of first leg a little more than 4 times as long as high, its length slightly exceeding that of the metatarsus and nearly equal to the distance from the fovea to the middle of the chelicere; the length of the metatarsus much exceeding the distance from the fovea to the anterior margin of the carapace Process of pedipalpal bulb apparently with the tip broken off. Apical segment of spinners about } longer than the penultimate segment. Total length 17; length of metatarsus of first leg 5}; distance from fovea to anterior margin of carapace 43. (c) The Museum also possesses an apparently nearly mature 9 (measuring 3803 mm. in length) from Olyvenbosch Kraal, near the Bergvlei River in Clanwilliam Div., just north of the Piquetberg Range, and 4 smaller examples from Onder Bergvlei near the above locality, all from Mr. C. L. Leipoldt; also, an immature specimen from Boschkloof Waterfall in the Cedarbergen, collected by Mr. R. Pattison. From the length of the posterior legs these specimens would appear to belong to this species. The colour is pale ochraceous to brownish yellow, the abdomen being spotted above as in treleavent. In the largest example the carapace is about equal to the meta- tarsus and 4 the tarsus of the fourth leg, and to the tibia and meta- tarsus of the first leg. The tibia of first and second legs with a basal spine below and another on the inner (anterior) surface, that of third and especially of fourth leg with several spines below and on the sides, in addition to the ordinary spines at the apex. The first leg is shorter than the fourth by the length of the tarsus of the latter. In the smaller examples the legs are relatively shorter, and the spines on the tibia are mostly absent, excepting those at the apex. The apical segment of the posterior spinners is equal to or slightly exceeds the penultimate segment, and is subequal to the ocular tubercle in length. 3. HARPACTIRELLA KARROOICA, N. sp. Locality. One 3 (type, No. 3432), 1 large ? and 3 immature examples collected by myself round the village of Prince Albert. &. Colowr.—Carapace and legs chestnut-brown ; the hairs on the carapace, abdomen, and legs cream-coloured, the long hairs pallid; under side of coxee and sternum pale brown, that of abdomen pale yellowish. 3 Carapace about + longer than wide, almost as long as the meta- tarsus and 4 the tarsus of fourth leg, and somewhat shorter than the tibia and metatarsus of first leg. On the South African ‘“ Theraphoside.”’ 345 Tibia of first leg 34 times as long as high, its length equal to that of the metatarsus together with 3 of the tarsus, and to the distance from the fovea to the anterior margin of the ocular tubercle. Metatarsus scarcely curved, its length only slightly exceeding the distance from the fovea to the posterior margin of the ocular tubercle. Legs spined as in the $ of treleaveni (in the first left leg the tibial spur bears two apical spines and the metatarsus has a spine near the base anteriorly). Pedipalpal bulb subturbinate ; the process much longer than the bulb, scarcely curved in the proximal part, the middle part strongly laterally compressed; seen from the side the process appears broader and band-like up to the commencement of the distal third, where it suddenly narrows, the distal third being very slender, filiform, and curved gradually outwards. Apical segment of posterior spinners subconical, short, subequal to the penultimate segment, but shorter than the ocular tubercle. 2. Colowr.—Carapace and legs lighter brown, the shorter hairs on the carapace golden-yellow, those on the limbs mouse-brown and mouse-grey, those on the abdomen yellowish; under side of abdomen dark brown, with pale yellowish hairs, the lung-books infuscated laterally. (The immature examples paler, with the abdomen spotted above as in treleavent.) Carapace equal in length to the metatarsus and 2 of the tarsus of fourth leg, and to the tibia and metatarsus of first leg. Tibia of first leg about 3 times as long as high, its length very slightly exceeding that of the metatarsus and only a little less than the distance from the fovea to the posterior margin of the ocular tubercle. Spine armature of the legs as in the ? of treleavem. (In one case the third tibia has an external spine in addition to the apical ones.) First leg shorter than the fourth by 4 the tarsus of the latter. Apical segment of spinners as in . Juv.—tIn the 3 young individuals the tibia of the first leg is equal to the metatarsus together with about + of the tarsus in length, the apical segment of the spinners is slightly shorter than the penultimate segment, and the carapace is only slightly shorter than the metatarsus and tarsus of fourth leg. First leg shorter than the fourth by about + of the tarsus of the latter. Measurements.—Total length § 17, ¢ 28; length of carapace 3 74, 2 83, width g 54, 2 7; length of tibia of first leg g 44, ? 4:6, of metatarsus g¢ 33, 9 44; distance from fovea to posterior margin of ocular tubercle g 34, ? 4:8. 346 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. 4. HARPACTIRELLA LIGHTFOOTI, 0. sp. Types.—Four apparently mature @ and 2 smaller specimens (types, No. 3219), found by Mr. R. M. Lightfoot at the Paarl, Cape Colony. 2. Colowr.—Carapace blackish-brown, covered with dark olive- greenish hairs and provided with well-defined radiating stripes and a marginal fringe of pale cream-coloured or slightly pinkish hairs, the cephalic portion clothed with yellowish hairs, those round the ocular tubercle bright golden-yellow (in the small specimens all the hairs on the carapace are golden-yellow); the shorter hairs on the legs olive-greenish, those on the distal segments of the posterior legs pallid; longer hairs on the legs pale; abdomen with yellow or greyish-yellow hairs and the usual dark pattern above; under side of coxe and sternum dark blackish brown, with hairs of the same colour; under side of abdomen dark, the opercula of the lung-books pale yellow, infuscated laterally. Carapace slightly or very distinctly longer than the metatarsus and tarsus of fourth leg, and only a little longer (by at most } of the tarsus) than the tibia and metatarsus of first leg. Tibia of first leg about 3-34 times as long as high, its length equal- ling or slightly exceeding (by at most } of the tarsus) that of the metatarsus, and a little less than the distance from the fovea to the hind margin of the ocular tubercle. First leg subequal to the fourth or only slightly shorter (by at most } of the tarsus of the latter). Spines on the legs much the same as in treleavent. Apical segment of spinners about 4-2? longer than the penultimate segment, and scarcely longer or as much as + longer than the ocular tubercle. Measurements of largest 2 .—Total length 30; length of carapace 12, width 81; length of tibia of first leg 53, of metatarsus 54; distance from fovea to posterior margin of ocular tubercle 63; length of first leg (including coxa) 35, of fourth leg 35. This is a larger and blacker species than any of those described above. The 4 species may be determined from the following table :— MALES. a. Tibia of first leg longer than the distance from the fovea to the anterior margin of carapace .. . os wet LE longipes, i. Sp. b. Tibia of first leg shorter ‘iat ae dichance fepen the fovea to the anterior margin of the carapace. a‘. Process of pedipalpal bulb slender, becoming gradually thinner from the base to slightly beyond the middle, which is not laterally compressed. H., treleavent, n. sp. On the South African “ Theraphoside.’ 347 b*. Process of bulb strongly laterally compressed in the middle portion, appearing, when seen from the side, band-like up to the commencement of the distal third, where it suddenly narrows, the distal third being very fine and filiform Pee dcice Unisval rei tele uy RMD MRM ELEN COTTOOUCH,.1 Si. FEMALES. . Carapace (in aduit) equal to the metatarsus and 3 the tarsus of the fourth leg bol Wevaveeioy gk eit ee LON GL PeS, Tike SP: . Carapace equal to the mastabarsue fovether qth 2 or more of the tibia of fourth leg. . . First leg subequal to the fourth or ue coi shorter (by at most 4 of the tarsus of the latter) .. .. wa eee Lie Lightfoot, ne ‘sp. OE. eas leg shorter than the fourth Bye 3 or more of the tarsus of the latter. *, Carapace equal to the tibia, metatarsus and from 2-3 of the tarsus of MIEStIC Rae ee es 5 Pee een He treleavent. 1..Sp: b?. Carapace equal to tie fing and nichatarsus of first leg, H. karrooica, n. sp. (348 ) NEW SOUTH AFRICAN TRAP-DOOR SPIDERS OF THE FAMILY CTHENIZIDA IN THE COLLECTION OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM. BY Ws Eh PurcHmn Pu.D., First Assistant im the Museum. (Communicated September 4, 1901.) The South African Ctenizid@ appear to be very imperfectly known, comparatively few species having been hitherto described. The present paper contains descriptions of 19 apparently new species belonging to 10 genera, of which 4 are new, but this by no means exhausts the number of new forms in the Collection as a number of new species, unfortunately represented by female speci- mens only, and belonging principally to the genera Hermacha and Hermachastes, have been left undescribed pending the discovery of the males. Gen. STASIMOPUS Sim. STASIMOPUS LEIPOLDTI N. sp. Type: 1 @ (No. 2909) found by Mr. C. L. Leipoldt near the village of Clanwilliam, Cape Colony. @. Colowr.—Carapace brown, yellowish posteriorly; chelicerse blackish brown, with coppery hairs anteriorly; pedipalps and 2 anterior pairs of legs brown, the coxe of the legs brownish yellow, the 2 posterior pairs of legs lighter brown above, more or less pale yellowish at the sides and below in most of the segments; abdomen pale yellowish, the genital operculum covered with black hairs ; sternum brownish yellow, the anterior and lateral borders brown, the posterior border pale yellowish. Carapace as long as the patella and tibia together with a little over half the metatarsus of first leg, and equal to the tibia, metatarsus and about 4+—1 of the tarsus of fourth leg. Ocular area very wide, its width behind equal to the metatarsus together with # of the tarsus of first leg, and almost equal to the i) fourth metatarsus ; the anterior row, when viewed from above, with New South African Trap-Door Spiders. 349 the posterior margins in a straight line and the anterior margins in a procurved line, the eyes equidistant, the median ones distant from the anterior margin of the carapace by considerably more than their diameter, the lateral eyes very large, almost or quite circular, distant from the anterior margin by about 4 their diameter ; the posterior row very distinctly recurved, a line joining the anterior margins of the lateral eyes passing through or a little behind the centres of the median eyes, the latter almost circular, slightly larger than the lateral eyes ; the outer edges of the posterior median eyes at least as wide apart as the outer edges of the anterior lateral eyes ; carapace with a patch of bristles before and behind the anterior median eyes. Pedipalps with a broad band of shortish spines on the outer sides of the tibia and tarsus ; the inner side of the tarsus with 4-5 longish spines distally; the inner side of the tibia with a single longish spine near the base; the tarsus with a tiny patch of 5-7 sharp spinules at the base on the outer part of the upper surface; the tibia without distal spinules above; the patella not spined. | Legs.—Tibia of *first leg slightly shorter than the metatarsus and equal in length to the width of the anterior row of eyes ; anterior surface of tarsus and metatarsus with a broad band of close-set, short, stout spines in the lower part; the posterior surface of these segments and of the tibia with a corresponding band of spines, but the inferiormost spines on the tibia and metatarsus longish ; anterior side of tibia with a few (7-9) short distal spines; upper surface of metatarsus with a posterior basal patch of sharp spinules occupying about + of the length of the segment; upper surface of tibia with a corresponding tiny distal patch of 10-12 spinules. Second leg spined like the first, except that there are only 2-4 spinules, besides the inferior row, on the posterior surface of the tarsus, only 3-5 on the anterior surface of the tibia, and about 20 in the upper distal patch on the tibia. Third leg with a few distal anterior and 0-1 posterior spinules on the tarsus; metatarsus with a band of about 10-12 spines arranged roughly in 2 rows along the upper part of the anterior surface and with a similar band of shorter spines along the posterior surface ; tibia with a few stout distal spines on each side ; patella with a few spines scattered along anterior surface; upper surface of tibia with a small distal patch of red spinules occupying about 1 of the length of the segment; the base of the metatarsus with a few similar spines above; patella without spinules at the distal edge; metatarsus without apical tuft of bristles below. Fourth leg without posterior spines, the 3 distal segments with some scattered spines on the anterior surface; anterior part of upper surface of patella with a dense patch of sharp red spinules, the length 350 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. of the patch less than 4 that of the upper side of the segment; metatarsus with an infero - posterior apical transverse row of 6-7 equal sete. ! Measurements.—Total length 29 mm.; length of carapace 9, width 8; width of ocular area 44; length of tibia of first leg 34, of metatarsus 3%, of fourth metatarsus 4-9. The characters afforded by the eyes distinguish this species sharply from any other hitherto described. GEN. GORGYRELLA nov. Sternum with 3 pairs of sagilla, all more or less remote from the margim, the posterior pair larger, oval, slightly further from the lateral margin opposite the base of the third leg than from one another, the 2 anterior pairs small, placed midway between the median line and the lateral margin opposite the bases of the first and second legs respectively, or the anterior pair nearer the lateral margin. Posterior part of under surface of the coxe of first and second legs and especially the infero-posterior surface of that of third leg with a large area densely studded with minute, sharp, dentiform spinules. Lateral margins of carapace lightly sinuated above the base of the third leg on each side. Cheliceree produced at the inner angles in front into a prominent lobe, which bears about 5 short, stout, conical teeth on the sides and apex, the lateral part of the anterior edge of the chelicere armed with a row of long bristles, with or without a short conical tooth near the lobe. Other characters as in Acanthodon. | Type: G. namaquensis n. sp. GORGYRELLA NAMAQUENSIS 0. sp. (a) Type: 1 ¢@ (No. 8469) found by Mr. A. W. Rogers and Mr. EK. H. L. Schwarz near the foot of the western slope of the Giftberg, south of Van Rhyns Dorp, Cape Colony, during one of their expedi- tions in connection with the Geological Survey. The spider was found in a subterranean nest closed by a trap-door. ?. Colowr.-—Carapace and limbs pale ochraceous, the chelicere yellowish brown; abdomen dirty pale yellowish, without spots ; coxee of pedipalps and the labium reddish brown. Carapace (measured laterally to the ocular area) as long as the tibia, metatarsus and 4 the tarsus of fourth leg, and equal to the patella, tibia and + of the metatarsus of first leg. ) Ocular area wider than long, its length almost equal to the distance New South African Trap-Door Spiders. 301 between the posterior lateral eyes, its width only very slightly less than the length of the metatarsus of first leg. The area formed by the anterior lateral and anterior median eyes slightly wider behind than in front, and about 12 times as long as wide behind ; the median eyes slightly over an eye’s diameter apart; the lateral eyes slightly larger, less than an eye’s diameter apart, each situated on the anterior side of a low tubercle with the visual axis directed obliquely upwards at an angle of about 30° to the horizontal. The posterior row of eyes lightly procurved; the median ones the smallest of the 8, their distance apart slightly greater than their distance from the lateral eyes, their outer margins slightly further apart than those of the anterior median eyes ; the lateral eyes much nearer to the anterior edge of the carapace than to one another. Pedipalps with a band of long and short stout spines on the lower part of both the inner and outer surfaces of the tarsus and tibia ; patella with a single internal spine ; femur with a pair of stout, long, distal, internal spines, in addition to numerous, stout, spiniform setee along the inner inferior edge. Legs.—First leg with the tibia as long as the metatarsus and 4 the tarsus ; outer and inner surfaces of the tarsus, metatarsus, and tibia with a band of spines similar to those on the pedipalps, but the anterior band on the tibia abbreviated proximally, the tibia and metatarsus also often with a spine below; patella not spined, but with a few, stout, distal, spiniform seta below. Second leg spined like the first, except that the proximal posterior spines of the tibia are long and setiform. Tarsus of third leg with a few distal spinules below; the metatarsus with a band of short spinules along both anterior and posterior upper edges and 0-1 distal setiform spine below ; the tibia with a pair of similar but broader bands of spinules ; the patella with the anterior band only, of which the distal 5-6 spines form a transverse row overhanging the distal edge of the segment, the posterior upper edge also with a pair of apical spinules. Fourth leg with a group of infero-anterior spinules distally on the tarsus, and with several pairs of similarly situated spines and spiniform seta on the metatarsus ; tibia with 0-1 external spine at the base; patella with a broad band of short spinules along the anterior upper edge. Gemtal operculwm with the posterior striae on its surface near to the lightly convex posterior margin. Measurements.—Total length 30; length of carapace 94, width 84 ; length of tibia of first leg 3°6; width of ocular area 23. (5) 1 @, an old specimen labelled ‘‘Ookiep,”’ Namaqualand Div., Cape Colony. (C. Warden.) Closely resembling the type, but the metatarsus of third leg with a distal inferior spine instead of a 23 352 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. setiform spine, and the patella with 4 apical spinules at the upper posterior edge. Gen. ACANTHODON Guérin. 1. ACANTHODON CREGOEI 0. sp. Type: 1 3 (No.981) found at Durban, Natal, by Mr. J. P. Cregoe, in October, 1896. g . Colowr.—Brown, the distal segments of second leg and the 2 posterior pairs of legs more yellowish in parts; sternum pale yellowish ; coxee of legs pale yellowish, those of pedipalps brownish ; abdomen black, the under side pale yellowish, the genital operculum brownish behind. ; Carapace with a broad band of setiferous granules on each side on the cephalic portion, the thoracic portion sparsely granular ; its length equalling that of the metatarsus together with + of the tarsus of fourth leg, and that of the metatarsus together with 4 the tarsus of first leg. Ocular area very distinctly longer than wide. The area formed by the anterior median and anterior lateral eyes only very slightly wider in front than behind and almost twice as long as its posterior width ; the median eyes about 4 an eye’s diameter apart; the lateral eyes slightly larger than the median eyes, much less than 4 an eye’s diameter apart, each situated on the anterior side of a very prominent tubercle with the visual axis quite horizontal. The posterior row of eyes procurved, the median ones small, a little nearer to the lateral eyes than to one another, their outer margins the same distance apart as those of the anterior median eyes. Pedipalps.—Tibia turgid, about twice as long as the patella or tarsus and less than twice as long as high, its upper edge strongly convex, its lower edge also convex, the distal part of the infero- external surface deeply excavated in the form of a large concave notch, the proximal and outer margins of which are furnished with a broad semicircular band of short close-set spinules ; tarsus provided with a group of spines on the apical dorsal prominence ; the process of the bulb broad and strongly flattened at the base but rapidly narrowing to the middle, the distal half narrow, flattened, with slight spiral twist, dilated again at the apex, which is very obliquely truncated. Legs.— First leg with the tibia equal to the metatarsus in length, slightly wider in the middle than the femur, slightly incrassated distally on the inner side and furnished here with 2 stout black processes, of which the distal and lower one is very broad and New South African Trap-Door Spiders 303 obtuse and bears a short spiniform process at its upper angle, the other process turgid, sharply conical at the apex ; patella armed with a couple of subsetiform spines at the apex below; tibia armed below with 4 external but no internal spines; metatarsus very dis- tinctly curved proximally (when seen from the side), concave also internally at the base and slightly incrassated internally at the end of the basal fourth, the eminence bearing one short spine and 3-4 stout spiniform sete; distal part of metatarsus with 1-2 internal and 3 infero-external spines; tarsus with 1 internal and 1-2 external spines. Second leg with 2-8 slender spines at the apex of the patella below ; the tibia with about 6 outer and 3 inner long slender spines below; metatarsus curved, with 1 internal and 2 external spines at the apex below and 3 others along the lower outer edge; tarsus with 1 inner and 3 outer short spines. Third leg with a band of short spinules along upper anterior edge of patella, only 1 or 2 of the distal stout spinules overhanging the distal edge, the posterior upper distal edge with 2-3 stout spinules; tibia with 7-9 short spinules along anterior upper edge, 1 on posterior surface and several slender spines or spiniform sete on inferior surface; metatarsus slightly curved, with a number of spines below and several at the sides; tarsus with several spinules in front and behind. Fourth leg with a band of spinules along anterior upper edge of patella from the ibase to a little beyond the middle; tibia-with setiform spines below; metatarsus slightly curved, with setiform spines below, including 3 at the apex; tarsus with 2 posterior and several anterior spines. All the tarsi scopulate below. Metatarsi not scopulate. Sternum with 2 pairs of small sagilla opposite the bases of the legs of the first and second pairs. Measurements.—Total length 11; length of carapace 43, width 4; length of tibia of first leg 3-6. Related to A. thorella (Cambr.), but in the latter the area formed by the anterior median and lateral eyes is wider behind than in front. 2. ACANTHODON KOLBEI Nn. sp. Types: 29 from the Kentani District in the Transkei, Cape Colony (No. 4043, Dr. F’. C. Kolbe). ?. Colowr.—Carapace yellowish brown; cheliceree dark brown ; pedipalps and the 2 anterior pairs of legs brown, the 2 posterior pairs yellowish brown to brownish yellow ; sternum brownish yellow, darker at the lateral and posterior margins; the labium and the coxe of the pedipalps brown, the coxe of posterior legs pale yellowish, those of anterior legs brownish yellow; abdomen pale yellowish, with black 354 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvety. hairs, the upper surface more or less provided with infuscate reticulation along the median region, the setiferous tubercles also infuscated, the genital operculum brown. Carapace (measured on the outer side of the frontal eye tubercles) as long as the tibia, metatarsus and about + of the tarsus of fourth leg, and as the patella, tibia and about 4+ of the metatarsus of first leg. Ocular area as long as or very slightly longer than wide, its width from slightly over 4 to nearly 3 of the length of the metatarsus of first leg. The area formed by the anterior lateral and anterior median eyes very distinctly wider in front than behind and about twice as long as its posterior width; the median eyes less than an eye’s diameter apart; the lateral eyes a little larger, about an eye’s. diameter apart, each situated on the anterior side of a very prominent tubercle with the visual axis quite horizontal, the upper margin of the eye a little lower than the summit of the tubercle but the lower margin scarcely raised above the levei of the carapace. The posterior row of eyes rather strongly procurved, the median eyes very small, very distinctly nearer to the lateral eyes than to one another, their outer margins very distinctly wider apart than those of the anterior median eyes; the lateral eyes much nearer to the anterior edge of the carapace than to one another. Pedipalps spined as in Gorgyrella namaquensis (p. 351), the femur with 2-8 stout distal spines and with slender sete. Legs spined much as in Gorgyrella namaquensis. First leg with the tibia as long as the metatarsus and 4 the tarsus, the anterior band of spines on the tibia reaching to the base; the under side not spined mesially. Second leg also spined to the base on the anterior side of the tibia. Metatarsus of third leg with the lateral spines of moderate length, the under side with a couple of spiniform setz and 1-2 long apical spines; tibia with a narrow band of short spinules along anterior upper edge, the posterior upper edge with only a couple of spinules; the anterior band of short spinules on the patella abbreviated proximally, with none or only 1-2 of the distal spinules overhanging the distal edge of the segment, and with only 1 posterior distal spinule above. Fourth leg with a band of several, long, stout spines on lower surface of the metatarsus; the tibia with a long, slender, apical spine below ; the patella with a small band of about a dozen short spinules at the base along upper anterior edge, the band not reaching to the middle of the segment. Sternal sagilla very small but distinct, quite marginal, 1 opposite the base of each of the legs of the first 2 pairs. Labvwm with 2-3 apical teeth in a single row. New South African Trap-Door Spiders. 355 Abdomen sparsely tuberculate above. Measurements.--Total length 20; length of carapace 84, width 6°6 ; length of tibia of first leg 3-4; width of ocular area 1°8. This species may possibly be the 9 of cregoez, in which, however, the outer margins of the anterior median eyes are as far apart as those of the posterior median eyes and almost as far apart as those of the anterior lateral eyes. The nest, which was also obtained by Dr. Kolbe, is tubular, about 10 mm. in diameter throughout its greater part, but at about 10 mm. from the opening it commences to widen gradually and reaches 15 mm. at the opening. The edges of the tube expand horizontally at the opening and form a broad rim about 4 mm. wide round two- thirds of the circumference. The lid is flat and not thickened, merely closing against the rim. The hinge is very broad, being nearly as broad as the greatest diameter between the outer edges of the rim. Greatest width of lid (taken parallel to hinge) 24 mm., least width (at right angles to hinge) 17 mm., width of hinge 20 mm. Gen. CYRTAUCHENIUS Thor. 1. CYRTAUCHENIUS O’NEILI 0. sp. Type: 1 2 (No. 8506) found by the Rev. J. A. O’Neil at Dunbrody on the Sundays River, Uitenhage Div., Cape Colony. 2. Colouwr.—Carapace chestnut-brown, the lateral borders narrowly white for some distance behind, the white border produced on its medial side just opposite the space between the third and fourth legs; cheliceree reddish black; femora of pedipalps and of first 2 pairs of legs strongly infuscated, the patellee, tibia and part of the metatarsi ochraceous above and below but infuscated at the sides, the tarsi and distal part of the metatarsi blackish brown to nearly black ; the 2 posterior pairs of legs pale ochraceous to brownish yellow, lightly infuscated in parts, especially at the sides, the femora infuscated above; abdomen pale yellowish, the sides and upper surface dark violet-brown anteriorly ; sternum pale yellow, broadly infuscated at the sides ; coxee of pedipalps brownish red, those of the legs pale yellowish below, the anterior ones lightly infuscated in places. Carapace + longer than wide, as long as the tibia and metatarsus of fourth leg and as the tibia, metatarsus and tarsus of first leg. Ocular area scarcely more than twice as wide as long; the anterior row only slightly narrower, lightly procurved, the eyes equidistant, the laterals much larger than the small medians, which are situated 356 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. on a tubercle; the posterior row transverse, the laterals subreniform, larger than the medians but slightly shorter than the anterior laterals ; the posterior laterals 4 their long diameter from the an- terior laterals and much less than this distance from the posterior medians ; the posterior median eyes elongate, much further from the anterior median eyes than from the posterior lateral eyes, their distance from the latter being only 4 their lesser diameter. Pedipalps with 1 external and 0-1 internal basal spines below on the tarsus and with 4 apical spines below on the tibia. Legs.—Tarsi and metatarsi of first and second pairs of legs thickly scopulate to the base (basal half of second metatarsus on inner side only). Tarsus I with a couple of short distal spinules externally, almost hidden in the scopula, II with 3-4 short outer spines, IIT and IV strongly aculeate externally and with a few distal spinules below, III also with a posterior dorsal series. Metatarsus I with 3 apical, 2 middle and 2 basal spines below, II with 2-3 apical, 3 middle and 2 basal spines below, III numerously spined on both outer and inner surfaces above and with several pairs of long spines below, IV numerously spined along inferior outer surface and with 2 inner spines above. Tibia I and II each with a single strong apical spine below, III and IV with a pair of long apical spines below, III also with 3-6 anterior, 3 posterior dorsal, and 2 distal posterior short spines, IV also with 2 spines on the inner surface and with a row of paired spiniform setee on the under surface. Patella III covered with short spines on the anterior surface, the dorsal surface with 1-2 stout posterior spines, IV with short sharp: spinules at the base externally. Femur IV with a dense group of strong short spines at the apex above and externally. Claws of anterior legs with 5-6 teeth in each row, those of posterior legs muticous. Posterior sternal sagilla very large, pear-shaped, near to the median line, their distance apart about + their length and less than their distance from the lateral margin, the sagilla opposite the bases of the second pair of legs of moderate size, quite near the margin, the anterior sagilla marginal and small. Coxe of pedipalps with 4-6 inconspicuous very minute granules along the basal edge anteriorly. Coxee of fourth leg with the median basal naked area short, occupying only about } of the length of the segment; the similar area on the under side of the third coxa long oval, reaching to the middle of the segment. Apical segment of posterior spinners 4 longer than the penultimate segment and much longer than the ocular area. Measurements.—Total length 24; length of carapace 8, width 64. New South African Trap-Door Spiders. 307 2. CRYTAUCHENIUS LATERALIS N. Sp. Type: 19 (No. 4232) from Dunbrody on the Sundays River, Uitenhage Div. (Rev. J. A. O'Neil). 2. Colowr.—Carapace dark chestnut-brown, the lateral borders white behind for some distance, the white part widened angularly on its median side between the bases of the third and fourth legs, the cephalic portion darker at the lateral margins and provided with a broad median dark band; cheliceree dark brown; legs pale ochra- ceous, the femora and the sides of the more distal segments more or less infuscated ; abdomen pale yellowish below, tinged with violet- brown at the sides and above, especially at the base; sternum pale yellowish, broadly infuscated at the sides; coxee pale yellowish, lightly infuscated. Carapace at least } longer than wide. Ocular area slightly more than twice as wide as long and very slightly wider behind than in front, the hind margins of the anterior eyes in a Straight line, the anterior margins of the posterior eyes also in a straight line, but the posterior margins forming a strongly recurved line; posterior lateral eyes much larger than the anterior _median eyes and scarcely smaller than the anterior lateral eyes, scarcely further from the latter than from the posterior median eyes, which are round and only slightly smaller than the small anterior median eyes and twice as far from the latter as from the posterior lateral eyes; lateral eyes only 4 of their long diameter apart, the posterior ones not or scarcely reniform. Pedipalps spined below on the tarsus and tibia, the coxze muticous. Legs.—Yarsi I and II with a short distal inferior spine, III with several anterior and inferior spines and a posterior dorsal row of 4 spines, IV with numerous short external spines and a number of longer distal ones below. Metatarsi I and II with 3 apical, 2 middle and 2 basal spines below, most of them, particularly the apical ones, powerful; III with a number of spines along the upper part of anterior surface, a uni- or bi-seriate series along the postero-dorsal edge, and a number of long spines below, especially at the apex; IV with numerous, long, stout spines below, and a row of 2-3 along the inner upper edge. Tibiz I and II each with a single, stout, apical, outer spine and several other long setiform spines below ; III and IV with a pair of long apical spines below, III also with 8-9 upper anterior, 2 postero-dorsal, 1-2 dorsal, and 2 distal posterior spines, IV also with 2 internal spines above and a double series of long spiniform sete below. Patella III covered with short spines on the anterior surface, and with 2 stout spines along the postero- 308 * Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. dorsal margin, IV with a few, short, dark spinules at the base externally. Femur [V with a dense group of short, stout, apical spines above and externally. Claws of anterior legs with about 6 teeth in each row; inner claw of posterior legs with a row of 4 short teeth at the base and a row of 3 teeth at the middle, the outer claw with'1 short basal tooth. Tarsus of first and second legs rather thickly scopulate, the metatarsus of first leg with the scopula absent from the proximal half, metatarsus of second leg slightly scopulate at the apex only. Posterior sternal sagilla very slightly more than their own length apart and about 4 their length from the lateral margin. Posterior spinners with the apical segment about 4 longer than the penultimate segment (measured along under side). — Measurements.—Total length 18; length of carapace 5°8, width 4:2. 3. CYRTAUCHENIUS NIGRICEPS nN. sp. Type.—1 g. (No. 4204) from Johannesburg, found by Mr. J. P. Cregoe. 3g . Colour.—Carapace reddish yellow, the cephalic portion blackish red; chelicerze black; legs and pedipalps, including the coxe, and the sternum pale ochraceous ; abdomen pale yellowish below and at the sides, blackish brown above. Carapace a little more than + longer than wide, with a row of stout, curved, marginal spines on each side above the bases of the 2 posterior pairs of legs, the upper surface also with a group of sete and sigmoid spines posteriorly. Ocular area about 21 times as wide as long, the sides subparallel ; the anterior row of eyes very slightly procurved, the lateral eyes only about + longer than the medians, the latter rather large, slightly further from one another than from the lateral eyes; the posterior row of eyes transverse, their anterior margins forming a slightly pro- curved, their posterior margins a slightly recurved line, the laterals as far or slightly further from the anterior lateral eyes than from the posterior median eyes, shorter than the former but much larger than the latter and about as long as the anterior medians, which are much larger than the posterior median eyes. Pedipalps unspined; the tibia long, lightly convex along the under side; the tarsus short, truncated; the bulb subglobular, its process slender, about as long as the bulb, with short spiral curve, the distal portion very fine and filiform, ending in a fine point. Legs.—All the tarsi scopulate to the base. Metatarsus of first leg much slenderer than the tibia, ightly concave internally, equal New South African Trap-Door Spiders. =309 in length to the tibia and a little longer than the distance from the centre of the fovea to the anterior margin of the carapace but not quite twice as long as the tarsus. Metatarsi I and IT scopulate distally for about 4 of their length. Tarsus I unspined, II with 4 small outer spines, III with several internal and a number of external spines, some of the latter stouter, IV with a distal group of small spines internally and a double series of longer spmes externally. Metatarsus I with 1 inner and 2 outer apical spines and an outer row of 2 other spines below, the inner surface also with a stout spine near. the base; II with 2-3 apical and 3 other stout spines at or near the outer inferior margin, 1 apical inner spine and with or without another inferior and a superior inner spine; III numerously spined on all sides; IV numerously spined below, with arow of 3 spines along the inner upper edge. Tibia I with 9-10 strong spines along the inner surface, including a distal pair, and a row of 6-8 similar spines along the outer inferior edge, II with long spines below and 3 spines along the inner upper edge, III spined on all the surfaces, the anterior surface with a broad band of about a dozen short spines, IV with 3 apical spines and several pairs of long setiform spines below, the inner surface with about 4 spines above. Patellze I and II with an apical spine below, I also with 3 and I] with 2 spines along upper inner edge, III with numerous short spines on the anterior surface and a row of 3 stout spines on the dorsal surface, IV with a stout apical spine below. Femora with several rows of spines above, IV with a distal group of short stout spines at upper outer edge. All the claws with a double series of teeth below, the anterior claws with about 6-8 teeth in a row, those of fourth leg with 4-6 teeth in each row. Abdomen spined near the base above. Posterior spinners with the apical segment apparently a little longer, or at least not shorter, than the penultimate segment (seen from below). Posterior sternal sagilla moderately large, their distance apart scarcely exceeding their length but distinctly exceeding their distance from the lateral margin. Measurements.—Total length 14; length of carapace 53, width 44; length of metatarsus of first leg 3°8. Gen. HOMOSTOLA Sim. HOMOSTOLA ZEBRINA N. sp. (a) Types: 3 2 (No. 8445) from Pietermaritzburg, collected by Mr. Claude Fuller, Government Entomologist of Natal. 360 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. 2. Colour (in spirits)—Carapace pale yellow (or testaceous yellow, with the sides of the thoracic portion pale yellow), the cephalic portion with a broad, faintly infuscate, median stripe in the middle and a narrow, darker, median line behind, the lateral borders of the cephalic portion dark brown, the fovea broadly infuscated, with some short infuscate lines radiating from it; legs and pedipalps pale yellow to ochraceous ; chelicerze reddish black to blackish brown; sternum pale yellow, the sagilla and the anterior part often yellowish brown; the coxe, including those of the pedipalps, either all pale yellowish, or the anterior ones yellowish brown; abdomen pale yellowish, the upper surface with numerous dark brown spots and stripes, amongst which an interrupted median stripe and several pairs of transverse stripes may be distinguished, the under surface with a dark spot on each side behind. Hyes all placed on the ocular tubercle, the eyes of the anterior row equally distant from one another or the medians slightly nearer to each other than to the lateral eyes, the hind margins of the eyes in a straight line or almost so, the laterals large, less than their smaller diameter from the margin of the carapace, much larger than the median eyes. The posterior row as wide as the anterior row, the anterior margins of the eyes in a straight line or almost so, the lateral eyes larger than the anterior medians but smaller than the anterior laterals, their distance from the latter and from the posterior medians about 4 of their long diameter. Legs.—Tibia of first leg as long as the metatarsus and } of the tarsus. All the tarsi without spines. Metatarsi I and II with 2 apical and 1-2 other outer spines below, II often with a small inner spine below in addition ; III and IV with paired spines below and with strong spines along both the outer dorsal and inner dorsal edge. Tibia I without spines, II with several stout setiform spines below, III with a pair of long apical spines, followed by a couple of long setiform spines below, the posterior surface with 1 apical and 1 superior basal spine, the anterior surface with 2 superior spines near the middle, IV with a pair of apical spines followed by several stout spiniform sete below, the inner surface with 2-3 stout spines in a row. Patella III with a row of 2-3 very stout spines on anterior surface and a broad band of short setiform spinules along antero-dorsal surface, IV with a short band of similar spinules at the base. Femur III with a transverse apical row of short setiform spines at the outer dorsal edge, [IV with a group of short spines and short setiform spines at the apex above. ‘Tarsi and metatarsi of first and second legs thickly scopulate to the base. Claws of first leg biseriately dentated below, the basal row composed New South African Trap-Door Spiders. 361 of 4-5 teeth, of which the distal one is longest, the row nearest the axis of the leg composed of a single small tooth or tubercle nearer the middle of the claw; claws of fourth leg with 3 unequal teeth at the base, the inner claw with an additional tooth near the middle, nearer the axis of the leg. Coxe of pedipalps with a large group of teeth at the base in front ; the dabiwm with an apical row of 5-6 and a second row of 2-4 teeth. Apical segment of posterior spinners a little over 4 as long as the penultimate segment. Measurements.—Total length of largest ¢ 23; ean of carapace 8$ length of tibia of first leg 34. Closely allied to H. vulpecula Sim. from Zululand, but the latter is said to have the legs and abdomen dark fulvous and 6-7 teeth on the claws of the posterior legs. (6) In the Museum is also an old dried ¢ specimen without abdomen from Durban, Natal, collected by Colonel J. H. Bowker. Gen. STICTOGASTER nov. Carapace almost glabrous, slightly more than + longer than wide ; the cephalic portion in the ¢ strongly convex; the thoracic portion depressed, the fovea deep and wide, procurved. Ocular area parallel- sided, a little over twice as wide as long, all the eyes situated on the tubercle, the anterior row lightly procurved, the posterior row slightly or more strongly recurved, the posterior lateral eyes very close to the posterior medians and much further from the anterior lateral eyes, the lateral eyes equal or the posterior ones somewhat smaller than the anterior ones; the eyes of the anterior row equidistant from one another, the laterals scarcely twice as large as the median eyes. Posterior sternal sagilla moderately large, oval, about their own length from the lateral margin and slightly over to 14 times that distance apart, the 2 anterior pairs small, those opposite the second pair of legs nearly twice their own length from the lateral margin ; the 3 sagilla of each side almost in a straight line. Labium about 1$ times as wide as long, its anterior part thickly covered with numerous teeth. Maxille wide, with a group of teeth at the base in front. Cheliceree with 2 rows of 7-10 teeth each below and a few additional teeth between these posteriorly, the anterior teeth of the outer row strong, commencing far forwards; the anterior edge armed on the inner part with a row of about 4 large, broad, subequal spines, and in the outer part with a row of long setiform spines intermixed with some short sharp ones. Tarsus of pedipalp with several short spines below, those of the legs unspined. ‘Tarsus and distal part of 362 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. metatarsus of first leg and the tarsus of second leg with a thin scopula of short hairs, tarsi of third and fourth legs thickly covered below with fine bristles. All the metatarsi and tibizee with strong spines or spiniform sete. Claws of anterior legs biseriately dentate, with several teeth in each row; claws of fourth leg with a basal row of teeth. Metatarsi of anterior legs much longer than the tarsi. Coxee as in Homostola Sim., the coxe of the third and fourth legs having the inferior medio-basal naked area quite short but that at the anterior lower edge long, reaching beyond the basal third of the segment. Posterior spinners with the apical segment short and hemispherical. Type: S. reticulatus n. sp. This genus falls into Simon’s group Cyrtauchemee, and appears to be related to Aptostichus Sim. or Homostola Sim. and especially to Bessia Poe. STICTOGASTER RETICULATUS 0, sp. Types: 2 2 from Bonnie Vale Farm at Bushmans Drift on the Breede River, Swellendam Div. (near Ashton), found by Mr. Charles Groom. ?. Colour (in spirits).—Carapace pale greenish yellow (the cephalic portion and the region round the fovea brownish yellow in one specimen), faintly infuscated, the cephalic portion with brown lateral borders ‘and with or without an infuscate median line; chelicereze yellowish brown ; legs pale greenish yellow, the upper surface of the patelle and tibiz and often also the greater portion of the distal segments pale ochraceous; abdomen pale yellowish, the upper surface thickly covered with an irregular network of purplish black, in which an irregular median stripe may be made out, the under surface with some scattered black marks on its posterior half and a few also on the medial side of the posterior lung-books. yes of the anterior row with their hind margins forming a slightly procurved line, their distance apart equalling or a little exceeding the diameter of the median eyes, the lateral eyes not very large, scarcely twice as long as the median eyes, their distance from the margin of the carapace less than their shorter diameter; the eyes of the posterior row with their anterior margins forming a slightly or considerably recurved line, the median eyes subequal to or only slightly smaller than the anterior median eyes, the posterior lateral eyes as long as or a little shorter than the anterior lateral eyes and separated from them by 4 or more than 4 their long diameter but much nearer to the posterior median eyes. Legs.—Tibia of first leg equal to the metatarsus and } or less of New South African Trap-Door Spiders. 363 the tarsus. Metatarsi I and II with 2-4 apical, 0-1 inner, and 2 outer strong spines below, II with 1-2 strong spines along the upper inner edge as well, III with 3 apical, 0-1 outer, and 2 inner spines or spiniform sete below, and with 2 outer and 3 inner spines at or near the upper margin, IV with several pairs of spines below and a row of 2 along the upper inner edge. Tibie I and II with a couple of long setiform spines below, II with or without an upper inner spine in addition, III with 1-2 outer apical spines or spiniform sete below, 1-2 dorsal spines and 1 short apical internal spine, IV with a number of long spines and setiform spines below and with or without 2-3 spines or spiniform setz along the inner surface. Patella III with a row of about 6 short stout spines along anterior surface, accompanied by short stout setiform spines, IV with numerous stout spiniform sete along upper outer surface. Femora as in Homostola zebrina (p. 860), Claws of first leg with 3, sometimes 4, teeth in the basal row, of which the distal tooth is longest, the row nearest the axis of the leg more distal, composed of 2-3 small teeth; claws of fourth leg with 2-3 basal teeth. Labvwm with about 25 teeth in 4-5 rows. Apical segment of posterior spinners 4 as long as the penultimate segment. Measwrements.—Total length 20; length of carapace 7, width 51; length of tibia of first leg 34. Gen. HERMACHASTES Poc.* 1. HERMACHASTES LIGHTFOOTI n. sp. Types: 8 3 (Nos. 657, 8543, 8550) and 2 ¢, all from the Cape Town side of Signal Hill, found under stones. g. Colowr.—Carapace pale ochraceous, the cephalic portion often faintly infuscated, more darkly so along the median line and towards the lateral borders; chelicerze, pedipalps, and legs pale ochraceous ; sternum and under side of the coxee of legs pale yellowish ; under surface of abdomen and the greater part of the lateral surface (also in the posterior part) pale yellowish, with a large spot above and a small one in front of each of the posterior spinners; the upper surface of the abdomen with an irregular black pattern, showing * In all the species of this genus the inferior claw of the legs is large and very distinct, and the ocular area is at least twice as wide as long. In the? and young the claws of the legs are biseriately dentate below, one of the rows being more distal than the other although both generally overlap for a portion of their length; in the ad. ¢ the two are united to a single, long, spirally curving, numerously toothed row. 364 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. numerous small and some large, pale yellowish spots (the latter sometimes arranged in a double series) but without the well-defined, obliquely transverse stripes found in AH. collinus Poe., &e. | Carapace as long as the metatarsus and 3-2 of the tarsus of fourth leg, and subequal to or a little shorter than the tibia and metatarsus but longer than: the metatarsus and tarsus of first leg; bottom of fovea transverse. Chelicere longish, with 10-11 large teeth in the inner row below ; the under side (measured along the middle of the groove) almost as long as the sternum or longer. | Labiwm and coxee of pedipalps muticous. Posterior spinners with the distal segment subequal to or even exceeding the penultimate in length; anterior spinners 14 to twice their diameter apart. Pedipalps.—Process shorter than the bulb, curved and moderately slender. Legs.—Tarsi muticous. Metatarsus I straight, the under surface without spines, excepting 2 (sometimes 1 or 3) along the inner and also along the outer edge, the inner surface besides with 2 large curved spines near the middle and a smaller spine near the apex {the latter sometimes absent), the outer surface also with a couple of spines in addition to those along the lower edge ; II spined much as I, but the middle of the segment generally with only 1 spine on the inner surface and none at the inner inferior edge; III and IV nume- rously spined. Tibia I with 2 stout, spur-like, distal spines, each raised on a low tubercle, the apical spur broad, simply curved, situated on the inner inferior edge, the other spur longer and slenderer, with sigmoid curvature, situated in the middle line of the inner surface at a little distance (4-} of the length of the segment) from the apex; under surface of tibia with 1 slender, inner, apical spine and 3 spines along the outer edge, the outer surface with 0-1 and the inner surface with 1-3 other spines in addition; tibia II with several spines below, a couple on the inner surface, and 0-1 on the outer surface; III and IV with a number of spines. Patella III with a row of 3 spines on the outer surface and often also an apical spine at the inferior outer edge. Femora spined above. ‘Tarsi I and II scopulate to the base, metatarsi I and II broadly scopulate below almost to the base, the row of sete dividing all these scopule com- posed of small fine bristles; tarsus III with a mesial band of longer setae and a narrow band of scopular hairs on each side of it below; metatarsus III with a thin scopula, excepting in the basal part. ?. Colour asin g, or the whole carapace faintly infuscated and most of the leg segments more or less tinged with olive-greenish. New South African Trap-Door Spiders. 369 Carapace as long as the tibia and metatarsus of fourth leg but slightly exceeding the tibia, metatarsus, and tarsus of first leg ; bottom of the fovea very distinctly or only slightly procurved. Chelicere as in the 3, but the under side longer than the sternum. Posterior spinners with the apical segment shorter than the pen- ultimate segment but exceeding half its length; anterior spinners separated by about twice their diameter or more. Labiwm with 2-4 apical teeth in a single row. Coxe of pedipalps with 2-4 teeth at the base. Pedipalps with some spines on the tarsus and tibia below. Legs.—-Tibia of first leg equal in length to the metatarsus. Tarsi without spines, the anterior ones furnished below with numerous longish hairs and fine bristles but not distinctly scopulate, the posterior ones with stouter bristles. Metatarsi I and II with one apical inner and 1-2 outer spines below, III and IV with 3 strong apical spines below, 3 spines along the posterior upper edge, and 2 along or near the anterior upper edge, IV also with 2-4 other spines below in 2 rows. Tibie I and II without spines, II with some stout spiniform sete below, III and IV with 1-2 apical spines and some paired spiniform setz below, III also with 1 distal spine and 1 superior basal (often setiform) spine on the posterior surface, 1 posterior basal spine on the dorsal surface, and 1 stout submesial spine on the anterior surface, IV with a stout distal spine and a couple of more proximal.and slenderer spines or spiniform sete on the inner surface. Patella III with a row of 3 stout spines on anterior surface. Femur IV with an apical transverse row of stout setze and setiform spines on the outer and upper edges. Claws of anterior legs with 2-4 teeth in the basal row and 2-4 small teeth in the row nearest the axis of the leg, the latter row wholly distal to the former; claws of fourth leg with 2 teeth in the basal row, the inner claw also with a more distal row of 2-3 teeth, the outer claw with cr without a small, more distal tooth nearer the axis of the leg. Measurements.—VTotal length g 93-124, ? 141; length of carapace 3 41-44, 9 5. | This species has relatively short legs and long chelicere. 2. HERMACHASTES SAGITTARIUS N. sp. (a) Type: 1 g (No. 7814) found under a stone at Brandvlei, Worcester Div., by myself. 3. Colowr.—Pale ochraceous ; the cephalic portion of the carapace with a median and 2 lateral, well-marked, fusco-olivaceous bands; the under side of the sternum, coxe, and especially of the posterior 366 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. femora very pale, almost white; the abdomen coloured as in Hi. lightfoott, except that the black of the upper surface forms a series of well-marked, obliquely transverse stripes, separated by broader parallel bands of pale yellow and united along the median line. Carapace equal in length to the metatarsus and + of the tarsus of fourth leg, and to the metatarsus and 3 of the tarsus or the tibia and 3 of the metatarsus of first leg ; fovea slightly recurved. Chelicere slender, with 8-10 teeth in the inner series, the under side (measured along the groove) distinctly less than the sternum in length. Labsum and coxe of pedipalps muticous. Posterior spinners with the apical segment subequal to the penultimate segment. Pedipalps.—Process shorter than the bulb, strongly curved and rather stout, but not so stout as in HZ. collanus, the apex bluntish. Legs.—Tarsi muticous. Metatarsus I straight, except quite at the base, where it is concave below, the under surface without spines, excepting an apical one at the inner and 3 along the outer edge, the inner surface besides with 4 large curved spines in a row, the 2 proximal ones with slight sigmoid curvature, the outer surface also with 1-2 spines in addition to those along the inferior edge; II spined as in I, excepting that there are only 2 slender spines on the inner surface instead of the 4 spines; III and IV numerously spined. Tibia I as in H. lightfooti, except that the more proximal spur is almost or quite as broad as, and only a little longer than the apical spur and without well-marked sigmoid curvature, while there are 2 spines along the inferior inner edge, of which the distal one is stoutish, spur-like, and situated on the base of the tubercle which bears the large apical spur ; tibia II-IV as in A. lightfootr. Patelle all with 1-2 spines, III also with an anterior row of 3 spines. Femora, claws, and scopulee as in A. lightfootv. (b) 2 large and 2 smaller @ and 3 nearly mature g (No. 3313) from round the village of Worcester, found by Mr. R. M. Lightfoot. As the young males do not appear to differ from the females except in the shape of the apical segment of the pedipalps, the following description applies to them as well. 2. Colour as in the 3, but the carapace faintly infuscated, except- ing on the pale ochraceous band on each side of the dark median stripe of the cephalic portion ; the chelicerze also for the most part weakly infuscated ; under side pale ochraceous; the femora of the legs often faintly tinged with greenish. Carapace as long as the metatarsus and tarsus of fourth leg New South African Trap-Door Spiders. 367 and almost as long as the tibia and metatarsus of the first leg in the large ° ; fovea transverse, sometimes very slightly procurved. Chelicere stouter, with 8-9 teeth in the inner series, the under side almost equalling the sternum in length. Posterior spurners with the apical segment only about 4 as long as the penultimate segment. Labium with 2-4 apical teeth. Coxe of pedipalps with 15-30 teeth at the base. | Tibia of first leg equal to the metatarsus in length. Anterior tarsi scopulate below. Metatarsi I and II with 2 (sometimes 3) inner and 3 outer spines below, II often also with an inner dorsal spine, III and IV also spined. Tibia I and II with 1-3 apical spines and several setiform spines below, and often also with 1-2 spines or setiform spines at the upper inner edge; III and IV with 2-3 apical spines and some paired spiniform sete below, III also with 1 distal, 0-1 middle and 1 superior basal spine on posterior surface, 1 posterior basal spine on dorsal surface, and 1-2 spines along the middle of the anterior surface, IV with a row of (generally 3) spines and setiform spines along the inner surface. Patella III, with 3 stout spines along the anterior surface. Femur IV with a group of stout spiniform sete along the anterior and upper apical edges. Claws with about 5 long teeth in the basal row furthest from the axis of the leg; the row nearest this axis more distal but still opposite to the other row for a considerable portion of its length and composed of 7-9 teeth in the anterior legs, but almost entirely distal to the other row and composed of only 5-6 (sometimes only 4) teeth in the fourth pair of legs. Measurements.—Total length g 103, 9 194; length of carapace gf 44, 2? 63, width g 3-4, 2 4-9. The specimens from Worcester and the ¢ from Brandvlei all evidently belong to the same species, the localities being only half a dozen miles apart. 3. HERMACHASTES VALIDUS N. sp. Types: 1 §,1 large and 5 smaller @ , dug out of the earth at Bonnie Vale Farm near Bushmans Drift on the Breede River, ‘oupell ancl Div. (near Ashton), by Mr. Charles Groom. g. Colour.—Carapace strongly infuscated; chelicerze brownish black, reddish near the base ; femora strongly infuscated above and distally at the sides, the sides and under surface otherwise pale ochraceous ; tibia of first leg blackish red all round, the metatarsus and tarsus also red; the remaining segments of the other legs pale 24 368 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. ochraceous and more or less infuscated, the distal segments being paler; coxz and sternum pale ochraceous; abdomen very pale yellowish, marked as in H. sagittarwus. Carapace as long as the metatarsus and } of the tarsus of fourth leg, and equal to the metatarsus and about # of the tarsus or the tibia and 2 of the metatarsus of first leg. Fovea strongly recurved. Chelicere with 11-14 teeth in the inner row below, the under side (measured along the groove) considerably shorter than the sternum. | Labium and coxe of pedipalps muticous. Posterior spinners with the apical segment slightly more than 4 as long as the penultimate segment (measured below). ~~ Pedipalps.—Tibia strongly gibbous on the outer surface at the commencement of the distal third; the process of the palpal organ shorter than the bulb, strongly curved, stout, broad and flattened, the apex somewhat pointed. Legs very stout; the tarsi muticous. Metatarsus I lightly but distinctly curved, the under side lightly concave, without spines, excepting an apical one at the inner and 3 along the outer edge, the inner surface besides with 3 long, lightly curved spines in the basal half and a small distal one, all in a row, sometimes also with a short mesial spine at the upper inner edge, the outer surface also witha mesial spine; II spined much as in I, but the inner inferior edge with an additional spine in the middle ; IIJ and IV numerously spined. Tibia I short and stout, its dorsal length only about 2} times its height distally, the segment strongly incrassated below distally, the apical tubercle rather large, bearing 2 short, blunt, very broad, lightly curved, subequal, spur-like spines, of which the outer one (representing the inner, apical, inferior spine of the previous species) is narrower than the inner, and separated from it by a conical process of the tubercle, which fits into a concavity at the base of the inner spur; the more proximal tubercle on the inner surface bearing a larger, very strong, spur-like spine with strong sigmoid curvature ; under side of tibia with an apical outer spine, 3 spines in the middle and a pair at the base, the inner surface also with a row of 3 spines above and the outer surface with 1-2 spines in the upper part; tibia II with several spines below, 3 along the upper inner edge and 1 on the outer surface. All the patelle spined, III with the usual anterior row of 3 spines. Femora spined above. Tarsi I-III with a thick, very wide scopula, divided by a broad dense band of bristles, IV also scopulate below. Metatarsi I and II also scopulate, except in the basal part, the scopule divided by a band of bristles, III with a thin patch of scopular hairs in the distal part. 2 Colour.—In the largest example the chelicerz are black, the New South African Trap-Door Spiders. 369 carapace and the femora of the legs very dark olivaceous brown, the 2 longitudinal bands on the cephalic portion of the carapace and the remaining leg segments reddish ochraceous, and the under side of the coxze and the sternum fuscous-brown. In all the other, pre- sumably not quite mature, examples, the chelicere, the carapace, the femora of the legs, the under side of the coxe and the sternum are pale greenish or yellowish green, the 2 longitudinal stripes on the © cephalic portion of the carapace and the remaining leg segments pale ochraceous. The abdomen is as in the 3. Carapace slightly longer than the metatarsus and tarsus of fourth leg, but a little shorter than tibia and metatarsus of first leg (in the younger examples longer than these segments of the first leg). Fovea more or less distinctly procurved or merely transverse. Chelicere with about 10 teeth in the inner row, the under side distinctly shorter than the sternum. Posterior spinners with the apical segment short, half or a little more than half as long as the penultimate segment. Labium with 2-5 apical teeth in 1-2 rows. Coxe of pedipalps- with a large basal area with 40-50 teeth. Legs asin the ? of H. sagittarius, but the inferior distal spine in metatarsi I and II often accompanied by 1 or 2 other spines, and patella III often with an additional spine on the anterior surface above or below the row of 3 spines. Measurements.—Total length g 16, ? 254; length of carapace 3 74, 2 83. This species is chiefly remarkable for its powerful build, shown especially in the anterior pair of legs in the g. 4, HERMACHASTES CAMRIER 0. sp. Type: 1% (No. 8345) from Houw Hoek, Caledon Div., named after my wife, who discovered the specimen. g. Colouwr.—Carapace pale ochraceous, the cephalic portion and part of the thoracic portion more or less infuscated ; chelicere pale ochraceous, with infuscate lines; legs pale yellowish olivaceous, in parts, especially the patella above and the femora at the sides, pale ochraceous ; under side of coxe and the sternum pale ochraceous ; abdomen pale yellowish, the markings similar to those of JH. lightfooti. | } Carapace equal in length to the metatarsus of the fourth leg, and to the metatarsus and ? of the tarsus of the first leg. Fovea slightly recurved. SESS SS eee 370 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Chelicere with 9 teeth in the inner row; the under side much. shorter than the sternum. } Labwum and coxe of pedipalps muticous. Posterior spinners longish, with the apical segment about 4 or slightly more than 4 as long as the penultimate segment. Pedipalps.—Process of palpal organ longer than the bulb, slender, lightly curved, pointed at the apex. Legs.—Tarsi muticous. Metatarsus I straight, not concave below at the base, the under surface with an inner apical spine and 3 spines along the outer edge, the inner surface besides with 2-5 long spines without sigmoid curvature, the outer surface with 2 spines, the dorsal surface with 0-1 spine; II with 2-3 outer and 2 inner spines below, also 2 along the inner and 2 along the outer surfaces, and 1 on the dorsal surface; III and IV numerously spined. Tibia I rather stout, appearing parallel-sided and not incrassated at the apex, when seen from the side, the 2 distal tubercles strong, the apical one bearing 2 short, subequal, very broad spurs, one of which (the modified inner apical spine of the inferior surface) is situated at the apex of the tubercle, while the other and slightly shorter one is more proximal and situated on the upper inner edge of the tubercle near its base ; the more proximal tubercle situated at the end of the middle third of the segment and much further from the apex than is the case in any of the other species, bearing a very strong, broad and sharply pointed spur; under surface of tibia with 1 inner (mesial) and 3 outer spines, the inner surface with a row of 3 and the outer surface with 1-2 other spines; II with 3 apical, 2 mesial and 2 basal spines below, also 2 on the inner and 1 on the outer sur- face ; II] and IV with a number of spines. Patelle I-III spined, III with the usual row of 3 spines on the anterior surface. Femora spined above. Tarsi I-III scopulate below, the scopule divided by a narrow band of short ste in'I and II, and by a broader band of longer sete in III. Metatarsi I and II broadly scopulate, except in the basal part, the scopule divided by stoutish sete, III thinly scopulate in the distal third. Measurements.—Total length 11; length of carapace 43. Differs from all other species ir the more proximal position of the inner tubercle on the tibia of the first leg. 5. HERMACHASTES INERMIS 0. sp. (a) Types: 3 g (No. 3664) collected by Mr. M. Schlechter at Pakhuisberg, Clanwilliam Div. © 3. Colowr.—Carapace pale ochraceous, the cephalic portion in- een New South African Trap-Door Spiders. 371 fuscated, with a longitudinal ochraceous stripe extending from each side of the ocular area; cheliceree pale ochraceous, with infuscate lines; legs pale ochraceous, the femora with some weakly infuscated lines above; sternum and under side of cox pale yellowish ; abdomen pale yellowish, the upper surface and generally also the posterior part of the sides strongly blackened, with numerous pale yellowish dots and spots, but without well-defined, obliquely trans- verse, dark stripes. Carapace slightly exceeding or slightly shorter than the fourth metatarsus, and equal to the metatarsus and ? of the tarsus and to the tibia and 4 the metatarsus of first leg. Fovea scarcely recurved. Chelicere with about 11 teeth in the inner row below; the under side distinctly shorter than the sternum. Labium with 1-2 small apical teeth. Coxe of pedipalps with about 4 such teeth at the base. Posterior spimners with the apical segment subequal to or longer than the penultimate segment. Pedipalps.—Process of palpal organ about as long as the bulb, curved and very slender, except at the base. Legs long; the tarsi muticous. Metatarsi I and II straight, not concave at the base below, the inferior surface with 2 inner and 2-4 outer spines (the apical outer spine being often doubled), the inner surface besides with 2 and the outer surface with 1-2 other spines ; III and IV numerously spined. Tibia not at all or only feebly incrassated at the apex on the inner side below, but without the pair of tubercles found in the previous species; the under side with 2 spines at the base, 1-3 in the middle and 3 at the apex, the 2 apical spines at the inner inferior edge close together, not thicker than the outer apical spine but long and slender, with more or less distinct sigmoid curvature, the outer side of the tibia also with 0-1, the inner side with 2 other spines; II spined much as in I, except that the 2 inner, inferior, apical spines are slenderer and straighter ; ITI and IV with a number of spines. Patella often with a spine, III with only 2 spines in the row on the anterior surface. Femora spined above. All the tarsi scopulate below, the scopule divided by a rather narrow band of short sete in I-III and by a broad band of stouter sete in IV. Metatarsi I-III more sparsely scopulate distally, the scopule divided by long sete, IV with a few scopular hairs (sometimes almost absent) sparsely scattered over the distal third. Measurements.—Total length 12-14; length of carapace 54-6. (6) 1 g from the Onder Bokkeveld (in the neighbourhood of 372 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Nieuwoudtville and Oorlogs Kloof), Calvinia Div., also collected by Mr. M. Schlechter. Paler than the typical specimens, the abdomen with the black markings confined to the dorsal surface and forming obliquely transverse bands separated by broader yellow spaces ; the legs longer, the carapace being much shorter than the fourth metatarsus and ane to the metatarsus and + of the tarsus and to the tibia and 3—} of the metatarsus of the first leg; the chelicerse with 8 teeth ; the coxe of the pedipalps with 7-8 teeth at the base. This is a very long-legged species, easily distinguishable from all other species of the genus by the absence of the distal pair of spur-bearing tubercles on the inner side of the tibia of the first leg. The males of the genus Hermachastes may be distinguished as follows :— a. Inner side of tibia of first lee with a pair of distal tubercles, each bearing 1-2 stout spurs (modified spines). a'. Tibia of first leg strongly incrassated at the apex below, very thick and only about 21 times as long above as high at the apex; the apical tubercle bear- ing 2 broad spurs. All the tarsi thickly and sale scopulate. Swellendam Div, esa ei. .. H. validus n. sp. b'. Tibia of first ‘es ences ana plenderen. Te aunt tarsus not broadly scopulate. a?, Apical tubercle of first tibia bearing 2 short, equally and very broad spurs ; the spur of the more proximal tubercle distant 4 of the length of the segment from the apex. Caledon Div. .. .. .. H.cambiere n. sp. b?. Apical tubercle of first tibia with only 1 broad spur at its apex and with a much slenderer spur or spine on or near its base externally ; the spur of the more proximal tubercle less than + of the length of the segment from the apex. a3, Metatarsus III not scopulate. Apical segment of posterior spinners considerably shorter than the penultimate segment. Posterior tarsi generally spined. Cape Div. .. .. = «« collins Poet b3. Metatarsus III thinly but distinctly denpulate below in the distal 4 at least. Apical segment of posterior spinners subequal to or longer than the penultimate segment. Tarsi muticous. at. Carapace as long as the metatarsus and ? of the tarsus of first leg. Process of palpal organ stoutish. des side of chelicers (measured along the groove) distinctly shorter than the sternum. Worcester Dives. sen) ween - «os «s, LH. sagittarius ni sp. b+. Carapace longer than ihe nha Oe and tarsus of first leg. Process of palpal organ slender. Under side of chelicere almost as long as or longer than the sternum. Cape Div. H, lightfooti n. sp. b. Tibia of first leg without a pair of distal spur-bearing tubercles, all the spines being normal. All the tarsi scopulate. Clanwilliam and Calvinia Divs. HI. inermis n. sp. The females of Hermachastes are often only with difficulty New South African Trap-Door Spiders. 373 separable from one another, but the 4 species described may be distinguished as follows :— a. Under side of cheliceree (measured along the middle of the groove) longer than the sternum. Coxe of pedipalps with very few (2-4) teeth at the base. Claws of anterior legs with 2-4 teeth in each row; claws of fourth leg with 2-3 teeth in each row, but the outer claw with 0-1 tooth in the inner row. Anterior tarsi not distinctly scopulate below. Cape Div. .. .. ee ee Lae Lightfoovl n..Sp: b. Under side of chelicerze sometimes subequalling ‘bat generally distinctly shorter than the sternum. Coxe of pedipalps with a number (15-50) of teeth at the base. Claws of anterior legs with 5-9 teeth in each row; claws of fourth leg with 4-6 teeth in each row, but the outer claw sometimes with only 3 teeth in the inner row. Anterior tarsi distinctly scopulate. a‘. Outer claw of fourth leg with 3-4 (very rarely 5) teeth in the inner row. The oblique black stripes on posterior $ of the dorsal surface of abdomen more or less distinctly continued over the sides to the ventral surface. Posterior tarsi muticous or spined. Coxe of pedipalps with 30-42 basal teeth. CaperDin-g ames Se eel collins: boc: bt. Outer claw of fourth ee lh ie 6 (eomenries ayaily 4) teeth in the inner row. The oblique black dorsal stripes for the most part not continued over the sides to the ventral surface posteriorly. Posterior tarsi muticous. a?, Coxe of pedipalps with 15-30 teeth at the base. Worcester Div. FH. sagittarius n. sp. b?. Coxe of pedipalps with 40-50 teeth at the base. Swellendam Div. H, validus n. sp. Gen. HERMACHA Sim.* 1. HERMACHA LANATA N. sp. Type: 1 § (No. 3639) collected by Mr. M. Schlechter in the Bokkeveld, east of Pakhuisberg, Clanwilliam Div. g§ . Colowr.—Carapace brown, with darker radiating stripes, the cephalic portion more yellowish laterally, the surface thickly covered in places with pale cream-coloured, long, mostly appressed, silky * In both sexes of the species of this genus known to me the claws of all the legs are biseriately dentate below, the rows being opposite to one another, composed of numerous teeth, and of about equal length, each extending from the base up to or beyond the middle of the claw. The inferior claw is minute in the anterior pairs of legs but distinct in the posterior pairs. The rastellum is composed of slender or moderately stout sete, sometimes with a few slender spines in addition. The anterior surface of the chelicere is always thickly covered with numerous, short, stout bristles, as in the other members of the family. The females may be readily distinguished from those of Hermachastes by the broad, dense, entire scopula which covers the whole under surface of the tarsi and metatarsi of the 2 anterior pairs of legs. The posterior spinners in both sexes are frequently very long and the anterior ones widely separated, as in the Dipluride, and it is very probable that the species described by Ausserer as Brachythele capensis belongs to this genus. In the adult male the tibia of the first leg is much stouter than the metatarsus and its outer apical spine below is stout and spur-like. By far the greater number of the Ctenizide usually found in collections made in South Africa belong to the genera Hermachastes and Hermacha. 374 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. hairs, the margins with fine black bristles in addition, especially behind; cheliceree reddish black, with pale cream-coloured hairs above ; sternum pale ochraceous; coxe and femora of legs pale yellowish olivaceous, the legs becoming paler and more ochra- ceous distally ; abdomen pale yellowish below and at the sides, the upper surface. black, speckled with numerous, small, pale yellowish spots. Carapace as long as the metatarsus and 4 the tarsus of the fourth leg, and equal to the tibia and # of the metatarsus but much longer than the metatarsus and the tarsus of the first leg. Fovea transverse at the bottom. Ocular area less than twice as wide as long; the anterior row of eyes strongly procurved (seen from above), the lateral eyes scarcely 4 longer than the medians, their distance from the anterior margin of the carapace almost twice the diameter of the median eyes ; posterior eyes forming a scarcely recurved row, equal in size, the laterals separated by nearly their own length from the anterior lateral eyes and much smaller than the anterior median eyes, the medians very close to the laterals and much further from the anterior median eyes. Labvwm muticous. Coxe of pedipalps with a large, very numerously toothed area at the base. Posterior spinners rather short (contracted), much shorter than the sternum and than 4 the abdomen, the distal segment subequal to or perhaps longer than the second segment, these 2 segments together apparently only as long as the stout basal segment. Anterior spinners short, only about their own diameter apart. Chelicere with 6 teeth in the inner row below, the outer row com- posed of about 2-3 minute posterior teeth ; rastellum composed of rather slender seta. Pedipalps.—Femur and patella with 1 or 2 spines above. Tibia with 5-6 spines on the distal 4 of the inner surface, the outer surface with 2 spines along the inferior edge behind and a longitudinal row of 2 (1 apical and 1 submesial) spines along the middle. Tarsus unspined. Bulb turbinate, the process long and slender, nearly straight, longer than the bulb, reaching to the base of the tibia. Legs.—Metatarsi I and II straight, the under surface with 2 outer and 2 inner spines (including an apical pair), the inner surface besides with 2 straight spines and the outer surface with 1 spine, II some- times with 5 spines on the inner and 2 on the outer surfaces; III and IV numerously spined. Tibia I robust but not incrassated, the under surface with 1 outer apical, 3 submesial and 3 basal spines but no inner apical one, the outer apical spine spur-like, much stouter — New South African Trap-Door Spiders. 379 than the others and lightly curved, placed on a slight tubercle, the inner surface also with a longitudinal row of 3 strong spines nearer the upper edge and the outer surface with a row of 3 spines along the middle; II with 1 inner apical and 3 outer spines on under surface and a row of 3 along inner surface; III with 3 apical, 1 mesial and 2 basal spines below, also 2 on outer, 1 on dorsal and 2 on inner surfaces; IV with paired spines below, besides 3-5 on the outer and 3 on the inner surfaces. Patelle with 1-2 internal spines, I and II also with 1, III with 3 and IV with 2 external spines. Femora spined above. Tarsi I-III scopulate below, the scopule entire in I and II, divided by a moderately wide band of sete in III, IV with a very broad band of sete below and a strip of scopula, equalling the band of setee in width, on each side of it. Metatarsus I scopulate in the distal 4-3, II scopulate to near the base, the scopule entire, broad and moderately dense, III with a few scopular hairs in the distal part. Inferior claws of anterior legs very minute, hidden by the scopula and only with difficulty distinguishable, those of posterior legs small but distinct. Measurements.—Total length 13; length of carpace 6, width 4:6. This species is evidently very closely allied to the type of the genus, H. caudata Sim., from Delagoa Bay, but it differs in the spine armature. 2. HERMACHA SERICEA 0, Sp. Type: 1 3 (No. 3666) found by Mr. L. Mally during a journey in Van Rhyns Dorp Div. and the western part of the Calvinia Div., Cape Colony. 3. Colowr yellowish brown; carapace with some indistinct, dark brown stripes radiating from the fovea, the hairs as in the preceding species but more yellowish; legs paler distally, with an under coat of fine, yellowish, mostly appressed, silky hairs, in addition to the more erect, fine, black bristles; under side paler, pale ochraceous ; abdomen hairy, pale yellowish below and at the sides but without markings, the upper surface with numerous blackish-brown markings. Carapace as long as the metatarsus and + of the tarsus of the fourth leg, and equal to the metatarsus and the tarsus and to the tibia and 2 of the metatarsus of first leg. Fovea large, rotund. Ocular area less than twice as wide as long; anterior row of eyes with the hind margins in a straight line, the lateral eyes large, more than twice as long as the small median eyes, their distance from the anterior margin of the carapace scarcely equalling the diameter of the medians; posterior eyes with their anterior margins forming a 376 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. scarcely recurved line, the medians smaller than the anterior median eyes, much smaller than the posterior laterals and much nearer to the latter than to the former, the posterior lateral eyes much larger than the anterior medians but smaller than the anterior laterals and separated from them by a space about equal to 4 their own length. Labium muticous. Coxe of pedipalps with a small patch of about 20 small teeth at the base. Posterior spinners long, almost as long as the sternum and labium together and + as long as the abdomen, the 3 segments subequal in length, the stout basal one being only slightly longer than each of the other two, the distal segment slender, considerably longer than the anterior spinners, which are slightly more than twice their own diameter apart. Chelicere with 8 teeth in the inner row below, the outer row represented by about 3 very minute posterior teeth; anterior sur- face covered as usual with numerous, short, stout sete; the rastellum composed of numerous, long, rather slender sete. Pedipalps.—Femur and patella with a spine above. Tibia with 5 spines on the distal 4 of the inner surface, the outer surface with 2 spines along the inferior edge behind and a longitudinal row of 2 (1 apical and 1 mesial) spines along the middle. Tarsus with a group of short stout spines at the apex above. The bulb is subspherical, the process slender and lightly curved, longer than the bulb but ending at a little distance from the base of the tibia. Legs.—Metatarsus I straight, with 1 outer apical spine below, 1 outer and 1 inner spine near the base below, and 1 long, almost straight spine on the inner surface a little behind the middle; II spined as in I, but with an inner apical spine below in addition and 1-2 spines on the inner surface; III and IV numerously spined. Tibia I robust but not incrassated, the under surface with a double row of spines along each edge, viz., 1 apical, 2 mesial and 2 basal spines along the outer and 2 apical, 2 mesial and 1 basal spine along the inner edge, the apical outer spine spur-like, stouter than the others, placed on a slight tubercle, the inner surface also with a longitudinal row of 2 strong spines nearer the superior edge; II with an outer row of 3-4 and an inner row of 2-3 spines below and 2 superior spines on the inner surface ; III with 3 apical spines and 2 other pairs of spines below, also 2 spines on outer, 1 on dorsal and 2 on inner surfaces; IV with paired spines below, besides 2 others on the outer and 2 on the inner surfaces. Patelle with 1-2 internal spines, III with 2 outer spines as well. Femora with spines and spiniform sets above. Scopule asin H. lanata, except that in metatarsus I the broad part of the scopula occupies at least 3 of the New South African Trap-Door Spiders. 307 length of the segment, while metatarsus III is thinly scopular in the distal third. Claws as in 4. lanata. Measwrements.—Total length 14; length of carapace 54, width 4. Closely related to the previous species, but easily distinguishable by the longer spinners, the more numerously spined legs and, especially, by the group of spines on the tarsus of the pedipalps. 3. HERMACHA CURVIPES 0. sp. Types: 2 3 (No. 6011) collected by me under stones in a ravine on the mountainside at Simonstown, Cape Peninsula. 3. Colowr.—Carapace brown, with some dark radiating lines, rather thinly clothed with long, appressed, pale yellowish, silky hairs, the margins with erect black hairs and bristles ; cheliceree reddish brown, with pale yellowish hairs and black bristles; pedipalps ochraceous to pale yellowish ; legs pale ochraceous, more or less faintly infuscated, especially on the femora, the 3 distal segments of the first leg dark reddish; under side of coxe and sternum pale ochraceous ; abdomen pale yellowish, the upper side with a median longitudinal and several obliquely transverse black stripes and a number of smaller irregular black markings, the under surface with a small black spot in front of each posterior spinner and a more anterior transverse row of 4 spots; posterior spinners infuscated below. Carapace about as long as the metatarsus and 2-4 of the tarsus of fourth leg but equal to or longer than the metatarsus and tarsus and equal to the tibia and 3-} of the metatarsus of first leg. Fovea transverse or subrotund. — Ocular area.—Anterior row of eyes transverse, the posterior margins of the eyes (when seen from above) forming a very distinctly recurved line, the lateral eyes large, twice or nearly twice as long as the median eyes, their distance from the anterior margin equal to or slightly less than the diameter of the median eyes; posterior row of eyes lightly recurved, the median eyes oval, slightly exceeding the anterior medians in length but smaller than and almost touching the posterior lateral eyes; the latter large, but smaller than the anterior laterals and almost touching them. Labium muticous. Core of pedipalps with numerous teeth at the base, the more distal ones much more scattered than the proximal ones. Posterior spinners very long, considerably longer than the sternum and labium together and about 3 or # as long as the abdomen, the slender distal segment subequal to or slightly longer than the stoutish 378 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socrety. basal segment but much longer than the second segment. Anterior spinners 24-34 times their diameter (in the latter case more than their own length) apart. Chelicere with 9-11 teeth in the inner row below; rastellum com- posed of long, fine and moderately stout bristles. | Pedipalps.—Bulb elongate pear-shaped, composed of a subglobular basal portion and a narrowed distal portion of about equal lengths, the distal portion truncated at the apex and provided there with a short, spirally curved, slender, claw-like process, reaching a little beyond the middle of the tibia. Tarsus not spined. Tibia somewhat swollen, the excavation for the reception of the bulb extending over almost the whole length of the under surface, the outer edge bordering the excavation produced near the middle into a conical tooth; the inner surface with 4—5 spines in the distal half, and often also with an additional one near the base, the outer surface with 1 spine near the apex. Patella and femur spined at the apex above. Legs.—Metatarsus I with the proximal half or more strongly bowed, the concave side below, the under surface with a pair of spines at the apex, an outer spine a little beyond the middle and a small inner spine (absent in one specimen) near the base, the inner surface with a strong straight spine in the middle; II with 2 apical, 2 (sometimes 1) mesial and 2 basal spines below, also 1-2 on the inner, 1—2 on the dorsal, and 0-1 on the outer surfaces; III and IV numerously spined. Tibia I stout, not incrassated distally, the under surface with 2 apical, 1 basal and sometimes 1 mesial spine along the inner, and a row of 4 spines along the outer margin, the basal outer spine small and sometimes absent, the 2 outer middle ones long and stout, the outer apical one short but equally stout, spur-like, stronger than the inner apical spines; the inner surface with 3 superior spines; II with similarly arranged but slenderer spines, the small basal outer spine below absent, the inner surface with only two superior spines ; III with 3 apical, 1-2 mesial and 2 basal spines below, also 2 on outer, 2 on dorsal and 3 (sometimes 2 or 4) on inner surfaces; IV with 3 apical, 2 mesial and 2 basal spines below, also 2 on the outer and 3 on the inner surfaces. Patella with 1-2 internal spines, III also with 2 spines on the anterior surface. Femora spined above. Scopule as in H. lanata, except that in tarsus III the dividing band of setze is obsolete and in metatarsus I the broad part of the scopula is confined to the distal third of the segment. Inferior claw of anterior legs minute but more easily distinguishable than in the 2 preceding species. Measurements.—Total length 17; length of carapace 7, width 54. New South African Trap-Door Spiders. 379 Gen. LEPTHERCUS nov. Closely allied to Hermacha Sim., but differing in having the inferior claws of the anterior legs larger and very distinct, the ocular area wider, twice as wide as long, the coxa of the pedipalps muticous, and the tibia of the first pair of legs in the § provided with a long, spine-tipped, spur-like, apical tubercle at the inner inferior edge. Other characters as in Hermacha. The rastellum is composed entirely of slender and moderately stout sete. The outer row of teeth on the under side of the chelicere is composed, as in Hermacha, of a short posterior series of minute denticles. The posterior spinners are long and slender. Type: L. dreget n. sp. LEPTHERCUS DREGEI N. sp. Type: 1 3 (No. 5692) from Doornnek in the Zuurbergen, Alexandria Div., Cape Colony, discovered by Mr. J. L. Drége. 3. Colouwr.—Carapace pale ochraceous, black-edged, with long, ap- pressed, yellowish and pale olivaceous, silky hairs, the margins, espe- eially behind, also with black bristles; chelicere pale ochraceous, with bands of pale yellowish hairs above; legs pale ochraceous, the femora very pale below but lightly infuscated above, the tarsi whitish on the under surface and on the sides, except at the apex and base; cox below and the sternum pale yellowish ; abdomen pale yellowish, the under surface with some black spots posteriorly, the upper surface with a broad median mark, half a dozen pairs of obliquely transverse stripes and several other spots black. Carapace as long as the metatarsus and }—1 of the tarsus of fourth leg, subequal to the tibia and 4 the metatarsus and to the metatarsus and about 3 of the tarsus of the first leg. Fovea wide, the bottom transverse. Ocular area.—Anterior row of eyes scarcely procurved (seen from above), the lateral eyes about 4 longer than the medians and distant from the anterior margin nearly twice the length of the median eyes ; posterior row of eyes scarcely recurved, the median eyes oval, about as long as the anterior medians, the posterior lateral eyes as long as the anterior laterals and separated from them by about + or + of their length and narrowly separated from the posterior median eyes. Labium and core of pedipalps muticous. _~ Posterior spumers long and slender, a little longer than the sternum and labium together and about 2 as long as the abdomen, the apical segment subequal to the basal segment but considerably longer than 380 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. the mesial segment. Anterior spinners short and stoutish, about their own diameter apart. 3 Chelicere with 6 teeth in the inner row below. Pedipalps—Femur with several setiform spines above. Patella with an apical inner spine above. Tibia with an apical spine and 3 slender, spiniform setze on the distal half of the inner surface, the under surface with numerous, long, fine sete, the outer surface with a single distal spine. Tarsus not spined. Bulb subspherical, the process curved, almost as long as the bulb, somewhat flattened and rather thick in the proximal three-fourths of its length but very fine and slender distally and finely pointed. Legs.—Metatarsus I almost straight, shghtly but noticeably swollen on the infero-internal side at the end of the basal fourth, the under side with 3 spines along the outer but none along the inner edge, the inner surface with 1 mesial spine; II with 1 inner and 2 outer apical, 2 mesial and 2 basal spines below, besides 1-2 spines on the inner surface; III and IV numerously spined. Tibia I robust, shghtly incrassated towards the apex below, and provided at the inner inferior edge with a long, cylindrical, tubercular spur, which curves slightly outwards and is tipped with a stout, slightly curved spine, this spine being shorter than the tubercle ; under surface also with 3 outer and 2 inner spines, inner surface with 2 spines and outer surface with 1 spine; II with 3 apical, 1 mesial and 2 basal spines below, and 2 spines on the inner surface ; III with 3 apical, 2 mesial and 2 basal spines below, also 2 on the outer, 2 on the dorsal and 2 on the inner surfaces; IV with 3 pairs of spines below, also 2 spines on the inner and 2 on the outer surfaces. Patellaee with 1-2 internal spines, III also with 2 spines on the outer surface. Femora spined above. All the tarsi scopulate below, the scopule less dense than in Hermacha, entire in I-III but divided in IV by a band of sete, this band comparatively narrow. Metatar- sus I scopulate on both sides below in the distal half or more, the scopula almost obsolete along the middle line below, II thinly scopu- late in the distal third, III and IV not scopulate. Measurements.—Total length 94; length of carapace 44, width 3:1. Gun. PIONOTHELE nov. Closely allied to Hermacha Sim., but differing in having the ocular area more than twice as wide as long and close to the anterior margin of the carapace. In the ¢ the tarsus of the first pair of legs is somewhat swollen in the middle, appearing convex lengthways below and more attenuated distally, when seen from the side, while New South African Trap-Door Spiders. 381 the tibia is rather slender and only very slightly thicker than the metatarsus (in Hermacha the tarsus is cylindrical and not attenuated distally). The rastellum is composed of a number of slender and moderately stout sete. The inferior claw of the anterior legs is very minute and only with difficulty distinguishable; the superior claws are long, with numerous teeth in 2 series, the superior claws of the posterior legs slender. The posterior spinners are very stout. The tarsi of the fourth legs are spined. Type : P. straminea n. sp. PIONOTHELE STRAMINEA N. Sp. Type: 1 g (No. 8586) found by Mr. C. L. Leipoldt, near Rondegat, about 5 miles south of Clanwilliam. 3. Colowr very pale ochraceous; the abdomen still paler, with about a dozen black spots above; the carapace with numerous, fine, black bristles near the margins, especially posteriorly, and some very fine, long, yellowish, silky hairs, the surface otherwise almost glabrous. Carapace about as long as the metatarsus of the fourth leg and equal to the metatarsus and about 3 of the tarsus of first leg. Ocular area.—Anterior row of eyes (seen from above) scarcely procurved, the eyes subequal in size, the laterals about 4 their diameter from the anterior margin; posterior row somewhat re- curved, the eyes subequal (or the medians smaller), very much smaller than the anterior eyes, the lateral eyes distant about 4 their diameter from the anterior lateral eyes and narrowly separated from the posterior median eyes. Labiwm muticous. Coxe of pedipalps with a small toothed area of about 15 teeth at the base. Posterior spinners very thick, the apical segment short, scarcely longer than wide and almost as long as the second segment, the 2 distal segments together slightly shorter than the basal segment. Anterior spinners very short, nearly twice their diameter apart. Chelicere short, with about 6 teeth below in the inner row. Pedipalps.—Femur with some spiniform sets (and spines ?) above. Patella with a spine above. Tibia with 2-3 distal spines on the inner, 0-1 on the dorsal and 1 on the outer surfaces. Bulb globoso- turbinate, the process slightly longer, very fine and straight, reaching backwards beyond the middle of the tibia. Legs.—Tarsi I-III unspined, IV with a single long spine near the middle of the upper outer edge. Metatarsus I straight, scarcely slenderer than the tibia, with 2 outer and 2 inner spines 382 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. (including an apical pair) below, also 1 on the outer and 2 on the dorsal surface, and 2 along the inner upper edge; II with 3 outer and 2 inner spines (including 3 apical spines) below, 1-2 on outer surface, 1-2 on the dorsal surface, and 3 along upper inner edge; III and IV numerously spined. Tibia I not robust, the under surface with a row of 3 outer but no inner spines, the apical outer spine strong, spur-like and slightly curved at the apex, the outer surface besides with 2 inferior spines and the inner surface with 2 superior spines ; II with 2 outer apical and an inner row of 3 spines below, besides 2 spines along the upper inner edge ; III with paired spines below, and with 2 anterior, 1 dorsal and 2 posterior spines besides ; [V with spines and spiniform setze below, also 2 spines on the outer and 2-3 on the inner surface. Patelle with 1-2 internal spines, III also with 3 external spines. Femora numerously spined above. Tarsi I and II imperfectly scopulate but thickly hairy below, III and IV not scopulate. Metatarsi I and II with a thin distal patch of hairs similar to those on the tarsi below. Measurements.—Total length 9; length of carapace, 32; width 38. ( 383 ) SUMMARIES OF SOME RECENT BOTANICAL AND ZOO- LOGICAL PAPERS REFERRING TO SOUTH AFRICA. Duranpd et Scuinz. Conspectus flore Africa. Vol. i, part 2. Bruxelles, 1898. Royal 8vo, pp. 268. This part contains the orders Ranunculacez to Frankeniacee, while the fifth volume of the work, as mentioned in the previous Summary, contains the greater part of the Monocotyledons. Eneuer, A. Monographieen Afrikanischer Pflanzen-Familien und Gattungen. Verdffentlicht mit Unterstiitzung der Kgl. Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Leipzig. Part II. Melastomatacee, von A. Gilg. Pp. 52, with 10 plates. S93: Contains the descriptions of several species of Dissotis from Natal. Part III. Combretum, von A. Engler und L. Diels. Pp. 116, with 30 plates. 1899. This most exhaustive work contains a lst of publications referring to the order Combretace@, a review of its genera, and the descriptions of all the species of the genus Combretum. Among them are seventeen species occurring in South Africa, while the ‘‘Flora Capensis,” vol. ii., published in 1862, mentions only 10 species. The species are arranged in 55 groups, of which the distribution, &c., is discussed. Woop, J. Mepuey, and Evans, Maurice 8. Descriptions and figures of Natal indigenous piants, with notes on their distribution, economical value, native names, &c. Vol. 1., part 2, large 4to, pp. 43-81, with 50 plates. Durban, 1899. The complete volume contains the figures and descriptions of 100 plants, and forms a most valuable addition to the literature on South African botany. 25 384 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. FLoRA CapPEnsis, edited by W. T. Tu1senton-DvyerR. Vol. vii., parts. Zand 3. lhondon, 1898-99: : These two parts contain the concluding portion of the Cyperacee by Clarke, and the greater portion of the Graminee by Stapf. ’ Icones Puantarvum, edited by Sir J. D. Hooxer. Vol. vi., part iii. London, 1898. Contains two remarkable South African plants :— Tab. 2555. Rigiophyllum squarroswm Hochst. This plant. had not been found since 1840 [Arawss] until Mr. R. Schlechter rediscovered it lately in its original locality near Klim. Tab. 2558. Staavia Dodw Bolus is a very showy plant from the neighbourhood of Simonstown, discovered quite recently by Captain Wolley-Dod. Icones PuantarumM. Vol. vii, parti. London, 1899. Contains the diagnoses and figures of several species of grasses. — from Thunberg’s collections. One of them [tab. 2601] is the ‘wild rye”’ (Dutch ‘‘ rogge’’), from which the ‘‘ Roggeveld””’ is. supposed to have received its name. The author, Stapf, considers it aS an indigenous species, and names it Secale africanum Stapf. Woop, J. Mepney and Evans, Maurice 8. New Natal plants.. Decade I., pp. 7. In Journal of Botany, 1897. BRITTEN, JAMES, and Baker, EH. G. Notes on Crassula. In Journal of Botany, December, 1897, pp. 10. Contains the revision of several species originally described. by Thunberg. SCHONLAND, 8., and Baker, EH. G. New species of Crassula in Journal of Botany, October, 1898, pp. 13. Contains 26 new species from the collections of Bolus, Flanagan, Marloth, Schonland, Scully, Wolley-Dod, Wood. Recent Botanical and Zoological Papers. 385 Scuinz, Hans. Die Pflanzenwelt Deutsch Siid-West Afrika’s mit Einschluss der westlichen Kalihari, No. J. Bulletin de l Herbier Boissier, vol. iv. Genéve, 1896, pp. 1-87. Scuinz, Hans. Die Pflanzenwelt Deutsch Siid-West Afrika’s, &c., No. II. Bull. de l’Herb. Boiss., vol. v., 1897, pp. 59-101. Beginning with the Cryptogams these articles contain an enumeration of the known species of plants forming the vegetation of that part of Africa mentioned in the title. There are also a number of new species described. Scuinz, Hans. Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Afrikanischen Flora Now Ve tas Bulletimerde, i Herbier Borssier, “vol. v.,, Nov 122 Genéve, 1896, pp. 809-846. Contains contributions from Cogniaux, Giirke, Hackel, Heimerl, Klatt, and Schinz, with the diagnoses of 48 new species, almost all South African, from the collections of Bachmann, Fenchel, Fleck, Galpin, Hopfner, Junod, Rehmann, Schlechter. SCHONLAND, 8. Crassulacezee in Bulletin de lHerbier Boissier, vol. v., No. 10. Genéve, 1597, pp. 859-864. Contains the diagnoses of 8 new species of Crassula and one of Dinacria from the collections of Haygarth, Schlechter, and Wood. GURKE, M. Labiatee in Bull. de ’Herb. Boiss., vol. vi., No 7. 1898. Contains 11 new species from the collections of Belck, Fleck, Rehmann, Tyson. Hawuiier, H. Convolvulacee in Bull. de l’Herb. Boiss., vol. vi., No. 7, 1898, pp. 529-548, and vol. vii., No. 1, 1899, (past Oc This is a revision of a number of species from South Africa, and Central Africa, with a few new diagnoses. 386 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Scuinz, Hans. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Afrikanischen Flora, No. 8. In Bull. de Herb. Boiss., vol. vi., No, 9. Genéve, 1898, pp..729-751. Contains contributions from Hoffmann, Koehne, and Pax, with the diagnoses of 29 new species from the collections of Dinter, Fleck, Galpin, Rautanen, Rehmann, Schenck, Schinz, Schlechter. Scuinz, Hans. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Afrikanischen Flora, No. 10. In Bull. de Herbier Boiss., vol. vii., No 1. Genéve, 1899, pp. 23-65. Contains contributions from MHackel, MHallier, Schinz, Schlechter, describing 28 new species from the collections of Bachmann, Dinter, Fleck, Galpin, Junod, Rehmann, Schinz, Schlechter, Wood. A new genus of Leguminose is named Neorautanenia. Prstatozzi1, Anton. Die Gattung Boscia. In Bull. de l’Herb. Boiss., vol. vi., app. 1i., Genéve, 1898, pp. 152, tab. i. to xiv. The species of this genus (Capparidacez) are shrubs or small trees occurring in the tropical and sub-tropical regions of Northern, Central, and Southern Africa. The author recognises 27 species, several of them being established by himself. The most important part of the work is devoted to the histology of the plants. The results are highly interesting, as the structure of the leaves of those species which grow in dry regions like the Kalihari, Griqualand West, and the Western Transvaal possess very elaborate means of protection against drought, the mechanical part of the tissues being specially well developed. This investigation also shows that the anatomical characters of plants are often very useful in determining the identity or non- identity of species. SCHLECHTER, R. Orchidacez africane nove vel minus cognite. Engler’s Jahrbiicher fiir systematische Botanik, vol. xxiv., pp. 418-433. Leipzig, 1897. Contains the descriptions of 10 new species from the collections of Baur, Bolus, Flanagan, Glass, Krook, Penther, Schlechter, Thode, Trimen, Zeyher. Fecent Botamcal and Zoological Papers. 387 ScHuEcHTER, R. Plante Schlechteriane nove vel minus cognite. Parti. Engler’s Jahrbiicher, vol. xxiv., pp. 434-459. Leipzig, 1897. Contains the descriptions of two new genera by H. Bolus, viz., Schlechteria [Cruciferee] and Phyllosma [Rutaces], of 40: new species by R. Schlechter, of 7 new species of Leguminoss and Composite by H. Bolus, and 1 new species of Juncacez by Buchenau. GURKE, M. Ebenaceze africane. Engler’s Jahrbicher, vol. xxv., pp. 60-73. 1898. Contains the descriptions of 2 new South African species of foyena collected by Wilms and Junod. GURKE, M. Labiate africana. Part iv. Engler’s Jahrbiicher,. vol. xxv., pp. 74-85. 1898. Contains the descriptions of 16 new South African species. from the collections of Bachmann, Galpin, Kuntze, Schlechter, Tyson, Wood. Gite, H. Gentianacee africane. Engl. Jahrb., vol. xxv., pp. 86— JMO), — Wei. Contains the descriptions of 26 new South African species of Belmontia, Chironia, and Sebzea collected by Bachmann, Baur, Burchell, Drége, Ecklon, Glass, Meyer, Scott Elliott, Thode, Tyson, Wilms, Wood, Zeyher. Diets, L. Campanulaceze africane. Engler’s Jahrb., vol. xxv., ppt. 1S9s;. Contains the descriptions of 8 new South African species. from the collections of Bachmann, Tyson, Wilms. Ruwuann, W. Kritische Revision der afrikanischen Arten der Gattung Hriocaulon. Engl. Jahrb., vol. xxvii. Leipzig, 1899. 388 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Diets, L. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Scrophulariaceen Afrika’s. Part iu. Engler’s Jahrb., vol. xxv., pp. 120-123. 1898. Contains the descriptions of 5 new South African species collected by Dr. Wilms. ‘SCHLECHTER, R. Die Drége’schen Asclepiadaceen im EH. Meyer’- schen Herbar. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. Beiblatt, No. 54, pp. 14. Contains a critical revision of the collection of Asclepiadacez on which E. Meyer based the descriptions published in 1835 in his Com. pl. Afr.-austr. This collection is at present in the possession of Dr. Brehmer at Liibeck. MartotsH, R. Die Blattscheiden von Watsonia Meriana als Wasser absorbirende Organe. In Festschrift zum 70 Geburtstage Schwendener’s, pp. 421-424, with two figures. Berlin, 1899. The absorption of water by aérial organs of plants is—apart from the epiphytes—of rare occurrence. Watsonia Meriana, a gorgeous iridaceous plant, which flowers in summer on the south-western mountains, possesses inflated leaf sheaths which often contain water. This water is derived from the south-east clouds, and serves, as proved by a series of experiments, to feed the sheaths which surround the young tissue at the internodes, but cannot be utilised by the flowers themselves. MacOwan, P. Herbarium Austro-Africanum, Cent. XX. Capetown, 1898. The total number of plants distributed amounts to 30,000. It is not the intention of the author to continue this distribution in the same way. Rare plants coming in will be sent out from time to time. R. M. Recent Botanical and Zoological Papers. 389 ZOO OG Ne MAMMALIA. Brypen, H. A. (edited by). Great and Small Game of Africa. Pp. 1-612, pls. i.-xv. London, Rowland Ward. 4to. A large and important work on the Game Animals of Africa by various contributors, among whom are the Editor (Mr. Bryden), Messrs. F. Vaughan Kirby, R. Lydekker, A. H. Neumann, Percy Rendall, and F.C. Selous. All the Ungulata and the larger Carnivora are dealt with, and in addition to coloured illustrations of the heads of the various animals arranged on a series of 15 plates, there are various woodcuts and photogravure reproductions of photographs of great beauty >and value. JENTINK, I’. A. The species of the Antelope—Genus Pediotragus. Notes Leyd. Mus. xxii., p. 33. 1900. Dr. Jentink recognises four, or perhaps five, distinct species of the genus Pediotragus containing the Steenbok; these are P. kellem (sp. nov.) from Southern Angola, P. tragulus, and P. horstocku (f. campestris auct.), the common form from the Colony, P. rufescens (H. Smith.) from Natal, and P. newman, Matchie from German Hast Africa. Kursy, F. V. Field-notes on the Blue Duiker of the Cape Colony (Cephalophus monticola). Proc. Zool. Soc., 1899, pp. 830-833. An interesting account of the habits of the little Bluebuck of Knysna and the Eastern Province of the Colony. Marcuig, P.* Ueber die geographische Verbreitung der Tigerpferde und das Zebra des Kaoko-Feldes in Deutsch Siid-West Afrika. 5. B. Gesell. Nat. Freunde. Berlin, 1898, p. 169. An account of the geographical distribution of the various races and species of Zebra, followed by the description of a new species—Hquus hartmanne—from Kaoko-land in the north- 390 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. west corner of German South-West Africa. The new species: appears to be very closely allied to the mountain zebra of the Colony (Hquus zebra Linn.). Mituar, A. D. Zoological Notes from Natal. Zoologist (4) 1i1.,. pp. 145-148, pl. i. 1899. Notes on :— (1) The occurrence of monster Ray or Devil-fish (Dicerobatis sp. inc.), measuring 14 ft. across the disk. (2) The courage of a Reedbuck (Cervicapra arundinum): in defence of its young. (3) The occurrence of nests of the Black Saw-winged Swallow (Psalidoprocne holomelena) and a Natal Kingfisher (Ispidina natalensis) in the hole of an Ant-bear, still tenanted by its original owner. Parsons, F. G. On the Anatomy of the African Jumping Hare (Pedetes caffer) compared with that of the Dipodide. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1898, pp. 858-890. Very little has hitherto been known about the anatomy of this singular animal, commonly known in South Africa as the Spring-haas. In this memoir considerable attention is devoted to the muscular system; the general result is to confirm the position of this animal among the Hystricomorphine rather than among the Myomorphine Rodents. Pocock, R. I. Descriptions of Three New Forms of Tragelaphus. Ann.” Mag iN) v.n9p) 94.0 200! A subspecies of Bushbuck from Linyante, on the Chobe River, in Rhodesia, is described as new. It had before been considered identical with the West African typical subspecies Tragelaphus. scriptus typicus. ScuaTerR, P. L., and Tuomas, O. The Book of Antelopes, parts x1.—xvli. London, R. H. Porter, 1899-1900. Ato. The previous parts have been noticed before. The work is now complete, and consists of four volumes, containing upwards fiecent Botanical and Zoological Papers. 391 of 800 pages of letterpress and 100 coloured plates. The South African species treated of in the present parts are the Bluebuck, Roan, Sable, Gemsbok, Bushbuck, Inyala, Sitatunga, Kudu,. and Hland. ScuaterR, W. L. The Mammals of South Africa. Vol. i. Primates, Carnivora, and Ungulata, pp. 1-324, figs. 1-80. London, R. H. Porter, 1900. 8vo. The present work contains the first half of an account of the Mammals of South Africa. The second volume completing the work has been published this year (1901). ScuateR, W. L. Descriptive List of the Rodents of South Africa. Annals §8.A. Mus., i., pp. 181-239. 1899. _ The total number of species enumerated is 62, of which 44. are represented in the collections of the South African Museum 3. one new species is deseribed, Malacothrix pentonyx. Tuomas, O. On the Zululand Form of Livingstone’s Antelope. Jertauits NEVE IN lal (7) tly oe Ibi, | Aks)SIe. Mr. Thomas considers that the Zululand form of Livingstone’s Antelope should be separated from the typical form found on the Zambezi, and proposes to call it Nesotragus lavingstonianus zuluensis. It differs from the typical form in being of a generally grizzled fawn colour instead of deep rufous, while the fetlocks are only indistinctly blackish behind, instead of being pro- minently black all round. DE Winton, W. HK. On the Species of Camde found on the Continent of Africa. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1899, pp. 533-552. [13 figs. of skulls]. A revision of the wild dogs, jackals, and foxes of Africa. From South Africa the author recognises 5 species, viz. :—-Canis mesomelas, the Black-backed Jackal; Canis lateralis, the Quaha or Side-striped Jackal; Canis chama, the Chama fox ; Otocyon megalotus, the long-eared Fox; and Lycaon pictus, the Wild Dog or Wilde Hond. 392 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. DE Winton, W. E. Descriptions of Three New Rodents from Africa. Ann. Mag. N.H. (7), i., pp. 251-254. 1898. Description of a new species of Blesmol (Georychus lugardt) obtained by Major Lugard, C.B., in the Kalihari Desert. DE Winton, W. E. On the Nomenclature and Distribution of some of the Rodents of South Africa, with descriptions of new Species, Ann. Mae. NE (7) it, ep. loss leds: Gerbillus lobengule is described as new; alterations are made in the names of some other species. AVES. ALEXANDER, B. An Ornithological Expedition to the Zambezi River. Ibis (7), v., pp. 469-583, pl. xi. (1899), vi., pp. 70-109. pl. 1., and pp. 424-458. 1900. Mr. Alexander during his expedition up the Zambezi from Chinde to the Kafue River in the Mashakolumbwe country, collected some 914 bird skins, which included 250 species ; these are described in the present paper. In addition to several new species, a large number of birds are brought for the first time within the limits of the South African fauna, and the field-notes made by the collector himself make the paper a most valuable one to South African Ornithologists. MarsnHaty, G. A. K. Notes on Mashonaland Birds. Ibis (7), vi., pp. 221-270. 1900. A complete list of 250 species of birds hitherto observed in Mashonaland, with a number of very interesting observations on their habits, and in some cases of their nidification. NeEuMANN, O. Beitrige zu einer Revision der Laniariden. Journ. f. Ornith, 1899, pp. 387-417. Revision of the genera and species of bush-shrikes, a number of which are found in South Africa. Recent Botaucal and Zoological Papers. 393 Neumann, O. Neue und wenig bekannte afrikanische Vogel. Ornith. Monatsb., vil., pp. 23-26. 1899. Among new South African birds here described are Poto- cephalus meyers transvaalensis, and Nunuda transvaalensis, both from the Transvaal. ReicHenow, A. Die Vogel Afrikas, vol. i, part 1, pp. 1-320. Neudamm, Neumann, 1900. Large 8vo. © The first half of the first volume of a new work on African birds; the present portion contains a long introduction and list of literature, followed by a systematic account of the species of Gulls, Waders, and Game birds. SCLATER, W. L. On a Collection of Birds from Inhambane, Portuguese East Africa. With field-notes by H. F. Francis. Ibis (7), v., 1899, pp. 111-115, 283-268. Out of 25 species mentioned, two, Hrythrocercus franciscy and Xenocichla debilis are believed to be new, and three, Pternistes hunboldti, Cossypha quadrivirgata and Sycobrotus stictufrons are new to the South African fauna. ‘SHARPE, R. B. On a Collection of Birds obtained by Mr. H. 5. H. Cavendish, in Mozambique. Ibis (7), vi., pp. 109-115. 1900. Mr. Cavendish, the well-known African traveller, paid a short visit to Southern Mozambique in the autumn of 1898, and collected examples of 37 species of birds in the neighbourhood of Beira and in the Cheringoma district; one species, a rol bekje, is new to science, and several others to the South African fauna. SHELLEY, G. H. The Birds of Africa. Vol. i., part.i., pp. 1-160, pls. i.-vil., part 1., pp. 161-348, pls. vili—xiv. London, R. H. Porter, 1900, large 8vo. The present volume of this work, the first volume of which -was published in 1896, contains an account of the Pittas, Sunbirds, Long-tailed Sugar Birds, White-eyes, Hill-Tits, Tits, Creepers, and Wagtails. 394 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. SowerBy, T. L. On a collection of Birds from Fort Chiquaqua, Mashonaland, with notes by R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL.D. Ibis. (7), iv., pp. 567-575, pl. xii., fig 1. 1898. Fort Chiquaqua is about eighteen miles E.S.H. of Salisbury ; 48 species of birds were obtained, and among them were two: Angolan forms new to South Africa, viz.—Melierax mechowt and Monticola angolensis, as well as a new species of Barbet, Smilorhis sowerbyt, which is figured on the plate. Stark, A.C. The Birds of South Africa. Vol. i., pp. 1-322. London,. R. H: Porter, 1900. 8vo: The present volume is the first of a series in which it is proposed to give an account of the Fauna of South Africa south of the Zambezi and Cunene Rivers; it contains on account of 182 species, about half the Passerine birds and about a quarter of the total number of species to be treated of. Owing to the lamented death of the author during the siege of Ladysmith, there will be some little delay before the work can be completed. Woopwarp, R. B. and J.D. 8S. Natal Birds. Pp, 1-215. Pieter-- maritzburg. P. Davis & Sons. 1899. A very useful little manual on the Birds of Natal, with descriptions of plumage and habits. 386 species are included in the work. Woopwakp, R. B. and J. D. S. Further Notes on the Birds of Zululand. Ibis (7), iv., pp. 216-228. 1898. On the Birds of St. Lucia Lake in Zululand. Ibis (7), vi., pp. 517-525. 1900. A further contribution to the history of the birds of Zululand, consisting of an account of two journeys through the country, with incidental remarks on many of the birds there met with. REPIILA, AND ANP EBT: Haacner, A. C. Notes on the Cape Monitor (Varanus albigularis).. Zoologist (4), ui., p. 226. 1899. Note on habits of captivity. Recent Botamcal and Zoological Papers. 395 Peracoa, M.G. Rettili ed Anfibi raccolti a Kazungula e sulla strada da Kazungula a Buluwaio dal Rev. Luigi Jalla, Missionario Valdese nell’ alto Zambese. Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Mormon) Vole xu, No. 225, — 1896. A list of 17 species of Reptiles and Amphibia from Matabele- land, including one new species of snake, Psammophis jalle. SCLATER, W. L. List of the Reptiles and Batrachians of South Africa, with descriptions of new species. Annals 8. A. Mus.,1.,, pp. 95-112, pl. v. 1898. A complete list of Reptiles and Amphibia compiled from Boulenger’s British Museum Catalogue, with descriptions of a new snake, Grayia lubrica; a new lizard, Hlasmodactylus namaquensis ; and a new frog, Heleophryne purcelle. WERNER, TF’. Reptilien und Batrachier aus Stid-Afrika. Jahrb. Naturw. Vereins Magdeburg, 1896-7, pp. 137-148. An annotated lst of three small collections made near _ Grahamstown, in Natal, and in the Transvaal. No new species are described. PISCES. -Boutencer, G. A. A Revision of the African and Syrian Fishes of the Family Czchlide. Part i., Proc. Zool. Soc., 1898, pp. 132- Haz ple xix, Part ie) Erocs Zook, Sec, 1899) pp. 98-143, pls. Xl. and Xil. A revision of a large and important family of fresh-water fishes. Only about eight out of 118 species described are South African. But as our knowledge of the fresh-water fishes of South Africa is still exceedingly imperfect, it is to be hoped that future workers may bring to light additional species in our area. Bovuuencer, G. A. Descriptions of two new Gobiuform Fishes from the Cape of Good Hope. Marine Investigations in South Africa, Dept. of Agricult., pp. 1-4. 1898. . Description of two new Fishes, viz.: Gobwus gilchristi, from 896 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. the estuary of ne little Brak River in Mossel Bay, and. Callionymus costatus from off Cape St. Blaize. BounencER, G. A. Liste des Poissons recuellis par le R. P. Louis Jalla & Kasungula; haut Zambése. Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. comp. Lonno; Vols, No 260) 2am Contains descriptions of new species of Chronvis and Henuw- chromis. Bouuencer, G. A. A Revision of the Genera and Species of the Family Mormyride. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1898, pp. 775-821, pl. li. This is a considerable family of fresh-water Fishes, found only in the rivers of Africa. They are specially remarkable for an organ on either side of the tail, having an electrical function. The family is not of very great importance in South Africa; out of 72 species distributed among 11 genera recognised by the author, four species are found in the Zambezi and one in the Cunene River. BouLENGER, G. A. Description of a New Genus of Perciform Fishes from the Cape of Good Hope. Annals 8. A. Mus. 1, pp. 379-380, pl. ix. 1899. This Fish, named by Mr. Boulanger Atyposoma gurneyt, is. allied to Parascorpis typus, and is known to the fishermen as the ‘‘ Melk fish.”” It is found in False Bay. Weser, M. Zur Kenntniss der Siisswasser Fauna von Stid-Afrika. 2. Stisswasserfische von Siid-Afrika. Zool. Jahrb. Abt. f. Syst., x., pp. 142-155. 1897. A list of fresh-water Fishes obtained by the author when travelling through South Africa in 1894-5; among them some seven species are new to science; a discussion of the zoogeo- eraphical provinces of South Africa precedes the systematic portion. Venn is: Recent Botamcal and Zoological Papers. one INSECTA. HYMENOPTERA. AnpDRE, EH. Description de trois nouvelles especes de Mutilles de lV Afrique orientale appurtenant au Musée Royal de Belgique. Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France, 1897, pp. 17-22. The three male Mutile therein described are from Delagoa. Bay. Les types des Mutillides de la collection Radoszkowski. Annales de la Société Entomologique de France, 1899, pp. 1-43. The author criticises some of Radoszkowski’s species and completes the descriptions of some of them. Two South African species, Mutila caffra 3, and M. Godefredi 3, are treated in this manner, and the extremely close resemblance of M. scabro- foveolata, Sich Rad with M. penicillata, the former from western Africa, and the latter from Delagoa Bay, is referred to. Hyménoptéres du Delagoa—Mutilles. Bulletin de la Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles, 1899, vol. 35, pp. 259-263. Contains the descriptions of 3 new species. Brauns, Dr. Hans. Zur Kenntniss der siidafrikanischen Hyme- nopteren. Annalen des K. K. Naturhistorischen Hof-museums,. Wien, 1899, pp. 382-423, 1 pl. Contains the descriptions of 38 new genera and 22 species of South African Hymenopterous (Aculeate) insects, captured by the author, mostly in the neighbourhood of Port Elizabeth. Datta Torre, C. G. DE. Catalogus Hymenopterorum hucusque detectorum systematicus et synonymicus. Vol. iv., Braconidae, Lipsiz, 1898, 8 maj. 8 and 323 pp. Prrincuey, L. A contribution to the Knowledge of South African Mutillide (order Hymenoptera). Annals South African Museum. Vol. i., pp. 852-378, 1 plate. Contains the description of 32 species, 29 of which are new. 398 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. PrerincuEy, L. Description of twelve new species of the genus Mutilla (order Hymenoptera) in the South African Museum. Ann. 8. Afric. Mus., vol. 1., pp. 439-450. ‘SSCHULTHESS-SCHINDLER, A. DE. La Faune Entomologique du Delagoa. Hyménoptéres en collaboration avec M. M. E. André, F. F. Kohl, W. Konow. Extr. Bulletin Société. Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles, vol. xxxv., No. 133, 1899. Contains a list of the Hymenoptera collected by the Rev. H. Junod, amounting to 160 species representing 50 genera; and the description of one new Tenthredinide and two Chalcidide by: Konow; three new Mutillide by André, and two new Vespide by Schulthess-Schindler. } ‘VacHaL, J. Matériaux pour une révision des espéces africaines du genre Xylocopa Latr. Annales Société Entomologique de France, vol. 67, 1898, pp. 92-99. Contains the description of four new South African species. COLEOPTERA. ‘ABEILLE DE PERRIN, Ez. Malachides recueillis par M. Hugene Simon au Cap de Bonne-Espérance. Revue d’Entomologie, vol. xix., 1900, pp. 163-177. Mr. Simon collected 22 species, 21 of which have been found to be undescribed, and referable to 7 genera, 3 of which are also new. Arrow, G. J. On Sexual Dimorphism in Beetles of the family Rutelide. ‘Transactions Entomological Society, London, 1899, pp. 255-269. This paper contains, among others, the description of five new species of South African Anomala. Arrow, G. J. On the Rutelid Beetles of the Transvaal; an enumeration of a collection made by Mr. W. L. Distant. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. iv., series 7, 1899, pp. 118-122. An enumeration of the species collected by Mr. Distant, with descriptions of six new species, and some remarks on species of Adoretus. Recent Botamcal and Zoological Papers. 399 Beton, Rev. M. J. Contribution 4&4 étude des Lathridude. Annales Société Entomologique de Belgique, 1898, pp. 4389-449. The paper contains the description of three new South African species. Brauns, H. Ein neuer Dorylidengast des Mimicry-Typus. Wiener Entomologische Zeitung, 1898, pp. 224-227. Is the description of a new genus and species of a South African Staphylinid Beetle, found by the author with a Dorylid ant, which it mimicks. Dr. Brauns gives a figure of this remarkable insect. Brauns, H. Ein neuer termitophiler Aphodier aus dem Orange- Freistaat. Annalen K. K. Naturhistorischen Hofmuseums, vol. xv., Wien, 1900, pp. 164-168, 1 pl. Brenske, EK. Melolonthiden aus Afrika. Stettiner HEntomol. Zeitung, 1898, pp, 333-394. % Contains the description of 2 genera and 12 species from South Africa. ‘Distant, W. L. On some South African Insects. Annals and Mag. Natural History, vol ili., series 7, 1899, pp. 178-179. The paper contains the description of two new Longicorn Beetles, and two new Lepidoptera. Distant, W. L. Some apparently undescribed Insects from the Transvaal. Annals and Mag. Natural History, vol. iii., series 7, 1899, pp. 461-465. The paper consists of the description of one new species of Coleoptera and seven Lepidoptera. Gauan, C.J. Descriptions of new Longicorn Coleoptera from East Africa. Annals and Mag. Natural History, vol. ii., series 7, 1898, pp. 40-59. Among the new species described in this paper is one, Margites lineatus, which occurs also in the Transvaal (Murchison Range). 26 400 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Gor#AM, THE Rey. H. 8. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Coleoptera from South and West Africa of the section Serricornia, and of the Families Hrotylide, Hndomychide, and Langurude. Annals and Mag. of Natural History, vol. v., series 7, 1900, pp. 79-94. Contains the description of 5 new genera and 21 new species collected by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall in Natal and Southern Rhodesia. GROUVELLE, A. Description de Clavicornes d’Afrique et de la Région Malgache. Annales Société Entomologique de France, 1898, pp. 136-185. Thirty-four South African species are described in this paper. JacoBy, M. Further contributions to the Knowledge of the Phyto- phagous Coleoptera of Africa, including Madagascar. Part 1. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1897, pp. 238- 265, 1 pl. The paper deals only with the Criocerine, Cryptocephaline, and Clythrine, and contains the descriptions of 26 new South African species, 7 of which are figured. JacoBy, M. Further Contributions to the Knowledge of the Phytophagous Coleoptera of Africa, including Madagascar. Part ii. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1897, pp. 527-577, 1 pl. The paper deals with the Hwmolpime, Halticine, and Galeru- cing, and contains the descriptions of 6 new genera and 42 South African species, 3 of which are figured. Jacopy, M. Additions to the Knowledge of the Phytophagous Coleoptera of Africa. Part i. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1898, pp. 212-242, 1 pl. This paper contains descriptions of 36 new South African species and 1 genus belonging to the Criocerine, Cryptocepha- line, Clythrine, Humolpine, and Chrysomeline ; 11 species are figured. Recent Botanical and Zoological Papers. 401 .Jacosy, M. Additions to the Knowledge of the Phytophagous Coleoptera of Africa. Part ii. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1899, pp. 839-380. Ths paper deals with the sub-Families Halticine and Galerucing, and in it are described 4 genera and 39 South _ African species, 9 of which are figured. Jacopy, M. On new Genera and Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera from South and Central Africa. Proc. Zoolog. Soc. of London, 1900, pp. 203-266, with 1 plate. This paper contains the descriptions of 100 new species referable to 56 genera, of which 3 genera and 69 species are South African and new; 12 species are figured. The material on which the paper is based has been collected principally by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, in Mashonaland, and the Rev. O’Neil in the Cape Colony. JunopD, H. A. La Faune Entomologique du Delagoa. 1, Coléoptéres, pp. 162-190, with 2 plates. Bulletin de la Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles. The paper contains a list of 479 species collected by the author, as well as some notes on the habits and localities of some of them. Hight new Tenebrionide have been described by Mons. L. Fairmaire, three of them, however, are undoubtedly synonymous with others previously described, 7.e., Psanvmodes gunodi, Psammodes cinctipennis, and Micrantereus externus, which are synonymous with P. jwnodi Pér., P. valens Pér., and M. devexus Pér. ea Horn, Dr. W. Zwei neue Myrmecoptere vom siidlichen Africa. Entomologische Nachrichten. No. 22. Nov., 1898. The author describes 2 species, 7z.c., M. gerstaekert from Nyassa, and M. filicornis, from the Transvaal (Komatipoort) ; the last named species is very closely allied to M. limbata. Horn, Dr. W. Ueber einige alte und neue Cicindeliden. ioc. cit., S99; p.O2. Description of a subspecies, Cicindela brevicollis, var. bertolonn. Horn. 402 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Horn, W. Neue afrikanische Cicindeliden. Deutsch. Entom. Zeitschr., 1899, pp. 381-382. : Contains the description of a new South African insect: Myrmecoptera pentherr. Horn, W. De _ novis Cicindelidarum speciebus. Deutsch. Entomol. Zeitschr., 1900, pp. 193-212. Contains the description of a new Myrmecoptera from the Transvaal: M. micans. Horn, W. Zum Studium der Cicindeliden. Hntomologische Nachrichten, 1900, pp. 214-218. The author considers Dronica immaculata as a variety of D. tuberculata Dej., and Myrmecoptera wmfuliana as M. mauchi.. Bates. KERREMANS, CH. Buprestides de 1|’Afrique équatoriale et de Madagascar. Annales Societé HEntomologique de Belgique, vol. 43, 1900, pp. 256-298. Contains the description of 6 South African species. KeRREMANS, Cu. Buprestides nouveaux et remarques synonymiques.. Annales Soc. Entom. de Belg., vol. 44, pp. 282-351. Contains the description of 4 South African species. Koupt, H. Ueber einige Arten der Dynastidengattung Hete-. ronychus. Kntomologische Nachrichten, 1900, pp. 163-169, and. pp. 324-335. The author revises the species of the genus, includes in a new one, Heteroligus, Heteronychus Claudius which occurs also: in South-West Africa, and describes four new South African species. Kraatz, G. Psadacoptera bipunctata, nov. spec. von Natal. Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift, 1898, p. 91. Description of a new Coleopterous insect BaomeinE: to the: sub-Family Cetonine. Recent Botamcal and Zoological Papers. 403 Kraatz, G. ‘Pachnoda bella. Description of’ Deutsche Entomol. Zeitschr., 1898, pp. 14-15. Kraatz, G. Hine neue Ceratogonia-Art vom Transvaal. Deutsche Entomol. Zeitschr., 1898, pp. 141-142. Kraatz, G. Ueber die Gattung Phonotenia, Kraatz. Deutsch. Entom. Zeitschr., 1900, pp. 78-79. 7 Contains the description of a new species: P. zambesiana. Kraatz, G. Celorrhina Grandyi (Bates) and Nyassica (Kraatz). Deutsch. Entomol]. Zeitschr., 1900, p. 386. _ The last-named species occurs also in Mashonaland. Lewis, G. On new Species of Histeride, and Notices of others. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. 20, series 7, 1897, pp. 179-196 and 356-364. In these two papers 4 new species and 1 new genus are described from South Africa. Mr. G. A. K. Marshall’s observa- tions that the species of Paratropus seek their prey in fungi, and that species of Pachycrerus are found under bark and in rotten logs is here recorded. Lewis, G. On new Species of Histerrde@ and Notices of others. | Annals and Magaz. Natur. Hist., vol. iv., series 7, 1899, pp. 1-29. Contains the description of only one South African species: Hypocacus rubricatus, Lewis, and records Mr. G. A. K. Marshall’s observation that Hister ngrita Hr. has been found in Mashona- land devouring Ontis muwus, a beetle of large size, and feeding also on Aphodw and small Onthophagr. Lewis, G. On new Species of Histerrde and Notices of others. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 7, vol. ii., 1898. The paper contains descriptions of 6 new South African species, 1 of which, Saprinus beatulus, is a remarkable species, similar to several Indian ones, and has been found by Mr. L. 404 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Péringuey in the mounds of refuse formed outside the galleries of the underground termite. Hodotermes viator, Latr.; Monoplius pingwis, and M. inflatus occur also in the same mounds. Lewis, G. On new Species of Histerrde and Notices of others. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. v., ser. 7, 1900, pp. 224-234 and 246-254. One new species is described. ister Holubi is noticed. According to Mr. Marshall this beetle lives on the larvee of the large horn-destroying, microlepidopteron Tinea vastella. Oxrrtzen, E. V. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Gattung Anomalipus. Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift, 1897, pp. 33-46. The author describes 11 new species, and gives a key to the species of this South African genus which, according to him, number now 86. He does not seem to have been aware that a description of 4 new species had appeared in 1896, in the Transactions of the Entomological Society of London, pp. 168 et sequitur, nor of that of A. expansicolls, Fairm, in the Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr.; 1891, p.-excin. PERINGUEY, L. Fifth Contribution to the South African Coleopterous Fauna. Description of new species of Coleoptera, chiefly in the collection of the South African Museum. Annals of the South African Museum, vol. i., 1899, pp. 240-330, with 2 pl. PséRinGcuEY, L. Notes sur certaines Cétoines (Crémastochilides) rencontrées dans les fourmiliéres ou termitiéres, avec description d’especes nouvelles. Annales Société Entomologique de France, 1900, pp. 66-72. Contains descriptions of 1 new genus and 5 new species. Pic, M. Description de deux Caryoborus africains nouveaux (Coléopt.). Bulletin Société Entomologique de France, 1898, pp. 371-372. One of the new species, C. albonotatus, is from Natal. Pic, M. Diagnoses de deux Ptinus de l'Afrique Australe, et sous genre Hutaprimorphus. Miscellanea entomologica. Vol. 6, pp. 54-55. Recent Botanical and Zoological Papers. 405 RaFFray, A. Diagnoses de Staphylinides myrmécophiles nouveaux. Bulletin Société Entomologique de France, 1898, pp. 351-352. Two new species and 2 new genera: Pygonostenus and Trulobotideus. RaFrray, A., and Fauve, A. Genres et espéces de Staphylinides nouveaux d’Afrique. Revue d’Entomologie, vol. 18, 1899, pp. 1-44, with 1 pl. The paper deals with myrmecobious or termitobious insects, and contains the description of 4 new genera and 9 species from South Africa. Wasmann, HK. Hin neuer Fustigerodes aus der Capkolonie. Wiener Entomologische Zeitung, xvi., 1897, pp. 201-202. Is the description of a new species found in the paper-nests of an ant, Cremastogaster peringueyt, and which, however, is synonymous with Mustigerodes peringueyt. Wasmann, HE. Hin neuer Dorylidengast aus Siidafrika. Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift, 1897, p. 278. The author describes and figures a Staphylinid beetle, Pygostenus Raffrayi, found among ants of the genus Dorylus. Wasmann, E. Ueber Novoclaviger und Fustigerodes. Wiener Entomolog. Zeit., xvu., 1898, pp. 96-99, with 3 figures. Contains the description of a new myrmecophilous Clavigerid beetle, found in the nests of an ant, Rhoplaomyrmesx spec. WasMANN, H. Hine neue dorylophite Tachyporinen Gattung aus Sudafrika. Hine neue Philusina vom Cap. Wien. Ent. Zeit. Jahr. 17, 1898, pp. 101-103, with 4 figs. Description of a new génus and a new species, Dorylorenus, allied to Pygostenus ; also of Philusina braunsv. Wasmann, H. Hin neues myrmecophiles Curculionidengenus aus der Kapkolonie. Deutsch. Entomol. Zeitschr., 1899, pp. 170- ° alae Is the description of a weevil beetle, of the sub-Family 406 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Cossoninze, found in the nests made of a substance resembling paper by the ant Cremastogaster peringueyt, Emer. | ‘WASMANN, E. Ein neues physogastres Aleocharinengenus aus der Kapkolonie, loc. cit., 1899, pp. 178-179. The author describes and figures a Staphylinid beetle found in ~ the nest of a small Termite, Termes wnidentatus, Wasm. Wasmann, EH. Hine neue dorylophile Myrmedonia aus der Kapkolonie, mit einigen anderen Notizen tber Dorylinengiaste. Deutsch. Entom. Zeitschr., 1899, pp. 174-177. The paper contains a description of a new Coleopterous insect of the family Staphylinide living with a Dorylid ant, and a note on the Staphylini found with these ants. Wasmann, H. Hin neues physogastres Aleocharinengenus aus der Kapkolonie. Deutsch. Entom. Zeitschr., 1899, pp. 178-179, 1 pl. Termitotropha O’ New, fig., new gen. and new species, is found with the white ant Termes wnidentatus. Wasmann, HE. Ein neuer Termitodiscus aus Natal. Deutsch. Entom. Zeitschr., 1900, pp. 401-402. Wasmann, EK. Zwei neue Lobopelta-Gaste aus Stid-Afrika. Deutsch. Entom. Zeitschr., 1899, pp. 403-404, 1 fig. Wasmann, EK. Zwei neue myrmecophile Philwsina-Arten aus Siid- afrika. Deutsch. Entom. Zeitschr., 1899, pp. 405-406. One of these two species of Staphylinid beetles, P. aterrima, lives with the ant Solenopsis punctaticeps, the other, P. incola, with Pheidole megacephala. Wasmann, E. “G. D. Haviland’s Beobachtungen uber die Termito- philie von Lthopalomelus angusticollis, Boh.’’ Verhandlungen der K.K. zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien., 1899, pp. 245-249. Recent Botanical and Zoological Papers. 407 Wasmann, E. Zur Kenntnis der termitophilen und myrmekophilen Cetoniden Siid-Afrikas. Illustrierte Zeitschrift fir Entomologie, 1900, pp. 65-67 and 81-84, with 1 pl. Contains the description of five, and the figures of four, South African species referable to four genera, two of which are new. Wasmann, E. Neue Dorylinengiste aus dem neotropischen und dem iathiopischen Faunengebiet. Zoologische Jahrbiicher, vol. 14, pl. 3, Jena, 1900, 75 pp., with 2 pl. The author in the second part of the paper treats of the guests of the African Driver ants (Anomma and Dorylus), and describes a new genus and 2 new species. Wasmann, EH. Neue Paussiden, mit einer biologischen Nachtyrag. Notes from the Leyden Museum, vol. xxi., 1900, pp. 33-52, with 2 pl. Contains the description of a new South African species, Paussus senulineatus. WEIsE, J. Cassidinen und Hispinen aus Deutsch-Ostafrika. Arch. Naturg. Jahrg., 65, Bd. 1, pp. 241-267. The paper contains the description of one species of Aspido- morpha from the Zambesi. LEPIDOPTERA. AvRIviLIus, Cur. MRhopalocera Atthiopica. Die Tagfalter des Aithiopischen Faunengebietes. Hine systematisch-geogra- phische Studie, pp. 1-561, Mit. O. Tafeln. Kongl-Svenska. Vetenskaps-Akademiens MHandlingar. Band. 31, No. 5. Stockholm, 1899. A synopsis of the butterflies of the whole of Aithiopic Africa, and also of Madagascar, numbering 1,612 species, to which has -been added a list of 142 works on African Lepidoptera. The Hesperiidee, however, are not included in this work, owing to their being regarded by the author as a separate group. 408 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Burier, A.G. Ona Collection of Lepidoptera made by Mr. F. V. Kirby, chiefly in Portuguese Hast Africa. Proceedings. Zoological Society, 1898, pp. 49-58. Ninety-two species, of which 2 are new, are here recorded from the -Hastern Transvaal and Portuguese Hast Africa, presumably south of the Zambezi. Butter, A. G. A Revision of the species of Butterflies belonging to the genus Teracolus, Swains. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. 20, series 7, 1897, pp. 385-399, 451-472, and 495-507. The author claims to have devoted special care on studying the sexes and seasonal forms, and lays great stress on the variations of the dry and wet season forms. Many names of species are therefore sunk into synonymous ones. He criticises also some of Mr. Marshall’s suppositions regarding the identity of some of these forms. Butter, A. G. On the Lepidopterous Insects collected by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall in Natal and Mashonaland in 1895 and 1897. Proc. Zoolog. Soc., 1898, pp. 186-201, with 1 plate. The author enumerates and notices 119 species, describes and figures 3 new ones, and figures 2 others. Butuer, A. G. On a Collection of Butterflies almost entirely made at Salisbury, Mashonaland, by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall in 1898.. Proc. Zoolog. Soc., 1898, pp. 902-912. The paper contains the description of 2 new genera allied to: Leptonewra, and 1 new species. Distant, W. L. On a Collection of Heterocera made in the Transvaal. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. 20, series 7, 1897, pp. 15-17. Contains the description of 3 new Zygende and 1 Pyralid ; 1 Arctud, 2 Inthosude ; 11 Lymantrude ; 2 Hupterotide ; T Lasiocampide ; 1 Arbelid, 1 Cossid, and 1 Hemalid. fiecent Botamcal and Zoological Papers. 409 Distant, W. L. MHeterocera from the Transvaal. Ann. and Magaz. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, series 7, 1898, pp. 116-118. Is the description of 1 new Arctiid, 2 Lymantrude, 1 Limacosid, and 1 Lasiocampid, all from Johannesburg. Distant, W. L. Some apparently undescribed species of Heterocera. from the Transvaal. Annals and Magazine Natural History, vol. iv., series 7, 1899, pp. 359-362. Contains the description of 4 new species of Lymantrud moths, 1 Hwuropterid ; 1 Notodontid, 1 Lasiocampid, and 1 Chrysopolomid. Druce, H. Descriptions of some new species of Heterocera. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. 1, series 7, 1898, pp. 146-149 and 207-215. Contains the description of a new Syntomid, 1 Lipared, and 1 Arctud moth. Druce, H. Descriptions of some new species of Heterocera from Tropical America, Africa, and the Eastern Islands. Annals. and Magaz. Nat. Hist., vol. 3, series 7, 1899, pp. 228-236, 465- 474, and 200-205. Contains the description of 2 new Zygenide, 1 Lipand, 1 Lasiocammd, and 8 Atgerude from South Africa. Hampson, Sir G. F. On a Collection of Heterocera made in the Transvaal. Ann. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, series 7, 1898, pp. 158-164. The paper contains an enumeration of the Pyralide collected by Mr. W. L. Distant, almost all taken at Pretoria; six of them are described for the first time. Hampson, Sir G. F. The Moths of South Africa (Part i.). Annals. of the South African Museum, vol. ii., pt. 11., 1900, pp. 33-66. The author deals in this first paper with the Syntonude, Arctiade, and Agaristide, which number 139 species referable to 58 genera. ‘Two genera and 10 species are described for the first time. 410 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvety. Karscu, FH. Neue harmoncopode Lepidopteren des Berliner Museums aus Afrika. Entomologische Nachrichten, 1898, pp. 330-336. Contains the description of a new genus and a new species of Agaristid moth, Mitrophrys meraca, from South-West Africa. Mapsiute, P. Lepidoptera nova malgassica et africana. Annales Société Entomologique de France, 1900, vol. 68, pp. 723-753. Contains short diagnoses of two South African Insects: Phalera ligntea and Macroplectra tripwnctata. Masinte, P. Description de Lepidoptéres nouveaux. Annales Société Entomologique de France, vol. 66, 1898, pp. 182-231. Contains the description of 2 South African species. Marsyatu, G. A. K. On the Synonymy of the Butterflies of the Genus Teracolus. Proceedings Zoological Society, 1897, pp. 3-36. The author does not see any necessity for naming seasonal forms, not more than for the naming of sexual ones, and suggests the adoption of three standard signs or letters to signify wet, dry, and intermediate forms respectively. MarsHaty, G. A. K. Seasonal Dimorphism in Butterflies of the Genus Precis. Doubled. Annals and Mag. Natur. Hist., vol. 2, 7th series, No. 7, July, 1898, pp. 30-40. Two years before this the author recorded his conviction (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1896) that seasonal dimorphism of a singularly marked character existed among certain African species of the genus Precis. He has at last, and after not a few disappointments, succeeded in breeding typical Precis sesamus Trim. from eggs laid by three separate females of P. octavia subsp. natalensis. Staud., ‘thereby establishing beyond doubt what is certainly the most remarkable instance of seasonal variation as yet known among the Lepidoptera.” One of his pup, however, produced, curiously enough, a pure P. natalensis. The colouring of the larva, judging by the few examples examined, is not affected by season, but the pupa presents two forms of colouration. During the moist summer Recent Botanical and Zoological Papers. ak 816i months the withered leaves of the food plant turn dark-brown or black, instead of yellow as in the winter, so that the gilded form or the dull brownish black one is well adapted to its. surroundings, looking like a bit of shrivelled leaf. In one case, the wet season form was bred from a golden pupa, but no. typical P. sesamus has as yet been reared from the dark form. ) The differences between the seasonal forms of the imago are not. confined to shape and colour alone, but there is hkewise a very appreciable divergence in habits, of which Mr. Marshall gives. an interesting account. In considering the reasons for seasonal dimorphism, the author concludes that the climatic one is the directly exciting cause; but while in Hurope the dimorphic tendency seems to: be brought into action by heat and cold, and humidity has no part in it, so far as South Africa is concerned, the author is. strongly of opinion that the exact converse is the case, and that. there is ‘strong prumd facie evidence that humidity and not. temperature is the exciting agent of dimorphism in this part of the world.”’ WarREN, W. New Drepanulide, Thyridide, and Geometride from the Aithiopian Region. Novitates Zoologice, vol. 6, 1899, pp. 287-313. Contains the description of 6 new South African Species. WaRREN, W. New Genera and Species of Thyridide and Geo-. metrid@ from Africa. Novit. Zoolog., vol. 7, 1900, pp. 90-98. Contains the description of 9 South African Geometrid Moths. | DIPTERA. Ricarpo, Miss Gertrupe. Notes on the Pangonine of the Family Tabamde of the British Museum Collection. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. v., 7th series, 1900, pp. 97— 121 and 167-182, with 1 plate. The paper embodies the results of an attempt to rearrange the specimens of Pangonine in the British Museum, dealing, so far, | with Pangonia, Latreille and its allied genera. Several South | African species are noticed, and 2 new ones described and figured. . | 412 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Ricarpo, Miss GERTRUDE. Notes on Diptera from South Africa (Tabamde and Asilide). Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. vi., series 7, 1900, pp. 161-178. The flies treated in this paper are those collected by Mr. Distant; chiefly from the Transvaal, 10 of which are new species. ‘TASCHENBERG, Otto. Die Verbreitung des Sandflohes in Afrika (Sarcopsyla penetrans). Die Natur, Jahrg. 1897, p. 46, pp. 310- 311. HEMIPTERA-HOMOPTERA. CocKERELL, T. D, A. A new Genus of Coccide, Cryptinglisia louns- buryt, injuring the roots of the grape-vine in South Africa. Entomologist, vol. 33, 1900, pp. 173-174. Cooury, R. A. New Species of Chionaspis and Notes on previously known Species. Canadian Entomologist, vol. 30, pp. 85-90. Contains description of one species from Cape Colony. Distant, W. L. Descriptions of new Species of Hemiptera- Heteroptera. Annals and Magazine Natural History, vol. i1., series 7, 1898, pp. 1383-135. In this short paper is the description of one species from Delagoa Bay, Storthogaster Junodi, belonging to the Phyllo- cephaline. Distanr, W. L. Rhynchota from the Transvaal, Mashonaland, and British Nyassaland (Pt. i.). Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. ii., series 7, 1898, pp. 294-316. The paper refers to the Heteropterous Family Pentatonude and is based on the author’s collection, and others acquired in the Transvaal, one made near Salisbury, Mashonaland, by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, and another received from Dr. Percy Recent Botanical and Zoological Papers. 413 Rendall, made in Nyassaland. In this first family Pentatomede, the following species are enumerated for the three localities :— Species. Sp. nov. Gen. nov. Transvaal... aid Oe ; Sedo Mashonaland aie Boneh! SON ese Sea) ao) il Nyassaland ... abs Mead py AO va wae task} ZS 2 The author states that all the new species will be figured in his forthcoming ‘‘ Insecta Transvaaliensia.”’ Distant, W. L. On two undescribed Cicadas from the Transvaal. (Platypleura silvia, and Tibicen Sirius). Annals and Magaz. Nat. Hist., vol. 3, ser. 7, 1899, pp. 81-82. Disann, W. L. On some South African Homoptera. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. iv. series 7, 1899, pp. 113-115. Contains the descriptions of two new species from South Africa referable to two new genera of Hulgoride. Kirkaupy, G. W. On Aigaleus bechwana, a new species of Cimi- cid@, reported to injure coffee-berries in British Central Africa. Entomologist, vol. 33, 1900, pp. 77-78. Monranpon, A. L. La Faune Entomologique du Delagoa— ; Hénuptéres. Bulletin de la Société Vaudoise des Science Naturelles, vol. xxxv., No. 132, 1899, pp. 216-220. A list of the Hemiptera collected by Rev. H. Junod, amount- ing to 52 species, referable to 37 genera. NEUROPTERA. Forster, F. Odonaten des Transvaalstaates. Entom. Nachr., 24, 1898, pp. 166-172. Description of two new species of Onychogomphus and Orthetrum. ForstER, F. Odonaten des Transvaalstaates. Entomologische Nachrichten, 23, 1897, pp. 215-220. 414 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. Karscu, F. Neue Odonaten aus Ost-und Std-Afrika mit EKinschluss. des Seengebietes. Hntomologische Nachrichten, 1899, pp. 369. The paper deals mainly with insects from South-Hast Africa, beyond the South African limit, but one species, A’schna dolabrata, from the Cape of Good Hope, is also described. Kirpy, W. F. Ona Collection of Dragon-flies from the Transvaal and Nyassaland. Annals and Magazine Natural History, vol, i1., series 7, 1898, pp. 229-245. This collection was found to consist of upwards of forty species, among which one will form the type of a new genus, and eight are new. Many of the species enumerated are found to occur in other parts of Africa, Madagascar, India, Central and Western Asia, and Europe. MacLacutan, Ropert. Description de deux espéces nouvelles de Névroptéres du genre Croce MchLach. Bulletin Société Entomo- logique de France, 1898, pp. 169-171. One species, C. damare, is from Damaraland. Ssostep, Y. Neue afrikanische Termiten. Hntomologische Nachrichten, 1899, pp. 33-39. oe Includes the description of one species, Termes twnvulicola, ranging, according to the author, from Togoland to Natal. ORTHOPTERA. Karscu, F. Vorarbeiten zu einer Orthopterologie Ostafrika’s. Entomologische Nachrichten, 1900, pp. 274-287. The paper contains a synopsis of the species of the genus Catantops (Caloptemde), and in which four South African species, including a new one, are noticed. Kirpy, W. F. On a Collection of Mant:de from the Transvaal, aC., formed by Mr. W. L. Distant. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. iv., series 7, 1899, pp. 344-353. The collection contained 30 South African species, one of which, Solygia distantt, is described as new. Recent Botanical and Zoological Papers. 415 Kirsy, W. F. Notes on a Collection of Gryllide, Stenopelmatide, Gryllacride, and Hetrodide formed by Mr. W. L. Distant in the Transvaal and other South and East African localities. Annals. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. iii., series 7, 1899, pp. 475-480. A preliminary list to Mr. Distant’s comprehensive work on the Insects of the Transvaal, and contains the description of 2 new Stenopelmatide. Kirsy, W. F. Notes on a Collection of African Blattid@, chiefly from the Transvaal, formed by Mr. W. L. Distant. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. v., ser. 7, 1900, pp. 277-294. Forty-six species referred to 24 genera are enumerated; 13: species and 1 genus are described for the first time. Kirpy, W. EF. Order Orthoptera in Distant’s Insecta Trans- vaaliensia, pp. 1-24 and 2 coloured pl. London, 4to, 1900. SaussuRE, H. pr. Voeltzkow, Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Reisen in Madagascar and Ost-Afrika in den Jahren, 1889-1895 — Orthoptera. Abhandl. d. Senckenb. naturforschenden Gesellsch., vol. xxi., 1899, part iv., pp. 569-664, with 2 plates. Although dealing mainly with Madagascar and Hast African species, the paper contains descriptions of 22 new South African species referable to 19 genera, 5 of which are new, and 5 figured with details. SCHULTHESS-SCHINDLER, Dr. O. DE. La Faune Entomologique du Delagoa. Orthoptéres. Extr. Bulletin de le Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles. Vol. xxxv., No. 132, 1899, pp. 191- 222, with 2 plates and figs, in the text. The number of species of this order collected by Rev. H. Junod is 56. Two new genera and 10 new species are described, and 8 species figured. The author includes also in - this paper the description of a new species from Senegambia. ees 27 416 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. ARACHNIDA. Simon, E. Description d'une Araignée myrmécophile du cap de Bonne-Espérance (Andromma raffrayi, nu. sp.). Bull. Soc. Ent. brs Noo W0;sop. 179-161 S99: This is one of the Drasside, and was found in the Cape Peninsula by M. A. Raffray, along with the beetle Pentaplatar- thrus paussoides in the nests of the ant Plagiolepis fallax. Loman, J.C. C. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Fauna von Siid-Africa. Ergebnisse einer Reise von Prof. Max Weber im Jahre 1894. IV. Neue Opilioniden von Stid-Africa und Madagascar. Zoolog. Jahrb. Syst. xi., pp. 515-530, pl. xxxi, 1898. Contains descriptions of about 8 new South African species, chiefly from Knysna and Natal, and collected by Prof. Weber. Pocock, R. I. The Arachnida from the Province of Natal, South Africa, contained in the collection of the British Museum. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), ii., pp. 197-225, pl. viii. 1898. The list includes 2 Solifuge, 6 Scorpions (1 new Hadogenes), 1 Pedipalp, and 52 Spiders (including 18 new species belonging to the genera Harpactira, Stegodyphus, Dresserus, Dinopis, Araneus, Hersilia, Spencerella n.g., Palpimanus, Cydrella, Platyoides, Corinna, Sparassus, Thomisus). Pocock, R. I. Descriptions of three new species of Spiders of the genus Selenops, Latr. Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), ii., 1898, pp. 348- 351. One new species (S. kraussz) from Cape Colony. Pocock, R. I. Descriptions of some new Scorpions. Ann. Mag. N,. H. (7), iii., pp. 411-420. May, 1899. One Opisthophthalmus from the Transvaal, 1 Opisthacanthus from Basutoland, 1 Cheloctonus from Griqualand West, and 1 Parabuthus from Bechuanaland are described as new. Recent Botanical and Zoological Papers. 417 Pocock, R. I. Some new Arachnida from Cape Colony. Ann. Mag. N. H., ser. 7, vol. 6, pp. 316-333. 1900. Descriptions of 2 new species of Solifuge and 35 of Aranee. Pocock, R, I. Diagnoses of some new species of Spiders trom Mashonaland. Ann. Mag. N. H., ser. 7, vol. 7, pp. 337-340. 1901. | Descriptions of 9 new spiders. Pocock, R. I. Descriptions of some new African Arachnida. Ann. May. N. H., ser. 7, vol. 7, pp. 384-388. Six new South African spiders are described. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE, O. On some new exotic Spiders collected by Messrs. G. A. K. Marshall and R. Shelford. Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1901, pp. 11-16, pl. 5. Two new spiders from Mashonaland described. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE, O. On some new species of exotic Araneida. Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1899, pp. 518-532, pl. 29-80. One new Argiopid from Natal is described. PuRcELL, W.F. On the species of Opisthopthalnws in the collection of the South African Museum, with descriptions of some new forms. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus.,i., part ii., pp. 181-180. 1899. Treats of the distribution of the species, the characteristics of their numerous local races, and the systematic characters. Three new species from Bushmanland and Clanwilliam are described, and a general synoptic table for the genus is given. Purcet, W. F. New and little-known South African Solifug@ in the collection of the South African Museum. Ann. 5. Afr. Mus., vol. 1, part 3, pp. 381-432. 1889. Purcety, W. F. New South African Scorpions in the collection of the South African Museum. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. 1, part 3, pp. 483-438. 1899. New species of Parabuthus (8), and Hadogenes (4). 418 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. ONYCHOPHORA. Purcety, W. F. On the South African species of Peripatide in the collection of the South African Museum. Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. 1., part 11., pp. 331-351. 1899. The external systematic characters of the South African species of Pervpatopsis are given in detail, and three new species. are described. Further, a new South African genus (Opisthopatus) is established, represented by a single species (O. cimctopes n. sp.) from the Uitenhage Division. A synoptic table for all the. named South African forms is given. PURCELL, W. F. On the anatomy of Opisthopatus cinctipes, Purc..,. with notes on other, principally South African, Onychophora. Ann. 8, Afr. Mus., vol. 2, part 4, pp. 67-116, pl. 10-12. 1900. The first part of this paper deals with the anatomy of Opisthopatus, while the second part forms a supplement to the. previous paper. : Bovuviser, E. L. Observations biologiques sur le Peripatus capensis,, Grube: CR) Acad. Se: Parist. 129° pp, 971 O75. seo: Bouvier, E. L. Quelques observations sur les Onychophores. (Peripatus) de la collection du Musée Britannique. Quart. Journ. Mier. Se. (n.s.), vol. 43, pp. 8367-373. 1900. Makes a new variety natalensis of the Natal form of Opzs- thopatus cinctipes Pure. Bovuvirsr, E. L. Observations sur le Peripatopsis moseleyr. Bull. soc, Ent. Mr) 1900) pp, Lid S20, Bouvier, H. L. A propos des Onychophores du Cap, designés sous. les noms de Peripatus capensis, Grube, et de P. brevis, Blain. Bales. Eevee; LOOM, oes Proves that P. capensis and P. brevis are identical, but prefers. to retain the former name, as it is so well established. 7 Wee ee PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY, OrpDINARY Monrany MEETING, held at the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting. August 31, 1898. THomas Stewart, F.G.5., M.I.C.H., President, in the Chair. Messrs. C. F. Jurirz, J. C. WaTERMEYER, C. L. W. MAnsEerGH, and C. T. Honuanp were elected ordinary members of the Society. Messrs. Haroup A. Fry, of Johannesburg, HENRY Rrx-Trort, of Port Elizabeth, and LANGHAM Date, of Cape Town, were nominated for election as ordinary members. Mr. W. L. ScuatEeR’s motion, ‘‘ That the Council takes into con- sideration the holding of the ordinary meetings at 4.15 p.m. instead of 8 p.m. on such afternoons as they shall decide,”’ was carried. The list of additions to the Library was read. Mr. D. E. Hurcurns read a paper on ‘“‘ National Forests.” ORDINARY Montouy MEETING. September 29, 1898. THOMAS STEWART, EGS, Mein CGah Eres ident, in the Chair. ) Sixteen members pres ent. Messrs. Haronp A. Fry, Henry Rrx-Trorr, and Lanauam Dar were elected ordinary members of the Society. Dr. W. Kouxe, Dr. C. E. Piers, and Messrs. G. LEITH and C..A. Lrpovx were nominated for election as ordinary members. Mr. P&RINGUEY’s motion ‘‘ That the Council be instructed to take the steps necessary for the incorporation by Royal Charter of the Society under the name of ‘ Royal Society of South Africa’”’’ was discussed, and after discussion the meeting adopted Dr. Giu.’s. amendment ‘‘ That the question of incorporation of this Society by Royal Charter be referred to the Council for consideration and report.” 7 The list of additions by exchange and donation to the Library was read. Dr, MARLOTH read a paper entitled ‘‘ Notes on the Mode of Growth of Tubicinella on the Right Whale.” . aw me isi Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. OrpINARY MontoHiy MEETING. October 27, 1898. THomas Stewart, F.G.S., M.1.C.E., President, in the Chair. Twelve members present. , Dr. W. Korte, Dr. C. E. Prers, and Messrs. G. Leirn and C. A. Lepovux were elected ordinary members of the Society. Messrs. W. A. OAKueEy, R. EK. Brouncer, T. §. MacHway, O. F. Monter- WIituiaMs, and C. FULLER were nominated for election as ordinary members. Miss WitmMAn exhibited an interesting photograph taken by Dr. Molengraaff on the farm Doornpan, near Mooiklip, Vryheid District. It shows Dwyka Conglomerate lying upon shales of the Barberton Formation (Swazieland Schists), and the latter exhibit undoubted glacial striations. Mr. EF. TRELEAVEN exhibited some Australian butterflies, the pro- perty of Mr. C. Fuller. Mr. W. L. Scrater exhibited bird skins collected for the South African Museum by Messrs. W. and H. F. Francis, including those of Guttera edouardi, Herodias rufiventris, and Pternistes humboldt, the latter new to the South African fauna. Mr. A. P. Trorrer directed the attention of members to a sun- spot which was visible at the time, and with the help of a telescope enabled them to view the phenomenon. Mr. J. R. Surron’s paper, ‘“‘ Do the Mining Operations affect the Climate of Kimberley ?’’ was read. The list of book and papers received was read. ORDINARY MontHnuy MEETING. January 26, 1899. THomas Srrwart, F.G.S., M.I.C.E., President, in the Chair. Nine members and seven visitors present. | Messrs. W. A. OakuEy, R. EK. BRouneasr, T. S. MacHway, O. F. MonteR- WILLIAMS, and: C. FULLER were elected ordinary members of the Society. | Mr. H, L. L. Fevraam and Dr, W. W. Sronry were nominated for election. A list of books and papers received was laid upon the table. Mr. J. C. WATERMEYER’S paper, entitled ‘“‘ Notes on a Journey in German South-West Africa,’ was read. Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. iii OrpinaRy Montuty MEETING. March 27, 1899. T. Stewart, £.G.S., M.I.C.H., President, in the Chair. M. EF. Rounpen, Esq., was nominated for election as an ordinary member. H. L. L. Fevttuam, Hsq., and Dr. W. W. Stoney were elected ordinary members. Mr. W. L. Scuater exhibited copies of Bushman paintings found on a krantz at Schoombie, and of others from Basutoland represent- ing scenes of battle and the chase. Dr. T. Murr showed certain herbaria, the outcome of prizes he offered to schools and children a year ago to encourage a practical interest in botany. Mr. H. P. Saunpers read a paper on ‘‘ Boring for Water in the Colony.”’ Mr. Saunders said there were few districts in the Colony in which careful and competent selection would not discover sites where, within 200 feet of the surface, considerable supplies of water would be found, an average of 10,000 gallons per diem being easily obtainable by use of a wind pump froma three-inch bore. Increasing the diameter of the hole on the more favourable sites would often give 50,000 gallons per diem by pumping. During six years’ experience in boring for the Government Mr. Saunders had never failed in striking water either in the Malmesbury Beds or in the Dwyka Conglomerate. It was futile to expect large supplies from deep boring in the Colony. Mr. G. Atston said that his measurements, taken over many years, showed that the subterranean water-level was gradually sinking. He suggested that the Government should repair the loss by making a double or treble line of large dams in the upper portions of the country, from which water could be forced into the porous strata to make good the loss caused by tapping at lower levels. Dr. Pimrs corroborated the sinking of the water-level, and agreed that it was due to excessive tapping of the underground supplies. Mr. McEwen called attention to the boring at Matjesfontein and Tweedside, where water had been struck at a Hepple of 400 feet to the amount of 50,000 gallons a day. Mr. WESTHOFEN said that last year the Government had nineteen drills in use; 367 holes were bored, with an aggregate depth of over 26,000 feet ; in 325 of the holes water was found, and of these 258 yielded more than 1,000 gallons per diem. The Government was spending £16,000 to £18,000 a year on this work, and all they got in return from the farmers was perhaps not more than £3,000, iv Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. The CHAIRMAN suggested that it would be well if systematic observations could be made of the quantity of water flowing in the Orange River at a given point, and then a comparison of this with » the amount that reached the sea. The difference would give some idea of the amount finding its way underground. 7 Mr. WESTHOFEN said they did that on a small scale by observa- tions taken’ on a few rivers, where notes were made of the rainfall, and gaugings taken of the volume of water in the river. It had been found that the latter was only about one-sixth of the total quantity received on the drainage area. The CHAIRMAN said that in the case of the Orange River the proportion must be even smaller, as he understood observations showed that the water at the railway bridge was only a fraction per cent. of the total rainfall. It would be an interesting and valuable study if some regular work in this direction were undertaken. OrpINARY Montuiuy MEETING. March 30, 1899. T, Mom, Lil.D!. M.A., Vice-President, im the Chanr. Dr. G. 8. CORSTORPHINE gave notice of motion that the Society return to the former day and hour of meeting, viz., Wednesdays at 8 p.m. M. F. Roupen, Hsq., Oudtshoorn, was elected an ordinary member. Dr. GuincHRiIst exhibited several specimens obtained by the Government trawler, the Pieter Faure. These included (1) several species of Veritillum from the east coast, Table Bay, and St. Helena Bay; (2) other species of Aleyonarians; (3) several species of fish, one of which, a small flat fish allied to the genus Rhombus, was found on the Agulhas Bank, though its adult form was not yet known. Dr. MaruotH mentioned that he had heard that the German Deep-sea Expedition on the S.S. Valdwia had rediscovered one of the Bouvet Islands. Mr. L. PErincuEY showed some stone implements found at Stellenbosch and Paarl, which he considered the oldest types yet found in South Africa. He intended to lay an exhaustive account of these implements before the Society at a future date. The list of books and papers recently received was laid on the table. Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. Vv OrDINARY Montuiuy MEETING. April 27, 1899. T. Stewart, F.G.S., M.I.C.E., President, in the Chair. L. CrawrorD, Esq., D.Sc., Professor of Mathematics, South African College, and THomas QuENTRALL, Esq., Inspector of Mines, Kimberley, were nominated for election as ordinary members. After discussion of Dr. CorsTtorPHINE’s motion to return to the former day and hour of meeting, it was agreed that the Secretary should obtain the opinion of all the town members. Mr. W. WeEstTHOFEN exhibited a piece of granite found many years ago in one of the quarries in the gardens, showing a perfect cross formed by felspar crystals. The following paper was read: ‘Notes on the Occurrence of Alpine Types in the Vegetation of the Higher Peaks of the South- Western Region of the Cape,” by R. Martoru, Ph.D. ORDINARY Montuity MEETING. May 31, 1899. T. Stewart, F.G.S., M.I.C.E., President, in the Chair. A. D. Minuar, Esq., Durban, and Dr. J. Hanau, Carnarvon, were nominated for election as ordinary members. L. CrawrorpD, Hsq., D.Sc., Professor of Mathematics, South African College, and T. QuENTRALL, Esq., Inspector of Mines, Kim- berley, were elected ordinary members. The PRESIDENT announced that a majority of the town and suburban members had voted for the meetings being again held on Wednesdays and in the evening. Professor VAN DER Riet exhibited (1) bituminous shale from Ermelo, Z.A.R., containing 43 per cent. volatile matter; (2) a fine specimen of Apophyllite from Kimberley; and (3) a Theriodont skull from Groot Vlaakte on the Karroo. Mr. EH. J. Dunn, F.G.S., read a paper entitled ‘‘ Notes on the Dwyka Coal Measures at Vereeniging, Transvaal.”’ OrpinARY Montuty MEETING. July ea so9. T. Stewart, 7.G.S8., M.I.C.E., President, in the Chair. The following gentlemen were nominated as ordinary members : S. 8. Houau, Hsq., M.A., Royal Observatory; A. StruBen, Hsq., vi Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. Cape Town ; Hon. Dr. W. Berry, The Speaker, House of Assembly ; J. A. Masson, Hsq., Surveyor-General, Natal; W. Ossorn, Hsq., Public Library, Durban; J. A. Francis, Eisq., Durban; D. Don, Esq., Durban. A suggestion was made by the Sucretary that each member reading a paper before the Society should write a summary for the press, so that country members might get better information of the Meetings. The CHAIRMAN thought this a subject with which the Council might deal. Dr. Git described the work which was being done in spectro- scopy at the Royal Observatory. He gave an account of the new spectroscope which had been designed by himself and erected by the liberality of Mr. Maclean. ‘Mr. ScLaTER gave an account of the discovery of an ancient stone in excavations carried on in Adderley Street. He had deciphered the inscription as follows :— ‘Charles Cle chiefe command of Palsgrave Elizabeth and Hope arrived ye XXIIII. June and dep. for Bantam ye XX. July 1619. Thomas Brockendon, Cape merchant of the Palsgrave.” He had communicated with Mr. Ravenstein on the subject, who had referred the matter to Mr. W. Foster, of the India Office, from whom he had received a letter stating that ‘on looking through the records of the Hast India Company he found that the fleet in ques- tion sailed from the Thames in March, 1619. The Hope had made several previous voyages, but the Palsgrave (1,083 tons) and Hliza- beth (978 tons) were new ships built by the Company in the previous year. The chief was Commander Charles Clevenger (Cle of the inscription), who hoisted his flag in the Palsgrave. At the Cape they seemed to have met the Lesser James, homeward bound. It was customary for the Company’s sailors (as also the Dutch) to cut such inscriptions for the information of succeeding ships, and the particulars thus obtained were continually repeated in the letters home. At times letters were buried and inscriptions engraved near at hand giving intelligence where they might be found. Sir Thomas Roe, on his way to India in 1615, had an inscription cut recording his embassy, and indeed there must be many such buried stones in Cape Town and its vicinity. Mr. ScuaterR also exhibited the photograph of the skull of a gigantic lemur which had been sent to him from Madagascar. For the skull itself the price of £8,500 was asked. The CHAIRMAN gave a short account of underground water in the Transvaal. Very little had been done in South Africa with regard Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. vii to underground water, and the geological conditions of this Colony did not show that we could look to any great supply in future from underground sources. But it was quite a different matter with the Transvaal, where dolomitic limestone covered large areas. OrpiInaRY MontHty MEETING. August 9, 1899. T. Stewart, F.G.S., M.I.C.E., President, in the Chair. The Minutes of last meeting were read and confirmed. The list of books presented to the Library was laid on the table. The following gentlemen were nominated for election as ordinary members at the next meeting: Cuas. T. Gray, Esq., Commissioner of Mines, Natal; J. B. Morrat, Esq., Native Affairs Office, Cape Town; H. Brarp, Hsq., B.A. (Cantab), Cape Town;.W. Tyson, Ksq., F'.L.5., Department of Agriculture, Cape Town. The following gentlemen were elected ordinary members of the Society: Hon. Dr. Berry, Messrs. 8. S. Houau, Hsq., M.A., J. A. Masson, Esq., W. Ossorn, Hsq., J. A. Francois, Hsq., D. Don, Esq. | The meeting then resolved itself into the ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING. The Hon. Secretary read the ANNUAL REpPorRT :— The number of Ordinary Meetings held has been eight, at which eight papers weve read. Six of these papers are now being printed, and will form Part I. of Volume XI. of the Transactions. During the year Parts II. and III. of Volume X. were issued. These two Parts contain 372 pp. and 6 plates. The Books and Pamphlets belonging to the Society’s Library have been catalogued, and are now arranged in the gallery of the reading- room of the Public Library, where they may be consulted. The Catalogue is in duplicate, one set of slips being in the Library, the other with the Secretary. The Society’s Transactions have been sent to 110 Societies and Institutions, and in return 251 publications were received during the year. There are 132 ordinary members and 2 honorary members now on the roll ; 23 were elected during the year, 1 died, and 7 resigned. (Signed) L. Perinaury, Hon. Secretary. viii Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. f The Hon. Treasurer read the statement of ture as follows :— THE Hon. TREASURER IN ACCOUNT WITH PHILOSOPHICAL Society, JuLy 1, 1898, Receipts and Eixpendi- THE SoutH AFRICAN To JUNE 30, 1899. RECEIPTS. EXPENDITURE. ; epson Cle & 1 GSuaOre To Balance in Bank, June By Printing Transactions.. 243 14 0 BOPLSIS. 1 coche ae OSs nommme ,, Preparing and Repro- 5 juloos a5 44 yee il @ ducing Plates for 7 wale of Publications). 45.) 2oeito IMRARPKCMOIIE So> so) 28) Be ,, Subscriptions for Val- so, LOR OTOMIG ES 5 ta) ee ee Oem dwia Dinner .. .. 3918 O| ,, Preparing Card Cata- », Repayment by South logues of Library .. 1017 5 African Museum for ,, stationery and Printing 11 4 0O Platesi. so eae oeliSeeL Gee ,, Attendant at Meetings 5 0. O 1 Valdivia Dimnery. 05 42 O00) Vonno ,, Petty Cash (chiefly Post- ages, Carriage, and Bank Charges...) 0. con sOmnO ,, Advance (to be repaid)... 30 O O ,, Balance at Bank, June BO; 1899) Fi. ee) ere oma £665 18 1 £665 18° 1 (Signed) W. L. ScraterR, Hon. Treasurer. Audited and found correct. (Signed) W. F.. PURCELL, ) . M. WILMaN, tae The voting for President and four members of Council resulted as Winger President: L. Pékrincury, F.Z.8., F.E.S., &e. Council: G. 8. CorstorpHine, B.Sc., Ph.D., T. Murr, M.A., LL.D., W. L. Scuater, M.A., T. Stewart, iMGoS., NEC: ORDINARY Montuty MEETING. September 27, 1899. L. PERINGUEY, President, in the Chair. ' Dr. GitcHrist showed a series of flat fish ova in different stages of development. The following gentlemen were nominated for election as ordinary members at next meeting: J. IY. QUEKET, Ksq., F.Z.S., Natal ; G. M. Cuarx, Esq., M.A., Government Electrician, Cape Town ; W. G. Mason, Esq., B.Se., Principal of Agricultural School, Elsen- berg. ~ oe Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. ix The following gentlemen were elected ordinary members: Messrs. Cuas. T. Gray, J. B. Morrat, H. Brarp, and W. Tyson. Dr. GitL gave a summary of Mr. J. R. Sutton’s paper, ‘‘ The Winds of Kimberley.” Mr. P. L. Scuater, Sec. Z.S. Lond., on the invitation of the President, addressed the Society on the subject of a Zoological Garden for Cape Town: Mr. Sclater, on bringing the subject before the Society, said he was naturally much interested in it, seeing that for the past forty years he had had the honour of occupying the position of Secretary to the Zoological Society of London. It was naturally, on that account, hig endeavour on every opportune occasion to interest others in this particular branch of science. In bringing the subject before them, he proposed to divide his remarks into three parts. In the first place, he would say a few words about the value of zoological gardens generally; secondly, he would refer to the special value of such an institution to Cape Town; and thirdly, he would suggest one or two ideas with respect to the most practical method of promoting such an interesting and instructive scheme. In so progressive a city as Cape Town it was hardly necessary for him to labour upon the point of the educational importance of such an institution. As a means of scientific study of various animals, it offered advantages to the student and observer which could not otherwise be obtainable without long and tedious journeys into the remote parts of the country. Every foremost nation of Hurope had its ‘‘ Zoo,” and France deserved the prime order of merit for having, in the beginning of the present century, taken the initiative in this branch of natural history by laying the foundations of the world- famed Jardin des Plantes. In Holland also there were excellent Zoological Gardens, particularly at Amsterdam, Rotterdam, and the Hague; while at Berlin, Cologne, Frankfort, Vienna, and other cities, the same method of combining instruction with innocent amusement was carried out. All the large cities of America, such as Washington, Philadelphia, and New York, were likewise provided with such institutions. In Australia, Melbourne, Sydney, and Perth had their Zoological Gardens, and other important and growing communities in that part of the globe were following suit. At the present moment the only Zoological Garden on the con- tinent of Africa was the small but well-kept enclosure at Cairo, under the direction of Mr. Stanley Flower, the talented son of the late Sir William Flower, formerly Director of the British Museum. Mr. Sclater was also aware that Pretoria, in the Transvaal Republic, wanted to have its Zoological Garden, and he had been much pleased x Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. to confer on the subject with Dr. Gunning, the Director of the State Museum at Pretoria, when he was here a few days ago. Cape Town seemed to Mr. Sclater to offer many advantages for the establish- ment of an efficiently directed Zoological Garden. It-was a most delightful place of residence, the climate was all that could be desired, and the facilities of communication with other parts of the world were beyond comparison, taking geographical conditions into account. They all knew better than he could tell them that the energies and forces of civilisation had practically driven the large game of South Africa into the wilds. They could not see an ant- bear, nor feast their eyes upon a lion in its native lair. They had to visit that excellent institution, the South African Museum, in order to view them, beautifully stuffed, and enclosed in glass cases. But surely a live lion was a better creature to look at than a dead one! It was a curious fact that of all the different species of antelopes 110 or 120 belonged to Africa, but they were all being gradually destroyed as civilisation advanced; and it ought to be one of the privileges of Cape Town to show to its own population and to visitors, living specimens of the graceful animals which in years gone by used to roam freely over the valleys, plains, and slopes of South Africa in their thousands. Mr. Sclater admitted that the most difficult part of his subject was the solution of the problem—how to establish in this city a Zoological Garden under the most practical economic conditions. But after discussing various plans, he was disposed to recommend the formation of a Cape Zoological Society, the subscriptions of members to go towards forming the nucleus of a fund for its estab- lishment. - He expressed a hope that not only the Government, when funds were available, but the City Corporation would contri- bute towards the encouragement of so deserving an institution, and he suggested that, by way of a beginning, the vacant ground at the back of the Museum might be set apart for the initiatory ‘“ cradle- space’ of a Zoological Garden. A discussion followed Mr. Sclater’s address, and opinions were expressed by several members as to the relative desirability of a Zoological Garden in or near Cape Town, or a large reserve area being shut off to allow native animals being preserved. A proposal had formerly been made that the peninsula south of Simon’s Town should be so utilised. Dr. EH. B. FunuerR gave notice that he would move at next meeting ‘‘ That the Council of the Society be instructed to take up the question of the founding of a Zoological Garden in Cape Town.” Dr. Muir proposed a vote of thanks to Mr. Sclater for his inte- resting and stimulating address, Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. xi OrpINARY Montuuy MEETING. November 1, 1899. L. PéRINGUEY, President, in the Chair. The Minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed. Dr. E. B. FuLLER’s motion, ‘‘ That the Council of the Society be instructed to take up the question of the founding of a Zoological Garden in Cape Town,” was carried unanimously. Captain A. KE. Pakeman, East London, was nominated for election as an ordinary member. . The following gentlemen were elected ordinary members: Messrs. J. EF. QuEKET, G. M. Crarx, and W. G. Mason. Dr. Maruoru exhibited various Diptera, Hemiptera, and Coleoptera. which he had caught in the snow near the summit of the Matroos- berg in October. He had also found diatoms, and the eggs and. larvee of insects. So far he had no proof, however, that any insects were confined to such regions. The PREsIDENT said that true Alpine forms of insects had been found by M. Raffray in Abyssinia, and that they were known on. Kilima Njaro, but not further south. The PResiDENT exhibited a clay pot of native manufacture recently presented to the South African Museum by Mr. Wood, of Hast. London. The pot is not of Kaffir make, but might be referred to those natives who have left their traces in the ‘‘ Kitchen-middens.”’ The Secretary read a paper by the Hon. J. D. Huao, of Worcester, on ‘ Vitalism.”’ Drs. Martotn and HurcHrEon expressed their interest in Mr. Hugo’s paper. OrpinaRyY Montuty MEETING. November 29, 1899. L. P&RINGUEY, President, in the Chair. The Minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed. J. H. C. Krapont, Esq., B.A., Concordia, and R. Broom, Esq., M.D., B.Sc., Port Elizabeth, were nominated for election as ordinary members. Captain A. E. Paxreman, East London, was elected an ordinary member. Dr. J. D. FE. Grucurist exhibited a number of marine specimens, including a new species of Hippocampus from Knysna, a new Anchovy from Zwartkops River and Saldanha Bay, and a new Crustacean. C xii Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. The PresipEnt recorded the deciphering by Mr. Donald Ferguson of the inscription on an old stone which has been in the South African Museum since 1855. (See Transactions, XI., Part 2, pp. 196-201.) Dr. J. D. F. Grucurist read a paper on ‘ The Genus Paraplysta, with Description of a New Species.” Mr. Rogers read a paper by himself and Mr. EH. H. L. Schwarz on ‘‘The Orange River Ground Moraine.” OrpInNARY Montuity MEETING. January 31, 1900. L. Péringuey, President, in the Chair. Messrs. Wm. ANDERSON, Government Geologist, Natal; J. M. ORPEN, Surveyor-General, Rhodesia; G. WATERMEYER, Interpreter Supreme Court; and B. R. MacMinnan, Department of Agriculture, Cape Town, were nominated for election as ordinary members. Dr. RR. Broom, Port) Khvabeta, and Mr. Hi. Ch kRaArorss Concordia, were elected ordinary members. The SecRETARY stated that the Royal Geographical Society, the Geological Society, and the Royal Astronomical Society, London, had intimated that their publications would in future be sent to the Society’s Library. The Cambridge Philosophical Society had pre- sented a complete set of its Proceedings, and had promised to forward future numbers. Mr. Cuas. EF. Jurirz, M.A., Cape Town, read a paper entitled, «The Soils of the South-Western Districts of the Cape Colony.” OrpinAaRyY Montuiuy MEETING. March 28, 1900. P. Ryan in the Chair. His Excellency Sir ALFRED Miunur, K.C.B., G.C.M.G., was nomi- nated for election as an ordinary member by the President and Secretary. Messrs. Wm. ANDERSON, Natal; J. M. Orpen, Rhodesia; G. ‘WATERMEYER, and B. R. MacMiuuan, Cape Town, were elected ordinary members of the Society. Mr. HE. H. L. Scuwarz exhibited portions of a fossil reptile which had recently been discovered in the course of the geological survey of the Uitenhage District. Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. xi The SECRETARY read a note on ‘Ocean Currents, Sand-dunes, and the Wreck of the Ismore,”’ by Mr. Garwood Alston. Mr. C. Stewart communicated a paper on ‘ River Bars and Ocean Currents,” by Captain A. E. Pakeman of East London. ORDINARY MontTHuy MEETING. May 2, 1900. L. PERINGUEY, President, in the Chair. The Minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed. Prof. H. KE. 8. Fremantue, B.A. (Oxon.), South African College, was nominated for election as an ordinary member by Messrs. CoRSTORPHINE and PHRINGUEY. His Excellency Sir Aurrep Minner, K.C.B., G.C.M.G., was elected as an ordinary member. Mr. Scuarer exhibited a portion of a bone found at a considerable depth below the surface in Grave Street, and presented to the Museum by Colonel Feilden. The bone was obviously the upper portion of the radius and ulna of a large ungulate animal; it appeared to be too large for an ox, and Mr. Sclater suggested that it might perhaps be that of a hippopotamus. If this was so, it was interesting as confirming the statement in Van Riebeek’s diary, that hippopotami were in the habit of wallowing in the marsh which formerly existed on the site of what is now Church Square. The Rev. Dr. F. C. KouBe read a:paper entitled, ‘‘ Ultimate Analysis of Our Concept of Matter.” The lecturer first briefly stated the four prevailing views on the subject—the mechanical, the dynamic, the vortical, and the Scholastic or Aristotelian. The first analyses the world into separately existing atoms, and accounts for all diversity of phenomena by their relative motions. The second reduces the universe to centres of force. The third analyses matter into an almost entirely indeterminate substratum, absolutely homogeneous, into which variety of form is introduced by energy alone. The fourth admits no differentiation at all in the substratum, takes account rather of the combinations of particles than of the particles combined, and analyses the world into an indeterminate matter placed in existence by a hierarchy of forms. The first two theories being for various reasons rejected, the lecturer stated that the purpose of this paper was to reconcile the third and the fourth. This he did by showing how slight a change Lord Kelvin would xiv Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. have to make to identify his substratum with that of Aristotle, and how desirable it was to make that change. The question of energy and form was somewhat more omnes but by two illustrations Dr. Kolbe showed how it was lkely or possible that vortices singly were very different from vortices in combination, and that therefore scientists might very well admit that Aristotle was right in fixing his analysis on the forms rather than on the elements. Thus a modus vivendi might be set up, in which scientists would gain the benefit of more accurate psychology and philosophy, while Aristotelians would be able to enlarge their bounds by the whole progress of modern science. OrpiInARY Montuuy MEETING. June 6, 1900. L. PERINGUEY, President, in the Chair. The Minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed. On the motion of the PRESIDENT, it was resolved that the Society congratulate Sir David Gill on the honour which Her Majesty the: Queen had conferred upon him; and that Dr. Thomas Muir be congratulated on his election as a Fellow of the Royal Society, London. Prof. H. E. 8S. FremantTxeE, South African College, was elected an ordinary member. Dr. G. H. Cuirron, Knysna, was nominated by Miss W1inMANn and Dr. CoRrsToRPHINE, and -Prof. W. Ritcuiz, South African College, by Drs. Beatriz and CorsToRPHINE, for election as. ordinary members. The list of books received since last meeting was laid on the table. The PRESIDENT intimated that Part I. of Vol. XI. of the Transactions had been issued to members. Mr. W. L. Scuater exhibited a curious relic of Napoleon’s. sojourn at St. Helena, in the form of a steel cross-bow, provided by the English Government for their Imperial captive’s pastime. Annexed to the old-time weapon was a certificate by John Des- fontein of the H.E.I.C. service, then in charge of the stores depdt: on the island, worded thus: “This patent steel cross-bow, made by A. Forsyth & Co., patent gunmakers, No. 8, Leicester Square, Leicester Street, London, sent to St. Helena, for General Buona- parte—£24. Cleaning, etc., etc. (since), with additional new silk Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. xv strings, apparatus, etc—£8. Total, £32.” It was presented to the South African Museum in 1875 by Mr. John Broadway. Mr. Scuater also exhibited a series of photographs of birds and their nests taken by Mr. R. H. Ivy, in the neighbourhood of Graham’s Town. Among them were the following: Cossypha bicolor the Piet-mijn-vrouw—Monticola rupestris, the nest of which contained an egg of the solitary cuckoo (Cuculus solitarius) distinctly visible in the photograph owing to its darker colour—Dryoscopus cubla, the Puff-back Shrike, showing the bird with its powder-puff-like feathers of the back erected—Tockus melanoleucus, the Horn-bill—Pratincola torquata, the South African Stonechat—Cestropus natalensis, the Lark-heeled Cuckoo, which differs from most of its relatives, in building its own nest and hatching its own young. Dr. J. D. F. Giucurtist exhibited : (1) A Gadoid fish, belonging to the genus Haloporphyrus and probably a new species, found by the Government steamer in trawl- ing about 40 miles off Cape Town, in over 100 fathoms. (2) Four fishes showing luminous organs, viz.: a Monocentris from shallow water, Mossel Bay ; an Argyropelecus, a Paraliparis, and a Scopelus from over 100 fathoms off the Cape Peninsula, probably all new species. (3) A number of new Alcyonarians which had been procured by the Government steamer and described by Prof. Hickson, F.R.S. These included the new genus, Acrophytwm claviger, and three new species—Heteroxeina capensis, Sarccphytum trochiforme, Gorgoma capensis. (4) Specimens of Verztellwm illustrating the difference in size of the fauna of the east and west coasts of Africa, the eastern forms being larger than those from the west coast. (5) A specimen of Agriopus torvus. (6) A new species of Anchovy from East London, this being the second species of the genus Hngraulis discovered in South African waters. Dr. F. Purcenu exhibited specimens of all the known South African species of ‘ Peripatus,’’ including, in addition to the three previously described forms, four others recently described by himself in the “Annals of the South African Museum,” making seven Wat alll, Wale, = Peripatopsis capensis (Grube), with 17 pairs of legs. ) P. balfouri (Sedg.), with 18 pairs of legs. , from the Cape Peninsula. P. leonina, Pure., with 21-22 ,, sis j P. Sedgwicki, Pure., with 20 ,, i. P. clavigera, Pure., ,, 7 99 be) P. moseleyi (Wood-m.), with 20-22 pairs of legs.) from Natal and the Eastern Opisthopatus cinctipes, Pure., with 16 ,, ) parts of Cape Colony. from Knysna. 9) xvi Proceedings of the South African, Philosophical Society. Of these the last-named form is the most interesting, as it differs so much from all the others that a new genus had to be created for its reception. It was discovered by the Rev. J. A. O’Neil at Dunbrody, Uitenhage Division. It resembles the Australian forms in several respects. Dr. Purcell maintained that the supposed great antiquity of ‘‘ Peripatus’”’ was very doubtful, depending as it did on the supposi- tion that the trachew of the tracheate Arthropods could only have. originated once, for it 1s now known that true tracheze have originated independently in at least three different ways, for instance. in two ways in spiders and in a third way in insects. It would be reasonable to suppose, therefore, that ‘‘ Peripatus’’ may also have acquired its trachese independently of those of the insects. In the discussion which followed, Dr. Corstorphine stated that the pecuhar distribution of Peripatus had some bearing on the question of its antiquity. Dr. Gilchrist thought that the presence of trachez could not be overlooked, and, if not conclusive, was at least some evidence of the close relationship of Peripatus to the ancestral insect. In reply Dr. Purcell mentioned that the distribution of Peripatus might be accounted for by the drifting of the animal on logs, as the creature could easily live for at least six months without food. ORDINARY Montruny MERTING. June 27, 1900. L. PERINGUEY, President, in the Chair. The Minutes of the last meeting were confirmed. The following gentlemen were nominated for election as ordinary members: Messrs. Winniam COraia, A.M.1.C.E. and WuLiiAM Ropertson, M.R.C.V.8., by Messrs. B. R. MacMinuan and L. Prerineury; Mr. C. W. Matry, Assistant Entomologist, by Messrs. PERINGUEY and CoRSTORPHINE ; Major W. HE. M. Stanrorp, C.M.G., by Messrs. CoRSTORPHINE and SCLATER. Prof. W. Rircuiz and Dr. G. H. Cuirron were elected ordinary members. The SecRETARY read a letter of thanks for the Society’s congratu- lations from Dr. T. Muir. Mr. KE. H. L. Scuwarz exhibited copies of some Bushman draw- ings which he had found near Nieuwoudtville. Along with the usual reproductions of men and animals, there are Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. xvii certain puzzling figures which have not been recorded from other localities. One of these consists of a rude slipper-like form with seven bars across it; another is a circle with seven peripheral radiating bars, and a third shows three concentric circles, from the outer of which there extend twenty-one bars. Mr. Schwarz thought that the first-mentioned figure might be a tally. Mr. McEwen suggested that the recurrence of seven and its multiple, might indicate that the other two were also reckonings of some sort. Air Dr. Piers mentioned that there were many scratched drawings at Wagenaars Kraal, in the Nieuwveld, where some of the older drawings had been copied by subsequent natives. Dr. CorsToRPHINE exhibited a piece of limestone showing very typical cone-in-cone structure. It had been found on a débris heap at Kimberley and forwarded to the Museum by Mr. Gardner Williams. Dr. Corstorphine gave a short note on an old beach deposit on the site of the South African Brewery at Woodstock, which had been brought to his notice by Mr. A. W. Ackermann, Architect, Cape Town. Immediately adjacent to the railway, excavations for foundations have been made down to the underlying Malmesbury slate. The sections nearest town show a layer of shells and water-worn boulders, some 3 feet thick, resting on the slate and covered by about 3 feet of sand and soil, but within 30 yards the deposit entirely thins out. The shells all belong to species found on the present beach, viz.: Lutraria oblonga, Bullia rhodostoma, B. Levigata, Patella argenvilli, Crepidula hepatica, Turritella knysneensis. A copy of a report on a submarine disturbance, from the Magis- trate at Walfish Bay, forwarded by Mr. Stanford, was read by the Secretary. The Magistrate stated that on May 31st or June Ist last, a new island appeared about 100 yards N.H. of Pelican Point. The island was about 150 feet long by 30 feet wide, and stood 12 feet above high water. It was composed of a tenacious clay ; soundings gave 7-10 fathoms around it; steam was observed rising from the clay, and an intense smell of sulphuretted hydrogen was perceptible, even at a distance of 5 miles. Mr. W. L. ScuaTEr read a paper entitled, ‘‘ Notes on the so called ‘Post Office Stone,’ and other inscribed stones preserved in the South African Museum and elsewhere.” xviii Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Socvety. ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING. August 1, 1900. L. Pkrinauey, President, in the Chair, The Report of the Council and the Treasurer’s statement were adopted. Mr. L. PERINGUEY was unanimously re-elected President. Mr. H. Bouvus, Dr. J. D. F. Gincurist, Sir Davin Ginn, K.C.B., and Dr. Marntotu were re-elected Members of Council for the ensuing two years. REPORT OF CoUNCIL FOR YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1900. During the past year eight ordinary meetings have been held, at which, in addition to various short notes and exhibitions of speci- mens, eight papers were read. Part 1 of Vol. XI. of the Transactions containing seven papers and nine plates was issued to members early in June, while the first proof of Part 2 was returned to the printer during the same month. The number of Institutions to which the Transactions are sent 1s 110, and the Society’s Library has been increased by donations of 180 volumes and papers during the year. The cataloguing of the Library is being continued on the plan mentioned in last year’s report. The membership of the Society is still increasing, the members at June 30 being: Honorary Members 2, Ordinary Members 148. The Council has to record with regret the deaths of four members : Mrs. Barber, Prof. F. Guthrie, Rev. Mr. Muller, and Dr. A. C. Stark. The financial position of the Society is extremely gratifying, as will be seen by reference to the balance-sheet. annexed. The Treasurer further reports that out of the 148 Ordinary Members, 87 are town members paying an annual subscription of £2, and 61 are country members paying an annual subscription of £1, so that the Society as at present constituted should from this source obtain an annual income of £235. It will be seen that during the present year only £202 16s. Od. has been received. This is to a great extent owing to the war and the fact that many of our members are resident in the Transvaal. The arrears due to the Society in the matter of subscriptions amount to £76, of which the greater portion may be regarded as a safe asset. During the year £109 15s. 2d. was received from sale of Trans- actions. a E Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. xix. Owing to the fact that during the last year we have not paid for the printing of Part 1 of Vol. XI. of the Transactions there is a large balance amounting to £480 10s. 11d. in hand as against £248 12s. lld. at the commencement of the year. As it appeared to be bad finance to have so large a sum lying idle at the bank, the Council has placed a sum of £300 on fixed deposit with the Standard Bank, bearing interest at the rate of 34 per cent. per annum. Signed for the Council, L. PeRINGuEY, President. Gro. S. CoRSTORPHINE, Secretary. THE Hon. TREASURER’S ACCOUNT WITH THE SoutH AFRICAN PHILOSOPHICAL Society, Juty 1, 1899, to Junge 30, 1900. RECEIPTS. EXPENDITURE. Ler gh hdl: £ os. id To Balance at Bank, June By Preparation and Repro- SO S99) ct ee ® ei o4 eh duction of Plates for », Repayment of advance Transactions 24s. ol) 6) (see last year’s state- ,, Printing Notices of Meet- MEMOS ase es ae (BOM OvO IMOSs Cw Cee) 3 2) TON a PMOUDSEHIptONSHe. ae | e202 16) 0 », Purchase of Stationery 7 6 6 ,, pale of Publications .. 109 15 3 ,, Lypewriting of MSS. .. 215 6. ,, Freight of Books and Transactions from uropel, at 2. 6. 4 On 9 ,, Payments for attendance at meetings and cleri- calassistance .. .. 7 O ,», Petty expenses (chiefly postage) .. . 23 0 0 nh ne 0 », Repayment to 8. African Museum for Annals... 1 105 6 0 », Bank Charges stot Oe LD SLO 135 3; Balance as per Bank Book.) a. 22480) 10) 11 £591 4 2 fool, 42 W. L. Scuater, Hon. Treasurer. We, the undersigned members of the South African Philosophical Society, hereby declare that we have examined the above account, com- pared the receipts with the counterfoils of the Receipt Book, the cash pay- ments with the Vouchers, and the balance with the Bank Pass Book, and have found the same correct. W. EF. Porc tt, ) we M. Witman, j Auditors. xx Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. LIST OF COUNCIL AND MEMBERS, 1897 Hisx,, Rev. Gs He Re Cave ZS. 11877 ‘Arderme,)> ia = Mia ines = all. 1895 Baker, H., Castle Co. Chambers, 1897 Barker, C. N.,Rownham, Malvern, 1897 Black, R. Sinclair, 17.D., Robben 1883 Bodkin, A. A., J/.A., Diocesan For year ending June 30, 1900. COUNCIL. L. Prrinaury, President. W.L. Scuater, Treasurer. | G. S. CorsToRPHINE, Secretary. | H. Bouvs. J. D. F. GiucuRist. | Sir Davip Gru. R. MaRruorta. T. Murr. T. Stewart. » HONORARY MEMBERS. Church House (ordinary member from 1877). | 1897 Trimun, Re, Hons. LelieSe. tons F.Z.S., Entomological Society, London (ordinary member from 1887). CORRESPONDING MEMBER. Prof. E. Courn, Greifswald. ORDINARY MEMBERS. 1897 Alston, E. G., Van Wijks Vlei. 1895 Alston, G., 1, Lilian Villas, Wandel St. 1890 Amphlett, G. T., Standard Bank, Cape Town. 1896 Anderson, G. E. C., M.D., Church Street. 1886 Anderson, T. J., MW.L.A., Kenil- worth. 1900 Anderson, Wm., Geol. Survey Office, Maritzburg. Claremont. Cape Town. Durban. 1899 Beard, Herbert R., B.A. (Cantab.), Woodside, Wynberg. 1897 Beattie, J. C., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., South African College. 1882 Beek, J.. H. M:., I.0;, Ronde- bosch. 1899 Berry, Hon. Sir W. Bisset, M.D., Cape Town. Island. College. 1877 Bolus, H., F.L.S., Kenilworth. L897 Braun, cele. lene an mame ele Willowmore. 1898 Breyer, H. G., M.D., Gymnasium, Pretoria. 1900 Broom, R., .D., B.Sc., Pearston. 1899 Brounger, R.E., M.I.C.E., Bloem- fontein. 1897 Brown, F.N.Dimock, V.R.C.S.E., Hilton College, Maritzburg. 1877 Buchanan, Hon. Mr. Justice E. J., Claremont. 1898 Churchill, F. O. F., Chalfont, Gillets, Natal. 1899 Clark, G. M., M.A. (Cantab.), A.M.I.C.E., General Post Office. 1900 Clifton, G. H., M.D. (Edin.), M.R.C.S., and L.S.A. (Lond.), Knysna. 1896 Cooper, A., Richmond, Natal. 1895 Corstorphine, Geo. S., B.Sc., Ph.D., South African College. 1896 Cowper, Sydney, Claremont. 1899 Crawford, Lawrence, M.A., D.Sc., South African College. 1895 Cregoe, J. P., P.O. Box 1420, Johannesburg. 1895 Crowhurst, J. W., F.R.C.V.S., Cape Times Buildings. Proceedings of the South African ‘1898 Dale, Langham, Colonial Office. 1890 Dodds, W. J., M.D., Valkenberg, Mowbray. 1899 Don, David, The Maze, Berea, Durban. 1898 Drege, J. L., Port Elizabeth. 1877 Ebden, Hon. A., Rondebosch. 1897 Edington, A., M.B., Graham’s Town. 1895 Evans, M. S., F.Z.S., Durban. 1890 Fairbridge, W. G., 133, Long- market Street, Cape Town. 1899 Feltham, H. L. L., Stellenberg, Kenilworth. 1892 Fletcher, W., P.O. Box 670, Cape Town. 1899 Francis, J. A., Durban. 1900 Fremantle, H. E. 8., M.A. (Oxon.), South African College. 1898 Fry, Harold A., Wagenhuiskrantz, Bredasdorp. 1899 Fuller, C., F.H.S., Maritzburg. 1895 Bullers Eis Bi?) a: CaM, F.R.C.S.E., Church Square, Cape Town. 1877 Fuller, T. E., M.0.A., Bollihope, Mowbray. 1896 Gilchrist, J. D. F., M.A4., B.Sc., Ph.D., South African Museum. els OaGall esi Davidy he CBee rii ies, nes One Healy. Asse, loyal Observatory. 1897 Graham, F. G. C., Somerset East. 1899 Gray, Chas. J., Dept. of Mines, Maritzburg. 1895 Gregory, A. J., I.D., Colonial Office. 1897 Gunning, J. W. B., Ph.D., The Museum, Pretoria. 1898 Hamilton, T. H., Engineer’s Dept., C.G.R., Cape Town. 1899 Hanau, J., W.D., Carnarvon. 1891 Heenan, R. W. Hammersley, M.I.C.E., Table Bay Harbour Works. 1898 Holland, C. T., P.O. Box 200, Bulawayo. 1899 Hough, S. S., M.A. (Cantab.), Royal Observatory. 1889) Howard, Rs 7 Ni OIE. R-C.S., : F.R.Met.S., Port Nolloth. 1897 Hugo, D. de Vos, W.B., Worcester. 1896 Hugo, Hon. J. D., Worcester. 1891 Hutcheon, D., M.R.C.V.S., Cape Town. 1897 1895 1883 1898 1892 1896 1896 1900 1899 1898 1877 1888 1892 1896 1895 1899 1900 1897 1894 1898 1887 1885 1897 1899 1899 1896 1897 1899 Philosophical Society. xxi Hutchins DP. 9He, HaaMer.S.. Kenilworth. Impey, S. P., M.D., Overbeek Square, Cape Town. Janisch, N., Colonial Office. Juritz, C. F., M.A. (Cape), Govt. Laboratory, Cape Town. iKanmemeyer aus DS akinesia: Burghersdorp. Kitching, C. McGowan, M.D., Church Street, Cape Town. Kolbe, Reus Hi C2, BAS Dep: St. Mary’s Presbytery, Cape Town. Krapobltw de HeaCs eben (Cape), Concordia. ihedoux,5C. As, Fb Se RUGS: (Lond.), Bacteriological Inst., Graham’s Town. Leith, G., P.O. Box 8, Pretoria. Lightfoot, The Ven. Archdeacon, Cape Town. hindley Ne Bo, ) 0A], Ge... Claremont. Lithman, K. V., Dock Road, Cape Town. Littlewood, E. T., M.A., B.Sc., High School, Wynberg. Lounsbury, C. P., B.Sc., Dept. of Agriculture. Metiweng 9.2 (Sis) AM Ose Resident Engineer’s Office, C.G.R., Cape Town. MacMillan, B. R., Department of Agriculture. Macpherson, J. W. C., IL.B., Stellenbosch. Mally, L., 8, Shortmarket Street, Cape Town. Mansergh, C. L. W., Public Works Department. Marchand) icy. be be BAR. Rondebosch. Marloth, R., Ph.D., M.A., Church Street, Cape Town. Marshall, G. A. K., F.E.S., F.Z.S., P.O. Box 56, Salisbury. Mason, W. G., B.Sc. (Edin.), F.H.A.S., HElsenberg, Mulders Vlei. Masson, J. L., Maritzburg. Mayer, C., Stellenbosch. Meiring, I. P. v. H., Worcester. Millar, A. D., 298, Smith Street, Durban. xxii Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. 1900 Milner, H. FE. Sir Alfred, K.C.B., G.C.M.G., M.A. (Oxon:): 1899 Moffat, J. B., Native Affairs Office, Cape Town. 1898 Molengraaff, G. A. F., Ph.D., Pretoria. 1899 Monier-Williams, O. F., St. George’s Chambers, Cape Town. 1896) Morrison; Jen Le.) ied ese: F.R.S.E., Victoria College, Stellenbosch. 1892) Muir, 2. ee MiCAr OHSS es F.R.S.E., Dept. of Education. 1899 Oakley, H. M., Arderne’s Bldgs., Cape Town. 1900 Orpen, J. M., Salisbury. 1899 Osborn, W., Durban. 1899 Pakeman, Capt. A. E., East London. 1885 Péringuey, L., F.H.S., F.Z.S., South African Museum. 899 Piers, C. E., M.D., Rheede Street, Cape Town. 1895 Purcell, W. F., Ph.D., M.A., South African Museum. 1899 Queket, J. F., F.Z.S., Museum, Durban. 1899 Quentrall, Thos., Kimberley. 1894 Raffray, A., Chev. de la Legion WV Honneur, Cape Town. 1895 v. d. Riets Be (eis ey ved Victoria College, Stellenbosch. 1900 Ritchie, W., M.A. (Oxon.), South African College. 1898 Rix-Trott,H., C.H., Pt. Elizabeth. 1892 Roberts, A. W., F.R.A.S., Hon. D.Sc. (Cape), Lovedale. 1896 Rogers, A. W., M.A. (Cantabd.), F.G.S., South African Museum. 1899 Rohden, M. F., Oudtshoorn. 1882 Rose, J. E. B., Sea Point. US8O7 thosss A. eZ. 1890 Ryan, P., Rosebank. 1878 St. Leger, F. Y., B.A., MGA, Newlands. 1895 Saunders, H. P., Arderne’s Bldgs., Cape Town. 1890 Schonland, S., Ph.D., M.A., AlbanyMuseum,Graham’sTown. 1896 Schreiner, Hon. W. P., Q.C., M.L.A., Lyndale, Newlands. 1878 Schunke-Hollway, H.C., F.R.G.S., Plaisir de Merle, Paarl. 1895 1896 1877 1896 1877 1877 1897 1883 1895 1899 1897 1898 1895 1882 1896 1896 1898 1896 1899 1896 1897 1877 1900 1898 1893 1878 1898 1897 Schwarz, E.. cei. dis) ALRSCas-s: South African Museum. Sclater, W. L., M.A. (Ozon.), F.Z.S., South African Museum.. Silberbauer, C. F., 4, Liesbeek Villas, Rondebosch. de Smidt, H., B.A., Treasury,, Cape Town. Smith, Hon. CC. Abercrombie, M.A. (Cantab.), Audit Office. Southey, Hon. Sir R., K.C.M.G..,. Wynberg. Stewart, C., B.Sc., Meteorological Dept., Cape Town. Stewart, T., F.G.S., M.1I.C.E.,, St. George’s Chambers, Cape Town. Stoney, W. W., M.D., Kim- berley. Struben, A., Westoe, Mowbray. Sutton, J. R., B.A. (Cantabd.),. Kimberley. Tennant, David, 102, Wale Street,. Cape Town. Thomson, ) Wee iea ee eSCee F.R.S.E., University Chambers, Cape Town. Tooke, W. Hammond, Dept. of Agriculture. Tredgold, C. H., B.A., LL.B., P.O. Box 306, Bulawayo. Treleaven, F'., Plein Street, Cape Town. Trotter, Col. J. K., R.A., The Castle, Cape Town. Turner, G., M.D., Colonial Office, Cape Town. Ivson,, (We, 220. S0 hore hells Roy. Bot. Soc., Edin., Dept. of _ Agriculture. Veale, H. B., M.B., Pretoria. Versfeld, J. J., L.R.C.S., Stellen- bosch. de Villiers, The Right Hon. Sir J. H., K.C.M.G., P.C., Wynberg. Watermeyer, G., Supreme Court. Watermeyer, J. C., B.A., Wind- hoek, German S.W. Africa. Westhofen, W., M.I.C.H., Public Works Dept. Wiener, L., Newlands. Wilman, M., Kenilworth. Wood, J. Medley, Berea, Durban. Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. xxii ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. August 1, 1900. L. PERINGUEY, President, in the Chair. The SecRETARY read a letter from Sir David Gill thanking the Society for its congratulations. Mr. Waupron, Public Works Department, was nominated for elec- tion as an ordinary member by Drs. CoRSTORPHINE and GILCHRIST. Messrs. Wm. Craic, C. W. Matty, Wma. RosBEertson, and W. HE. M. Stanrorp, C.M.G., were elected ordinary members. The SECRETARY read a second report on the mud island which appeared off Pelican Point at the beginning of June, from Mr. Cleverly, R.M., Walfish Bay, and showed the photographs taken * by Mr. Waldron, Public Works Department. The report and photographs were forwarded to the Society by Mr. Stanford. Mr. CLEVERLY reported that the island no longer existed on June 7th, it having then entirely subsided, as, on steaming over the site, soundings of six and seven fathoms were obtained. The sea was much discoloured and a distinct odour of sulphur was still to be distinguished. Small quantities of dead fish were found on Pelican Point, but this is a not unusual occurrence. About the time of the island’s appearance heavy rollers set in along the coast, and though these did not affect Walfish Bay, thirty yards of the ~ new breakwater at Swakop Mouth were totally destroyed, a derrick carried away, and two men drowned. Though these rollers are usually experienced on this coast in the winter months, Mr. Cleverly understands that the engineer in charge at Swakop Mouth had set up a theory that the damage to his works resulted from an earthquake wave, and that he pointed to the appearance of the mud island at Walfish Bay in support of his theory, but in Mr. Cleverly’s opinion the cause of the upheaval must have been extremely local, as no disturbance whatsoever was felt at the settlement or in the confined waters of Walfish Bay. Mr. Wawuprovn, on the invitation of the President, gave an account of his visits to the island. It was visited on June lst, 2nd, and 4th. At next visit on June 7th there was no island. On June Ist one member of the party landed and noticed a small basin-shaped hollow containing water and emitting gas bubbles. The odour was distinctly that of sulphuretted hydrogen. In reply to a question Mr. Waupron stated that sulphur was. found on the shore in certain holes. Dr. MaruotH, who had formerly visited Walfish Bay, stated that d xxiv Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. he came to the conclusion that the sulphur found there was artificial, and he could not but think due to a wreck. He considered that the island was probably upheaved by the formation of gas—in connection with which the sulphur might have played a part. Dr. CoRSTORPHINE agreed with Dr. Marloth as to there being no need for volcanic activity to explain the phenomenon; nor was there any evidence of such. He compared the appearance of the island at Walfish Bay with the ‘“‘mud lumps” known to arise in the Gulf of Mexico, and quoted Sir Charles Lyell’s account of these. The Walfish Bay island was evidently a quite similar phenomenon. As to the gas, the Gulf of Mexico “mud lumps” usually gave off marsh-gas, and the sulphuretted hydrogen perceived as_ being emitted at Walfish Bay, was probably due to the decomposition of animal as against plant material. The fine mud from Walfish Bay, under the microscope, was found to contain diatoms, fish scales, bones, and other remnants of animal matter. On this view, there was no need to call in the shipwrecked sulphur as an agent in the formation of the Walfish Bay ‘‘ mud-lump.”’ Mr. L. PERINGUEY gave a summary of his paper entitled, ‘‘ Notes on Stone Implements of Paleolithic type found at Stellenbosch and the Vicinity.” Mr. Prsrinauey described the discovery of stone implements of a particularly ancient type at Bosman’s Crossing, Paarl, and Malmesbury. From the rude character of the chipped stones, he was disposed to regard them as being equal in age to the paleolithic implements of Kurope, but Dr. Corstorphine had shown him the difficulty of accepting this theory owing to the geological deposits in or on which the stones are found. So far no implements have been found in any deposit that can be regarded as of great antiquity. In the Stellenbosch district the implements are found imbedded either in the rain-wash of weathered granite or in the laterite, or simply on the surface, so that no geological evidence has yet been discovered as to the presumable antiquity of the implements. One feature of this occurrence, which Dr. CoRSTORPHINE pointed out, is that as yet no implements have been found on the recent alluvial terraces of the Eerste River, but only on the hill-slopes round about. The implements are formed from water-worn boulders of Table Mountain Sandstone, and often retain a considerable portion of the water-worn surface. Colonel FEILDEN expressed the pleasure with which he had listened to Mr. Péringuey’s- account of the stones, as he had given considerable attention to this subject for twenty years past. The amazing feature, to his mind, was the abundance of most Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. XXV heterogeneous types of chipped stones all over South Africa. He quite agreed as to the geological difficulty in assigning the Stellen- bosch implements to any great antiquity, though most of them were of an extremely rude type. Orpinary Monruity Meertine. August 29, 1900. L. PERINGUEY, President, in the Chair. The following gentlemen were nominated for election as ordinary members: Mr. J. W. Honey, Cape Town, by Messrs. ScCLATER and PrRiIncuEY; Dr. R. JaAmMus, Cape Town, Prof. J. G. Lawn, Kimberley, Messrs. A. WausH, Pt. Elizabeth, by Messrs. CorsTor- PHINE and Périncury, and F. Masry, Cape Town, by Messrs. PERINGUEY and CoRSTORPHINE. Mr. I’. W. Watpron was elected an ordinary member. The Secretary exhibited an inscribed stone showing Phola borings found on the site of the new brewery at Woodstock and presented to the Museum by Mr. A. W. AcKERMANN. A paper “On the Structure of the Palate in Dicynodon and its Allies,’ by Dr. R. Broom, was read by the SECRETARY. Dr. R. Maruotu read the following note explanatory of the Walfish Bay mud island, described by Mr. I. W. Waldron at the last meeting: ‘“‘ The formation of the mud island is probably quite independent from the patches of sulphur known to exist in the neighbourhood of Walfish Bay. From the fact that the gas was seen bubbling through the water it seems hardly hkely that it was pure sulphuretted hydrogen, which is very soluble in water. Unfortunately, no sample of the gas was collected. I think it very probable that the gas was marsh gas mixed with some sulphuretted hydrogen. Both these gases are formed when seaweed is decaying at the exclusion of air, hence there would be nothing else required to account for the whole phenomenon than to suppose that quan- tities of seaweed were buried in the locality under a very thick layer of mud—conditions which may be taken to exist along that coast.” ORDINARY Montuty MEETING. October 3, 1900. L. PERINGuEY, President, in the Chair. My JW. Elonny, Dr RK. James, Messrs. FE. Masmy, and A. WatsH were elected ordinary members of the Society. Mr. Périnauey read his Presidential Address (postponed from the Annual General Meeting). xxvl_ Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. ANNUAL ADDRESS TO THE MEMBERS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY, On OctToBER 3, 1900. By THE PREsIDENT, L. Périncugy, F.E.S. SoME PuHaseEs oF Insect Lire In SoutH AFRICA. I.—Protective Colouration. The colouration of invertebrate animals is in many instances due: to the presence of certain organic pigments which absorb particular light vibrations, and transmit or reflect others in greater or lesser degree. The utility of colouration and markings in animals and especially in insects is very great, and in the present address I shall deal with protective colouration, which is of two main sorts, viz. :— I. Assimilation to the tint of the inanimate surroundings securing— (a) Resemblance as an aid to aggression in addition to simple: protective resemblance, (b) Protective resemblance pure and simple. II. Display of brilliant colours : | (a) Indicating that the species is unpalatable, or (b) Imitation by a perfectly palatable species of one that had better not be touched. But no one of these protective resemblances is absolutely restricted to a single use, nor is it attained by a single means. For instance, in the case of the Mantidous insect Phyllocrania insignis, the colouration is brown with lighter or darker tints imitating those of a withering or withered leaf, while at the same time this protective resemblance is increased by the development of foliated appendages reproducing the very shape of the leaf. In all cases of aggressive and protective resemblance occurring in South Africa it will be found that colour and modification of shape go together, and that in cases of simple protective resemblance a modification of shape, or gait, or flight completes the deception. I shall deal first with protective colouration as an aid to aggression as well as a protection from enemies, and this for shortness I shall Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. xxvii term aggressive resemblance in opposition to resemblance pure and sumple. , (a) Resemblance as an aid to aggression in addition to simple pro- tective resemblance. The number of genera and species of carnivorous insects, 2.e., insects which prey on others, is small in proportion to that of non-carni- vorous ones. Taking first the order ORTHOPTERA (1.¢., the Cockroaches, Stick- Insects, Locusts, Grasshoppers, Praying-Mantis, &c.), in which protective colouration is carried to a point of efficiency as high, if not higher, than in the Lepidoptera, while modification in shape is most varied, the Mantide and Sagid@ alone are of raptorial habit ; both are very voracious. Among the South African species of the former I find that of those contained in the Cabinet of the South African Museum, 19 are green or yellow, and 48 are brown, greyish, or dusky. Mantis natalensis, which belongs to the green or greenish series is, however, occasionally drab-coloured, and it is quite possible that more of the green species may also occasionally be greyer. ‘‘ Wolves in sheep’s clothing,”’ most of them, they are difficult to detect; some are almost exact reproductions of the rod-like, harmless Phasnude, or Stick-Insects (Parathespra macra, Danuria thunbergr). One (fisherra sulcatifrons) goes a step further, and actually has a long anal process in imitation of some of these harmless Phasmide. It must be remembered, however, that the female, in the adult stage, simulates better than the male, while the young of either sex are even better adapted to their surroundings than the adults. Some of the South African Hmpusine have greenish wing-covers (tegmina) relieved by whitish or yellow markings. One of them, Harpax tricolor, is fairly common in the neighbourhood of Cape Town, but it is only found on the flowers of the wild carrot. The scattered greenish and white patches on the body of the insect harmonise so well with the flowerets of the plant that the resem- blance is very great indeed—so great that it is usually some time before one detects its presence. Removed from the flower the animal is distinct enough: replaced again he becomes so inconspicuous that one actually wonders where he is. The young insect is even better adapted. The abdomen is recurved on the back, and kept expanded there like a flower, while the powerful raptorial claws are ready to seize the unsuspecting visitor. Cases of attracting colours are rare here, but in India there is a Mantis which feeds upon the insects attracted to it by its flower-like xxvii Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Socvety. shape and pink colour—the apparent petals being the flattened legs. of the insect. The South African Mantis, Psewdocreobotra ocellata, is quite as singular as the Indian Hymenopus bicornis. In the larval stage it is pink, and the recurved abdomen, owing to the expansion of the folated sides and the presence of a median row of spines, produces the illusion of a flower-bud ready to burst. It is in the adult stage, however, that the attractive colouration reaches probably its highest pomt. The overlapping wing-covers have centrally a large, yellow, round patch, partly encircling a round, black patch, and encircled in turn by a black band. The arrangement of these colours makes the illusion complete. I remember seeing some live examples of this Pseudocreobotra sent here en route to London. Distinct enough when in the empty cage, they became almost in- visible, except for the ocellus, when green vegetation was introduced.. Not satisfied, moreover, with this protective resemblance, many, if not all, the species of the group have, when on the watch, a swaying motion, as of a leaf moved by the breeze. In both of these instances the insects are comparatively brightly coloured, but there are, in South Africa, especially numerous instances. of Mantide adapted to dingy surroundings, and clothed therefore in a sober and dingy garb as an aid to aggression, and thus hidden in as. effective a manner as the bright kinds just mentioned. In the leaf-headed Mantis (Phyllocrama insignis) there is not a part of the limb or body, even to the powerful raptorial legs, which is not com- pressed, foliated, or banded, so as to resemble the indented parts of a dry leaf, withering or partly crumbled; the female of Oxypilus annu- latus is not winged as are both sexes in the examples cited above. Her colour is grey, verging on drab, or fuscous, and relieved here and there by whitish and black patches or specks. She is far from uncommon on the sandy parts of the Cape Flats, and, unlike the other three Mantid@ mentioned, she is found only on the ground, with which she harmonises so well that, even for the entomologist, she is extremely difficult to detect, and then only when in motion. Popa undata, which closely imitates a dry Tag is also found only in dusky grey surroundings. It is not yet proven that the browns, greys, yellows, or similar hues, undergo a modification in accordance with the variation of the tints of the environment, though there is good’ reason to think that the greens are affected by the greater or less intensity of ight. It is difficult to believe that such protected insects are compelled to remain in one locality, as would be their fate were the colours unchangeable. That it is not so is to some extent indicated by the variation in the colours of different individuals found in different and diverse localities. Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. xxix In the larval stage, variation in colour is comprehensible as indicating one of the several moulting periods, during which the outer integu- ment undergoes a desiccation preparatory to casting, but this expla- nation does not apply to the adult forms. Certainly in South Africa, the Mantide show colours harmonising with their surroundings, and the brownish, dead-wood-like Popa will not be captured in a green bower, any more than Pseudocreobotra will be met with on the reddish soil of the Karroo. Such protective resemblance is not, however, limited to the young or adult Mantis. It is equally conspicuous in the shape of the ootheca, or egg-containing cocoon, made by the females. Some of these are marvellous imitations of seed-pods attached to blades of grass. They have, in fact, little appearance of their real character. I have purposely said ‘“‘made”’ by the female, because she shapes and fashions the foam-like matter, of which the cocoon is formed, with her hind legs and the apical part of her abdomen. It is difficult to discover if the increase in number of Mantide or Sagid@ is in the ratio of their highly protective resemblance. In South Africa, however, the Mantide cannot be said to be more numerous in number and species than orthopterous insects of other families; the Sagzd@ are, however, certainly much rarer than the Mantide, and very difficult to procure. The Hemipterous family Reduviide, which either have no odorific apparatus, or at all events do not emit a pungent smell, also con- tains many examples of predacious species showing aggressive re- semblance. The wings and legs of some are so altered by dilatation, or excision, of parts that the assimilation to surroundings becomes periect. The Cape species, Pephricus capicola, P. paradoxus, Craspedum phylomorphun might easily be pitted against the best protected Mantis or Stick-Insect for effectiveness of imitative colour and pattern. Pephricus capicola was first described by the traveller and naturalist, Sparrman, who relates, as quoted by Westwood,* that ‘when at the Cape in 1772, he observed this insect at noontide as he sought shelter from the intolerable heat of the sun among the branches of a shrub. Though the air was so extremely still and calm as hardly to have shaken an aspen-leaf, he yet thought he saw a little, withered, pale, crumpled leaf eaten as it were by caterpillars, fluttering from the tree. This appeared to him so extraordinary that he suddenly left his bower to examine it. He could scarcely believe his eyes when he saw creeping on the ground a live insect in shape and colour resembling the fragment of a withered prickly leaf with. * “ Arcana Entomologica,’ vol. i., p. 7. xxx Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Soctety. the edges turned up and having the appearance of having been eaten by caterpillars.”’ In the other Orders of insects I know of no case in which protective resemblance may be of use for predacious purposes, except in the genus Graphipterus of the Order CoLEopTEeRA. The upper side is clothed with short hairs, varying in colour from pale grey to buff, and relieved by black patches or stripes. These insects harmonise singularly well with the different tints of the soil of the plains on which they live, and move with great rapidity. Still, I believe that in this instance the colouration is more for protection than for ageression. (b) Protective resemblance pure and simple. Protective colouration pure and simple is met with among non- carnivorous species in all the Orders. These non-carnivorous species, as has been stated, form the great majority of the class. To give in detail all the instances found in South Africa would be impossible within the limits of this address, and I shall therefore restrict myself to a few. : As in various instances of aggressive resemblance, this type of protective colouration is very frequently associated with a modifica- tion of the shape, or form, and I do not see that the two can well be separated, because colouration alone would, in many cases, be in- sufficient for concealment. Let us take the Orders seriatim. OrtHoPTERA.—The Gryllid@ are mainly nocturnal, or burrow- dwellers, and are mostly dun-coloured or black; some, however, are green, but these are only met with on green twigs or on blades of grass. In the Phaneropteride, or Leaf-like Locusts, the colouration is of two sorts, brown and green, the latter being predominant. Horas- tophaga, Tylopsis, Plangia, Pseudophylus, Arantia are as a rule green, but a few are fulvous or brown. In these genera not only is the colour absolutely similar to that of the insect’s surroundings, but the shape, mode of carriage, and even the neuration of the upper wings have been modified. For example, in Arantia spinulosa the dividing vein of the upper wing appears as a highly developed mid-rib, the mediastine veins are obsolete, those in the discoidal parts are no longer longitudinal, and the fuscate ones are broadly reticulate, thus producing a close imitation of the venation of a leaf. In South Africa the Phasmide, or Stick-Insects, seem to be numerous neither in species nor in individuals, in spite of their Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. xxxi wonderful assimilation in shape and colour to their surroundings. So perfect is their adaptation that one very rarely can detect the individual insect. Personally I have never captured them except by artificial means. The number of green species in the collection of the South African Museum is the same as that of the grey or brown ones. Hxamples of one or two species are either greenish or greyish. These Phasnude, like the Mantide, which so often mimic them, are green when found on green grass (Phasmus stellenboschus), but fuscous or grey when living among dry vegetation or other brown surroundings (Phalces coccyx, Palophus haworth, &c.). It is now known that the food, especially the chlorophyll of plants, plays an important part in the colouration of the adult insect, so that no great importance can be attached to the frequent occurrence of green individuals. The Stick-Insects that I have been able to observe do not make an ootheca, but the eggs are wonderful objects, and resemble elongate ribbed seeds or seed-cases ; the eggs of Palophus resemble the excrements of the insect. The Pnewmoride (Blas op) are exclusively South African. One species is pink, the others green; silvery patches are an occasional adornment. The two species found in this neighbourhood hide in the daytime in grass or among green leaves, and begin their courting at night. Where green vegetation is of short duration and evergreens are rare, as is the case for the greater part of the South African area, green orthopterous insects should theoretically be in the minority, and I find that the facts bear out the theory. Out of 510 species of South African orthopterous insects in the Museum Cabinet only 103, 1.e., one-fifth, are green. Among these I do not include 9 species in which green is only a warning colour. Greys and buffs relieved by whitish, maroon, or flavous patches prevail ; even as patches, greenish shades are rare. The Pamphagid@é represented by numerous species of the South African genera, Xuphocera, Akocera, Haplolopha, &c., all have those neutral tints harmonising entirely with their surroundings and varying in shade merely with the change in the colour of the soil of different areas throughout the country, as the Karroo, Griqualand West, Bushmanland, Paarl, or Graham’s Town. In Porthetis carinata from Namaqualand pure grey is the colour, whereas the same species on the Cape Flats shows streaks of green. In all the species of this group, save one, the male alone has wings. In the exception alluded to, however, the wings of the female are partly atrophied. Protective also is the dull brown colour of the wing-covers of the AAdipodidous Cosmorhysa, Caloptenus, Acrotylus, and Sphingonotus, xxxll Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. which, so long as they do not move, are hardly distinguishable from the ground on which they squat at full length. If alarmed, however, they display in their short, very jerky flight most gorgeous pink, crimson, cerulean, yellow, or partly black under-wings. Such brilhant display should not be attributed to love-making, for it is not, as in birds, connected with a more sumptuous livery in the male. The brilliant colour of the lower wings, which is hidden by the upper ones when the insect is at rest, is nearly the same in both sexes. Incredible as it may seem, the sudden flash of these gorgeous colours in connection with the jerky flight of the insect is a most perfect method of baffling a pursuing enemy. I have no reason to believe that these insects are unpalatable and that the colour of the under-wings is a warning colour, because the South African orthopterous insects which display warning colours do not assimilate to their surroundings, whereas resemblance to the soil can hardly be carried further than in the case of these crickets. Even in an extremely small area, where the ground varies in tint, a ' similar variation is noticeable in insects found only a few yards apart. Such colour is very delicate, and often fades after death. I may also mention that, in spite of frequent attempts, I have never succeeded in driving the lighter-coloured species to the darker- coloured soil and keeping them there in order to find out if their colour could be affected by the new surroundings. If I returned to the spot either an hour or a day after, the hue of the insects I met corresponded to the colour of the ground on which I found them. It is, however, not unreasonable to suppose that the insects I had driven there had most probably gone back to their first haunt. Peculiar to South Africa are the extraordinary genera Batrachorns, Batrachotettix, and Methone. Difficult to surpass as are those I have already mentioned for harmonising with their resting or hiding-places,, nevertheless they must give place to these so-called toad-locusts. Some of them, as Methone, are as much as 3 inches long and 2 inches wide; but, in spite of this bulk, they assimilate so well with the soil that they are invisible, even to the experienced eye, so long as they do not move, and this they very seldom do in the daytime. Of some species both sexes are winged, of others the male only, while of others both sexes are wingless. Even the winged individuals have: a very limited power of flight. This limitation of flying power, reduction or total abortion of the wings would seem to imply that, owing to favourable conditions. obtaining in the part of the country where these insects are found, the protective resemblance to surroundings is to be still enhanced by the elimination of the organs of flight to add to the illusion. The Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. Xxxil absorption or disappearance of these organs will be compensated by an increase in size of other organs useful for protective purposes, such as a still better adaptation to the squatting habit by the development of broader femora, &c. This is well proved in the case of Methone, the most perfectly protected of all these insects. It is wingless and has only a rudimen- tary wing-cover in both sexes. The enormous development of the thighs (femora), which are held, when the insect squats, against the side of the abdomen, certainly helps considerably to bring the shape of the body into harmony with the relief or contour of the ground. In the Neuroptera, all of which are carnivorous, I know of only one possible case of adaptive colouring, the myrmeleonidous. Glenurus excentrus, in which the position of the wings when the insect is at rest, enhances the protection obtained by their colour- ation. This manner of carrying the wings when in repose differs. from that of the other Myrmeleonide. In the HemrpreRA-Homoptera, to which Order belong the Bugs, Cicadze, and Scale-Insects, protective colouring seems to be restricted among the Pentatonide to the ubiquitous green Nezara and Cyclo- gaster (N. capensis, N. pallido-conspersa, C. pallidus, &c.), which are found on green plants, and to the mottled Cenomorpha nervosa and Atelocera stictica, found here on the oak-tree, but in most instances the markings, often very brilliant and highly conspicuous, are of the warning sort. Most of them dispense a most pungent and generally offensive smell, which is notorious. Nothing can be more like the bark of the trees to which they cling than the mottled South African Cicad@ (Singertjies). It would seem easy for any one to locate our common species, Platyplewra striata,, for its ear-plercing noise guides one easily enough to the trunk of the willow-tree on which it rests ; but when one draws near, its music ceases, and then it is well-nigh impossible to perceive the insect. Three species of this genus, which are not inhabitants of our neighbour- hood, display a greenish colour on the surface, and in one, P. divisa, the upper side is clothed with fine, silky hairs conspicuously imitating fine moss or minute lichens. Pyrops tenebrosus imitates a stump of wood. On the other hand, the brightly coloured Hddasa euchroma,. filinorta guttata, Ptyelus grossus, do not seem to imitate anything, and yet they are almost entirely invisible on the tree-trunks where they stand. They are surrounded by a broad patch consisting of a white, somewhat flocculent substance exuded by themselves. So: much lost are they on that white surface that during a journey to the Transkei I found great difficulty at first in detecting these insects. I suspect that we have here a case of indirect protective resemblance. xxxiv Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. combined with warning colour; in spite of which, however, these insects are easily scared by the presence of an intruder, and rapidly take to flight. | In the Order Diptera (or two-winged Flies) the colouration for adaptation to surroundings does not play a very important rdéle so far as the South African species are concerned. In the genus Bom- bylius, however, the body of which is clothed with long white or pale yellowish hairs, and whose wings are either transparent or veined with a slightly fuscous or brown tinge, the South African forms, Bombylius serviller, B. stylucorms, B. argentifer, Systoecus rubricosus, .&¢c., harmonise wonderfully with the soil on which they stand while in the act of depositing their egg or eggs beside those of other insects. on which the young will eventually prey. The species with lighter, almost white, hairs are only met with on whitish sandy patches or spots. They can be observed along the seashore or not far inland, from Salt River to Namaqualand. From the Flies we pass to the Butterflies and Moths (LEptr- DOPTERA). This is par excellence the Order in which, throughout all the stages of growth of the insect, protective colours are in the ascendant. The brilliant colours with which most of the diurnal butterflies are adorned are, of course, well known. But what is perhaps not so well known is that of the 415 species occurring in South Africa only 22 can be said to have the under side of the wings brighter or more conspicuously coloured than the upper. The very large proportion of butterflies with a more dingy or less -conspicuously coloured under side, is explained by the fact that most of them when at rest or in their hiding-place have the wings folded, and the under side of the wings only is exposed to view. Were the under side adorned with bright colours the presence of the insect would be immediately detected, and it would fall so much more easily a prey to its enemies. To assume, however, that those species, the under side of whose wings 1s more conspicuous or more brilliantly coloured than the upper side, would be more easily preyed upon on account of their detection being made easier would be a mistake, as will be seen later on, because this very brilliant pattern contributes in many cases to the concealment of the insect by producing an illusion. In a series of the ‘“ Brown” (Melanitis leda), which frequents underwood, and the upper side of the wings of which is modestly coloured, we find on the under side a series of dull tints, infinitely variable yet harmonising constantly with the tints of the environ- ment. Charaxes varanes, which is probably the handsomest butterfly found in the Cape Colony, and almost excels Melamtis leda in the Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. xXxxv resemblance of its under surface to a faded leaf, sits, according to: Trimen, on the stems and among the branches of trees, where, the wings being folded, it becomes invisible. Precis archesia,. P. natalica, P. elgiva are models of assimilation. The colouration of these species is not that of withered leaves, and any one who. remembers the pattern and colour of their under side is not sur- prised to learn that the first species delights to repose on rocks and large stones, and that the second often settles on the ground, because of the similarity of their markings to the colour of the places on which each kind rests. Frequently described is the fixed resemblance to environment. which is found in the Kallima butterfly, in which not only is the under side of the wings exactly like a dead or brown leaf with a very apparent mid-rib, but the apices of the hind wing are so pro-- duced as to resemble the leaf-stalk, while the creature rests or stands in such a way that its tail appendices touch a branch, thus better’ simulating a stalk. The South African Precis tugela affords as good an example of protective resemblance. Precis cuamia, another South African species, 1s also very leaf-like, but does not quite reach the perfection of the other. Among the Moths, we find protective resemblance due to coloura-- tion still more intensified. This group of butterflies has mostly sombre hues, but there are some which have brilliant colours, and these examples are mostly diurnal forms. When present, as in some of the diurnal Zygende and Agaristide, &c. (Pais decora, Aiigocera fervida), they are danger signals, and do not come into the category of protective colours. Of course there are exceptions, but: brillant colours for protection by harmonising with the surroundings. are rare. Among those I doubt if there is a more striking object: than the Silver Moth (Leto venus), with its crimson body and fore- wings covered with brilliant silvery lamelle, thus resembling the Orthopterous Cystocelia guttata and Pnewmora variolosa, which, like Leto, are also: nocturnal. No one not an entomologist can realise the extraordinary keen- ness of scent developed in the male insect for mating purposes. The unfortunate female, especially among LEprpopTERA, is often mobbed by her suitors. Numbers of examples of many moths are caught by the simple device of enclosing a captured female in a. small muslin bag. Males will flock to it from all parts of the neighbourhood. It would thus be quite unsafe to consider these. glittering, silvery patches as beacons of light for the species to attract one another. The olfactory power of the male is sufficient. xxxvl Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Soctety. for that purpose, and he needs no other guide. As a proof, the young of Cystocelia, which becomes adult only after several moults, and in which sexual attraction could not be of any use or value at its early stage, is as much splashed and banded with silver in both sexes as the adult female, which latter is in several species much more brightly decorated than the male. The true explanation is that the silvery bands and patches break the general outline of the insect at rest, or hidden in the foliage. This is also the case for 12 of the 22 South African butter- flies alluded to before, in which the under side of the wings is brighter than the upper. In 7 of them (Charaxes jahlussa, pollux, druceanus pelras, saturnus, castor, brutus) this brightness 1s mostly due to a longitudinal central band of silver; when the insect is at rest or asleep, this band, by its brilliance, naturally throws the lateral parts of the wing in the shade, and the real outline of the closed wing disappears. The same result is obtained by 5 others, in which, however, the silvery band is replaced by silvery patches. J have made experiments in this direction, and if the power of sight of birds or insectivorous animals resembles ours, the arrangement of the colours will certainly prove baffling. We have also in South Africa one case of Dimorphism connected with protective colouration in two species of the genus Precis, z.c., P. sesamus and P. natalensis. In the colouration of the former, which delights in shady places, blue predominates, red being re- duced to a mere supra-marginal narrow band, and the under side is mottled and protective: in the latter red predominates, blue being reduced to a mere marginal dotted band, and the predominant red of the under side is certainly not protective. This species, instead of shady places, frequents the ‘‘ open, highest point of any neigh- bourhood.’’. Now, our colleague, Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, of Salisbury, from eggs laid by Precis natalensis has bred Precis sesamus: from the red species he has reared the blue one, and the red also. Bearing in mind the different habits of what was until then considered as two different species, we are compelled to conclude that, if one of the progeny develops one colour, that colour immediately influences its habitat, as if by intuition of the value of its colouring as a protection. Not only are the adults in the LepripoprEra protected in number- less instances, but the caterpillars are also similarly helped by a protective colouration brought about by a resemblance to their supports and surroundings. Geometrid larvee everywhere appear to resemble twigs in a lesser or greater degree, but I doubt if the larva of Boarmia acaciaria, which has now taken here to the oak Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Soctety. xxxvul and even to the orange-tree, could be surpassed in such resem- blance. Too little is, however, known of the habits and identity of the larve of South African moths for me to enlarge much on their colouration. In the CouEortTERA, or Beetles, probably the most numerous of all insects, colour-harmony with the surroundings is not greatly exemplified. This is not surprising, since in the early stages the larvee of most species are hidden, or if they live in the open, they are often covered with prickles, or are slimy like some of the hymenopterous saw-flies. We have, however, some good instances in South Africa. Here, most of the cursorial Tenebriomd@e are black. They are covered, however, in life with a greyish or yel- lowish pulverulence easily lost on capture, it is true, and therefore seldom seen in the Cabinet specimens, but which helps them to har- monise so well with the tint of the soil as to make their detection very often impossible. Many of them (Zophosis, Adesmia) are extremely rapid runners. Zophosis muricata, with its easily rubbed coating, is in the veld, a very different insect from a Museum specimen. One of the most striking examples of change of colour is found in the case of some of the very agile Adesnua (Onymachris), found on the south-west coast of Africa, From 20° N. lat. south- wards to Blaauwberg there extends along the coast a series of sand dunes, ever shifting and often extending very far inland, as in Damaraland. On these dunes are found black insects of some- what large size and provided with long legs which enable them to run with extreme rapidity on the sand. When pursued or fearing attack they bury themselves head foremost. They are, like many other members of this family, covered with a greyish or yellowish pul- verulence ; however, in Onymachris lang1, marginipennis, palgravei, the wing-covers are of a straw colour, with whiter or slightly pinkish lines, or in the case of O. candidipennis and of Steno- cara eburnea ivory-white. Until I observed near Port Nolloth the singular habit of the kindred species occurring there, I could not understand why this white colouration was restricted to the hind part of the body, but it is easily explained. However rapid in its movements, it takes a little time for the insect to disappear head foremost into the sand, and while the animal is burying itself, the hind part which is considerably longer than the anterior, is almost invisible owing to the close resemblance to the sand produced by the straw or white colour of the hind part of the body. “All the cursorial species of Trachynotus, and they are very numerous in South Africa, have also this pulverulent covering, which in the case of J. bohemani is even sulphureous, and is xxxvill Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. arranged in longitudinal bands or patterns. It may in truth be: said of all the terricolous South African Tenebrionide that, with the exception of the Molurid@ and species living under stones, in the imago state they all have a more or less distinct terrenous. covering. In Eurychora this pulverulence has become almost lanuginose, by means of which the insect is so well disguised that his gait has been affected, and it is now a very slow-moving insect, trusting evidently to its disguise to be taken for what he is not. Most of the ground weevils, which are extremely numerous in South Africa, are wonderfully imitative of their surroundings, and often the scales of which the patterns consist, are so arranged that if the animal feigns death it is hard for the entomologist to find it again. Plant weevils are also very imitative, but some are so conspicuous owing to their colouring that it is difficult to believe that the colouration is not intended as a warning: Polycleis equestris, P. prasina, Hypomeces barbicauda, Sciobius wahlbergi, are cases in point. Many of these ground weevils have an extremely hard. covering—one that must task an insectivorous animal’s ability to: the utmost, yet the ground spiders of the genus Harpactira pierce. their armour. Species of the genus Larinus, which is very numerously repre- sented in South Africa, have a yellowish, whitish, or mottled pulverulent coating; they exude a new pulverulence if the old one is rubbed off, so as to maintain the protective colouration. The assimilation of Anthribide, which are xylophagous, to the colour of the wood or bark of trees is almost marvellous, and this assimilation 1s shared by many of the Lamad Longicorns which are also living on dead, sometimes on healthy trees. Paristernia analis and Callidiwm longicolle seem to me to be mimickers, but of which species it is not yet clear. In the CoLEoPTERA it cannot be said that brilliancy is always con- nected merely with warning colours. Yet whole families, ike the Buprestid@, are simply rutilant, and are only equalled by the livery of some Cetonne. The Buprestidae, however, when at rest, do not show in nature the brilliancy of integument which characterises them so much in the Cabinet. All the South African species, even the most brilliant, have a fine whitish, or shghtly yellowish, pulveru- lent coating which subdues the sheen. They are all extremely alert, and drop on the ground, mostly on their back, and simulate death at the least appearance of danger, or they take speedily to flight. Were these bright colours warning colours it is most probable that they would trust to them more, and not try to escape seizure in the Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. Xxxix way they do. In South Africa several of them, belonging to the genus Julodis, have on the upper and under sides a mass of yellow or reddish tufts, giving them a most peculiar appearance, and remind- ing one at once of the yellow clusters of the ‘‘ Doornbosch ”’ (Acacia horrida), If the resemblance of these insects (the congeners of which elsewhere have bands and not tufts) to the yellow clusters of the acacia flowers was adduced as a proof of an assimilation to the sur- roundings, this would be but partially true, because only two species are found on the acacia in bloom. Others, as often as not, are found on graminaceous plants, or on bushes not always in flower at the time of their appearance, which lasts at most one month. The time of their appearance in Namaqualand, and in the south-west of the Cape Colony, where the species are most numerous, does not coincide with the flowering of the acacia. It is, however, quite possible that, at some remoter period, acacias were more numerous, and that the insect has adapted itself to other conditions of life, retaining still his acquired characters. Il.—Display of brilliant colowrs. (a) Indicating that the species is unpalatable. I have dealt so far only with colouration, which, combined with other modifications, is useful for aggressive resemblance in the case -of carnivorous insects, or for protective purposes in the case of non- carnivorous insects. But there is another kind of protective colouring ditfermg from the two mentioned, inasmuch as it consists in the dis- play of bright colours to show the enemy that the bearers of the same are unpalatable. These colours are only displayed by non- carnivorous insects, and warn insectivorous animals that the individual is to be avoided. In the examples found in South Africa, such warning colours occur in species which have a special gait, or a comparatively slow, lazy mode of flight, possibly acquired through the consciousness of the efficacy of the colours. It is in the Orders OrTHOPTERA, HEMIPTERA, and LEPIDOPTERA that the most striking instances of this kind of protection are found. In the OrtTHoPTERA, the huge species of Phymateus (P. verrucosus, leprosus, morbillosus) with red or green thorax, blue and green upper wings, and roseate or purple under wings are conspicuous enough objects in the landscape. Ochrophlebia carinata, ligneola, &e., never lose the chance of taking a short flight to show their purple or magenta under wings. The same portion of Zonocerus elegans 1s e xl = Proceedings of the South African Philosophical Society. pink, and of Poecilocera Stali and P. calliparea orange. Poetasia rubro-ornata is not so conspicuously marked, but there are vermilion bars on the sides of the legs and abdomen which proclaim wrbi et orbi its unpalatableness to would-be devourers. As for Petasia spumans, an obese species very often met with around Cape Town, it is so well protected that it has lost the use of its wings: seize it and you will be greeted with such a volume of ill-smelling foam that you will regret having interfered with the animal. Among these locusts, pro- tection is secured by an evil smell and an evil taste. The young are still better protected; for, although they have no wings to display as: danger signals, they are streaked and banded in the most conspicuous manner. Among the bugs (HmmiprerRa) the scutellaridous Callcdea natalensis and C. dreget are azure blue, and have crimson bands above, and crimson spots laterally; Graptornis aulicus is a most conspicuous object. No one could fail to see Roscius tllustris, or Odontopus sexpunctatus. Here again the species are unpalatable, and emit a very pungent scent as a means of defence. But in addition to these, we have in the carnivorous series such brilliantly coloured species as the purple Cleptnia aculata, Glynumatophora submetallica, the dark blue Centraspis petersi, &e., which are certainly very conspicuous and yet do not emit any scent. Unless used for a lure, one wonders at. the utility of this colouration. It is, however, probably in the LepipoprErRa that warning colours. are most numerous. In this Order, perhaps more than in the others,. two quite different types of insects present such colours : (1) Insects which are genuinely unpalatable. These generally have a slow, lazy flight. | (2) Insects which are not themselves unpalatable, but which mimic the colours of some one or other of the nauseous varieties. In our neighbourhood we have a very common butterfly, Acrea horta, which is probably the slowest flier among all her South African congeners, also very slow fliers. So lazy, indeed, is her flight that while on the wing she can, with a little care, be captured by the hand. This species belongs to an unpalatable race. ——— List of Contents. Vol. I, Part 1. 1878. Price 2s. 6d. SHaw, Dr. Joun, F.G.S., F.L.S. The Age of the Volcanic Throats of the Upper Karoo Formations of South Africa (pp. 1-5). Piers, Henry W. The Movements of Sea-sands and Bar-harbours (pp. 7-10). SHaw, Dr. Joun, F.G.S., F.L.S. Remarks on Roridula dentata, one of the Insectivorous Plants, illustrated by specimens (pp. 11, 12). Prosser, W., F.G.S. Notes on the Devonian and Ash-beds of the Karoo and Gouph (pp. 13-35). Trimen, Rowand, F.L.S., F.Z.8. Note on the Colorado Beetle (Chrysomela decemlineata) (pp. 37-89). On a Specimen of the so-called ‘‘ Bonnet” of the Southern Right Whale (pp. 41-48). GUTHRIE, F’. The Heat of the Sun in South Africa (pp. 45-50). STEVENS, C. M. Remarks on ‘“ Clicks,” with an Investigation of the Etymon of some South-African Native Geographical Names (pp. 51-60). Vol. I., Part. 2. 1879. Price 2s. 6d. FRERE, Sir BARTLE The Native Races of South Africa—Presidential Address, 1878 (pp. Xll-Xxv). SIVEWRIGHT, JAMES A Trans-African Telegraph (pp. 1-11 bis): GAMBLE, JoHN G., M.A., M.I.C.E. Rainfall of South Africa (pp. 13-21 bis). Piers, Henry W. Stray Notes on the Geology of the Fort Beaufort District (pp. 23- 26 bis). BarBerR, M. E. On the Peculiar Colours of Animals in Relation to Habits of Life (pp. 27-45 bis). “t ae — 2 South African Philosophical Society. ProssER, W., F.G.S. The Limestones of the Colony (pp. 47-53 bzs). Suaw, Dr. Joun, F.G.S., F.L.S. The Petrography of Table Mountain Valley (being an abstract with remarks on Professor Cohen’s papers, published in the ‘ Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie,’ 1874) (pp. 55 bis—65). GUTHRIE, F. Continuous Girders, Arched Ribs, and Tension Circles (pp. 67-85). GRIFFITH, CHARLES Some Observations on Witchcraft in Basutoland (pp. 87-92). PRossER, W. The Granites and Gneiss of the Colony (pp. 93-100). Vol. I., Part 3. 1880. Price 2s. 6d. Morean, C. Lioyp Note on the ‘“‘ Singerjie” (Platyplewra capensis) (pp. 161-164). BUTtTneER, C. G. Contributions to a Comparative Dictionary of the Bantu Languages (pp. 165-191). BarBer, M. EH. Locusts and Locust Birds (pp. 193-218). GAMBLE, JOHN G., M.A., M.1.C.E. A Storage-Reservoir in the Achterveld (pp. 219-225). Vol. II., Part 1. 1881. Price 2s. 6d. GILL, Davip A Determination of the Distance of the Harth from the Sun— Presidential Address, 1880 (pp. xxiii—xliii). ScHUNKE, H. C. The Geography of South-Western Africa (pp. 1-6). Dunn, E. J., F.G.S. On the Stone Implements of South Africa (pp. 6-22, Plates I.—-V.). CLARKE, HypDE On the Languages of the Mozambique and of the South of Africa in their Relation to the Languages of Australia (pp. 22-27). Hann, THEOPHILUS Critique on Mr. Hyde Clarke’s Theory of the Relation of the Australian to the South-African (Bantu) Languages (pp. 28-42). Morean, C. Luoyp, Assoc. R.8.M., F.G.S, On the Terms Force and Energy (pp. 43-45). Oakey, H. W. Notes on the Habits of some of the Birds of the Transkei (pp. 46-50). BrapDsHaw, B. F. The Tsetse Fly (pp. 51-55). Vol. II., Part 2. 1881. Price 2s. 6d. Merriman, J. H., M.L.A. Some Comparative Statistics of the Cape Colony (pp. 57-66). Finuay, W. H. Comets (pp. 67, 68). Catalogue of the Transactions. 3 Kouse, Rev. F. W. On the Primeval Laws of the Vowels and their bearing on Universal Etymology (pp. 69-78). GutTHRi£, F., LL.B. On the Free Rotation of a Rigid Body (pp. 79-85). OAKLEY, HERBERT W. On the Skeleton of the African Darter or Snake-bird (Plotos levaillantu, Temm.) (pp. 85-89, Plates VI. and VII.). MacOwan, P., B.A. Note upon the Occurrence of a New Puccinia upon Mesembryan- themum micranthum, Haw. (pp. 89, 90). GAMBLE, JoHN G., M.A., M.I.C.E. Some of the Problems awaiting Scientific Research in South Africa (pp. 91-99). Vol. II., Part 3. 1882. Price 2s. 6d. Fuentes, F. 8. Notes on the Soils and Manures suitable for the Cultivation of the Vine at the Cape (pp. 101-104). GAMBLE, JOHN G., M.A., M.I.C.E. Summer and Winter Temperature in South Africa (pp. 104-109). MacOwan, P., and Bouus, H. Catalogue of Printed Books and Papers relating to South Africa, Part 1, Botany (pp. 111-187). Vol. III., Part 1. 1884. Price 2s. 6d. GAMBLE, JoHN G., M.A., M.I.C.E. The Barometer and the Winds—Presidential Address, 1882 (pp. X1X—XXXVI). Morean, C. Luoyp, F.G.S., A.R.S.M. Notes on Animal Intelligence (pp. 1-4). GAMBLE, JOHN G. Proposals of the Table Mountain Water Supply Company (p. 5). OAKLEY, HERBERT W. On the Anatomy and Habits of South-African Snakes (pp. 6-14). Finuay, W. H., and Ekin, W. L. Elements of the Great Comet, 1882 (b) (p. 14). Tripp, WILLIAM B. The River Buffalo: its Watershed and Flow in connection with the Rainfall (pp. 15-19). Moraean, C. Luoyp, F.G.S., A.R.S.M. Note on the (Alleged) Suicide of the Scorpion (pp. 19-23). TrRIMEN, RouanpD, F.L.S. Note on Tinea vastella (Zeller): a South-African Moth whose Larva Feeds on Horn (pp. 24-26). ELKIN, W. L. Telegraphic Determination of the Longtitude of Kimberley (p. 26). GREEN, A. H. The Geology of South Africa (Notes of a Lecture on) (pp. 27-29). 4 South African Philosophical Society. ELxin, W. L. The Polarizing Photometer, and its Application to a Centauri (pp. 29, 30). Batrour, J. E., C.E. On some South-African Rivers (pp. 30-84). OakLEy, H. W. On Peripatus capensis (pp. 85-87). Brann, A. B., C.E. The Beaufort Dam (pp. 37-48, Plates I.-IIT.). Breck, J. H. MErrine An Enquiry into the Cause of the Camp Fever of Kimberley (pp. 48-53). Vol. III., Part 2. 1885. Price 5s. TRIMEN, ROLAND Note on a Specimen of Amphisile punctulata, Bianconi, from Port Natal (pp. 53, 54). ELMGREN, E. Form of Cross-Section of a Channel for Constant Velocity of Water at Different Levels (pp. 55-60). BauFour, T. A. Irrigation on the Visch and Zak Rivers, Calvinia and Fraserburg Divisions (pp. 61-64). Smita, ANDR., M.A. On Disturbances to Thermometer Readings from Local Causes (pp. 64-68). Bowker, Col. T. H., F.R.G.S., F.Z.S. Other Days in South Africa (pp. 68-73). PERINGUEY, L. First Contribution to the South-African Coleopterous Fauna (pp. 74-150, Plates I.-IV.). GAMBLE, JOHN G. Catalogue of Printed Books and Papers relating to South Africa. Pt. II. Climate and Meteorology. Compiled by John G. Gamble (pp. 151-196). Krarr Dirks Determination and Description of Cape Iridee (pp. 196-205). Vol. IV., Part 1. 1887. Price 2s. 6d. MacOway, P., F.L.S., F.R.H.S. Personalia of Botanical Collectors at the Cape—Presidential Address, 1886 (pp. xxx-lii). McKay, GEORGE Notes on the Geology of the Coast between the Fish and Juja Rivers, South Africa (pp. 1-6). Finuay, W. H., B.A. On the Variations of Level of the Cape Transit-Circle (pp. 6-9). Approximate Elliptic Elements of Comet 1884 (b) (p. 10). GAMBLE, JOHN G. Meteorological Notes (pp. 10-14) il Catalogue of the Transactions. 5 PrRINGUEY, L. Insects Injurious to Forest Trees in South Africa (pp. 15-25). Howarp, ADOLPH G. - An Investigation into the Isobaric Influences and Cyclonic Paths of South Africa (pp. 25-83). Breck, J. H. Merrine, M.B., C.M. Pathology from an ‘‘ Evolution” Point of View (pp. 34-40). An Addendum to the Foregoing (pp. 40-44). SHAW, JouHN, F.L.S. On Fossil Plants from Indwe and Cyphergat Coal Beds (pp. 44, 45). MERRIMAN, JoHN X., M.L.A. Some Remarks on the Taxation of the Cape Colony (pp. 46-56). PEéRI\GUEY, L., F.H.S., F.Z.S. A Note on the Phylloxera vastatria at the Cape (pp. 57-62). MartotH, R., Ph.D. On the Origin of the Diamond Mines of South Africa (pp. 62-65). Vol. IV., Part 2. 1888. Price 5s. PrrRIncuey, L., F.Z.S., &e. Second Contribution to the South-African Coleopterous Fauna (pp. 67-196, Plates I.-IV.) FAIRMAIRE, L. Description of New Species of South-African Tenebrionide (pp. 197-199). GiBBons, J. S. Partial List of the South-African Mollusca (pp. 201-219). Vol. V., Part 1. 1888. Price 15s. Bouvus, Harry, F.L.S. The Orchids of the Cape Peninsula (pp. viii, 200, 36 Plates). Vol. V., Part 2. 1898. Price 2s. 6d. Finuay, W. H., M.A., F.R.A.S. The Progress of Astronomy during the last Ten or Twelve Years— Presidential Address, 1888 (pp. xxv—xlii). Howarp, A. G. The Winter Storms of South Africa, illustrating the Value of Cape Point as a Warning Station (pp. 203-218). MAcNELLAN, T. E. On Van Wyk’s Vley Reservoir (pp. 219-228). MariotH, R., Ph.D., M.A. The “‘! Naras”’ (Acanthosioyos horrida, Hook.) (pp. 229-288). Finuay, W. H., M.A., F.R.A.S. The Orbit of Comet 1886 (Finlay) (p. 234). Howargp, A. G. The Storms of South Africa (pp. 235-246). MartotH, R., Ph.D., M.A. On the Adulteration of Brandy (pp. 247-252). 6 South African Philosophical Society. — Finuay, W. H., M.A. Approximate Tide-Constants for Table Bay and Algoa Bay (pp. 253-258). Howarp, A. G. The Barometer: its Reduction to Sea Level (pp. 259-265). MaruotH, R., Ph. D., M.A. The Acacias of Southern Africa (pp. 267-274). GuTHRIE, F., LL.B. On the Subjective Causes of Evolution as illustrated by the Geo- graphical Distribution of Plants (pp. 275-294). TRIMEN, Rouanp, F.R.S. Note on the Teeth of the Ziphioid Whale (Mesoplodon layardi, Gray) (pp. 295-297). Woops, C. Ray On some Photographs of Lightning Flashes (pp. 298-802). Photographs of Lightning Flashes taken Sept. 18th, 1888 (p. 303). — Tooke, W. Hammonp The Star Lore of the South-African Natives (pp. 804-3812). HAMMERSLEY-HEENAN, R. H. A Short Account of the Attacks of the Teredo navalis and Chelura terebrans upon Greenheart (Nectandra rodivét) and Sneezewood (Pteroxylon utile) Timbers (pp. 313-317). GuTHRIE, F., LL.B. Sea-levels in South Africa, from Barometric Observations (pp. 318-325), Witmer, H. C. The Relation of the Sand Dune Formation on the South-West Coast of Africa to the Local Wind Currents (pp. 826-8329). Vol. VI., Part 1. 1890. Price 2s. 6d. Prrineury, L., F.E.S., F.Z.S. Parasitic Bees and Wasps and their own Parasites—Presidential Address, 1890 (pp. xvii—xxx). SEELEY, H. G., F.R:S: Some Scientific Results of a Mission to South Africa (pp. 1-16). ABBE, CLEVELAND, M.A. The Modern Weather Bureau (pp. 17-30). MariotH, R., Ph.D., M.A. Some Adaptations of South-African Plants to the Climate (pp. 31-88). LEFEVRE, EK. Description of New Species of South-African Kumolpide (pp. 39-48). SCHONLAND, SELMAR, Hon. M.A. Oxon. Ph.D., F.L.S. Notes on Cyphia volubilis, Willd. (pp. 44-51, Plate). Vol. VI., Part 2. 1892. Price 2s. 6d. Piérinevey, L., F.Z.8., F.E.S. Third Contribution to the South-African Coleopterous Fauna: on Beetles collected in Tropical South-Western Africa by Mr. A. W. Eriksson (pp. 1-94). Catalogue of the Transactions. 7 Fourth Contribution to the South-African Coleopterous Fauna: Description of New Coleoptera in the South-African Museum (pp. 95-1386). Vol. VII., Part 1. 1893. Price ds. PERINGUEY, L. Descriptive Catalogue of the Coleoptera of South Africa (pp. 1-98, Plates I. and inte Ne Vol. VII., Part 2. 1896. Price 12s. 6d. PERINGUEY, L. Descriptive Catalogue of the Coleoptera of South Africa (pp. i-xiv, 99-623, Plates III.—X.). Vol. VIII., Part 1. 1893. Price 2s. 6d. ScHUNKE, H. C. The Transkeian Territories: their Physical Geography and Ethnology (pp. 1-11). Notes on the Orography and Climatic Conditions of South-Eastern Africa, and on the Migrations of Natives (pp. 12-15). LIEBMAN, J. A. Mashonaland and Matabeleland—Facts and Figures: a Reply to Mr. Schunke (pp. 16-22). PERINGUEY, L., F.E.S. Note on a Fly which Preys on Human Beings (p. 23). Roserts, A. W. Variable Star Observing and Results from Observations made at Lovedale, South Africa (pp. 24-84, with diagrams). ALSTON, GARWOOD Van Wyk’s Vley (pp. 35-89). Roperts, A. W. Computation of Orbit of the Comes of Sirius (pp. oot PERINGUEY, L. Note on a.Supposed New Icerya (pp. 50, 51). Roserts, A. W. Catalogue of Variable Stars South of -30° Declination (pp. 52-62). Fourcape, H. G. On the Repetition of Angles (pp. 63-76). Finuay, W. H., M.A. Preliminary Result for Longitude of Bloemfontein, from an Occul- tation (pp. 77, 78). Vol. VIII., Part 2. 1896. Price ds. GILL, Davin, City D., F.RB.S. Determination of the Mean Distance of the Earth from the cun— Presidential Address, 1893 (pp. xlix-lx). 8 South African Philosophical Society. MartotH, R., Ph. D., M.A. On the Means of the Distribution of Seeds in the South-African F'lora—Presidential Address, 1894 (pp. lxxiv—lxxxviii). Lhe Progress of Natural Science in Relation to South Africa During the Last Ten Years—Presidential Address, 1895 (pp. civ-cxxi). Roserts, A. W. Variation of L. 6887 (R. Are) (pp. 79-83). KANNEMEYER a aa as Propagators of Foot and Mouth Disease (pp. 7 OO )is MaruotTH, R., Ph.D., M.A. Some Scientific Results of an Excursion to the Hex River Mountains (pp. 86-92). : Roperts, A. W. Central Path of Solar Kcelipses visible in South Africa as Total or Annular Eclipses during the Twentieth Century (pp. 93-119). ScHONLAND, S. On some Human Skulls in the Collection of the Albany Museum (pp. 120-122). MaruotH, R., Ph.D., M.A. : The Origin of the Nitrates in Griqualand West (pp. 123-128). Vol. IX., Part 1. 1897. Price ds. SCHONLAND, 8. : Nesting Habits of Tockuws melanoleucus, Licht. (pp. 1-7). ALSTON, GARWOOD, Comparison of Evaporation Results in New South Wales and South Africa (pp. 8-19). RAFFRAY, A. Occurrence of Blind Insecis in South Africa (pp. 20-22). RoBEeRtTS, ALEXANDER WILLIAM I.—S. Velorum. II.—Light curve of 8. Velorum. III.—Graphical Determination of the Orbit of an Argol Variable. Pp. 23-30. SCHONLAND, S. Morphological and Biological Observations on South-African Plants (pp. 81-41, Plates I.-IT.). RoBeERTS, ALEXANDER WILLIAM Variation of Lacaille 5861 (pp. 42-45). Latitude of Lovedale (pp. 46, 47). MErIRING, Isaac Notes on some Experiments with the Active Principie of Mesem- bryanthemum tortuosum, L. (pp. 48-50). Vol. IX., Part 2. 1898. Price 7s. 6d. FourcabDE, H. G. Note on the Three-Point, or Pothenot’s, Problem (pp. 51-53). = Catalogue of the Transactions. 9 Sutton, T. B., B.A. . An Enquiry into the Origin of the Mud-rushes in the De Beers Mine, Kimberley; covering the Period, January Ist, 1894, to December 31st, 1896 (pp. 54-67, with 3 Plates and 3 Charts). Buack, R. Sincuarr, M.B., C.M. Observations on the Morphology and Conditions of Growth of a Funeus Parasitic on Locusts in South Africa (pp. 68-79, Plates III.-V.). Vol. X., Part 1. 1897. Price 7s. 6d. PERINGUEY, L. — Descriptive Catalogue of the Coleoptera of South Africa: Pt. III., Family Pausside (pp. 3-42, 2 Plates). RaFFray, A. Descriptive Catalogue of the Coleoptera of South Africa: Part IV., Family Pselaphide (pp. 43-126). Addenda (pp. 127-180). With 2 Plates. Vol. X., Part 2. 1898. Price 7s. 6d. ScHuNKE-Ho.tuiway, H. C., F.R.G.S., F.S.A. Bibliography of Books, Pamphlets, Maps, Magazine Articles, &c., relating to South Africa, with Special Reference to Geography. From the Time of Vasco da Gama to the Formation of the British South Africa Company in 1888 (pp. 131-294). Vol. X., Part 3. 1899. Price 7s. 6d. ScLaTER, W. L. Note on Portions of the Cross or Memorial Pillar erected by Bartholomew Diaz near Angra Pequena, in German South- West Africa (pp. 295-302). PERINGUEY, L. Descriptive Catalogue of the Coleoptera of South Africa: Fam. Cicindelide. Second Supplement. Fam. Carabide. First Supplement, with Plate V. (xi). Part III. Fam. Pausside. First Supplement. Part IV. Fam. Pselaphide. First Supplement. Plate 6 (xviii). CHURCHILL, FRANK F. Notes on the Geology of the Drakensbergen, Natal (pp. 419-426. Plates VII.-IX.). Rocers, A. W., and Scuwarz, HE. H. L. Notes on the Recent Limestones on Parts of the South and West Coasts of Cape Colony (pp. 427-485, Plate X.). Résumé of Recent Scientific Publications bearing on South Africa, from January Ist, 1897, to June 80th, 1898: Zoology (pp. 487-455). Botany (pp. 455-459). Geology, &c., 1897 (pp. 460-475). Geography, List for 1897 (pp. 475-478). 10 | _ South African Philosophical Society. Vol. XI., Part 1. March, 1900. Price 12s. os MaruotH, Dr. RB. Notes on the Mode of Growth of T'ubicinella brachealis, the Barnacle - _ of the Southern Right Whale (pp. 1-6). Sutton, T. R., B.A. (Cantab.). Do ee Operations affect the Climate of Kinahonley? (pp. The Winds of Kimberley (pp. 75-112, Plates II.-IX.). WATERMEYER, J. C. Notes on a Journey in German South-West Africa (pp. 19-83). Beton, Rev. Father M. J. Descriptive Catalogue of the Coleoptera of South Africa: Family Lathridiide (pp. 35-52). 4 Hutcuins, D. H. Cape National Forests (pp. 53-66). Dunn, E. J. Notes on the Dwyka Coal Measures at Vereeniging, Transvaal, &c. ’ With Map. (Pp. 67-74). ; Vol. XI., Part. 2. 1900. Price 12s. 6d. Rocers, A. W., and Scuwarz, H. H. L. The Orange River Ground Moraine (Plates X.-XV., pp. 113-120). Giucurist, J. D. F. The Genus Paraplysia, with Description of a New Species (Plate XVI., pp. 121-124). Juritz, Cuas. F. The Chemical Composition of the Soils of the South-Western Districts of the Cape Colony (Plates X VII.—XXI., pp. 125-160). 4 ‘ag , ‘ a ably at PHA pt NY tae Ny } Ks ‘i tah biel tds h yer i) an Crd, ane SS . - - ang NE ne eee eg Oe ae Oe ee, 2 es a a ae . ¥ o i Tee a, le —— - agr ee. OG ee a ae a a ee s. cae = . a cd ne i S = = = - . 4 : ‘ ’ | } . | ze | | | | : ) 2 > : : : eal ; ? as ey = 4 | 7 ee ie A E : : | . 4 CS y | ey Wit lene